Corbin Russwin Product Catalog Corbincatalog

User Manual: Corbin Russwin Corbin Russwin Product Catalog Catalog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 742

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

MULTI-SERIES CATALOG
Access Control __________________________________________________
Access 800 AC2 Catalog ______________________________________________ 2

Auxiliary Lock ___________________________________________________
Auxiliary Lock ______________________________________________________ 43

Cylindrical Locksets _____________________________________________
CL3100 Series ______________________________________________________ 55
CL3300 Series ______________________________________________________ 71
CL3500 Series ______________________________________________________ 91
CL3700 Series _____________________________________________________ 103
CL3800 Series _____________________________________________________ 111
CK4200 Series _____________________________________________________ 127
CK4400 Series _____________________________________________________ 143
CK4700 Series _____________________________________________________ 155

Key Systems/Cylinders ___________________________________________
Key Systems ______________________________________________________ 167
Pyramid __________________________________________________________ 223

Door Closers ____________________________________________________
DC3000 Series _____________________________________________________ 243
DC5000 Series _____________________________________________________ 259
DC6000 Series _____________________________________________________ 271
DC62900 Series ____________________________________________________ 296
DC8000 Series _____________________________________________________ 312

Exit Devices ____________________________________________________
ED4000 Series _____________________________________________________ 343
ED5000 Series _____________________________________________________ 383
ED6000 Series _____________________________________________________ 447
ED7000 Series _____________________________________________________ 487
ED8000 Series _____________________________________________________ 515

Decorative Levers and Trim _______________________________________
Museo ___________________________________________________________ 535
Vineyard _________________________________________________________ 551

Mortise Locksets ________________________________________________
ML2000 & ML20900 ECL Series ______________________________________ 563

Multi-point Locks ________________________________________________
FE5400S Series ____________________________________________________ 639
FE6700 Series ____________________________________________________ 663
FE6800 Series _____________________________________________________ 675

Speciality Hardware ______________________________________________
Speciality Hardware ________________________________________________ 687

Tubular Locks ___________________________________________________
TL3700 Series _____________________________________________________ 719

Unit Locksets ___________________________________________________
Unit Locksets _____________________________________________________ 731

Stand-alone Access Control

Applications

Index
Applications..................................... 2
Overview......................................3-4
Features........................................... 5
100 User Mode (M800) Features...... 6
2000 User Mode Features.............7-8
ML20800 Mortise Locks
Features........................................... 9
Functions....................................... 10
Escutcheons & Cylinders................ 11
Options & Accessories.................... 12
Available Trim Options..............13-14
How to Order...........................15-16
Quick Codes.................................. 17
CL33800 Cylindrical Locks
Features......................................... 18
Features & Functions...................... 19
Options & Accessories.................... 20
Available Trim Options &
How to Order ............................... 21
Quick Codes.................................. 22
ED5000 Series Exit Devices
Features....................................23-24
Functions....................................... 25
Options & Accessories.................... 26
Available Trim Options..............27-28
How to Order...........................29-30
Quick Codes.............................30-31
WM800 Reader/Controller
Features......................................... 32
SoloPlus™ Software...................... 33
ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device.... 33
Options & Accessories...............34-36
Architectural Specifications ........... 37
Quick Code Index.....................38-39

The Access 800 AC2 series of stand-alone access control products provides
the user with a broad selection of technologies, features and mechanical
locking means housed in a sleek, architecturally pleasing design. From the basic
keypad-programmed M800 option to the full-featured M806, programmed
via data transfer device (DTD) or a PDA, all units utilize a battery-powered microprocessor-based controller with non-volatile memory to preserve user coding. All
technology features are supported by the physical security of a Corbin Russwin
ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 mechanical locking device: mortise, cylindrical or exit device.
These locking devices allow for electronic control over the optimum mechanical
lock and are UL Listed for use on fire doors*. Trims and finishes along with the
various technology offerings combine for a cost effective continuity of design.
The keypad option features user codes that can vary from 1 to 6 digits and utilizes
a master code to program the lock in a variety of modes. These modes allow the
operation of the lock to be tailored to the opening and individual user. Typical
modes include panic, adjustable momentary unlock and passage.
SoloPlus software allows you to meet your facility’s needs while maintaining a
stand-alone, single door electronic access control system.
* Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially impact the fire rating of
the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or warranties concerning what such
impact may be in any specific situation. When retrofitting any portion of an existing fire rated opening,
or specifying and installing a new fire-rated opening, please consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ratings.

Advantages

Applications
•
•
•
•
•

Remote locations
Building perimeter
High security areas
Restricted access
Retrofit applications
where hardwiring is
not practical

Bundled unit
• Economic (low cost) versus
hard wired magnetic lock/
stand-alone reader
• Backwards compatibility
and audit trail capable
• Similar features to online
systems such as programmable
time zones, holidays
• User groups (2000 users)
& access level oriented format
•

Overview

Access 800® AC2 - Features
Corbin Russwin Access 800 AC2 Series’ product enhancements help to further distinguish it as the right choice for a wide range of
applications.
• Forced Master Code Change – from factory default for added security
• Enrollment Station enrolls 125 kHz Wiegand-format HID prox cards into SoloPlus™ software.
• Force/Propped Door Alarm provides an audible alarm if the door is held open for an extended period of time or forced open
without the use of valid credentials.
• Dorm Room Function for Mortise Option prevents students from locking themselves out of their dorm room.
• Temporary User Codes allows temporary codes by number of uses, start and stop dates or total days after first use.

corbinrusswin.com

Overview

Cylindrical Lock - CL33800

Exit Device - ED5000 x 9800

Mortise Lock - ML20800

M800

100 user keypad only Stand-alone access control products are designed for areas that require
authorized entry, such as stairwell doors, meeting rooms, company health clubs, etc. Microprocessor
based technology with non-volatile solid state memory ensures that codes will not be lost even if the
batteries stop functioning. The controller will hold a total of 100 different user codes and these codes
can vary in length from one to six digits. All programming is done through the keypad.

M801

2000 user keypad only The M801 is ideal for dormitories, assisted living facilities, hospitals, retailers,
apartments and office complexes. Programming is accomplished through the keypad for most basic
functions or via SoloPlus™ software.

M802

2000 user proximity only The M802 provides a higher level of security. All programming must be
handled through the SoloPlus software. It is ideal for high traffic applications where keypad
usage is not desirable: universities, laboratories or hospitals. A “master” Comm Enable proximity card or
fob is required to initiate programming of the lock.

M803

2000 user proximity/keypad The M803 stand-alone access control products offer the highest level
of security and flexibility. These products can be programmed via keypad or SoloPlus requiring both
a code (1-6 digits) and proximity card/key/tag presentation to gain entry. It can also be programmed for
keypad or proximity presentation only.

M804

2000 user keypad and RF technology The M804 offers the convenience of the keypad along with
the RF technology which allows for remote unlocking and locking of the unit. This configuration is ideal
where security is a concern (offices and medical clinics).

M805

2000 user proximity and RF technology The M805 offers the additional security of eliminating
the keypad with the convenience of remote unlocking and locking through the RF technology.

M806

2000 user keypad, proximity and RF technology The M806 offers all three technologies
allowing the lock to be programmed to respond to any of the technologies as needed.

Features

Access

M800

M801

M802

M803

M804

M805

M806

Stand-alone Unit

Yes

Keypad

Yes

Proximity

Yes

RF Technology

Yes

Keypad

DTD or a
PDA/Keypad

DTD or a
PDA

DTD or a
PDA/Keypad

DTD or a
PDA

DTD or a
PDA/Keypad

Programming
Supports all HID Proximity Bit Format

Yes

Required

Yes

Required

Yes

Directly Supports 26, 33 & 34 bit 125kHz HID
Wiegand Formats1

Yes

Supports all 125kHz HID Wiegand
(up to 40) Bit Formats with Enrollment Station

Yes

Non-volatile Memory

Yes

80,000
cycles

4-1/2 Mo.

6 AA

Low Battery Indication

Yes

Hard Power Available

Yes

DTD or a PDA

Power Requirements
Battery Life (Estimate)
Batteries

Users & Codes
Users Supported per Lock
Users Supported by Database
Audit Trail
Code: Number of Digits

100

2,000

20,000

1,000

2,000

1 to 6 Digits

Master, Emergency & Supervisory Codes

Yes

Standard, Extended Passage Codes

Yes

Panic, Lockout Codes

Yes

Comm Unlock, Relock Codes

Yes

Temporary User Codes

Yes

Real Time Clock with Date & Time

Yes

Up to 8 Time Zones per Lock

Yes

Holidays (16 Single & 16 Blocked)

Yes

Daylight Saving Time

Yes

Auto Unlock

Yes

Auto Unlock with First In

Yes

Unlock Time Adjustability

1-255 Sec

Yes

Features

Audible Keystroke Beep Available
Remote Unlocking

Yes

UL Listed for Fire Doors2

Yes

Note: Dash (-) Means either Not Available or Not Applicable
1. Directly supports credential formats with special requirements. Consult factory.
2. Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially impact the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or warranties concerning what such
impact may be in any specific situation. When retrofitting any portion of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying and installing a new fire-rated opening, please consult with a code specialist or local
code official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ratings.

100 User Mode (M800) Features

Access

M800

Stand-alone Unit

Yes

Keypad

Yes

Proximity

RF Technology

Programming

Keypad

Supports HID Proximity Bit Format

DTD or a PDA

Supports 26, 33 & 34 bit 125kHz HID
Wiegand Formats1

Non-volatile Memory

Yes

Power Requirements
Battery Life (Estimate)
Batteries

80,000 cycles
6 AA

Low Battery Indication

Yes

Hard Power Available

Yes

Users & Codes
Users Supported per Lock

Mortise shown

Audit Trail

100
1,000

Quick Code Option M800
Keypad Operated Products

Code: Number of Digits

The Corbin Russwin 100 user, keypadonly stand-alone access control products
are designed for areas that require
authorized entry, such as stairwell doors,
meeting rooms, company health clubs,
etc. Microprocessor based technology
with non-volatile solid state memory
ensures that codes will not be lost
even if the batteries stop functioning.
The controller will hold a total of 100
different user codes and these codes
can vary in length from one to six
digits. All programming is done
through the keypad.

Panic, Lockout Codes

Comm Unlock, Relock Codes

Temporary User Codes

Credential Quick Codes
Description

Specify

Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only

M800

1 to 6 Digits

Master, Emergency & Supervisory Codes

Yes

Standard, Extended Passage Codes

Yes

Features
Real Time Clock with Date & Time

Up to 8 Time Zones per Lock

Holidays (16 Single & 16 Blocked)

Daylight Saving Time

Auto Unlock

Auto Unlock with First In

Unlock Time Adjustability

1-99 Sec

Audible Keystroke Beep Available

Yes

Remote Unlocking

Yes

UL Listed for Fire Doors2

Yes

1. Directly supports credential with special requirements. Consult factory.
2. Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no representations
or warranties concerning what such impact may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.

2000 User Mode Features

Standard Features
• Audit Trail provides parameters such as access
granted in, access denied, entry into programming
mode, date, time, user and door information
• Low battery indication – four chirps after code
entry. Master and emergency code will operate
lock after the low battery indication period has
passed and user codes no longer operate the lock
• Moisture resistant coating on electronics
• Entry of three wrong user codes in succession
disables all codes for ten seconds
• UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards
• Forced and propped door option
• Weatherseal gaskets and conduit provided for use on
exterior doors
• Remote power and request to enter available –
requires wire harness and hard wiring
• One master code – forced master code change
from factory default. Assigns emergency,
supervisory and user codes and allows entry
when deadbolt is thrown (mortise locks)
• Multiple supervisory codes – allow temporary
lockout of selected users, change unlock time
duration, request audit log and add user codes

• Emergency code – allows entry when deadbolt
is thrown (mortise locks). Unlocks after the low
battery indication period has passed and user
codes no longer operate lock
• Temporary codes by number of uses (1-500),
start and stop dates or total days after first
use (24 hour specific)
• Maintained (passage) code – unlocks

Keypad Features
• LEDs on unit indicate status – green indicates
unlocked; yellow indicates programming mode

Proximity Features
• Supports all HID 125 KHz Wiegand formats (up
to 40 bit) by keypad presentation or when using
proximity enrollment station with SoloPlus™
software
• Supports 26, 34 & Corporate 1000 (35 bit) HID
formats with SoloPlus software programming

Credential Quick Codes
Description

Specify

Credential for 2000 User
Keypad Only

M801

Prox Only

M802

Keypad/Prox

M803

Keypad/RF

M804

Prox/RF

M805

Keypad/Prox/RF

M806

2000 User Mode Features

Software Features
SoloPlus™ Software
SoloPlus Software allows simple programming and interrogation of the Access 800 access control products. This
software provides the means for fast, convenient assignment of access levels, doors, users, time zones and
management of multiple doors with full audit trail capability. Communication between the computer and lock
controller is via DTD or a PDA that allows for quick and efficient program transfer and audit trail retrieval. For
more information see page 33.

RF Fob

Features

RF technology offers stand-alone access control
enhancement by allowing the user to remotely
control the lock by means of a hand-held
transmitter (RF fob).

• Available with keypad, keypad/proximity
and proximity only models
• C-UL US Listed for fire doors1
• Typical operating distance of 35 to 75 feet on
inside of door; 10 to 25 feet on outside of door2
• Ideal for retrofit applications: Minimal door prep
with no frame prep, wiring or external power
supply needed
• Multiple RF Fobs may be programmed into
a single lock
• LED indicator on inside escutcheon shows when
RF lock is actuated
• Cylindrical, Mortise Lock and Exit Device versions
• Supported by SoloPlus software
• All user types, features for Access 800 supported

The Access 800 lock is easily programmed for three
primary RF actuation modes: Passage, Standard or
Panic. RF technology is an additional means of
operating the lock to direct keypad code entry
or proximity credential presentation.

Three Primary Modes of RF Technology
Outside Escutcheon
cylindrical shown

Inside Escutcheon

Passage: Remotely toggle (lock/unlock) the unit
which remains locked/unlocked until the RF Fob is
pressed again. Convenient applications: To unlock
doors for extended periods of time; employee
entrances, office suites, etc.
Unlock/Relock: Remotely unlock for a defined period
of time (1 to 255 seconds) and then automatically
relock at the end of that time period. Typical
applications: Security entrances, guard stations,
anywhere an electric strike is not feasible and/or an
audit trail is desired.
Panic: An RF fob set as a “Panic User” can be used
to quickly and easily remotely lock entry doors during
emergency situations to prevent entry by intruders.
Remains locked until reset by Master code.

RF Actuation
Indicator

1. Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially
impact the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no
representations or warranties concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion of an existing fire rated
opening, or specifying and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code official (Authority Having
Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ratings.
2. Operating distance may vary depending on building construction

Credential Quick Codes
Description

Specify

Credentials for 2000 User
Keypad Only

M801

Prox Only

M802

Keypad/Prox

M803

Keypad/RF

M804

Prox/RF

M805

Keypad/Prox/RF

M806

Features
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock

The one-piece escutcheon of the motorized mortise lock product has a clean, crisp design and is available
with a variety of lever designs and hardware finishes. ML20800 mortise locks are ideal for business and
facility entrances, computer room areas, telephone rooms, health clubs, and child care facilities.

Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversibility. The lockset can be
re-handed without disassembling the lock body
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional 2" (50mm) to 2-1/4" (57mm).

Mortise Lock
ML20800

Strike
Wrought brass or stainless steel ANSI straight
lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm)
x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available.

Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).

Cylinder
1000-138-A01, 6-pin, L4, keyed random,
furnished standard for 1-3/4" (44mm) door.
Optional cylinders available.

Lockcase
Heavy-gauge chrome plated steel,
5-7/8" (149mm) x 4" (102mm) x 15/16" (24mm).

Batteries
Operates with 6 AA batteries (included).

Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm)
x 3/32" (2mm). Accommodates non-beveled and
beveled doors 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel attached
by machine screws to lockcase front.
Latch
Patented, quick, reversible 2-piece mechanical with
anti-friction insert 5/8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3/4"
(19mm). U.S. Patent #6,349,982.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and 3/8" (10mm)
effective auxiliary latch deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.

Operations
Typical 80,000 per set of batteries.
RF technology will limit battery life to
approximately 4-1/2 months.
Optional Power Supply
9VDC output. Operates 2 each Access 800
locks. Specify 784 when ordering.
Warranty
10-year limited mechanical.
2-year limited electrical.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13, Grade 1 requirements.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Meets A156.25 requirements.
Credential Quick Codes
Description

Specify

Lever Trim
Free floating, to fit doors 1-3/4" (44mm)
to 2-1/4" (57mm).

Credential for 100 User

Hub
Steel, 5/16" (8mm).

Keypad Only

M801

Prox Only

M802

Keypad/Prox

M803

Keypad/RF

M804

Prox/RF

M805

Keypad/Prox/RF

M806

Keypad Only

M800

Credentials for 2000 User

Functions
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock

Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

ML20833
Without Cylinder
Entry
or Deadbolt

• Deadlocking latch
• Latch retracted by inside lever at all times
• Outside lever rigid except when in
"passage" mode or valid user code entered

ML20834
With Cylinder
Entry
Without Deadbolt

• Deadlocking latch
• Latch retracted by inside lever at all times
• Outside lever rigid except when in
"passage" mode or valid user code entered
• Key outside retracts latch
• No deadbolt function

ML20835
Without Cylinder
Entry
With Deadbolt

• Deadlocking latch
• Latch and deadbolt retracted by inside
lever at all times
• Outside lever rigid except when in
"passage" mode or valid user code entered
• When deadbolt thrown, outside lever operable
only with emergency code or master code

ML20836
With Cylinder
Entry
and Deadbolt

• Deadlocking latch
• Latch and deadbolt retracted by inside
lever and deadbolt at all times
• Outside lever rigid except when in
"passage" mode or valid user code entered
• Key outside projects or retracts deadbolt
and retracts latch
• When deadbolt projected, outside lever
operable only with emergency code, master
code, or key (key retracts deadbolt and latch)

ML20837
Dormitory
With Deadbolt
Entry
and Inside

• Deadlocking latch
• Dorm room application for students
using proximity cards
• Prevents students from locking
themselves out of dorm rooms
• Controller to be configured at factory for
dorm room application
• Available with M802 and M803 Quick Codes
• Latch and deadbolt retracted by inside lever,
placing lock in passage mode; must present
valid user code to secure door upon exit

Function Description

Escutcheons & Cylinders
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock
Escutcheons

4"
(102mm)

• Zinc die cast
• Lowest projection 11/16" (17mm)
less lever
• Highest projection 1-5/8" (41mm)
• Tactile keypad
• Operating temperature -40°F (-40°C)
to 135°F (57°C)
• LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries
• Keys/buttons with double shot mold
construction prevents wear

Outside

Inside

(102mm)

13-1/8"
(333mm)

2"
(51mm)

Cylinders

Conventional

Interchangeable Core

(Fixed Core)

(IC)

• Conventional (standard for ML2000)
• Security (standard for ML2000HS)
• Pyramid
• Interchangeable Core (IC)
• 2 nickel silver keys
• Finishes: See Key Systems and Pyramid

Pyramid
Shown

Cylinder Quick Codes
Mortise Cylinder Type

Keyed Functions for 1-3/4" Door

Pyramid High Security (PHS)

1020-114-A01

Pyramid High Security Interchangeable Core (PCHS)

1030-138-A01

Pyramid Security (PS)

1027-114-A01

Pyramid Security IC (PCS)

1037-138-A01

Conventional 6-pin

1000-138-A01

7-pin (7P)

1000-138-A01-7

6-pin IC (C6)

1080-138-A01

7-pin IC (C7)

1080-112-A01-7

Security IC (CHS)

1090-138-A01

Security (HS)

1010-138-A01

For complete Pyramid information and options refer to Pyramid catalog.
To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 17.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish (e.g., 1000-138-A01 x L4 x 626).

Options & Accessories
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock
Strikes
ANSI Straight Lip (standard)
Brass, Bronze or Stainless Steel
Non-handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8"
(29mm) lip to center
Optional lip lengths: 7/8" (22mm), 1-1/4"
(32mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm),
2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4"
(70mm), 3" (76mm)

Strike Box

ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset; see Quick Codes, page
17. To order separately, specify 120F768.

Part No.

Latchbolt X Deadbolt

ANSI Curved Lip
Brass, Bronze or Stainless Steel
Handed 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center
Optional lip lengths: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2"
(38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4"
(57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm),
3" (76mm)

Description

236L72

Straight Lip

340L60

Curved Lip for RH, LHR

340L61

Curved Lip for LH, RHR

236L73

Straight Lip

340L62

Curved Lip for RH, LHR

340L63

Curved Lip for LH, RHR

Latchbolt Only
To order strike with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 17. To order strike separately, specify Part No. x Lip Length x Finish
(e.g., 340L60 x 1-1/2" x 626).

Open Back Strike

Open Back
Size: 5-1/4" (133mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm)
Hand
LHL

RHR

Door Thickness

Part

1-3/4" (44mm)

411L63016

2" (51mm)

411L63018

2-1/4" (57mm)

411L63020

1-3/4" (44mm)

411L62016

2" (51mm)

411L62018

2-1/4" (57mm)

411L62020

To order with lockset; see Quick Codes, pg. 17.
To order separately, specify Part No. x Door
Thickness x Finish (e.g., 411L62 x 2" x 626).
12

Rabbeted Front and Strike

Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze. For 1/2" (13mm) rabbet.
No optional lip lengths.
Part No.

Hand

Latchbolt x
deadbolt

318F66
318F69

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Latchbolt
only

318F64
318F67

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

To order with lockset; see Quick Codes, page 17.
To order separately, specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 318F66 x 626).

Available Trim Options
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Locks
Standard
ML20800
Armstrong

ASZ

Newport

NSZ

Princeton

PSZ

Citation

CSZ

Dirke

DSZ

Essex

ESZ

Lustra

LSZ

Regis

RSZ

Armstrong

Citation

Dirke

Essex*

Lustra*

Newport*

Princeton*

Regis

Frascati

Merlot

Tuscany*

Vineyard™
Frascati

FSZ

Merlot

MSZ

Tuscany

TSZ

Zinfandel

ZSZ

Zinfandel

Muséo®

Georgia
102

102Z

103

103Z

104

104Z

124

124Z

125

125Z

102

103

104

124*

125*

salvador
106

106Z

107

107Z

108

108Z

109

109Z

110

110Z

123

123Z

128

128Z

129

129Z

111

111Z

112

112Z

113

113Z

114

114Z

115

115Z

116

116Z

130

130Z

131

131Z

132

132Z

117

117Z

126

126Z

106

107

108

109*

110

123*

128*

129*

111

112

113

114

116

130*

131*

132*

Marc

pablo

117

115

126*

Jackson
119

119Z

121

121Z

122

122Z

127

127Z

21G

21GZ

21L

21LZ

21M

21MZ

21S

21SZ

21W

21WZ

23M

23MZ

25M

25MZ

27M

27MZ

PIET

121

119

21G

21L

127*

122

21M

21S

21W

23M

27M

*Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

Available Trim Options
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Locks
Muséo® Piet Lever Collection Trim and Finish Options

Leather Insert
21L

Santoprene™ Insert
21S

Wood Insert
21W

Trim

Plain
25M

Lever Finish Options

Lever Style

Shank Finish

Specify

Insert Finish

Specify

Grip Finish*

Specify

21L

629 or 630

29 or 30

Black or Brown

BK or BN

629 or 630

29 or 30

21S

629 or 630

29 or 30

Black

629 or 630

29 or 30

21W

629 or 630

29 or 30

Birch

629 or 630

29 or 30

25M

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

27M

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

Grooved Insert
21G

Polished with Satin Insert
21M

Trim

With Raised Band
23M
Lever Finish Options

Lever Style

Shank Finish

Specify

Insert Finish

Specify

Grip Finish

Specify

21G

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

21M

629

630

629

23M

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

* Escutcheons (lock finish) are plated to match polished stainless steel (629) and satin stainless steel (630) finishes.
** Grip finish must match shank finish

Plain with Two Grooves
27M

How to Order
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Locks
How to Order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection
5-1/4"
133.35mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

3-3/32"
78.58mm

21G, 21L, 21M, 21S, 21W

23M

25M, 27M

Stock Order
Quantity

Series/
Function

Technology
Code

Trim

Lever
Finish

Lock
Finish*

Hand

Credential
Quick Code

ML20834

TCAC2

21MZ

293029

625

RHR

M803

› Muséo® Piet Lever 21M - Polished with Satin Insert
› 293029 Lever Finish
Polished with satin stainless steel insert (630), polished stainless steel (629) shank and polished stainless steel (629) grip
› 625 Lock Finish

Stock Order

Quantity

Series/Function

Technology Code

Trim

Lever Finish

Lock
Finish*

Hand

Credential
Quick Code

ML20834

TCAC2

21WZ

29BH29

625

RHR

M803

› Muséo® Piet Lever 21W - Wood Insert
› 29BH29 Lever Finish
Wood insert with polished stainless steel (629) shank and polished stainless steel (629) grip
› 625 Lock Finish
* Escutcheons (lock finish) are plated to match polished stainless steel (629) and satin stainless steel (630) finishes.

Handing

Left Hand

Right Hand

LHR

RHR

Left Hand Reverse

Right Hand Reverse

Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door.

How To Order
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock

Ordering Examples
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Technology
Code

Trim

Finish

Hand

Credential
Quick Code

ML20834

TCAC2

LSZ

626

RHR

M803

Split Trim/Finish Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Technology
Code

Outside

Trim
Inside

Outside

Finish

ML20834

TCAC2

LSZ

CSZ

626

Inside

Hand

Credential
Quick Code

606

RHR

M803

Contract/Detailed Order

Quantity
24

Keyset

Series/
Function

Technology
Code

Trim

Finish

AA1

ML20834

TCAC2

LSZ

626

Hand

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Credential
Quick
Code

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

RHR

D214

SA200

M803

VKC3

Handing

Left Hand

Right Hand

LHR

RHR

Left Hand Reverse

Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door.

Right Hand Reverse

Quick Codes
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock
Cylinders and Keying
Description
Conventional 6-pin
Conventional 7-pin
Less Cylinder(s)
IC 6-pin
IC 6-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red
Blue
Green
CI 6-pin Less Core
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core
IC 7-pin
IC 7-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red
Blue
Green
IC 7-pin Less Core
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core
Security
Security IC
Pyramid Fixed Core
Pyramid IC
Pyramid IC Less Core
Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid Disposable Core
6-pin Disposable Core
7-pin Disposable Core
Keyed Random (Standard)
Construction Master Eyed (not
available for Pyramid)
Visual Key Control
- No Keying Data Stamped
- on Key or Cylinder
- Keys Only
- Cylinders and Keys
-(not for HS, CHS, PHS
- or PCHS)
- Cylinders Only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)

Cylinders and Keying (Cont.)
Specify
(standard)
7P
LC
C6

CT6R
CT6B
CT6G
CL6
CLS6
CT6SD
C7

CT7R
CT7B
CT7G
CL7
CLS7
CT7SD
HS
CHS
PHS
PCHS
CLP
CTP
PS
PCS
CTPD
CT6D
CT7D
KR
CMK

VKC0
VKC1
VKC2

VKC3

Description
Concealed Key Control
(CKC)
- CKC Cylinders with
VKC Keys
- CKC Cylinders Only
(not for PHS, PCHS)
2 Keys per Lock
More than 2 Keys

Door Thickness

Specify

Door Thickness

Specify

1-3/4" (44mm)
CKC2

(standard)

2" (51mm)

D200

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

CKC3
(standard)
KY#
(e.g.,
KY6)

Credential Quick Codes
Description

Specify

Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only

M800

Credentials for 2000 User
Finish
Description

Polished Brass, Clear Coated
Satin Brass, Clear Coated
Polished Bronze, Clear
Coated
Satin Bronze, Clear Coated
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated
Polished Nickel
Satin Nickel
Polished Chrome
Satin Chrome
Satin Chrome
with MicroShield®
Black Oxidized Bronze,
Oil Rubbed

Specify

605
606
611
612
613

M801

Prox Only

M802

Keypad/Prox

M803

Keypad/RF

M804

Prox/RF

M805

Keypad/Prox/RF

M806

Strikes
613L
618
619
625
626
626C
722

Miscellaneous Options
Description

Keypad Only

Specify

Torx® head screws

M04

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Knurling outside and inside*

M20

Knurling outside only*

M21

Knurling inside only

M22

Abrasive coat outside and
inside*

M23

Abrasive coat inside only*

M24

Abrasive coat outside only

M25

Power/Remote Unlocking
Harness

M35

Forced/Propped Door**

M861

ANSI
Lip to Center

Curved
Lip
Specify
N/A

7/8" (22mm)

SS078

1-1/8" (29mm)

(standard)

N/A

1-1/4" (32mm)

SS114

SA114

1-3/8" (35mm)

SS138

SA138

1-1/2" (38mm)

SS112

SA112

1-3/4" (44mm)

SS134

SA134

2" (51mm)

SS200

SA200

2-1/4" (57mm)

SS214

SA214

2-1/2" (64mm)

SS212

SA212

2-3/4" (70mm)

SS234

SA234

3" (76mm)

SS300

SA300

Open Back Strike

Door Thickness

Specify

1-3/4" (44mm)

SB134

2" (51mm)

SB200

2-1/4" (57mm)

SB214

Rabbeted front and strike - Specify

SR118

Handing
Hand

*not available with Vineyard or Museo levers.
**not compatible with M800

ANSI
Straight Lip
Specify

Right Hand
Left Hand

Specify
RH
LH

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

Features
CL33800 AC2 Cylindrical Lock
The motorized Access 800 CL33800 design provides uniformity when used with other Corbin Russwin
CL3300 locks at a facility. Access 800 products offer access control solutions for meeting rooms, country
club locker rooms and assisted living facilities. The product features three different lever designs, seven
hardware finishes and cylinder override.

Features
Non-handed
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) to 2" (50mm) standard,
2" (50mm) to 2-1/4" (57mm) optional
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 3-3/4" (95mm) and 5" (127mm).
Latchbolt
Stainless steel, 1/2" (13mm) throw.
Optional: 3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking fire
latch for pair of doors.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents manipulation
when door is closed.
Front
Wrought brass or stainless steel,
2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Accommodates non-beveled and beveled
doors 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Optional: rounded corners.
Strike
Wrought brass or stainless steel ANSI curved lip
standard, 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI wrought
strike box available

Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Master Keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security IC
Pyramid
Pyramid IC
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security IC
Batteries
Operates with 6 “AA” batteries (included)
Operations
Typical 80,000 per set of batteries. RF
technology will limit battery life to
approximately 4-1/2 months.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Key Override
Standard not available without key override.
Optional Power Supply
9VDC output. Operates 2 each Access 800
locks. Specify 784 when ordering.
Warranty
7-year limited mechanical;
2-year limited electrical.

Features & Functions
CL33800 AC2 Cylindrical Lock

Certification/Compliance
C-UL US
All locks with 1/2" (13mm) throw
latchbolt listed for A label and lesser class
4' x 10' single doors. All locks with 3/4"
(19mm) throw latchbolt listed for A label
and lesser class 8' x 10' pairs of doors.
Letter F and UL symbol on latch front
indicate listing.

ANSI/BHMA
Meets A156.2 Grade 1 requirements.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard) All levers with returns
comply; levers return to within 1/2"
(13mm) of door face.

Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

Credential Quick Codes
Description

Specify

Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only

M800

Credentials for 2000 User
Keypad Only

M801

Prox Only

M802

Keypad/Prox

M803

Keypad/RF

M804

Prox/RF

M805

Keypad/Prox/RF

M806

Function Description

• Latch retracted by inside
lever at all times.
CL33834
With Cylinder

Entry

• Key outside retracts latch.
• Outside lever locked
(freewheeling) except when
in “passage” mode or valid
user code entered.

Escutcheons
4"

4"
(102mm)

Outside

13-5/8"
(346mm)

(102mm)

Inside

13-5/8"
(346mm)

2-1/2"
(63.5mm)

• Zinc die cast
• Lowest projection 11/16"
(17mm) less lever
• Highest projection 1-5/8"
(41mm)
• Tactile keypad
• Operating temperature -40°F
(-40°C) to 135°F (57°C)
• LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries
• Keys/buttons with double shot
mold construction prevents wear
• Freewheeling outside lever when
locked

Options & Accessories
CL33800 AC2 Cylindrical Lock

Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)

Curved Lip Box

Brass or stainless steel,
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm),
1-1/8" (29mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm),
2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm).

Brass, 2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm), 1-1/8" (29mm),
1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm),
2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm),
2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm).

To order with lockset, see Quick Codes on page 22.
To order separately, specify 217L13 x
Lip Length x Finish.

Rabbeted Front and Strike

ANSI Wrought Strike Box

Brass, 4" (102mm) x 5/8"
(16mm) for 1/2" (13mm) rabbet.
No optional lip lengths.

To order with lockset, see Quick Codes on page 22.
To order separately, specify 120F768.

To order with lockset, see Quick Codes
on page 22.
To order separately, specify 601F28
x Finish.

Electrified Accessories
Description
Power Supply, 9VDC
Output Operates 2 each
Access 800 locks

To order with lockset, see Quick Codes on page 22.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x
Lip Length x Finish.

Specify
784

Available Trim Options and How to Order
CL33800 AC2 Cylindrical Lock
Standard
CL33800
Armstrong

AZZ

Newport

NZZ

Princeton

PZZ

Armstrong

Newport*

Princeton*

Vineyard™

Frascati

FZZ

Frascati

Ordering Examples
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/
Function

Technology
Code

Trim

Finish

Hand

Credential
Quick Code

100

CL33834

TCAC2

NZZ

626

RHR

M803

Split Trim/Finish Order
Quantity

Series/
Function

Technology
Code

Outside

Trim
Inside

Outside

Finish

CL33834

TCAC2

NZZ

AZZ

626

Inside

Hand

Credential
Quick Code

M803

625

Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series
Function

Technology
Code

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Backset

Optional
Strike

Credential
Quick Code

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

CL33834

TCAC2

NZZ

626

RHR

D214

B334

SC114

M802

VKC3

Quick Codes
CL33800 AC2 Cylindrical Lock
Cylinders and Keying
Description
Conventional 6-pin

(standard)

Conventional 7-pin

Less Cylinder(s)

Security

Security IC
Pyramid Security

Miscellaneous Options

Finish
Specify

CHS
PS

Description

Specify

Description

Specify

Polished Brass, Clear Coated

605

Torx® head screws

M04

Satin Brass, Clear Coated

606

M06

Polished Bronze, Clear Coated

611

Less cylinder, with tailpiece for
Schlage® cylinder

Satin Bronze, Clear Coated

612
613

Lever to accept Best® type core
(NZD & PZD designs only)

M08

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Oil Rubbed

Lever to accept Sargent® cylinder
(NZD & PZD design only)

M09

613L

Pyramid Security IC

PCS

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated

Rounded corners on latch front

M13

Pyramid High Security Fixed Core

PHS

Polished Nickel

618

3/4" (19mm) throw fire latch

M16

Satin Nickel

619

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Polished Chrome

625

CTP

Knurling outside and inside

M20

Satin Chrome

626

Knurling outside only

M21

CLP

Black Oxidized Bronze,
Oil Rubbed

722

Knurling inside only

M22

Abrasive coat outside and inside

M23

Abrasive coat inside only

M24

Abrasive coat outside only

M25

Power/Remote Unlocking Harness

M35

Lever to accept Schlage®
interchangeable core (NZD & PZD
design only)

M69

Forced door/propped door*

M861

Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core
Pyramid Less Core
IC 6-pin

PCHS

IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction Core
Red

CT6R

Blue

CT6B

Green

CT6G

IC 6-pin Less Core

CL6

IC 7-pin

IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction Core

626C

Strikes

Lip to Center

ANSI
Curved Lip
Specify

Curved Lip
Box Specify

1" (25mm)

SA100

SC100

*not compatible M800

Red

CT7R

1-1/8" (29mm)

SA118

SC118

Blue

CT7B

1-1/4" (32mm)

(standard)

SC114

Green

CT7G

1-3/8" (35mm)

SA138

SC138

1-1/2" (38mm)

SA112

SC112

1-3/4" (44mm)

SA134

SC134

Credential Quick Codes

2" (51mm)

SA200

SC200

2-1/4" (57mm)

SA214

SC214

Description
Credential for 100 User

2-1/2" (64mm)

SA212

SC212

SA234

SC234

Keypad Only
Credentials for 2000 User

M800

2-3/4" (70mm)
3" (76mm)

SA300

SC300

Keypad Only

M801

Prox Only

M802

Keypad/Prox

M803

Keypad/RF

M804

Prox/RF

M805

Keypad/Prox/RF

M806

IC 7-pin Less Core

CL7

Pyramid Disposable Core

CTPD

6-pin Disposable Core

CT6D

7-pin Disposable Core

CT7D

SFIC 6- or 7-pin Small Format
Disposable Core

CTSD

0-Bitted with 2 Blank Keys
Keyed Random
Construction Master Keyed

(standard)
KR

Rabbeted front and strike

Specify SR118

CMK

Visual Key Control (VKC)

Door Thickness

- No Bitting or Keyset
Stamping on Keys

VKC0

Door Thickness

- Keys Only

VKC1

1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm)

(standard)

2" (51mm) - 2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

- Cylinders and Keys (not for
HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)
- Cylinders Only (not for HS,
CHS, PHS or PCHS)
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
- CKC Cylinders with VKC Keys
- CKC Cylinders Only (not for
PHS, PCHS)
2 Keys per Lock

VKC3

Backset
CKC2
CKC3

Schlage® C Keyway cylinder1
Schlage® LA Keyway cylinder2

More than 2 Keys

Specify

VKC2

(standard)
KY#
(e.g., KY6)
C

1 Available 0-bitted & keyed random (KR) only
2 Available 0-bitted only

Satin Chrome
with MicroShield®

Description

Specify

2-3/4" (70mm)

(standard)

3-3/4" (95mm)

B334

5" (127mm)

B500

Specify

Features
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device

Access 800 products for Corbin Russwin’s ED5000 Series rim, SecureBolt® and mortise exits provide
access control in areas where life safety is a concern. This includes stairwell areas or tenant occupied
facilities where stand-alone access control is required. Corbin Russwin Access 800 exit devices are
available with a variety of lever design styles and hardware finishes.

Features
Handing
Rim device is non-handed. Lever trim is handed.
Mortise device is handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30" (762mm)
to 36" (914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36" (914mm)
to 48" (1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Latchbolt
3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel pullman-type
with stainless steel deadlocking latch.
Latchbolt - for ED5200S(A) SecureBolt
Full 3/4" (19mm) projection, 1" (25mm)
strike engagement, positive deadlocking by
auxiliary bolt.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic-rated devices;
single-point 1/4 turn hex key dogging.
Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.
Mechanical dogging not available on
fire-rated devices.

Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws
and wood door fasteners.
Standard on fire-rated devices: sex nuts and bolts.
Optional on panic devices: sex nuts
and bolts for use on wood, composite or
unreinforced metal doors; specify M54.
Optional wood screws for use on approved
fire-rated solid wood or wood core doors.
Specify M64.
Strike
Surface-mounted 3/8" (10mm) diameter roller
strike, complete with positive locking plate and
shims, assuring low friction relocking for a long,
trouble-free life.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever trim available with wide
range of functions; see Trim, pages 27-28.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised vision
light molding; specify M58.
Key Override
Standard. Available with non-key override.
Batteries
Operates with 6 AA batteries (included).
Operations
Typical 80,000 per set of batteries. RF technology
will limit battery life to approximately 4-1/2 months.
Optional Power Supply
9VDC output. Operates 2 each Access 800
locks. Specify 784 when ordering.
Warranty
5-year limited mechanical.
2-year limited electrical.
23

Features
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device

3-7/8"

Certification/Compliance

(98mm)

Outside

Escutcheons

8-3/4"
(222mm)

3-7/8"
(98mm)

• Zinc die cast
• Projection at top
1-5/8” (41mm)
• Tactile Keypad
• Operating temperature
– 40°F (-40°C) to 135°F
(57°C)
• LEDs indicate valid/
invalid entries
• Keys/buttons with double
shot mold construction
prevents wear

Inside

8-3/4"
(222mm)

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 1 & 3, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devices comply with UL 305 standards for
panic hardware. Three-hour fire-rated*
devices listed as fire exit hardware for A label
and lesser class 4' x 8' single or 8' x 8' double
doors; UL symbol on active case cover
indicates listing.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
with NFPA 80 Fire Doors* and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.

3-3/8"
(96mm)

Outside Lever
Control
• Cast lever
10-1/4"
(260mm)

• Forged escutcheon
• F ree wheeling lever

when locked (9833
and 9834 only)

* Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially
impact the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no
representations or warranties concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion of an existing fire rated
opening, or specifying and installing a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to
ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ratings.

Credential Quick Codes
Description

Specify

Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only

M800

Credentials for 2000 User
Keypad Only

M801

Prox Only

M802

Keypad/Prox

M803

Keypad/RF

M804

Prox/RF

M805

Keypad/Prox/RF

M806

Functions
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device

Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

ED5200(A) & ED5200S(A)
*9833
Without Cylinder

Entry

ED5200(A) & ED5200S(A)
*9834
With Cylinder

Entry

ED5633(A)L
*9M833
Without Cylinder

Entry

ED5634(A)L
*9M834
With Cylinder

Entry

Function Description

• Latch retracted by inside push pad at all times
• Outside lever locked (freewheeling) except when
in passage mode or valid user code entered

• Latch retracted by inside push pad at all times
• Outside lever locked (freewheeling) except when
in passage mode or valid user code entered
• Outside cylinder override allows lever to retract latch

• Latch retracted by inside push pad at all times
• Outside lever rigid except when in passage mode
or valid user code entered

• Latch retracted by inside push pad at all times
• Outside lever rigid except when in passage mode
or valid user code entered
• Outside cylinder override retracts latch

*Lever Design (prefix)
Note: 9M833 and 9M834 cannot be retrofitted to an existing ED5600 Series mortise device. When ordered as “Trim Only”, 9M833 and 9M834 will
be furnished with the appropriate mortise lock. If a “Trim Only” order is intended for retrofitting an exit device with a M91 Bolt Monitor or M93 Trim
Monitor function, that function must be specified with the trim order to ensure the correct lock is furnished.

Option & Accessories
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device

SecureBolt® and Fire-Rated
Rim Strike and Rim Strike
Standard on ED5200S, ED5200SA, ED5200A
and ED5200 devices. Supplied with locking
plate and two 1/16" (1.6mm) shims.
For doors with 1/2" (13mm) or 5/8"
(16mm) stop. Adjustable to compensate
for shrinkage and swelling of door.
3-1/2" x 1-1/4" (99mm x 32mm).
Black finish only. To order separately
specify 650F30-8.

Mortise Strikes
Mortise Strike
Standard on ED5600(A) Series.
Non-handed, ANSI curved lip, 4-7/8"
x 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" (124mm x 32mm x
32mm) lip to center. To order separately,
specify 650L657020.
Mortise Strike for Pairs of Doors
with Astragal
Optional for use with ED5600(A) Series
devices where an astragal is to be
installed. Non-handed, ANSI straight lip,
4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 7/8" (124mm x 32mm
x 22mm) lip to center. To order with exit
device, specify SS078. To order separately,
specify 653L157014.

Open Back Strike
Optional for use with ED5600 x vertical
rod devices on a pair of doors. Non-handed,
4-7/8" x 1-1/4" (124mm x 32mm). To order
with exit device, specify SB134 for 1-3/4"
doors, SB214 for 2-1/4"doors. To order
separately, specify Part No. listed below.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)

Type

Part No.

Curved lip

653L183016

Straight lip

653L163016

Curved lip

653L183020

Straight lip

653L163020

Mortise Strike
Standard on ED5600 and ED5600(A)
devices on 2" (51mm) (D200) and 2-1/4"
(57mm) (D214) thick doors. Handed ANSI
curved lip, 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 1-1/2" (124mm
x 32mm x 38mm) lip to center. To order
separately, specify 656L677024 for RH,
656L687024 for LH.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
Optional for use with ED5600 and
ED5600A devices. To order with exit
device, specify M17. To order separately,
specify 120F76-8.

Filler Plates
Optional for use on stock metal doors
when required. To order, specify
334F99-8 600.

Optional for use on stock metal doors
when required. To order, specify
236L708018 x Fin.

Optional for use on stock metal doors
when required. To order, specify
077F19-8 600.
26

Available Trim Options
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
Standard
ED5200N

ED5600N

Armstrong

A9800

A9M800

Newport

N9800

N9M800

Princeton

PR9800

PR9M800

Citation

C9800

C9M800

Dirke

D9800

D9M800

Essex

E9800

E9M800

Lustra

L9800

L9M800

Regis

R9800

R9M800

Vineyard™
Frascati

F9800

F9M800

Merlot

M9800

M9M800

Tuscany

TS9800

TS9M800

Zinfandel

Z9800

Z9M800

102

1029800

1029M800

103

1039800

1019M800
1039M800

104

1049800

1049M800

124

1249800

1249M800

125

1259800

1259M800

106

1069800

1069M800

107

1079800

1079M800

108

1089800

1089M800

109

1099800

1099M800

110

1109800

1109M800

123

1239800

1239M800

128

1289800

1289M800

129

1299800

1299M800

111

1119800

1119M800

112

1129800

1129M800

113

1139800

1139M800

114

1149800

1149M800

115

1159800

1159M800

116

1169800

1169M800

130

1309800

1309M800

131

1319800

1319M800

132

1329800

1329M800

117

1179800

1179M800

126

1269800

1269M800

119

1199800

1199M800

121

1219800

1219M800

122

1229800

1229M800

127

1279800

1279M800

21G
21L

21G9800
21L9800

21G9M800
21L9M800

21M

21M9800

21M9M800

21S

21S9800

21S9M800

21W

21W9800

21W9M800

23M

23M9800

23M9M800

25M

25M9800

25M9M800

27M

27M9800

27M9M800

Muséo

Armstrong

Citation

Dirke

Essex*

Lustra*

Newport*

Princeton*

Regis

Merlot

Tuscany*

Frascati

Zinfandel

Georgia

102

103

104

124*

125*

salvador

106

107

110

123*

Marc

pablo

108

109*

128*

129*

111

112

113

114

116

130*

131*

132*

117

115

126*

Jackson

PIET

119

121

122

21G

21L

21M

127*

21S

21W

*Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

23M

27M

Available Trim Options
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
Muséo® Piet Lever Collection Trim and Finish Options

Leather Insert
21L

Santoprene™ Insert
21S

Wood Insert
21W

Trim

Plain
25M

Lever Finish Options

Lever Style

Shank Finish

Specify

Insert Finish

Specify

Grip Finish*

Specify

21L

629 or 630

29 or 30

Black or Brown

BK or BN

629 or 630

29 or 30

21S

629 or 630

29 or 30

Black

629 or 630

29 or 30

21W

629 or 630

29 or 30

Birch

629 or 630

29 or 30

25M

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

27M

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

Grooved Insert
21G

Polished with Satin Insert
21M

Trim

With Raised Band
23M
Lever Finish Options

Lever Style

Shank Finish

Specify

Insert Finish

Specify

Grip Finish

Specify

21G

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

21M

629

630

629

23M

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

* Escutcheons (lock finish) are plated to match polished stainless steel (629) and satin stainless steel (630) finishes.
** Grip finish must match shank finish

Plain with Two Grooves
27M

How to Order
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
How to Order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection
5-1/4"
133.35mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

3-3/32"
78.58mm

21G, 21L, 21M, 21S, 21W

23M

25M, 27M

Trim Only
Quantity

Trim/
Function

Technology
Code

Lever
Finish

Lock
Finish*

Hand

Credential
Quick Code

21M9833

TCAC2

293029

625

RHR

M803

Exit Device with Trim

Quantity

Exit
Device

Trim/
Function

Technology
Code

Lever
Finish

Lock
Finish*

Hand

Cylinder
Option

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Door
Width

Credential
Quick Code

ED5634L

21W9M834

TCAC2

29BH29

625

LHR

D200

SB134

W048

M803

› Muséo® Piet Lever 21W - Wood Insert
› 29BH29 Lever Finish
Polished with stainless steel insert (630), polished stainless steel (629) shank and polished stainless steel (629) grip
› 625 Lock Finish
* Escutcheons (lock finish) are plated to match polished stainless steel (629) and satin stainless steel (630) finishes.

Handing

LHR

Left Hand Reverse

RHR

Right Hand Reverse

Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door

How To Order & Quick Codes
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
Ordering Examples
Handing

LHR

RHR

Right Hand Reverse

Left Hand Reverse
Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door

Trim Only
Quantity

Trim/Function

Technology
Code

Finish

Hand

Credential
Quick Code

N9833

TCAC2

625

RHR

M803

Exit Device with Trim
Quantity

Exit Device

Trim/Function

Technology
Code

Finish

Hand

Cylinder
Option

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Door
Width

Misc.
Options

Credential
Quick Code

ED5634L

N9M834

TCAC2

605

LHR

D200

SB134

W048

M51-M54

M802

Contract/Detailed Order - Rim Exit Device with Trim
Quantity
36

Keyset

Exit Device

Trim/Function

Technology
Code

Finish

Hand

Door
Width

Credential
Quick Code

Cylinder
Option

AA1

ED5200

C9834

TCAC2

626

LHR

W048

M804

Electrified Options for Exit Devices

Electrified Accessories - specify part number
Description
Controller (Required for Electric Latch Pullback)
Power Supply 9VDC Output

Specify
781N
784

Power Supply 1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC Output

BPS-24-1

Power Supply 2 Amp @ 24 VDC Output

BPS-24-2

SPDT Maintained Switch (includes LED)

MKA,
MKAN

SPDT Momentary Switch (includes LED)

SPDT Momentary Switch (illuminated)

PB3

SPDT Maintained (Alt. Action) Switch

PB3EA

Sonalert 90lbs. @ 2ft. 12-24VDC mounted on one gang
stainless steel plate
Alarm Kit (cylinder is not included)*
Concealed transfer for over 120° swing doors
*Alarm Kit cannot be installed in the field to surface vertical rod device.
Any attempt to do so voids all warranties.

PZ1
ED50AK
EPTL

Description

Specify

Exit Alarm Device
(cylinder not included)

M61

Bolt Position Monitoring

M91

Touchbar Monitoring
or Signaling

M92*

Outside Trim Monitoring
or Signaling

M93

Electric Latch Pullback

M94

Electric Dogging

M97

*M92 is included with M861 option.

Delayed Egress Options
Description
Delayed Egress
(15-second delay)

Specify
D

- 30-second delay
(may be accepted
by local jurisdiction)

M88

- BOCA 15-second delay

M89

- BOCA 30-second delay

M90

Quick Codes
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
Description

Specify

Conventional 6-pin

Conventional 7-pin

Less Cylinder(s)
IC 6-pin

standard
C6

IC 6-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red

CT6R

Blue

CT6B

Green

CT6G

IC 6-pin Less Core

CL6

SFIC 6-pin with Less Core

CLS6

SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core
IC 7-pin

CT6SD
C7

IC 7-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red

CT7R

Blue

CT7B

Green

CT7G

IC 7-pin Less Core

CL7

SFIC 7-pin with Less Core

CLS7

SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core
Security
Security IC
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core

Strikes

Finishes

Cylinders and Keying

CT7SD

Description

Specify

605
606
611
612
613
613L
618
619
625
626
626C
629
630
630C
722

*Lever only. Escutcheons plated to match.

HS
CHS

Door Thickness

Specify

1-3/4" (44mm)

standard

PCS
PHS

Pyramid High Security IC

PCHS

Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core

CTP

Pyramid IC Less Core

CLP

2" (51mm)

D200

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

Pyramid Disposable Core

CTPD

6-pin Disposable Core

CT6D

7-pin Disposable Core

CT7D

Door Width

Standard
with
Cylinder

Door Width

Specify

24" (610mm)

W024

36" (914mm)

standard

48" (1219mm)

W048

0-bitted with 2 Blank Keys
Keyed random
Construction Master Keyed (not
available for Pyramid)

CMK

Visual Key Control
- No Keying Data Stamped on Key
or Cylinder

VKC0

- Keys Only

VKC1

- Cylinders and Keys (not for HS,
CHS, PHS or PCHS)

VKC2

- Cylinders Only (not for HS, CHS,
PHS or PCHS)

VKC3

Concealed Key Control (CKC)

Credential Quick Codes
Description

Specify

Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only

M800

CKC2

- CKC Cylinders Only (not - for
PHS, PCHS)

CKC3

2 Keys per Cylinder

standard

Other than 2 Keys

KY#
(e.g., KY6)

Specify

Mortise ANSI strike
for pairs of doors with
astragal

SS078

Open back strike for
1-3/4" doors

SB134

Open back strike for
2-1/4" doors

SB214

Handing
Hand

Specify

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

Miscellaneous Options
Description

Specify

Torx® Head Screws

M04

ANSI wrought strike box
(mortise)

M17

Knurling outside & inside
(embossed touchbar device side)*

M20

Knurling outside only
(trim side)*

M21

Knurling inside only
(embossed touchbar device side)

M22

Abrasive coat outside and
inside (trim and device)*

M23

Abrasive coat inside only
(device side)

M24

Abrasive coat outside only
(trim side)*

M25

Power/Remote Unlocking
Harness

M35

Less dogging

M51

Cylinder dogging

M52

Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)

M54

Shim kit (for vision light)

M58
M64
M861

Keypad Only

M801

Wood screws for use on
fire-rated solid wood or
wood core doors

Prox Only

M802

Forced/Propped Door**

Keypad/Prox

M803

Keypad/RF

M804

Prox/RF

M805

Keypad/Prox/RF

M806

Credentials for 2000 User

- CKC Cylinders with
-VKC Keys

Description

*not available with Vineyard or Museo levers.
**not compatible M800

Features
WM800 Wall Proximity Reader/Controller

The WM800 is a self-contained hardwired access control system for use with controlled locking devices
on single door openings. The unit can be mounted on any flat wall surface including glass (with included
glass mounting kit). The proximity reader can be remotely mounted up to 10 feet away from the keypad/
controller on the unsecured side of an opening, providing a higher level of security and access control.

Features

Specifications

Integrated Reader and Controller
Keypad and Proximity

Voltage
12/24 VDC

Hardwired
12 or 24 volts DC

Current
60mA @ 12VDC or 69mA @24VDC

Audit Trail
Reports on the last 2000 events

Inputs
1 REX

2000 Users
Per each reader/controller

Relays
2 each; voltage 2 amps @ 12-24VAC/DC

Programming Flexibility
8 time zones
32 holidays: 16 single & 16 block

LEDs
Bi-color (Red/Green)
Yellow

Weather Resistant
Weather resistant electronics
Weather gasket included

Dimensions
2.75" W x 5.27" H x 1.60" D

HID Technology
Supports all HID formats
Door Monitoring Capability
Audio alert for propped and forced door
Request To Exit (REX) Capability
Can be mounted on secure side of door
with internal Request to Exit switch
capability
Main Relay
Switch up to 2 amps
Auxiliary Relay Switch
2 amp relay to signal alarm shunt, propped
door or forced door (must use separate door
status switch)
3 Different Mounting Options
1) One-piece stand-alone
2) Two-piece stand-alone (HID antenna
remotely mounted)
3) One-piece glass mounted (secure electronics, card
presented through glass door or window)
32

Ordering Example
Quantity

Series

Part No.

WM800

708F969

ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device
(DTD) and SoloPlus™ Software
ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device (DTD) and SoloPlus™ Software
The ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device (DTD) is a handheld device that allows users to upload programming
and configuration files to the lock and download audit trails. Communication between the DTD and the lock
is accomplished through infrared technology. The device is capable of programming and auditing up to 250
doors, and programming up to 2000 users. The DTD can also be used with the Access 800® AC2 (M800 100 user version only) to retrieve audit trails.
ASSA ABLOY SoloPlus software is included with the DTD for use with PCs and for storing information
received from audit trails. SoloPlus software is compatible with either the DTD or PDAs currently being used
with Accessware v2.0 software. SoloPlus offers an updated user interface, a conversion utility from older
Accessware databases, and the ability to choose whether to use a DTD or PDA for programming by site.

Data Transfer Device

SoloPlus Features

• Updated user interface and improved
access level management
• iUpdate feature to check for software
updates
• Replacement for Infrared Portable
Printers with a printer application to
retrieve audit trails - Access 800 AC2
(M800 - 100 user version only)
• Password protected
• 20,000 user name database
• Supports 2,000 users per lock
• Allows customized access levels
managed at PC
• User name import from an external
database
• Easy to follow data entry
• Real-time clock with date and time
• Eight different time zones per lock
• Holidays (16 single days; and 16 blocks
of days)
• Daylight saving time
• Auto Unlock with or without “first in”
authorization
• Forced door/propped door1
• Forced change to master code
• Temporary user codes
• 2,000 event transaction history – audit
trail to include user entry, date, time,
user number, access denied, passage
on, passage off, auto unlock, time
zone denied, print, audit trail release,
program mode, program mode denied,
etc.

• Master code entry at keypad or
presentation of “Master” or “Comm
Enable” proximity credential at lock
initiates PC download programming
• Designed for operation with data transfer
device (DTD) or a PDA
• The DTD or PDA provides convenient
(wireless) means of transferring door
information to and from lock using
SoloPlus software
• Capable of up/downloading door
information for 250 doors
• User-friendly help feature
• Extensive report generating feature
• Directly supports HID 26, 33 and 34 bit
formats and 35 bit Corporate 1000
format
SoloPlus™ Software

Order Part Number

SoloPlus™

790F139

System Requirements

• Operating System:
Windows XP Home
Windows XP Professional
Windows Vista Home Premium
Windows Vista Business
Windows 7 Home Premium
Windows 7 Professional
Windows Server 2003
Windows Server 2008
• CD-ROM drive
• Data Transfer Device (DTD) or a PDA*
Data Transfer
Device (DTD)

Order Part Number

DTD

790F109

* DTD required for Windows Vista and later.

The DTD package includes: handheld DTD,
SoloPlus software CD, USB cable, four (4) AA
batteries, instructions and lanyard.
A Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) can also
be used with SoloPlus. Compatible PDAs are
listed below.
1. Specify M861 to order the Forced door/propped door
option with the Access 800® AC2. Not compatible with
the Access 800 AC2 M800 (100 user version).
2. Palm PDAs are only compatible with Windows XP.

PDA Manufacturer
Aceeca
Handspring
Kyocera
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Palm2
Sony

Model
Meazura
Visor
7135 Smart Phone
IIIc
IIIx
IIIxe
m105
m125
m130
m500
m505
m515
V
Vx
VIIx
Tungsten C
Tungsten E
Tungsten E2
Tungsten T
Tungsten W
TX
Zire
Zire 21
Zire 31
Zire 71
Zire 72
Clie SJ20

Options & Accessories

The access credentials below are only compatible with the M802 (125 kHz reader) option. Other credentials (125 kHz proximity and
13.56 MHz iCLASS®, 26-39 bit formats) can be purchased from HID®.

Credential Features
• Allows integration into existing facilities
with HID-based technology
• Standard credentials available with
26 bit Wiegand format and Corbin
Russwin assigned site code
• HID credentials available with 26 bit and 33
bit format and customer assigned site code.
For a higher level of security, custom cards, fobs or
tags with unique site codes are available; consult
factory.

Corbin Russwin HID ProxCard® II
• 26 bit format
• Blank (white) card or Corbin Russwin
logo card
• 25/pkg.
• Dimensions: 2-1/8" x 3-3/8"
(54mm x 85.7mm)
• Thickness: .070" nom. (1.8mm)
794F349

C/R 26 bit ProxCard II blank

794F339

C/R 26 bit ProxCard II with logo

794F379

HID 26 bit ProxCard II with logo

794F389

HID 26 bit ProxCard II without logo

ISOProx® II Card
• 26 bit format
• Blank (white) card or Corbin Russwin
logo card
• Blank card can be printed with
customer’s text and graphics – by others
• 25/pkg.
• Dimensions: 2-1/8" x 3-3/8"
(54mm x 85.7mm)
• Thickness: .033" nom. (.84mm)

DuoProx® II Card
• Multiple Technology Proximity Cards
DuoProx – dual technology, proximity
and magnetic stripe technology. Enables
integration into systems with existing
magnetic swipe card readers
• Minimum order quantity: 100 each
• Custom cards or fobs with unique site
codes for higher level of security
794F399

C/R DuoProx II - prox and magstripe with logo

794F409

C/R DuoProx II - prox and magstripe w/o logo

794F419

HID 26 bit DuoProx II - prox and magstripe

Note 1: Access 800® will support all HID bit formats
when proximity credentials are programmed directly
into keypad (Presentation Method).

MicroProx® Tag
• 26 bit format with Corbin Russwin
site code or customer site code
• Sequence numbers marked on each tag
• Gray color with HID Logo
• 10/pkg. (100 minimum order quantity)
• Dimensions: 1.285" x 0.070"
(32.6mm x 1.78mm)
• For MicroProx Tag with customer site code,
consult factory for minimum quantities

ProxKey® II
• 26-bit format
• 794F69: Site code controlled by Corbin
Russwin 794F479: Customer requested site
code or range of fob numbers
• 10/pkg.
• Dimensions: 1.9" x .09" x .05" (43mm x
22.9mm x 14mm)

794F329

C/R 26 bit ISOProx II Card blank

794F319

C/R 26 bit ISOProx II Card with logo

794F469

C/R 26 bit ProxKey II

794F359

HID 26 bit ISOProx II Card with logo

794F479

HID 26 bit ProxKey II

794F369

HID 26 bit ISOProx II Card without logo

Options & Accessories

RF Fob
• Used with RF Technology (M804, M805, M806)
• Operating frequency: 418MHz
• Operating distance: 35-75 ft inside door
10-25 ft outside door
• Sold separately. To order specify 708F999

784 Power Supply
• Provides a filtered and regulated
9 VDC remote power for Access 800 locks
• Each unit can supply power to 2 Access
800 products
• Requires raceway through the door*
• Optional 12 VDC gel cell battery
Includes:
• Plug-In Wall Transformer with approximately
12' (3.6m) of shielded wire that provides input
power to the power supply
• Includes 12' (3.6m) of shielded wire for
connection between power transfer and
power supply
• To order separately, specify 793F039
* Recommended for new opening. Retrofit application may
require surface mounted wire mold and transfer loop by others.

Enrollment Station
Enrolls 125kHz Wiegand Format HID proximity
cards, up to 40 bit format, into SoloPlus™
software. Specify 712F089.

Power Supply Replacement Parts
Plug-In Wall Transformer
• Provides input power to 784 power
supply module
• Output 16.5 VAC, 2.4 amps
• C-UL US listed
• To order, specify 793F049
Cable Assembly
• 12' (3.6m) shielded cable from the
power supply to the power transfer
• To order, specify 793F059
Power Supply Circuit Board
• Replacement circuit board assembly
• 9 VDC, 700 ma
• To order, specify 794F309

Gel Cell Battery
• Optional for use with 784 power supply
• Provides continuous operation of
Access 800 in the event of a power
failure (Strongly recommended for
applications without cylinder override
to prevent lock-out)
• 12 VDC 1.2 A/Hr rating
• 10,000 cycles typical in the event of
power failure
• To order, specify 793F089

Options & Accessories

Power/Remote Unlocking Harness

Weatherseal Gasketing Kit

• Wire harness for remote power and remote unlocking
of lock
• Requires raceway through the door
• Requires power transfer*
• If ordering with Access 800® specify M35 Quick Code. If
ordering separately, specify 711F989

• Includes rubber gasket(s) and durable ABS Conduit
• Gaskets provide sealing between escutcheons and
door for exterior applications
• Conduit provides weather protection inside of door
• Gasketing and conduit for use on non-fire
rated exterior applications only
• To order separately, specify kit part number

Application

ElectroLynx® Door

*Non-Electrolynx Door

M861

QC4A

CC4

M35

QC8

CC4

Access 800 Product

M861 X M35

QC12

CC6

ML20800 Series Mortise Lock

794F929

CL33800 Series Cylindrical Lock

794F919

9800/9M800 Series Exit Trim

794F909

* Non- ElectroLynx door applications require raceway with wire harness through
door and power transfer

Forced/Propped Door Alarm - M861
Readers:
Keypad/Proximity

• Sounds audible local alarm if door is held open for
extended period of time or door is forced open without
use of valid credentials.
• Programmable through SoloPlus™.
• Alarm is shunted during egress by internal REX switch.
• Internal REX switch, external door position switch and
internal wire harness included.
• If ordering with Access 800 specify M861 Quick Code.

Forced/Propped Door Harness - M861

no keypad

Exit Keypad
Escutcheon
Mortise
Escutcheon

• Packed with lock assembly
• When ordering harness only, use 712F119
• Door status switch included
Proximity

Kit Part Number

Cylindrical
Escutcheon

Exit Trim
Escutcheon
Conduit

Application

ElectroLynx Door

*Non-Electrolynx Door

M861

QC4A

CC4

M35

QC8

CC4

M861 X M35

QC12

CC6

* Non- ElectroLynx door applications require raceway with wire harness through
door and power transfer

Keypad/Prox/RF Assemblies
Controller:

Keypad
Assembly

Controller

Reader

Keypad

Prox

Keypad
RF

Prox
RF

Keypad
Prox, RF

Products

M800*

M801*

M802*

M803*

M804*

M805*

M806*

Cylindrical

708F819

712F009

712F019

712F029

712F039

Mortise

708F829

712F049

712F059

712F069

712F079

Mortise x Dorm

N/A

794F199

N/A

Exit

708F829

712F049

712F059

712F069

712F079

All

708F809

708F089

708F099

708F089

708F099

708F089

* Assemblies include circuit board and housing. Batteries not included.

Keypad
Prox

Architectural Specifications

ML20800 Series Mortise Locks

CL33800 Cylindrical Locks

Access Control Mortise Locks

Access Control Cylindrical Locks

ccess control mortise locks shall be ML20800 Series as
A
manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware of
Berlin, CT.

P rovide access control mortise lock series, type and
functions where specified in hardware groups, with the
provisions below.

3.
4.

in hardware groups, with the provisions below.

c. S trikes: Provide wrought boxes and strikes with proper lip
length to protect trim but not to project more than 1/8
inch beyond trim, frame or inactive leaf. Where required,
provide open back strike and protected to allow practical
and secure operation.

Provide access control products with non-volatile memory.

Provide keypad-operated products with a maximum of 100
5.

Provide SoloPlus™ Software (M801, M803), capable of

L ocking and unlocking of the lever handle shall be done
by a motor-driven battery powered unit (solenoids not
acceptable) contained completely within the body of the
mortise lock. The inside lever is always free for egress.
Provide lever design to match lock levers.

Locks shall have the option to be remotely controlled via
handheld radio frequency (RF) transmitter, allowing lock/
unlock capabilities from up to 75 feet away from the lock.

10. Locks shall have LEDs to indicate status – unlocked and
programming mode.
11. Provide twenty-five (25) HID Prox Card II for keypad/
proximity (M803) and proximity only (M802) products.
12. Doors to stairs (other than exit stairs), loading platforms,
boiler rooms, stages and doors serving other hazardous
locations shall have knurled or other similar approved
marking of door lever handles or cross bars in accordance
with local building codes.

manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware of
Berlin, CT.

P rovide access control exit device series, type, and functions
where specified in hardware groups. Corbin Russwin
product numbers are referenced in the Hardware Groups.

All exit devices shall be UL listed for panic. Exit devices for
labeled doors shall be UL listed as “Fire Exit Hardware”.
Provide access control products with non-volatile memory.

Provide keypad-operated products with a maximum of 100

P rovide keypad-operated products with a maximum of 100
user codes (M800) or 2,000 user codes (M801).

Provide keypad/proximity (M803) and proximity only

user codes (M800) or 2,000 user codes (M801).
(M802) products with a maximum of 2,000 user codes and
the ability to audit the last 2,000 transactions.

Provide keypad/proximity (M803) and proximity only
7.

Locks shall have the option to be remotely controlled via
handheld radio frequency (RF) transmitter, allowing lock/
unlock capabilities from up to 75 feet away from the lock.

10. L ocks shall have LEDs to indicate status – unlocked and
programming mode.
11. P rovide twenty-five (25) HID Prox Card II for keypad/
proximity (M803) and proximity only (M802) products.
12. D
oors to stairs (other than exit stairs), loading platforms,
boiler rooms, stages and doors serving other hazardous
locations shall have knurled or other similar approved
marking of door lever handles or crossbars in accordance
with local building codes.

Provide SoloPlus™ Software (M801, M802, M803),
capable of working with Microsoft Windows based
operating systems, required to program time zone periods,
blocked holidays, automatic unlock with or without first
entry, and listing 2,000 event transaction history – unlock,
egress activation, entry into programming mode, date, time,
user number, and door number.

Provide SoloPlus™ Software (M801, M802, M803),

L ocking and unlocking of the lever handle shall be done
by a motor-driven battery powered unit (solenoids not
acceptable) contained completely within the body of the
cylindrical lock. The inside lever is always free for egress.
Provide lever design to match lock levers.

In addition to user codes, provide a Master Code as
standard. The Master Code assigns emergency, supervisory,
and user codes.

In addition to user codes, provide a Master Code as

capable of working with Microsoft Windows based
operating systems, required to program time zone periods,
blocked holidays, automatic unlock with or without first
entry, and listing 2,000 event transaction history – unlock,
egress activation, entry into programming mode, date, time,
user number, and door number.
8.

Provide access control products with non-volatile memory.

standard. The Master Code assigns emergency, supervisory,
and user codes.
7.

Access control exit devices shall be ED5000 Series as

(M802) products with a maximum of 2,000 user codes and
the ability to audit the last 2,000 transactions.

Provide keypad/proximity (M803) and proximity only

In addition to user codes, provide a Master Code as
standard. The Master Code assigns emergency, supervisory,
and user codes.

Access Control Exit Devices and Trim

a. C
ylinders: Refer to 2.04 KEYING, keying requirements.

b. Backsets: 2-3/4 inches.

working with Microsoft Windows based operating systems,
required to program time zone periods, blocked holidays,
automatic unlock with or without first entry, and listing
2,000 event transaction history – unlock, egress activation,
entry into programming mode, date, time, user number, and
door number.
8.

Provide cylindrical lock series and functions where specified

b. Backsets: 2-3/4 inches.

(M802) products with a maximum of 2,000 user codes and
the ability to audit the last 2,000 transactions.
6.

ccess control cylindrical locks shall be CL33800 Series as
A
manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware of
Berlin, CT.

a. C
ylinders: Refer to 2.04 KEYING, keying requirements.

user codes (M800) or 2,000 user codes (M801).
5.

ED5000 Series Exit Devices
with 9800/9M800 Series Access
Control Trim

Locking and unlocking of the lever handle shall be done
by a motor-driven battery powered unit (solenoids not
acceptable) contained completely within the body of the
outside trim. Egress from the inside at all times. Provide
lever design to match lock levers.

10. Access control exit devices shall have the option to be
remotely controlled via hand-held radio frequency (RF)
transmitter, allowing lock/unlock capabilities from up to 75
feet away from the exit device.
11. Locks shall have LEDs to indicate status – unlocked and
programming mode.
12. Provide twenty-five (25) HID Prox Card II for keypad/
proximity (M803) and proximity only (M802) products.
13. Provide cylinder-dogging feature for non-rated exit devices.
14. Provide keyed removable mullions, as specified in the
Hardware Groups.
15. Provide clear powder coating at exit devices used in full
exterior application, highly corrosive areas, and where noted
in the hardware groups.
16. Provide cylinders for exit devices with cylinder override and
cylinder dogging.
a. Cylinders: Refer to 2.04 KEYING, keying requirements.

Quick Code Index

Controllers - Mortise

Part No./
Quick Code

Description

Part No./
Quick Code

Description

708F829

ML20800 x M800 (100 User)

708F809

ML20800 x M800 (100 User)

712F049

ML20800 x M801 (2000 User)

708F089

ML20800 x M801 (2000 User)

712F059

ML20800 x M802 (2000 User)

708F099

ML20800 x M802 (2000 User)

712F059

ML20800 x M803 (2000 User)

708F089

ML20800 x M803 (2000 User)

712F069

ML20800 x M804 (2000 User)

708F089

ML20800 x M804 (2000 User)

712F079

ML20800 x M805 (2000 User)

708F099

ML20800 x M805 (2000 User)

712F079

ML20800 x M806 (2000 User)

708F089

ML20800 x M806 (2000 User)

Controllers - Dorm

Readers - Dorm

794F199

ML20837 x M802 Dorm room function (2000 User)

708F099

ML20837 x M802 Dorm room function (2000 User)

794F199

ML20837 x M803 Dorm room function (2000 User)

708F089

ML20837 x M803 Dorm room function (2000 User)

Controllers - Cylindrical

Readers - Cylindrical

708F819

CL33800 x M800 (100 User)

708F809

CL33800 x M800 (100 User)

712F009

CL33800 x M801 (2000 User)

708F089

CL33800 x M801 (2000 User)

712F019

CL33800 x M802 (2000 User)

708F099

CL33800 x M802 (2000 User)

712F019

CL33800 x M803 (2000 User)

708F089

CL33800 x M803 (2000 User)

712F029

CL33800 x M804 (2000 User)

708F089

CL33800 x M804 (2000 User)

712F039

CL33800 x M805 (2000 User)

708F099

CL33800 x M805 (2000 User)

712F039

CL33800 x M806 (2000 User)

708F089

CL33800 x M806 (2000 User)

Controllers - Exit Devices

Readers - Exit Devices

708F829

9800/9M800 x M800 (100 User)

708F809

9800/9M800 x M800 (100 User)

712F049

9800/9M800 x M801 (2000 User)

708F089

9800/9M800 x M801 (2000 User)

712F059

9800/9M800 x M802 (2000 User)

708F099

9800/9M800 x M802 (2000 User)

712F059

9800/9M800 x M803 (2000 User)

708F089

9800/9M800 x M803 (2000 User)

712F069

9800/9M800 x M804 (2000 User)

708F089

9800/9M800 x M804 (2000 User)

712F079

9800/9M800 x M805 (2000 User)

708F099

9800/9M800 x M805 (2000 User)

712F079

9800/9M800 x M806 (2000 User)

708F089

9800/9M800 x M806 (2000 User)

Gaskets

Technology Options

794F509

Gaskets Exit device - Reader

M800

100 User, keypad only

794F519

Gaskets Exit device trim

M801

2000 User, keypad only

794F529

Gaskets Cylindrical lock

M802

2000 User, proximity only

794F539

Gaskets Mortise lock

M803

2000 User, keypad and proximity

M804

2000 User, keypad and RF actuation

M805

2000 User, proximity and RF actuation

M806

2000 User, keypad, proximity and RF actuation

M861

Forced/Propped Door (M801 thru M806)

Data Transfer Device (DTD)

790F109

DTD

Software

790F139

Readers - Mortise

SoloPlus™

Quick Code Index

Hardware

Part No./
Quick Code
784

Cylinder Options

Description
Optional Power Supply - Gel Cell Battery,
ordered with Device

Part No./
Quick Code
(standard)

Description
Conventional 6-pin

Conventional 6-pin [Exits Only]

708F979

Conduit

Conventional 7-pin

711F989

Power/Remote Unlocking Harness;
when ordered separately

Lockset furnished in Schlage® C Keyway [Cylindrical
Only]

712F089

New Enrollment Station

IC 6-pin

712F119

Forced/Propped Door Harness; when ordered separately

IC 7-pin

793F029

Ribbon Cable

CHS

Security IC

793F039

784 Remote power supply (includes plug-in wall transformer & 12 feet of shielded wire)

CL6

IC 6-pin Less Core

793F049

Plug in wall transformer

CLS6

SFIC 6-pin with Less Core (Mortise Locks and Exit
Devices only)

793F059

Cable assembly - power supply

793F069

Power/remote unlocking harness

793F089

12 V 1.2 A/Hr. Gel Cell Battery

793F199

Battery, Alkaline (AA) (single battery)

793F309

Power Supply Circuit Board

M35

Power/Remote Unlocking Harness; ordered with device

Credentials

794F319

C/R 26 bit ISO Prox II with logo

794F329

C/R 26 bit ISO Prox II blank

794F359

HID 26 bit ISO Prox II with logo

794F369

HID 26 bit ISO Prox II without logo

794F339

C/R 26 bit ProxCard II with logo

794F349

C/R 26 bit ProxCard II blank

794F379

HID 26 bit ProxCard II with logo

794F389

HID 26 bit ProxCard II without logo

794F399

C/R DuoProx II - Prox and magstripe with logo

794F409

C/R DuoProx II - Prox and magstripe without logo

794F419

CT6SD

SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core (Mortise
Locks and Exit Devices Only

CL7

IC 7-pin Less Core

CLS7

SFIC 7-pin with Less Core (Mortise Locks and Exit
Devices only)

CT7SD

SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core (Mortise
Locks and Exit Devices only)

CLP

Pyramid IC Less Core

CMK

Construction master keyed

CT6B

IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Blue)

CT6D

IC 6-pin with Temporary Disposable Core

CT6G

IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Green)

CT6R

IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Red)

CT7B

IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Blue)

CT7D

IC 7-pin with Temporary Disposable Core

CT7G

IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Green)

CT7R

IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Red)

CTP

Pyramid IC with Temporary Construction Core [Mortise
& Exits Only]

HID 26 bit DuoProx II - Prox and magstripe

CTPD

Pyramid IC with Temporary Disposable Core [Mortise &
Exits Only]

794F429

C/R MicroProx tag

CTSD

IC 6-pin Small Format Disposable Core [Cylindrical Only]

794F449

HID MicroProx tag with customer site code

Security

794F469

C/R 26 bit ProxKey II

Keyed random

794F479

HID 26 bit ProxKey II

708F999

RF FOB

Lockset furnished in SARGENT® LA Keyway [Cylindrical
Only]

LC
PCHS

Keying Options

CKC2

CKC-Cylinders with VCK keys

CKC3

CKC-Cylinders Only

VKC0

VKC-No Stamping

VKC1

VKC-Keys Only

VKC2

VKC-Cylinders & Keys

VKC3

VKC-Cylinders Only

Less Standard Cylinder [Mortise & Cylindrical Only]
Pyramid High Security IC

PCS

Pyramid Security IC

PHS

Pyramid High Security Fixed Core

Pyramid Security Fixed Core

In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a
silver-based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria. MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA
ABLOY Group company.
ElectroLynx®
As part of their promise to provide innovative, fast and effective high security solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands
offer ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening. ElectroLynx® is a registered trademark
of ASSA ABLOY Inc.
Corbin Russwin and Design® and Access 800® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be
trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All
contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design,
construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2007, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45014-7/11R

Padlocks & Deadlocks
PL5000, DL2200/DL3200, DL3000 &
DL4100 Series

Padlocks PL5000 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Rekeyable Fixed Core (RFC) and
Interchangeable Core (IC) Models
RFC

Model

Series

RFC

PL5000R
PL5100R
PL5200R

PL5070
PL5170
PL5270

Shackle Diameter

Shackle Clearance

Height

Width

Thickness

11/32" (9mm)

Std: 7/8" (22mm)
258: 2-5/8" (67mm)

2" (51mm)

1-15/16" (49mm)

1" (25mm)

11/32" (9mm)

Std: 7/8" (22mm)
258: 2-5/8" (67mm)

2" (51mm)

1-15/16" (49mm)

1" (25mm)

Features
Case
Extruded brass.

Keys
Two nickel silver standard.

Shackle
11/32" (8.7mm) diameter hardened steel
(PL5000 Series), brass (PL5100 Series) or
stainless steel (PL5200 Series).

Warranty
One-year limited.
Finish
BHMA 606 Satin Brass (US4) only.

Locking
Ball-bearing locking heel and toe.
Cylinder
RFC model: 6-pin Fixed Core (2300)
IC model: 6-pin & Pyramid IC (8000 series)
L4 keyway standard
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Interchangeable core (IC) 6-pin
IC security
Concealed key control
Visual key control (not for HS)
Pyramid (IC only)
RFC MODEL

Padlocks & Deadlocks.2

IC MODEL

Padlocks PL5000 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Ordering Examples
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

PL5000

Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Shackle Length

Misc. Options

AJ3

PL5080

258

M45 x S19866

Quick Codes
Cylinder and Keying

Series/Function
Series/Function
Description

Description

Hardened
Steel Shackle

Brass
Shackle

Stainless
Steel Shackle

Rekeyable Fixed Core
(RFC)

PL5000R

PL5100R

PL5200R

Interchangeable core
(IC) less core

PL5070

PL5170

PL5270

IC 6-pin

PL5080

PL5180

PL5280

IC security

PL5090

PL5190

Pyramid High
Security (IC)

PL5030

Pyramid Security (IC)

PL5037

0-bitted
(not available for Pyramid & IC security padlocks)

(standard)

Temporary construction core (Red)
(IC 6-pin padlocks only)

CT6R

PL5290

Temporary Construction Core (Blue)
(IC 6-pin padlocks only)

CT6B

PL5130

PL5230

CT6G

PL5137

PL5237

Temporary Construction Core (Green)
(IC 6-pin padlocks only)

Chain and clevis attached
Custom die stamped case
(specify existing die number, or provide lettering
specifications or artwork)

Visual key control (VKC)
- Keys only

Specify
M44
M45 x #

Shackle Clearance

2-5/8" (67mm)

CMK

Description

7/8" (22mm)

Keyed random
(standard for Pyramid & IC security padlocks)

Construction Master Keyed (RFC & IC 6-pin padlocks only)

Miscellaneous Options

Description

Specify

Specify
(standard)
258

VKC1

- Locks and keys
(RFC & IC 6-pin padlocks only)

VKC2

- Locks only
(RFC & IC 6-pin padlocks only)

VKC3

Concealed key control (CKC)
(IC 6-pin & IC security padlocks only)
- CKC cores and VKC keys

CKC2

- CKC cores only

CKC3

2 keys per lock

(standard)

More than 2 keys

KY#
(e.g., KY6)

Rekeyable FC (RFC) Less Cylinder

Padlocks & Deadlocks.3

Deadlocks DL2200/DL3200 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Features

Deadbolt 1" throw, solid steel deadbolt
with hardened, free spinning, steel pin
insert.
Strike Standard; 2-3/4" (70mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm). Optional strikes and
wrought boxes available; see Strikes, this
page.
Cylinder Standard: brass, 6-pin, L4
keyway, 0-bitted. Security cylinder
optional; see Quick Codes.
Keys Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Security
Visual key control
Concealed key control

Handing Non-handed.
Door Thickness Standard: 1-3/4"
(44mm). Optional door thicknesses
available; see Quick Codes.

Warranty One-year limited.

Backset Standard: 2-3/4" (70mm)
Optional: 2-3/8" (60mm)
Front Standard: brass or stainless
steel, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Optional: 1" width; see Quick Codes.

Functions
Outside

Inside

Certification/Compliance
UL
UL listed to US and Canadian safety
standard.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
ANSI
DL2200 - 156.5 Grade 2
DL3200 - 156.5 Grade 1

Strikes
Series/
Function

Type

ANSI
No.

DL2213
DL3213

Single
Cylinder

E0150
Series

DL2212
DL3212

Double
Cylinder

E0140
Series

- By key either side.

DL2217
DL3217

Classroom

E0170
Series

- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.
- Thumbturn will retract
but not project deadbolt.

DL2211
DL3211

Cylinder
x Blank

E0160
Series

- By key one side only;
opposite side blank.

DL2260
DL3260

Thumbturn
x Blank

E0190
Series

- By thumbturn one side
only; opposite side blank.

Function Description

- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.

Metal Frame Strike
Standard
2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
To order separately, specify
781F568 x Finish
Wood Frame Strike
Standard
2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
To order separately, specify
781F558 x Finish.
Strike Box
Standard with standard strikes.
To order separately, specify
781F599.
ANSI Strike
Optional; see Quick Codes.
To order separately, specify
423L71 x Finish.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
Optional for use with ANSI
strike; see Quick Codes. To order
separately, specify 120F768.

Padlocks & Deadlocks.4

Deadlocks DL2200/DL3200 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Ordering Examples
Stock Order

Contract/Detailed Order

Quantity

Series/Function

Finish

DL2213

626

Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Finish

Strike

Options

AA1

DL2213

626

SS078

HS-CKC2

Cylinders
Cylinder Only (less housing)
Function

11,13,17

11,12,13,17

Part Number
4400-134-A51
4400-134-A51-7
4410-134-A51
4420-134-A51
4427-134-A51
4400-134-A52
4400-134-A52-7
4410-134-A52
4420-134-A52
4427-134-A52
4400-214-A52
4400-214-A52-7
4410-214-A52
4420-214-A52
4427-214-A52
8000
8000-7
8010
8020
8027

Cylinder and Keying
Cylinder Type
6-Pin Conventional
7-Pin Conventional
Security
Pyramid High Security
Pyramid Security
6-Pin Conventional
7-Pin Conventional
Security
Pyramid High Security
Pyramid Security
6-Pin Conventional
7-Pin Conventional
Security
Pyramid High Security
Pyramid Security
6-Pin IC
7-Pin IC
Security IC
Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid Security IC

Door Thickness
1-3/8" (35mm)
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)

1-3/8" (35mm)
1-3/4" (44mm)

2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)

See the Housing Assembly
for Interchangeable Core
Cylinder chart below.

11,13,17

Part Number

Accept Cylinder

Door Thickness

6 & 7 Pin SFIC

4470-134-A51

6-Pin LFIC

4470-134-A51-7

7-Pin LFIC

1-3/8" (35mm)
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)

4440-138-A52-XX (*)

6 & 7 Pin SFIC

4470-138-A52-XX

6-Pin LFIC
7-Pin LFIC

4440-134-A52-XX

6 & 7 Pin SFIC

4470-134-A52-XX

6-Pin LFIC

4470-134-A52-7-XX

7-Pin LFIC

4440-200-A52-XX

6 & 7 Pin SFIC

4470-200-A52-XX

6-Pin LFIC

4470-200-A52-7-XX

7-Pin LFIC

4440-214-A52-XX

6 & 7 Pin SFIC

4470-214-A52-XX

6-Pin LFIC

4470-214-A52-7-XX

7-Pin LFIC

Less cylinder(s)

Conventional 7-pin

Interchangeable core (IC)
6-pin

IC 6-pin less core

CL6

SFIC 6-pin with Less Core

CLS6

IC 6-pin with temporary
construction core

CT6

IC 7-pin

IC 7-pin less core

CL7

SFIC 7-pin with Less Core

CLS7

IC 7-pin with temporary
construction core

CT7

Security

Security IC

CHS

Pyramid High Security Fixed
Core

PHS
PCHS

Pyramid Security Fixed Core

4440-134-A51

4470-138-A52-7-XX

Specify
(standard)

Pyramid High Security IC

Housing Assembly - Interchangeable Core Cylinder
Function

Description
Conventional 6-pin

1-3/8" (35mm)

1-3/4" (44mm)

2" (51mm)

Pyramid Security IC
0-bitted with 2 blank keys
Keyed random

(standard)
KR

Construction Master Keyed
(not available for Pyramid &
Security cylinders)

CMK

Visual key control (VKC)
- Keys only

VKC1

- Cylinders and keys
(not available with HS or CHS)

VKC2

- Cylinders only
(not available with HS or CHS)

VKC3

Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders and VKC keys
- CKC cylinders only

2-1/4" (57mm)

PS
PCS

2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys
(e.g., KY6)

CKC2
CKC3
(standard)
KY#

(*) Specify "OS" for outside of door or "IS" for inside of door.

Padlocks & Deadlocks.5

Deadlocks DL2200/DL3200 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Quick Codes
Miscellaneous Options

Finish
Description

Specify

Description

US3

Bright Brass

605

ANSI wrought strike box

US4

Satin Brass

606

Plastic box for standard strike

US10

Satin Bronze

612

US10B

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed

613

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

626

M17
(standard)

Bolt Assembly

Door Thickness
Description

Specify

1-3/8" (35mm)

D138

1-3/4" (44mm)

(standard)

Description
2-3/8" (60mm) Backset
2-3/4" (70mm) Backset

Part No.

Specify

781F528

B238

781F538

(standard)

2" (51mm)

D200

Front Trim Plates

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

1" (25mm) Wide

781F50M x Finish

M14

1-1/8" (29mm) Wide

781F51M x Finish

(standard)

Strike
Lip to Center

ANSI Straight Lip
Specify

7/8" (22mm)

SS078

1-1/8" (29mm)

SS118

1-1/4" (32mm)

SS114

1-3/8" (35mm)

SS138

1-1/2" (38mm)

SS112

1-3/4" (44mm)

SS134

2" (51mm)

SS200

2-1/4" (57mm)

SS214

2-1/2" (64mm)

SS212

2-3/4" (70mm)

SS234

3" (76mm)

SS300

Padlocks & Deadlocks.6

Deadlocks DL3000 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Features

Functions
Outside

Handing
Non-handed, except DL3017, which is
handed and field reversible.
Door Thickness
Standard: 1-3/4" (44mm) - 2-1/4" (57mm).
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes.
Backset
Standard: 2-3/4" (70mm)
Optional: 2-3/8" (60mm)
Front
Standard: wrought brass or bronze,
2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).

Inside

Series/
Function

Type

ANSI No.

DL3013

Single
Cylinder

E0150
Series

- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.

DL3012

Double
Cylinder

E0140
Series

- By key either side.

DL3017

Classroom

E0170
Series

- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.
- Thumbturn will retract but not
project deadbolt.

DL3011

Cylinder
x Blank

E0160
Series

- By key one side only; opposite
side blank.

DL3060

Thumbturn
x Blank

E0190
Series

- By thumbturn one side; opposite
side blank.

Function Description

Deadbolt
Zinc diecast hardened steel insert. 1"
(25mm) throw, 5/8" (16mm) wide x 3/4"
(19mm) high.
Strike
Standard; 2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8"
(29mm).
Optional strikes and wrought boxes
available; see Strikes, this page.

Strikes
Standard Strike

ANSI Strike

2-3/4" (70mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm).
To order separately,
specify 424F83 x
Finish.

Optional; see Quick
Codes.
To order separately,
specify 423L71 x
Finish.

Keys
Two nickel silver standard.

Wrought
Strike Box

ANSI Wrought
Strike Box

Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
7-pin (FC) conventional
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security (IC)
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Pyramid (FC)
Pyramid (IC)

Standard with
Standard Strike.
To order separately,
specify 496F71-8.

Optional for use
with ANSI Strike; see
Quick Codes.
To order separately,
specify 120F76-8.

Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted. Security
cylinders optional; see Quick Codes.

Warranty
One-year limited.

Optional Strike
3-1/2" (89mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm); see
Quick Codes.
To order separately,
specify 394F19 x
Finish.
Padlocks & Deadlocks.7

Deadlocks DL3000 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Ordering Examples
Stock Order

Contract/Detailed Order

Quantity

Series/Function

Finish

DL3013

626

Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Finish

Optional
Strike

Door
Thickness

Misc.
Options

AA1

DL3013

613

SS118

D214

C6-M17

Description

Part No.

Specify

2-3/4"
(70mm)
backset bolt
(less front)

467F35-8

(standard)

2-3/8"
(60mm)
backset bolt
(less front)

693F20-8

B238

1-1/8"
(29mm) front

467F36

—

Quick Codes
Cylinder and Keying

Finish
Description

Specify

Description
Conventional 6-pin

Specify
(standard)

US3

Bright Brass

605

US4

Satin Brass

606

US10

Satin Bronze

612

SFIC 7-pin with Less Core

CLS7

US10B

Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze, oil rubbed

613

Interchangeable core (IC)
6-pin

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

IC 6-pin less core

CL6

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

626

SFIC 6-pin with Less Core

CLS6

IC 6-pin with temporary
construction core

CT6

Security

Strike
Lip to Center

ANSI Straight
Lip Specify

Less cylinder(s)
Conventional 7-pin

CHS

Pyramid (FC)

PHS

Pyramid (IC)

PCHS

SS078

1-1/8" (29mm)

SS118

Pyramid Temp Core

1-1/4" (32mm)

SS114

0-bitted with 2 blank keys

1-3/8" (35mm)

SS138

Keyed random

1-1/2" (38mm)

SS112

1-3/4" (44mm)

SS134

2" (51mm)

SS200

2-1/4" (57mm)

SS214

2-1/2" (64mm)

SS212

2-3/4" (70mm)

SS234

3" (76mm)

SS300

Other Strikes (no lip)

Specify

3-1/2" (89mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm

(standard)
SD001

Door Thickness
Description
1-3/4" (44mm) 2" (51mm)

Construction master keyed

CTP
(standard)
KR
CMK

Visual key control (VKC)
- Keys only

VKC1

- Cylinders and keys
(not available with HS or CHS)

VKC2

- Cylinders only
(not available with HS or CHS)

VKC3

- CKC cylinders and VKC keys
- CKC cylinders only
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys
(e.g., KY6)

Specify
(standard)
D214

1-3/8" (35mm)

D138

ANSI wrought strike box
Wrought box for
standard strike

Cylinder Only

CKC2

Description

CKC3

Conventional 6-pin

1000-118-A03

(standard)

Conventional 7-pin

1000-114-A03-7

IC 6-pin

1080-114-A03

IC 6-pin less core

1070-114-A03

Security

1010-118-A03

Security IC

1090-114-A03

Pyramid (FC)
Conventional

1020-114-A03

Pyramid (IC)

1030-114-A03

Inside thumbturn
cylinder

1300-118-A03

KY#

Note: Interchangeable core not available with 1-3/8" door
thickness (D138) option and 2-3/8" backset (B238) option.

Description

Bolt and Front

Specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish

Concealed key control (CKC)

Miscellaneous Options

2-1/4" (57mm)

Padlocks & Deadlocks.8

Security IC

7/8" (22mm)

2-3/4" (70mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm)

Specify
M17
(standard)

Number

Deadlocks DL4100 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Features

Deadbolt
Steel with hardened pin; 1" (25mm)
throw.
Strike
Standard: wrought brass or bronze,
3-1/2" (89mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Optional strikes available; see Strikes, this
page.
Cylinder
6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted. Security
cylinder optional; see Quick Codes.

Handing
Non-handed.
Door Thickness
Standard: 1-3/4" (44mm). Optional door
thicknesses available; see Quick Codes.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy wrought steel; zinc dichromate
finish.
Front
Brass, bronze, stainless steel.
4-5/8"(117mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Adjustable for flat or beveled doors (bevel
adjustment 1/8"(3mm) in 2"(51mm).

Functions
Outside

Inside

Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
7-pin (FC) conventional
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security (IC)
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Pyramid (FC)
Pyramid (IC)
Warranty
One-year limited.

Series/
Function

Type

ANSI No.

DL4113

Single
Cylinder

E6070
Series

- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.

DL4112

Double
Cylinder

E6060
Series

- By key either side.

DL4117

Classroom

E6090
Series

- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.
- Thumbturn will retract but
not project deadbolt.

E6080
Series

Function Description

DL4111

Cylinder
x Blank

- By key one side only;
opposite side blank.

DL4122

Double
Cylinder x
Thumbturn

—

- By key either side and
by thumbturn inside.
- Thumbturn will
retract but not project
deadbolt.

DL4160

Thumbturn
x Blank

—

- By thumbturn inside
only; opposite side
blank.

Certification/Compliance
UL
Listed for use on fire doors.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.

Strikes
Standard Strike
3-1/2" (89mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
To order separately, specify
796F34 x Finish.

Strike Box
Optional with Standard Strike;
see Quick Codes.
To order separately, specify
466F27-9.

ANSI Strike
Optional; see Quick Codes. To
order separately, specify 240L08
x Finish.

ANSI Wrought
Strike Box
Optional for use with ANSI
Strike; see Quick Codes. To order
separately, specify 120F76-8.

Padlocks & Deadlocks.9

Deadlocks DL4100 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Ordering Examples
Stock Order

Contract/Detailed Order

Quantity

Series/Function

Finish

DL4113

626

Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Finish

Optional
Strike

Door
Thickness

Misc.
Options

AA13

DL4112

626

SS118

D234

C6-VKC2

Quick Codes
Finish

Cylinder and Keying
Description

Description

Specify

BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

605

Conventional 6-pin

(standard)

BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

606

Less cylinder(s)

Conventional 7-pin

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

611

BHMA 612 (US10)

Satin Bronze

612

BHMA 613 (US10B)

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil
Rubbed

613

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear
Coated

IC 7-pin

613L

IC 7-pin less core

CL7

BHMA 618 (US14)

Bright Nickel

618

IC 7-pin with temporarY construction core

CT7

BHMA 619 (US15)

Satin Nickel

619

BHMA 625 (US26)

Bright Chromium Plated

625

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Satin Chromium Plated

626

Interchangeable core (IC) 6-pin

IC 6-pin less core

CL6

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core

CT6

Security

CHS

Pyramid (FC) (Conventional)

PHS

Pyramid (IC)
0-bitted with 2 blank keys
Keyed random

Strike

Security IC

Construction master keyed

PCHS
(standard)
KR
CMK

Visual key control (VKC)

Lip to Center

ANSI Straight Lip
Specify

- Keys only

VKC1

7/8" (22mm)

SS078

- Cylinders and keys (not available with HS or CHS)

VKC2

SS118

- Cylinders only (not available with HS or CHS)

VKC3

1-1/8" (29mm)
1-1/4" (32mm)

SS114

1-3/8" (35mm)

SS138

1-1/2" (38mm)

SS112

1-3/4" (44mm)

SS134

2" (51mm)

SS200

2-1/4" (57mm)

SS214

2-1/2" (64mm)

SS212

2-3/4" (70mm)

SS234

3" (76mm)

SS300

Padlocks & Deadlocks.10

Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders and VKC keys
- CKC cylinders only
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys (e.g., KY6)

CKC2
CKC3
(standard)
KY#

Deadlocks DL4100 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Door Thickness

Miscellaneous Options

Description

Specify

1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm)

(standard)

Description

Specify

Spanner head screws

M02

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

Torx head screws

M04

2-1/2" (64mm)

D212

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

2-3/4" (70mm)

D234

Lead wrapped case

M29

3" (76mm)

D300

Ergonomic thumbturn

M34

3-1/4" (83mm)

D314

Box for standard strike

M40

3-1/2" (89mm)

D312

3-5/8" (92mm)

D358

3-3/4" (95mm)

D334

3-7/8" (98mm)

D378

4" (102mm)

D400

Cylinder Only

Specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish

Description

Number

Conventional 6-pin

1000-118-A07

Conventional 7-pin

1000-114-A07-7

IC 6-pin

1080-114-A07

IC 6-pin less core

1070-114-A07

IC 7-pin

1080-112-A07-7

IC 7-pin less core

1070-112-A07-7

Security

1010-118-A07

Security IC

1090-114-A07

Pyramid (FC) Conventional

1020-114-A07

Pyramid (IC)

1030-114-A07

Padlocks & Deadlocks.11

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets, Exit Devices,
Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your authorized Corbin Russwin
Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2001, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45012-8/11R

CL3100 Series
Vandal Resistant Lever Locksets

Overview
CL3100

Table of Contents
Overview..................................2
Features....................................3
Functions..................................5
Trim Designs.............................7
Options and Accessories...........8
How to Order.........................11
Quick Codes...........................12
How to Specify...................... 14

Quality

Applications

The CL3100 series is a Grade 1 lever
lockset manufactured with the highest
quality materials to ensure strength,
durability and quiet operation. Available
in all standard architectural finishes,
the CL3100 series subtly complements
any high-use commercial, industrial and
institutional application.

•
•
•
•
•
•

T-Zone Construction

Key Advantages

Direct linkage with fixed alignment
between the hub and the latchbolt is
the best construction for quietly and
effectively operating the latchbolt. For
this reason, Corbin Russwin interlocks the
aligning and latch tubes, which form a
rugged torque resistant “T” in the critical
twist area. This “T-Zone” construction,
combined with long lasting components,
makes T-Zone Lever locks outstanding!

Vandal Resistance
The Corbin Russwin CL3100 Series*
follows a higher standard for Grade
1 bored locks. The unique T-Zone
construction provides strength and
durability by true interlocking between the
lockbody and the latch far exceeding the
156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1 standards.

High Traffic areas
Offices
Public buildings
Hospitals
Institutions
Educational facilities – K-12 and
Universities
• Retail

• Several security key systems available
(Pyramid, etc.)
• Fits most standard 161 door prep
• Only 45 degrees of lever rotation
required to retract latchbolt
• 18 functions. Many of which are easily
field changeable
• 3 levers and 4 roses available to cover a
wide variety of door preps and design
requirements
• Simple cylinder removal. Easy change
outs.
• T-Zone construction tested to over 15
million cycles, exceeding BHMA Grade 1
standards by 15 times.

* U.S. Patent No. 6,626,018
MicroShield®

www.corbinrusswin.com

As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA
ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a silverbased antimicrobial coating
designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.

CL3100.2

Features
CL3100
Features
Hand
Non-handed
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) standard.
Optional: Over 2" (51mm) - 2-1/4"
(57mm); see Quick Codes, page 12.
Door Prep
ANSI A115.2 (161)
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 3-3/4" (95mm) and
5" (127mm); see Quick Codes, page 12.
Bearing Assembly
Cast and machined stainless steel
Latchbolt
Stainless steel bolt 7/8" (22mm) diameter x
1/2" (13mm) throw.
Optional: 3/4" (19mm) throw fire latch.
Front
Wrought brass or stainless steel,
2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Accommodates flat front doors and doors
beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Strike
Wrought brass or stainless steel ANSI
curved lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to
center.
Optional: strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available.
See Quick Codes, page 12-13.
Levers
Secured with 6 lobe security set screw
standard
Roses
Brass
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.

Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security IC (not available with CL3129)
Pyramid (not available with CL3129)
Pyramid IC (not available with CL3129)
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
Ten-year limited.
Classroom Security
The CL3152 Classroom
Intruder function is the
solution to classroom
security: a double cylinder
lockset that allows
locking of the outside lever
from either side. Egress is always possible
with the standard anti-panic feature,
whether the door is locked or not. And
because a key is needed to secure the door
from either side, students cannot lock a
teacher out of the classroom.
Sound Transmission Class Rated
Product (M112)
Corbin Russwin CL3100 Series Lever Locks
are part of the STC 55 Acoustical Door
System from ASSA ABLOY Group brand
Security Metal Products (SMP). The STC 55
Acoustical Door System is the perfect
choice for any room where sound
transmission needs to be kept to a
minimum. This solution encompasses door,
frame, sounds seals and threshold, and a
special version of the CL3100 Lever Lock.
To order the CL3100 Series Lever Lock
for use with this door system, include the
M112 quick code. It will be configured for
use with the Acoustical Door System.
To learn more about SMP and the STC 55
Acoustical Door System, please visit www.
secmet.com

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Exceeds A156.2 Series 4000,
Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard)
All levers with returns comply; levers return
to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
UL
UL and cUL listed to Canadian Safety
Standards
Listed for 3 Hour Doors
C-UL US
All locks with 1/2" (13mm) throw latchbolt
listed for A label and lesser class 4' x 10'
single doors. All locks with 3/4" (19mm)
throw latchbolt listed for A label and lesser
class 8' x 10' pairs of doors. Letter F and
UL symbol on latch front indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire-rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
A.D.A.
All levers conform to ADA
requirements for barrier-free
accessibility.
Windstorm
UL Listed: ANSI/SDI-BHMA A250.13;ANSI/
ASTM E330-2002
ANSI/ASTM 31886-2005 & ASTM 319961009
UL Certification Directory ZHEM.R21744
Latching Hardware
Listed on Florida Building Code Website:
FL4351-R1

CL3100.3

Features
CL3100
Finishes
BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612 (US10)

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613 (US10B)

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed

613L

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated

BHMA 618 (US14)

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619 (US15)

Satin Nickel Plated

619C

Satin Nickel Plated with Microshield®

BHMA 625 (US26)

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated with MicroShield®

BHMA 722 (US10A)

Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed

Zinc levers are plated to match BHMA finish.

3 Solid Cast Lever Options
Cast and Stainless Steel
Bearing Assembly

6 Lobe Security Set Screw

Stainless Steel 1/2" (13mm)
Throw Latch
3 Lever Designs Available
4 Rose Styles Available

CL3100.4

Functions
CL3100
Outside

Inside

Series/
Function

Type

ANSI No.

CL3110

Passage or
Closet

F75

• Latchbolt by lever either side.
• Both levers always free.

CL3120

Privacy,
Bedroom or
Bathroom

F76

• Throw-off latchbolt by lever.
• Outside lever locked by push button on inside lever.
• Outside lever unlocked by emergency release tool outside, by
rotating inside lever or by closing door.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3120H

Hospital
Privacy

—

• Outside lever locked by push button on inside lever.
• Outside lever unlocked by rotating thumbturn on outside lever and
releasing inside push button.
• Rotating inside lever or closing door also unlocks outside lever.

Function Description

CL3129

Hotel or
Motel

F93

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever inside or by key outside.
• Push button shuts out all keys except emergency key, and projects
occupancy indicator in face of cylinder.
• Push button released by turning inside lever.
• Outside lever always locked.
• Inside lever always free.
• Not available with other manufacturers keyways
• Pushbutton will not depress unless door is in closed position
• Lockout key fixes pushbutton in locked position, shutting out all
keys except emergency key.
• Lockout key ordered separately.

CL3132

Institutional
or Utility

F87

• Deadlocking latchbolt by key either side.
• Should be used only in office or room with multiple entries.

CL3140NT

Exit Latch

F89

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever inside.
• Outside lever always locked.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3150

Half
Dummy
Trim

—

• Lever acts as pull only; no operation.
• Lever is rigid.

F81

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when turn button
locks outside.
• Turning button locks outside lever, requiring key at all times.
• Turning inside lever does not unlock outside lever until button is
manually turned to unlocked position.
• Inside lever always free.

—

• Deadlocking latchbolt by inside lever or outside lever except when
key inside or outside locks outside lever.
• Key in either lever locks or unlocks the outside lever except when
inside locks the outside lever - then only the inside key can unlock
the outside lever. The outside key only retracts the latchbolt unless
the outside lever is unlocked by the inside key.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3151

CL3152

Entrance or
Office

Classroom
Intruder

Indicates optional interchangeable core
available; see Quick Codes, page 12.

CL3100.5

Functions
CL3100
Outside

Inside

Series/
Function
CL3155

Classroom

CL3157

Storeroom
or Closet

CL3161

Entry or
Office

ANSI No.

Function Description

F84

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key outside
locks outside lever.
• Outside lever locked or unlocked by key outside.
• Inside lever always free.

F86

• Deadlocking latchbolt by key in outside lever or by rotating inside
lever.
• Inside lever always free.
• Outside lever rigid at all times.

F82

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when push
button locks outside lever.
• Push button released by turning inside lever or by key in outside
lever.
• Closing door does not release push button.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3162

Communicating

F80

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key in
either lever locks and unlocks the lever independently of the other.
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specified.
• Should be used only in office or room with multiple entries.

CL3170

Full
Dummy
Trim

—

• Levers act as pulls only; no operation.
• Levers are rigid.

F88

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key inside
locks outside lever.
• Key outside retracts latchbolt when outside lever is locked by key
inside.
• Key inside unlocks outside lever.
• Inside lever always free.
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specified.

CL3172

Apartment,
Exit or Public
Toilet

CL3175

Corridor/
Dormitory Lock

F90

• Throw-off latchbolt by lever either side except when pushbutton or
key locks outside lever.
• Pushbutton released by turning inside lever or by closing door.
• Depressed pushbutton indicates door is locked.
• When outside lever is locked by key, it can only be unlocked by key.
• Inside lever always free.
• Outside lever rigid when locked.

CL3180

Passage
Lever x
Blank Plate

—

•
•
•
•

CL3193

Indicates optional interchangeable core
available; see Quick Codes, page 12.

CL3100.6

Type

Service
Station

F92

•
•
•
•
•

Latchbolt by lever.
Lever on one side; blank plate on other side.
Lever always free.
For single or double communicating doors.

Deadlocking latchbolt by lever.
Outside lever locked by push button.
Key retracts latchbolt when outside lever is locked.
Pushbutton will not depress unless door is in closed position
Push button released by turning inside lever or by key in outside
lever, unless pushbutton is fixed in locked position by turning coin
slot in inside lever.
• Inside lever always free.

Trim Designs
CL3100
Levers
3-1/2"
(89mm)

Armstrong

Complies with codes requiring lever to return
to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
4"
(102mm)

AZD, AZC, AZE, or AZK
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Brass

2-7/8"
(73mm)

AZD

AZD shown

Newport

3-1/2"
(89mm)

Complies with codes requiring lever to return
to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

NZD, NZC, NZE, or NZK

4-1/2"
(115mm)

Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Brass

2-7/8"
(73mm)

NZD

NZD shown

Princeton

3-1/2"
(89mm)

Complies with codes requiring lever to return
to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
5"
(127mm)

PZD, PZC, PZE, or PZK
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Brass

2-7/8"
(73mm)

PZD
PZD shown

Roses
D Rose (standard)
3-1/2" Dia.
Brass

C Rose
2-3/4" Dia.
Brass

E Rose
3-1/8" Sq.
Brass

K Rose
2-3/4" Dia.
Brass

CL3100.7

Options & Accessories
CL3100
Latches

To order optional latch with lockset, see Quick Codes, pages 12-13.
To order latch separately, specify Part No. x Finish (e.g., 780F81 x 626).
Part

Code

Functions

Standard 2-3/4" (70 mm) Backset
780F81

780F82

32, 40NT, 51, 52, 55, 57, 62, 72, 80

780F83

20, 20H

780F84

29, 75, 93

780F85

780F86

780F87

32, 40NT, 51, 52, 55, 57, 62, 72, 80

780F88

20, 20H

780F89

29, 75, 93

780F90

B334 option 3-3/4" (95mm) Backset

B500 option 5" (127mm) Backset
780F91

780F92

32, 40NT, 51, 52, 55, 57, 62, 72, 80

780F93

20, 20H

780F94

29, 75, 93

780F95

—

10, 51, 55, 57, 72, 80

M16 option 3/4" (19mm) Throw
780F96

Note: Code letter stamped on inside corner of latch front identifies function(s) compatible with latch assembly.

Corbin Russwin Cylinders

Security Type
Conventional
Hotel

Pins

Standard Cylinder

6-Pin

2000-031 (standard)

Interchangeable Core
8000

7-Pin

2000-031-7

8000-7

6-Pin

2001-031

8001-031

7-Pin

2001-031-7

8001-031-7

Security

6-Pin

2010-031

8010

High Security Pyramid

7-pin

2020-031

8020

Security Pyramid

7-pin

2027-031

8027

Plug diameter for standard cylinders is .509, .552 for security cylinders and .496 for Pyramid cylinders.
Cylinders are brass and come with 2 nickel silver keys.
Finishes for standard cylinders include 606 or 626. Finishes for interchangeable core cylinders include 605, 606,
611, 612, 613, 625, 626.
To order cylinders separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish (e.g., 2000-031 x L4 x 626).
CL3100.8

Options & Accessories
CL3100
Cylinders with Keyways From Other Manufacturers*
Competitive Keyway

Number

Schlage® C (0-bitted)

2400-031-C

Schlage® C (keyed random)

2400-031-C-KR

Sargent® LA (0-bitted only)

2400-031-LA

*0-Bitted cylinders are 6-pin. Keyed random cylinders are 5-pin only.

Levers That Accept Interchangeable
Core Cylinders From Other Manufacturers*
Cylinder Type

Quick Code

Part Number

SFIC 6 or 7-pin Cylinder

Specify M08

780F658 Tailpiece Kit

Schlage® LFIC 6-pin Cylinder

Specify M69

780F662 Tailpiece Kit

*Cylinder not included.

Adapters Required to Accept
Cylinders From Other Manufacturers*
Competitive Cylinder

Part Number

Schlage® Conventional (21-002, 23-001, 23-013) or
Primus® (20-548, 20-550, 20-748, 20-750)

778F78-8 Tailpiece
included with M06 option

Sargent® 13-4145

775F948 Tailpiece kit and special
lever included with M09 option

*Cylinder not included.

CL3100.9

Options & Accessories
CL3100
Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass, bronze, or stainless steel, 4-7/8" (124mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm),
1-1/8" (29mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm),
2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm).
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 12.
To order separately, specify
217L13 x Lip Length x Finish.

ANSI Wrought Strike Box

To order with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 13.
To order separately, specify 120F76-8.

CL3100.10

Curved Lip "T" Strike (option)
Brass, bronze, or stainless steel 2-3/4" (70mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm), 1-1/8" (29mm),
1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm),
2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4"
(70mm), 3" (76mm)
To order optional strike with lockset, see Quick
Codes, page 12.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x
Lip Length x Finish.

How to Order
CL3100
Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes

Ordering Examples

Series/Function
Trim Designs
Latches
Finish
Door Thickness
Backset
Strike
Cylinders and Keying
Miscellaneous Options

Pages 5-6
Page 7
Page 8
Page 12
Page 12
Page 12
Page 10
Page 12
Page 12

Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

100

CL3155

NZD

626

RHR

Split Trim / Finish Order
Trim

Finish

Quantity

Series/
Function

Outside

Inside

Outside

Inside

CL3155

NZD

626

625

Hand
LH

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Backset

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

CL3155

NZE

626

RHR

D214

B334

SC114

M04-M16

VKC3

CL3100.11

Quick Codes
CL3100
Cylinder and Keying

Finishes

Description
Conventional 6-pin

Specify
(standard)

Conventional 7-pin

Less cylinder(s)

LFIC 6-pin

Description

Specify

BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

605

BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

606

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

611

CT6R

BHMA 612 (US10)

612

LFIC 6-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Blue)

CT6B

BHMA 613 (US10B)

LFIC 6-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Green)

CT6G

LFIC 6-pin with temporary construction core

CT6

LFIC 6-pin less core3

CL6

BHMA 618 (US14)

Satin Bronze
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil
Rubbed
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear
Coated
Bright Nickel Plated

LFIC 7-pin

BHMA 619 (US15)

Satin Nickel Plated

LFIC 7-pin with temporary construction core

CT7

LFIC 7-pin less core3

CL7

619C

Satin Nickel Plated with
Microshield®

619C

CT7R

BHMA 625 (US26)

Bright Chromium Plated

625

LFIC 7-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Blue)

CT7B

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Satin Chromium Plated

626

LFIC 7-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Green)

CT7G

626C

Satin Chromium Plated with
MicroShield®

CHS

BHMA 722 (US10A)

Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed

PHS

Strikes

LFIC 6-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Red)

LFIC 7-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Red)

Security3
Security LFIC3
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core

Pyramid High Security LFIC3

PCHS

Pyramid LFIC Less Core3

CLP

Pyramid with temporary construction core3

CTP

Pyramid Security Fixed Core3
Pyramid Security LFIC3

PS
PCS

Pyramid Disposable Core3

CTPD

6-Pin Disposable Core

CT6D

7-Pin Disposable Core3

CT7D

0-bitted with 2 blank keys
Keyed random

(standard)
KR

Construction master keyed

CMK

Visual key control (VKC)
No bitting or keyset stamping on keys

VKC0

Keys only

VKC1

Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)

VKC2

Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)

VKC3

613L

ANSI
Lip to Center

CKC2

CKC cylinders only (not for PHS, PCHS)

CKC3

2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys

(standard)
KY# (e.g., KY6)

1 Available 0-bitted & keyed random (KR) only
2 Available 0-bitted only
3 Not available in CL3129 functions

Description

Specify
CTSD

Schlage® C keyway cylinder1

Sargent® LA keyway cylinder2

CL3100.12

618
619

626C
722

Curved Lip Box
Specify

1" (25mm)

SA100

SC100

1-1/8" (29mm)

SA118

SC118

1-1/4" (32mm)

(standard)

SC114

1-3/8" (35mm)

SA138

SC138

1-1/2" (38mm)

SA112

SC112

1-3/4" (44mm)

SA134

SC134

2" (51mm)

SA200

SC200

2-1/4" (57mm)

SA214

SC214

2-1/2" (64mm)

SA212

SC212

2-3/4" (70mm)

SA234

SC234

3" (76mm)

SA300

SC300

Door Thickness
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm) - 2" (51mm)

Specify
(standard)

Over 2" (51mm) - up to 2 1/4" (57mm)

D214

Backset

Cylinder and Keying from other Manufacturers
SFIC 6- or 7-pin Small Format Disposable Core3

613L

ANSI
Curved Lip Specify

Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys

613

Description

Specify

2-3/4" (70mm)

(standard)

3-3/4" (95mm)

B334

5" (127mm)

B500

Quick Codes
CL3100
Miscellaneous Options
Description
Spanner head screws

Specify
M02

Torx® head screws

M04

Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder

M06*

Lever to accept SFIC 6 or 7-pin interchangeable core

M08*

Lever to accept Sargent® cylinder

M09*

3/4" (19mm) throw fire latch

M16

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Knurling outside and inside

M20

Knurling outside only

M21

Knurling inside only

M22

Abrasive coat outside and inside

M23

Abrasive coat inside only

M24

Abrasive coat outside only

M25

Lead lining (roses)

M28

Lever to accept Schlage LFIC

M69*

Security Lever

M111

STC 55 Door Kit

M112

*Not available in CL3129 functions

CL3100.13

How To Specify
CL3100
CL3100 Series
Suggested Specification
All locksets shall be CL3100 Series Vandal Resistant Lever Locksets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
A single lock chassis shall accommodate 1-3/4" (44mm) to 2-1/4" (57mm) door thickness. Locksets shall be non-handed.
Locksets shall be able to withstand 3000 inch pounds of torque applied to the locked lever without gaining access.
Locksets shall have solid cast levers without plastic fillers. Outside lever handles shall be a minimum of 4-5/8" (117mm) in length and
shall provide a minimum of 2" (51mm) clearance from the surface of the door to the inside of the lever at the midpoint. Outside lever
handles may return to within 1/2" (13mm) of the door surface. Levers on keyed locksets shall be removable only when the designated
key is in the cylinder.
Locksets shall be able to fit a standard 2-1/8" (55mm) bore without the use of thru-bolts. Standard rose size shall be 3-1/2" (89mm) in
diameter.
Latchbolt head shall be one piece stainless steel. Latchbolt assembly shall be encased within the lock body.
Lockset shall have 2-3/4" (70mm) backset, standard.
A single lockset shall accommodate a 6 or 7-pin conventional cylinder and all levers of master keying, construction master keying,
visual key control, security, high security and interchangeable core. Cylinders may be easily changed by removing the lever without
disassembling the lockset.
Locksets required for fire doors shall be listed by UL for ratings of A label (3 hours) and less, for doors up to 4'0" (1.2m) x 10'0" (3m)
and pairs of doors 8'0" (2.4m) x 10'0" (3m). A 3/4" (19mm) throw Latchbolt for pairs of fire doors shall be standard.
Locksets shall be cycle tested per ANSI A156.2, 1996, to eight (8) million cycles without any visible lever sag.
Certification:
Meets FF-H-106C
Exceeds ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1
UL and cUL listed to Canadian safety standards
Listed for 3 Hour doors
All levers conform to ADA requirements for barrier free accessibility
Meets UL 10C and UBC 7-2 (1997)
UL Listed: ANSI/SDI-BHMA A250.13;ANSI/ASTM E330-2002
ANSI/ASTM 31886-2005 & ASTM 31996-1009
UL Certification Directory ZHEM.R21744 Latching Hardware
Listed on Florida Building Code Website: FL4351-R1
Meets ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code.
California State Reference Code, 1989 (formerly Title 19, Cal. State Fire Marshal Standard).
Lockset shall carry a ten (10) year limited warranty.

CL3100.14

Notes
CL3100

CL3100.15

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

ElectroLynx®
As part of their promise to provide innovative, fast and effective high security solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer
ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening.
ElectroLynx® is a registered trademark of ASSA ABLOY Inc.
MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a
silverbased antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Lever Release™ is a trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an
ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes
only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the
right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2012 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45237-8/12N

CL3300 Series
Extra Heavy-Duty Cylindrical
Lever Locksets

Overview
CL3300
Quality

Table of Contents
Overview..................................2
Features....................................3
Functions..................................5
Electrified Lockset.....................8
Trim Designs...........................11

For access control, the CL33900 Series
Electrified Cylindrical lockset utilizes the
proven CL3300 series lockset and features
an integral continuous duty solenoid that
allows installation in a standard cylindrical
prep. Available in Fail Safe or Fail Secure,
the CL33900 is ideal for door control
where increased security is necessary at all
times, while meeting life safety codes.

Classroom Security

Key Advantages

The CL3352 Classroom Intruder function
is the solution to classroom security:
a double cylinder lockset that allows
locking of the outside lever from either
side. Egress is always possible with the
standard anti-panic feature, whether the
door is locked or not. And because a key
is needed to secure the door from either
side, students cannot lock a teacher out of
the classroom.

• EZ-Install components significantly
reduce installation time
• Lever Release™ lever design for vandal
resistance
• Pyramid cylinders for increased
security
• Access control available with
CL33900 Electrified lockset
• ElectroLynx® connectors are standard on
all Corbin Russwin electrified products.
McKinney QC hinges are recommended
to make a complete plug and play
application.
• Independent return springs
prevent lever sag
• Covers ANSI/DHI Door Prep A115.18

Options and Accessories.........12

Vandal Resistance

How to Order.........................15

Engineered to meet today’s increased
security needs, the CL3300 series offers
several advantages. All functions feature
the Lever Release™ design for vandal
resistance, allowing the outside lever to
rotate when in the locked position. All
CL3300 series locksets, including the
CL33900 series, are available with Corbin
Russwin Pyramid patented security or high
security cylinders, the most secure locking
system available. Pyramid is especially
recommended for installations that require
superior protection against picking,
drilling and other surreptitious entry.
See the Pyramid catalog for additional
information.

Quick Codes...........................16
How to Specify...................... 18

www.corbinrusswin.com

CL3300.2

Access Control

The CL3300 series is a Grade 1
cylindrical lockset manufactured
with the highest quality materials to
ensure strength, durability and quiet
operation. Available in all standard
architectural finishes and four lever
designs, the CL3300 series subtly
complements any high-use commercial,
industrial and institutional application.

Features
CL3300
Features
Non-Handed (Except FZD trim)
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) standard.
Optional: Over 2"(51mm) - 2-1/4"
(57mm); see Quick Codes, page 16.
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 3-3/4" (95mm) and
5" (127mm); see Quick Codes, page 16.
Latchbolt
Stainless Steel, 1/2" (13mm) throw.
Optional: 3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
fire latch for pair of doors; see Quick
Codes, page 17.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Front
Wrought brass, bronze, or stainless steel,
2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Optional: rounded corners; see Quick
Codes, page 17.

Warranty
Seven-year limited.
Classroom Security
The CL3352
Classroom Intruder
function lockset
allows locking of
the outside lever
from either side
with the key. In
a panic situation, the Key Turn Indicator
serves as a quick reference for locking the
door. And egress is always possible with
the “anti-panic” feature, which keeps the
outside lever locked if the inside lever is
activated.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

C-UL US
All locks with 1/2" (13mm) throw latchbolt
listed for A label and lesser class 4' x 10'
single doors. All locks with 3/4" (19mm)
throw latchbolt listed for A label and lesser
class 8' x 10' pairs of doors. Letter F and
UL symbol on latch front indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire-rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.

Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard)
All levers with returns comply; levers return
to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

Strike
Wrought brass, bronze, or stainless steel
ANSI curved lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to
center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 16.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security IC (not available with CL3329)
Pyramid
Pyramid IC
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
CL3300.3

Features
CL3300
Finishes
BHMA 605* (US3)

Bright Brass

BHMA 606* (US4)

Satin Brass

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612 (US10)

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613 (US10B)

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed

613L

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated

BHMA 618 (US14)

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619 (US15)

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625 (US26)

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed

Zinc levers are plated to match BHMA finish.
*Infini-T® PVD finish standard on 605 and 606 except on the Frascati (FZD) lever. Conventional 605 and
conventional 606 finishes will be supplied for the Frascati (FZD) lever.

Infini-T is a technologically advanced finish produced by a coating process
called Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD).
Infini-T provides the ultimate surface protection against the elements and
everyday wear and tear.

Anti-rotational
through-bolts at 6 and
12 o’clock positions

4 solid, cast lever options,
with LEVER RELEASE design
Heavy-duty lever
return springs

Stainless Steel 1/2"
(13mm) throw latch
CL3300.4

3-1/2" (89mm)
Rose scalp
design

Expanded keying options

Functions
CL3300
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

ANSI No.

CL3310

Passage or
Closet

F75

• Latchbolt by lever either side.
• Both levers always free.

F76

• Throw-off latchbolt by lever.
• Outside lever locked by push button. (Lever handle is
freewheeling in locked position.)
• Outside lever unlocked by emergency release tool outside,
by rotating inside lever or by closing door.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3320

CL3320H

Privacy,
Bedroom or
Bathroom

Function Description

• Outside lever locked by push button. (Lever handle is
freewheeling in locked position.)
• Outside lever unlocked by simultaneously depressing
outside pushbutton while rotating lever.
• Rotating inside lever or closing door also unlocks outside lever.
• Outside lever handle is freewheeling when locked.

Hospital
Privacy

• Latchbolt by lever either side (passage) unless push button
depressed and held by caretaker (detention side becomes
freewheeling). Lock returns to passage mode upon release
of push button.
• Push button automatically releases when caretaker releases
push button.
• Both levers always free.
• Throw-off latchbolt by lever inside or by key outside.
• Push button shuts out all keys except emergency key, and
projects occupancy indicator in face of cylinder. (Lever
handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Push button released by turning inside lever or by closing
door.*
• Outside lever always locked.
• Inside lever always free.
• Not available with other manufacturers keyways

CL3320TO

Time Out
Lock

CL3329

Hotel or
Motel

F93

CL3332

Institutional
or Utility

F87

• Deadlocking latchbolt by key either side.
(Lever handles are freewheeling in locked position.)
• Should be used only in office or room with multiple entries.

CL3340

Patio or
Privacy

F77

• Throw-off latchbolt by lever.
• Outside lever locked by push button.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Inside lever always free.
• Should not be used in rooms that have no other entrance.

F89

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever inside.
• Outside lever always locked. (Lever handle is freewheeling in
locked position.)
• Inside lever always free.

CL3340NT

Indicates optional interchangeable core
available; see Quick Codes, page 16.

Exit Latch

*Unless push button has been fixed in locked position by spanner key (furnished). When
push button is fixed by spanner key, lock is operable only by emergency key or by display
key.

Indicates freewheeling lever in locked position.

CL3300.5

Functions
CL3300
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

CL3351

CL3352

Entrance or
Office

Classroom
Intruder

CL3355

Classroom

CL3357

Storeroom
or Closet

CL3359

Barrier Free
Storeroom or
Public
Restroom

CL3361

Entry or
Office

ANSI No.

Function Description

F109

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when turn
button locks outside lever. Pushing turn button in locks
outside lever, requiring use of key outside to unlock. (Lever
handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Turning inside lever unlocks outside lever.
• Pushing in and turning button locks outside lever, requiring
key at all times. Turning inside lever does not unlock outside
lever until button is manually turned to unlocked position.
• Inside lever always free.

—

• Deadlocking latchbolt by inside lever or outside lever except
when key inside or outside locks outside lever. (Lever handle
is freewheeling in the locked position.)
• Outside lever is locked and unlocked by turning the key in
the inside or outside lever.
• Inside lever always free.

F84

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key
outside locks outside lever. (Lever handle is freewheeling in
locked position.)
• Outside lever unlocked by key outside.
• Inside lever always free.

F86

• Deadlocking latchbolt by key in outside lever or by rotating
inside lever.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Inside lever always free.

—

F82

CL3362

Communicating

F80

CL3372

Apartment,
Exit or Public
Toilet

F88

Indicates optional interchangeable core
available; see Quick Codes, page 16.
Indicates freewheeling lever in locked position.

CL3300.6

Type

•
•
•
•

Deadlocking latchbolt by inside lever.
Key outside unlocks outside lever to retract latchbolt.
Key is retained in unlock mode.
When key is removed outside lever is locked.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Inside lever always free.
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when
push button locks outside lever.
• Push button released by turning inside lever or by key in
outside lever.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Closing door does not release push button.
• Inside lever always free.
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key
in either lever locks and unlocks the lever independently of
the other.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specified.
• Should be used only in office or room with multiple entries.
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key
inside locks outside lever. (Lever handle is freewheeling in
locked position.)
• Key outside retracts latchbolt.
• Key inside unlocks outside lever.
• Inside lever always free.
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specified.

Functions
CL3300
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

ANSI No.

Function Description

CL3375

Corridor/
Dormitory
Lock

F90

• Throw-off latchbolt by lever either side except when
pushbutton or key locks outside lever.
• Pushbutton released by turning inside lever or by closing
door.
• Depressed pushbutton indicates door is locked.
• When outside lever is locked by key, it can only be
unlocked by key.
• Inside lever always free.
• Outside lever rigid when locked.

CL3380

Passage
Lever x
Blank Plate

—

•
•
•
•

CL3381

Keyed
Lever x
Blank Plate

CL3390

Passage
Lever x
Turnpiece

CL3391

Keyed
Lever x
Turnpiece

—

Latchbolt by lever.
Lever on one side; blank plate on other side.
Lever always free.
For single or double communicating doors.

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever, except when lever is
locked by key.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Lever on one side; blank plate on other side.
• Key unlocks lever

—

• Latchbolt by lever or by turnpiece.
• Lever on one side; turnpiece on other side.
• Lever and turnpiece always free.

—

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever or turnpiece, except when
lever is locked by key.
• When lever is locked, latchbolt is operated by key in lever
or by turnpiece.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Lever on outside; turnpiece on inside.
• Turnpiece always free.

CL3393

Service
Station

F02

• Throw-off latchbolt by lever.
• Outside lever locked by slotted push button.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• When slotted push button is pushed in and turned,
outside lever becomes freewheeling and deadlocking latch
is activated. Outside lever is unlocked by using key or by
rotating inside lever, when slotted push button returned
to original position.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3350

Half
Dummy
Trim

—

• Lever acts as pull only; no operation.
• Lever is rigid.

CL3370

Full
Dummy
Trim

—

• Levers act as pulls only; no operation.
• Levers are rigid.

Indicates optional interchangeable core
available; see Quick Codes, page 16.
Indicates freewheeling lever in locked position.

CL3300.7

CL33900 Electrified Lockset
CL3300
Applications

Provides remote locking and unlocking, utilizing
the proven CL3300 Series Cylindrical Lockset.
Ideal for door control where increased security is
necessary at all times, while meeting life safety
codes.
• Stairwell towers
• Tenant space
• Pharmacies
• Computer rooms
• High-security areas

Advantages

• Utilizes the CL3300 Series Cylindrical Lockset
with Lever Release™ Mechanism
• Self-contained integral solenoid allows
installation in modified cylindrical prep
• Minimal power requirements – device is
designed to lock or unlock as the
situation demands
• Available in either 12 or 24VAC/VDC
• Mechanical cylinder override
• Fail Safe and Fail Secure mode available
• Optional M92 Request to Exit (REX) switch
• ElectroLynx® 8-pin connector

ElectroLynx®
ElectroLynx®, a new quick-connect feature of
ASSA ABLOY Group companies, takes the
guesswork out of installing electrified door
hardware products. It’s ... Hardwiring Made Easy.
By using standard “plug and play” connectors,
a simple “click” links power from the incoming
source to electrified locking products, including
hinges, locks, exit devices, magnetic holders, and
strikes. What normally takes an hour or more can
be connected in virtually minutes.

Functions
Outside

CL3300.8

Inside

Series/Function

Function Description

CL33903

Fail Safe
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side except when power on locks outside
lever
• Power off/unlocks outside lever
• Inside lever always free
• Latchbolt retracted by key when locked electrically

CL33905

Fail Secure
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side except when power off locks outside
lever
• Power on/unlocks outside lever
• Inside lever always free
• Latchbolt retracted by key when power is off

CL33900 Electrified Lockset
CL3300
Features

Non-Handed (Except FZD trim)
Door Thickness

1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) standard.

Optional: Over 2" (51mm) - 2-1/4"
(57mm); see Quick Codes, page 16.
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.

Backset

2-3/4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 3-3/4" (95mm) and 5" (127mm);
see Quick Codes, page 16.

Latchbolt

Stainless Steel, 1/2" (13mm) throw.
Optional: 3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
fire latch for pair of doors; see Quick
Codes, page 17.

Auxiliary Latchbolt

Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.

Front

Wrought brass or bronze, 2-1/4" (57mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm). Accommodates flat doors
and doors beveled 1/8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm).
Optional: rounded corners; see Quick
Codes, page 17.

Strike

Wrought brass, bronze, or stainless steel,
ANSI curved lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to
center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see Quick
Codes, pages 16.

Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security IC
Pyramid
Pyramid IC
Keys

Certification/Compliance

Two nickel silver standard.

(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard)
All levers with returns comply; levers return
to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

Voltage

C-UL US

Locks are universal for AC or DC. Available
with 12VAC/DC or 24VAC/DC. See Quick
Codes, page 17.

Electrical Specifications
250mA @ 12VAC/VDC
150mA @ 24VAC/VDC
Continuous duty solenoid.

Monitoring Option
M92 - Request to Exit Monitoring
(Non-Handed)
Request to Exit monitoring is a SPDT
switch which monitors the activation
of the trim.
Warranty
Two-year limited.

ANSI

Meets A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

Federal

Meets FF-H-106C.

California State Reference Code

All locks with 1/2" (13mm) throw latchbolt
listed for A label and lesser class 4' x 10'
single doors. All locks with 3/4" (19mm)
throw latchbolt listed for A label and lesser
class 8' x 10' pairs of doors. Letter F and
UL symbol on latch front indicate listing.
Finishes
BHMA 605* (US3)

Bright Brass

BHMA 606* (US4)

Satin Brass

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612 (US10)

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613 (US10B)

Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze, Oil Rubbed

613L

Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze, Clear Coated

BHMA 618 (US14)

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619 (US15)

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625 (US26)

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626 (US26D) Satin Chromium Plated
626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black Oxidized Bronze,
Oil Rubbed

Trims

Available with all lever designs: Armstrong,
Newport, Princeton, Frascati.

Cylinder

Brass, 6-pin L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.

CL3300.9

CL33900 Electrified Lockset
CL3300
Requirements for Electrical and Data Transfer
To answer the demand for "smart" electronic access
control and locking solutions that require fast, easy, and
cost-effective installation, ASSA ABLOY Group brands
use the ElectroLynx® standardized plug-in connectors and
color-coded wiring system.
With ElectroLynx, doorway components come pre-wired
for easy hookup to the power source. Key to the system
is the transfer device hinge that carries power from the
frame to the locking hardware.
Features of ElectroLynx:
• Makes it easy to bring power to the locking hardware
• Wires have connectors that snap together, like
plugging a telephone into a jack
To connect a CL33900 series electrified cylindrical lock to
the electronic access control system, the following items
are required:
• CL33900 series electrified cylindrical lock
• ASSA ABLOY Door Group pre-wired door, or
ElectroLynx retrofit cable (order from McKinney)
• Electronic transfer device (ElectroLynx electronic
transfer hinge or Electrical Power Transfer with
standard hinge, from McKinney)
• ElectroLynx cable from the hinge to above the ceiling
(order from McKinney)
Information regarding cable selection, hinge
requirements and order strings can be found in the
McKinney Transfer Device Solutions catalog. Consult
800-810-WIRE (9473) with questions on application
specifications and requirements.
The McKinney QC8 ElectroLynx Hinge is recommended
for the CL33903 function, the CL33905 function and the
M92 (REX) option.

CL3300.10

BPS Power Supply
Power supplies are designed to provide reliable filtered
and regulated power for long life to a variety of
electrified hardware components. All modular power
supplies are voltage specific and are designed to meet UL
1481 Standards.
Features
• Fire panel emergency release input
• PC Board mounted system LED indicator
• Voltage specific 12 or 24VDC
• Regulated and filtered with input and output
protection
• Battery charging is provided from a separate output
terminal
Model
BPS-12-1
BPS-12-3
BPS-24-1
BPS-24-2

Input
115VAC @ 50/60 Hz

115VAC @ 50/60 Hz

Output
1 Amp @ 12VDC
3 Amp @ 12VDC
1 Amp @ 24VDC
2 Amp @ 24VDC

Trim Designs
CL3300
Armstrong

AZD
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass or
bronze

4-11/16"
119mm

Newport

NZD

Complies with
codes requiring lever
to return to within
1/2" (13mm) of
door face.

Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass or
bronze

Princeton

PZD

Complies with codes
requiring lever to
return to within 1/2"
(13mm) of door face.

3-1/2"
(89mm)

Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass or
bronze

5"
(127mm)
2-13/16"
(71mm)

Frascati

FZD
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass or
bronze

Specify hand

CL3300.11

Options & Accessories
CL3300
Latches

To order optional latch with lockset, see Quick Codes, pages 16-17.
To order latch separately, specify Part No. x Finish (e.g., 586F16 x 626).
Plain
For CL3320TO,
CL3310, CL3380,
CL3390

Backset and Front Description

Deadlocking

Throw-Off
For CL3320,
CL3320H, CL3329,
CL3340,
CL3375,CL3393

3/4" (19mm) Throw
Deadlocking
Fire Latch for Pair of
Doors

2-3/4" (70mm) Backset

Square corner front, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm)

586F16

586F17

586F18

601F69
(Not available for CL3320,
CL3329, CL3340,
CL3375, CL3393)
605, 606 and 626
finishes available

Rounded corner front, 2-1/4"(57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm)

596F66

596F67

596F68

Not available

Square corner front, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm)

586F80

586F81

586F82

Not available

Rounded corner front, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm)

586F86

586F87

586F88

Not available

Square corner front, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm)

598F20

598F21

598F22

Not available

Rounded corner front, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm)

601F24

601F25

601F26

Not available

3-3/4" (95mm) Backset

5" (127mm) Backset

Corbin Russwin Cylinders

Security Type
Conventional
Hotel

Pins

Standard Cylinder

6-Pin

2000-033 (standard)

Interchangeable Core
8000

7-Pin

2000-033-7

8000-7

6-Pin

2001-034

8001-034

7-Pin

2001-034-7

8001-034-7

Security

6-Pin

2010-033

8010

High Security Pyramid

7-pin

2020-033

8020

Security Pyramid

7-pin

2027-033

8027

Options & Accessories
CL3300
Cylinders with Competitive Keyways*
Competitive Keyway

Number

Schlage® C (0-bitted)

2400-033-C

Schlage® C (keyed random)

2400-033-C-KR

Sargent LA (0-bitted only)

2400-033-LA

*0-Bitted cylinders are 6-pin. Keyed random cylinders are 5-pin only.

Levers That Accept Competitive Interchangeable
Core Cylinders*
Cylinder Type

Quick Code

Part Number

Best 6 or 7-pin Interchangeable Core

Specify M08

682F958 Tailpiece Kit

Schlage 6-pin Interchangeable Core

Specify M69

697F942 Tailpiece Kit

*Cylinder not included.

Adapters Required to Accept Competitive Cylinders*
Competitive Cylinder

Part Number

Schlage® Conventional (21-002, 23-001, 23-013) or
Primus® (20-548, 20-550, 20-748, 20-750)

682F39-8 Tailpiece
included with M06 option

Sargent® 13-3266

682F96-9 Tailpiece kit and special lever included
with M09 option

*Cylinder not included.

CL3300.13

Options & Accessories
CL3300
Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass, bronze, or stainless steel, 4-7/8" (124mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm),
1-1/8" (29mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm),
2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm).
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 16.
To order separately, specify
217L13 x Lip Length x Finish.

Curved Lip Box

Rabbeted Front and Strike

ANSI Wrought Strike Box

Brass or bronze 4" (102mm) x 5/8" (16mm) for
1/2" (13mm) rabbet.
No optional lip lengths.
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 16.
To order separately, specify 601F28 x Finish.

CL3300.14

Brass or bronze
2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm),
1-1/8" (29mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm),
2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm),
3" (76mm).
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 16.
To order separately, specify
586L19 x Lip Length x Finish.

To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 17.
To order separately, specify 120F76-8.

How to Order
CL3300
Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes

Ordering Examples

Series/Function
Trim Designs
Finish
Door Thickness
Backset
Strike
Cylinders and Keying
Miscellaneous Options
Electric Accessories
Voltage

Pages 5-7
Page 11
Page 16
Page 16
Page 16
Page 16
Page 16
Page 17
Page 17
Page 17

Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

100

CL3355

NZD

626

RHR

Split Trim / Finish Order
Trim

Finish

Quantity

Series/
Function

Outside

Inside

Outside

Inside

CL3355

NZD

AZD

626

625

Hand
LH

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Backset

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

CL3355

NZD

626

RHR

D214

B334

SC114

M04-M16

VKC3

Electrified CL33900 Series
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Voltage

CL33903

AZD

626

12AD

CL3300.15

Quick Codes
CL3300
Cylinder and Keying
Description
Conventional 6-pin
Conventional 7-pin
Less cylinder(s)
IC 6-pin
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Red)
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue)
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green)
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
IC 6-pin less core3
SFIC 6- or 7-pin Small Format Disposable
Core3
IC 7-pin
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
IC 7-pin less core3
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Red)
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue)
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green)
Security3
Security IC3
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core3
Pyramid High Security IC3
Pyramid IC Less Core3
Pyramid with temporary
construction core3
Pyramid Security Fixed Core3
Pyramid Security IC3
Pyramid Disposable Core3
6-Pin Disposable Core3
7-Pin Disposable Core3
0-bitted with 2 blank keys
Keyed random
Construction master keyed
Visual key control (VKC)
No bitting or keyset stamping on keys
Keys only
Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS)
Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
PCHS)
Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys
CKC cylinders only (not for PHS, PCHS)
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys
Schlage® C keyway cylinder1
Sargent® LA keyway cylinder2
1 Available 0-bitted & keyed random (KR) only
2 Available 0-bitted only
3 Not available in CL3329 functions

CL3300.16

Specify
(standard)
7P
LC
C6
CT6R
CT6B
CT6G
CT6
CL6
CTSD
C7
CT7
CL7
CT7R
CT7B
CT7G
HS
CHS
PHS
PCHS
CLP
CTP
PS
PCS
CTPD
CT6D
CT7D
(standard)
KR
CMK
VKC0
VKC1
VKC2
VKC3
CKC2
CKC3
(standard)
KY# (e.g., KY6)
C
LA

Finishes
Description

Specify

BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

605

BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

606

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

611

BHMA 612 (US10)

Satin Bronze
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil
Rubbed
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear
Coated

612

BHMA 613 (US10B)
613L

613
613L

BHMA 618 (US14)

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619 (US15)

Satin Nickel Plated

618
619

BHMA 625 (US26)

Bright Chromium Plated

625

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Satin Chromium Plated

626

626C

Satin Chromium Plated with
MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed

626C
722

Strikes
ANSI
Lip to Center

ANSI
Curved Lip Specify

Curved Lip Box
Specify

1" (25mm)

SA100

SC100

1-1/8" (29mm)

SA118

SC118

1-1/4" (32mm)

(standard)

SC114

1-3/8" (35mm)

SA138

SC138

1-1/2" (38mm)

SA112

SC112

1-3/4" (44mm)

SA134

SC134

2" (51mm)

SA200

SC200

2-1/4" (57mm)

SA214

SC214

2-1/2" (64mm)

SA212

SC212

2-3/4" (70mm)

SA234

SC234

3" (76mm)

SA300

Rabbeted front and strike

SC300
Specify SR118

Door Thickness
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm) - 2" (51mm)

Specify
(standard)

Over 2" (51mm) - 2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

Backset
Description

Specify

2-3/4" (70mm)

(standard)

3-3/4" (95mm)

B334

5" (127mm)

B500

Quick Codes
CL3300
Miscellaneous Options
Description

Electric Accessories
Specify

Description

Part Number

Spanner head screws

M02

Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output

BPS-12-1

Torx® head screws

M04

Power supply 3.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output

BPS-12-3

M06*

Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output

BPS-24-1

Lever to accept Best® type 6 or 7-pin interchangeable
core (NZD & PZD design only)

M08*

Power supply 2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output

BPS-24-2

Lever to accept Sargent® cylinder (NZD & PZD designs
only)

M09*

Lever to accept Schlage® Interchangeable core
(NZD & PZD design only)

M69*

Description

Specify

Rounded corners on latch front

M13

12 volt alternating current/direct current

12AD

3/4" (19mm) throw fire latch

M16

24 volt alternating current/direct current

24AD

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Knurling outside and inside

M20

Knurling outside only

M21

Knurling inside only

M22

Abrasive coat outside and inside

M23

Abrasive coat inside only

M24

Abrasive coat outside only

M25

Lead lining (roses)

M28

Request to Exit (REX) Switch (CL33900 only)

M92

Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder

Voltage Options

*Not available in CL3329 functions

CL3300.17

How To Specify
CL3300
CL3300 Series
Suggested Specification
All locksets shall be CL3300 Series Extra Heavy Duty Cylindrical Lever Lockets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural
Hardware.
A single lock chassis shall accommodate 1-3/4" (44mm) to 2-1/4" (57mm) door thickness. Locksets shall be non-handed. Locksets
shall have separate anti-rotation throughbolts, and shall have no exposed mounting screws.
Locksets shall have solid cast levers without plastic inserts. Levers shall operate independently, and shall have separate inside and
outside lever return springs to prevent lever sag. Outside lever handles shall be a minimum of 4-5/8" (117mm) in length and shall
provide a minimum of 2" (51mm) clearance from the surface of the door to the inside of the lever at the midpoint. Outside lever
handles may return to within 1/2" (13mm) of the door surface. Levers on keyed locksets shall be removable only when the designated
key is in the cylinder.
When the outside lever is locked, it shall rotate freely and it shall return to its horizontal position when released.
A single lockset shall accommodate 6 or 7-pin conventional cylinders and all levels of master keying, construction master keying,
visual key control, security, high security and interchangeable core. Cylinders may be easily changed by removing the lever without
disassembling the lockset.
A 3/4" (19mm) throw latchbolt for pairs of fire doors shall be available. All locksets with a 1/2" (13mm) throw latchbolt shall be listed
by Underwriters Laboratories for A label and lesser class single doors, 4' x 10'. All locksets with 3/4" (19mm) throw latchbolt shall be
UL listed for A label and lesser class pairs of doors, 8' x 10'.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code
California State Reference Code, 1989 (formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal Standard).
Locksets shall carry a seven-year limited warranty.
Electrified locksets shall carry a two-year limited warranty.

CL3300.18

How To Specify
CL3300
CL33900 Electrified Series
Suggested Specification
All locksets shall be CL33900 Series Extra Heavy Duty
Cylindrical Lever Lockets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
A single lock chassis shall accommodate 1-3/4" (44mm) to 2-1/4" (57mm) door thickness. Locksets shall be non-handed. Locksets
shall have separate anti-rotation throughbolts, and shall have no exposed mounting screws.
Locksets shall have solid cast levers without plastic inserts. Levers shall operate independently, and shall have separate inside and
outside lever return springs to prevent lever sag. Outside lever handles shall be a minimum of 4-5/8" (117mm) in length and
shall provide a minimum of 2" (51mm) clearance from the surface of the door to the inside of the lever at the midpoint. Outside
lever handles may return to within 1/2" (13mm) of the door surface. Levers on keyed locksets shall be removable only when the
designated key is in the cylinder.
When the outside lever is locked, it shall rotate freely and it shall return to its horizontal position when released.
The CL33900 Series shall be available 12 or 24 volt AC and DC (rectifier to be included) and Fail Safe or Fail Secure. The locking
solenoid shall be continuous duty and self-contained in the lock chassis.
A single lockset shall accommodate 6 or 7-pin conventional cylinders and all levels of master keying, construction master keying,
visual key control, security, high security and interchangeable core. Cylinders may be easily changed by removing the lever without
disassembling the lockset.
A 3/4" (19mm) throw latchbolt for pairs of fire doors shall be available. All locksets with a 1/2" (13mm) throw latchbolt shall be
listed by Underwriters Laboratories for A label and lesser class single doors, 4' x 10'. All locksets with 3/4" (19mm) throw latchbolt
shall be UL listed for A label and lesser class pairs of doors, 8' x 10'.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code
California State Reference Code, 1989 (formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal Standard)
Electrified locksets shall carry a two-year limited warranty.

CL3300.19

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a silverbased antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
ElectroLynx®
As part of their promise to provide innovative, fast and effective high security solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer
ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening.
ElectroLynx® is a registered trademark of ASSA ABLOY Inc.

Corbin Russwin and Design®, Infini-T® and Infini-T and Design® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Lever Release™ is a
trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners
and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc.,
an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2003, 2011
Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is
prohibited.

45029-3/11R

CL3500 Series
Heavy-Duty Cylindrical
Lever Lockset

Applications
CL3500
Index
Applications.............................. 2
Features................................... 3
Functions.................................. 4
Trim Designs............................. 6
Options & Accessories............... 7
How to Order........................... 9
Quick Codes........................... 10
How to Specify....................... 11

www.corbinrusswin.com

CL3500.2

Applications
A heavy-duty Grade 1 lever lockset, ideal
for commercial, institutional and multifamily applications such as:
• Interior offices
• Apartment complexes
• Convalescent and elderly care facilities
• Hotels
• Restaurants
• Retail centers
• Fine homes

Advantages
• Non-handed
• Solid cast levers
• Independent return springs to prevent
lever sag
• Through-bolted cylindrical
chassis prevents rotation and
ensures proper alignment
• ANSI Grade 1 certification
• Trim and keying compatible
with other Corbin Russwin
locksets

Features
CL3500
Features
Handing
Non-handed.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" standard (fits doors 1-3/8" - 1-3/4")
Backset
2-3/4" standard.
Optional: 2-3/8", 3-3/4" and 5"; see Quick
Codes, page 10.
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Front
Brass, Bronze or Stainless Steel. 2-1/4" x
1-1/8" standard for 2-3/4", 3-3/4" and 5"
backset. 2-1/4" x 1" standard for 2-3/8"
backset. Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1/8" in 2".
Optional: rounded corner fronts;
1" fronts; see Quick Codes, page 10.
Latchbolt
Brass, chrome plated with 1/2" throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Strike
Wrought brass or stainless steel ANSI curved
lip, 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" lip to center
standard.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see Quick
Codes, page 10.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional Cylinders available; see Quick
Codes, page 10.

Finishes

Warranty
Seven-year limited.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1.
Meets 117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)

All levers with returns comply; levers return
to within 1/2" of door face.
C-UL US
All locks listed for “A” label and
lesser class single doors, 4' x 10'.
Letter F and UL symbol on latch front
indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed

613L

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black Oxidized Bronze, oil
rubbed

Zinc levers are plated to match BHMA finish.

Solid cast levers
with no plastic inserts
Through-bolts prevent chassis
rotation; ensure proper alignment,
smooth operation and long life

Keying Features Available
7-pin
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security IC
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid High Security
Pyramid High Security IC
Keys
Two nickel-silver standard.

BHMA 605

Lever designs compatible
with Corbin Russwin
Mortise Locks, Exit Devices
and other Lever Locksets

Non-handed spring cassette
prevents lever sag
1/2" throw latchbolt
accommodates
7/8" and 1" edge
bore preps

2-3/8", 2-3/4", 3-3/4" and
5" backsets available

CL3500.3

Functions
CL3500
Outside

Inside

Series/
Function

Type

ANSI No.
Series 4000

CL3510

Passage
or Closet

F75

• Latchbolt by lever either side.
• Both levers always free.

CL3520

Privacy
Bedroom or
Bathroom

F76

• Throw-off latchbolt by lever either side.
• Outside lever locked by push button.
• Outside lever unlocked by emergency release tool outside, by rotating
lever or by closing door.
• Inside lever always free.

Function Description

CL3551

Entrance or
Office

F109

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side except when turn button
locks outside lever. Pushing turn button locks outside lever, requiring
use of key outside to unlock.
• Turning inside lever unlocks outside lever (when button is pushed in
but not turned).
• Pushing in and turning button locks outside lever, requiring key at all
times. Turning inside lever does not unlock outside lever until button is
manually turned to unlocked position.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3555

Classroom

F84

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side except when key outside
locks outside lever.
• Outside lever unlocked by key outside.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3557

Storeroom or
Closet

F86

• Deadlocking latchbolt by key in outside lever or by rotating inside lever.
• Outside lever always rigid.
• Inside lever always free.

F82

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when push button
locks outside lever.
• Push button released by turning inside lever or by key in outside lever.
• Closing door does not release push button.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3493

CL3561

Entrance or
Office

Indicates optional interchangeable core available; see How to Order, page 9.
Indicates lever always rigid.

CL3500.4

Functions
CL3500
Outside

Inside

Series/
Function

CL3580

Type

Passage
Lever x Blank
Plate

ANSI No.
Series 4000

––

CL3581

Keyed Lever
x Blank Plate

––

CL3582

Store Door

F91

CL3550

Half Dummy
Trim

––

Function Description

•
•
•
•

Deadlocking latchbolt by lever.
Lever on one side; blank plate on other side.
Lever always free.
For single or double communicating doors.

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever, except when lever is locked by key.
• Lever on one side, blank plate on other side.

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key either side
locks both levers.
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specified.

• Lever acts as pull only; no operation.

CL3493

CL3570

Full Dummy
Trim

––

• Levers act as pulls only; no operation.

Indicates optional interchangeable core available; see How to Order, page 9.
Indicates lever always rigid.

CL3500.5

Trim Designs
CL3500
Armstrong
AZD

Lever: Die-cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass

3-1/2"

4"
2-13/16"

Newport

Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

NZD

Lever: Die-cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass
3-1/2"

4-1/2"
2-13/16"

Princeton

Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

PZD

Lever: Die-cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass

CL3500.6

Options & Accessories
CL3500
Latches
To order optional latchbolt with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.

ke curved
To orderlip
latchbolt separately, specify Part No. x Finish (e.g., 599F91 x 626).
Backset and Front Description

2-3/8" Backset

2-3/4" Backset

3-3/4" Backset

5" Backset

Spring
Latches

Deadlatches

Deadlatches
with Release

1" width, square corner

599F91

599F92

599F93

1" width, rounded corner

599F94

599F95

599F96

1-1/8" width, square corner

599F97

599F98

599F99

1-1/8" width, rounded corner

600F00

600F01

600F02

1" width, square corner

600F03

600F04

600F05

1" width, rounded corner

600F06

600F07

600F08

1-1/8" width, square corner

600F09

600F10

600F11

1-1/8" width, rounded corner

600F12

600F13

600F14

1-1/8" width, square corner

600F62

600F63

600F64

1-1/8" width, rounded corner

600F65

600F66

600F67

1-1/8" width, square corner

600F68

600F69

600F70

1-1/8" width, rounded corner

600F71

600F72

600F73

Spring Latches

Deadlatches

(CL3510)

(All other functions)

Deadlatches
with Release
(CL3520)

Housing diameter 7/8" for all models. 1" diameter latch sleeve furnished with each latchbolt.

Lip Strike

Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass or stainless steel.
4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1", 1-1/8",
1-3/8", 1-1/2", 1-3/4", 2", 2-1/4", 2-1/2", 2-3/4", 3".
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
To order separately, specify 217L13 x Lip Length x
Finish.

Curved Lip Box
Brass.
2-3/4" x 1-1/8" x 1-1/4" lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1", 1-1/8",
1-3/8", 1-1/2", 1-3/4", 2", 2-1/4", 2-1/2",
2-3/4", 3".
To order with lockset, see How to Order,
page 9.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x Lip
Length x Finish.

Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze.
4" x 5/8" for 1/2" rabbet.
No optional lip lengths.
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
To order separately, specify 601F28 x Finish.

ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see How to Order,
page 9. To order separately, specify
120F76.

Full Lip Strike
Brass.
2- 3/4" x full lip x 1-1/8" lip to center.
No optional lip lengths. To order separately specify
607F76.

CL3500.7

Options & Accessories
CL3500
Cylinders
Standard Cylinder
.509" plug diameter conventional
.552" plug diameter security
.496" plug diameter Pyramid
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626

Interchangeable Core
.509" plug diameter conventional
.552" plug diameter security
.496" plug diameter Pyramid
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613,
625, 626

6-pin

2000-033 (standard)

8000

7-pin

2000-033-7

8000-7

Security

6-pin

2010-033

8010

Pyramid High Security

7-pin

2020-033

8020

Pyramid Security

7-pin

2027-033

8027

Schlage® C Keyway

6-pin

2400-033-C

—

Sargent® LA Keyway

6-pin

2400-033-LA

—

Conventional

To order optional cylinder with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish (e.g., 8000 x L4 x 626).

Compatibility with Competitive Cylinders
Competitive Cylinder

Parts Required for Installation

Schlage conventional 21-002, 23-001 or 23-013

682F398 tailpiece included with M06 option.

Schlage Primus 20-548, 20-550, 20-748 or 20-750

682F398 tailpiece included with M06 option.

Schlage 6-pin Interchangeable Core

Specify M69 - 697F942 Tailpiece included with M69 option.

Best® style core, 6 or 7-pin

682F95-8 tailpiece kit and special lever (NZD and PZD designs only) included with M08 option.
Accommodates 6 and 7-pin cores.

Sargent 13-3266

599F38-9 Tailpiece kit and special lever. Included with M09 options.
See How to Order, page 9.

For Assa® and Medeco® retrofit cylinders, consult those manufacturers' catalogs.

CL3500.8

How to Order
CL3500
Where to find ordering
information and Quick
Codes

Ordering Examples
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

100

CL3555

NZD

626

Series/Function
Trim Designs
Finish
Door Thickness
Backset
Strike
Miscellaneous Options
Cylinder and Keying

Split Trim /Finish Order
Trim

Pages 4-5
Page 6
Page 10
Page 10
Page 10
Page 10
Page 11
Page 10

Finish

Quantity

Series/
Function

Outside

Inside

Outside

Inside

CL3555

NZD

AZD

626

625

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Backset

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

CL3555

PZD

626

B238

SC200

M04-M17

VKC1

CL3500.9

Quick Codes
CL3500
Cylinder and Keying
Description
Conventional 6-pin
Conventional 7-pin
Less cylinder(s)
IC 6-pin
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Red)

Specify
(standard)
7P
LC
C6
CT6R

IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue)

CT6B

IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green)

CT6G

Finishes
Description

Specify

BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

605

BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

606

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

611

BHMA 612 (US10)

Satin Bronze

612

BHMA 613 (US10B)

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil
Rubbed

613

613L

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear
Coated

613L

BHMA 618 (US14)

Bright Nickel Plated

618

IC 6-pin less core

CL6

BHMA 619 (US15)

Satin Nickel Plated

619

SFIC 6- or 7-pin Small Format Disposable
Core

CTSD

BHMA 625 (US26)

Bright Chromium Plated

625

IC 7-pin
IC 7-pin less core

C7
CL7

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Satin Chromium Plated

626

626C

Satin Chromium Plated with
MicroShield®
Black Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed

IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Red)

CT7R

BHMA 722

IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue)

CT7B

Strikes

IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green)

CT7G

Security
Security IC
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core
Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid IC Less Core

HS
CHS
PHS
PCHS
CLP

CTP
PS
PCS
CTPD
CT6D
CT7D
(standard)
KR
CMK
VKC0
VKC1

Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS)

VKC2

Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
PCHS)

VKC3

Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys
CKC cylinders only (not for PHS, PCHS)
More than 2 keys
Schlage® C keyway cylinder
Sargent® LA keyway cylinder

CL3500.10

ANSI
Curved Lip
Specify

Curved Lip Box
Specify

1" (25mm)

SA100

SC100

1-1/8" (29mm)

SA118

SC118

1-1/4" (32mm)

(standard)

SC114

1-3/8" (35mm)

SA138

SC138

1-1/2" (38mm)

SA112

SC112

1-3/4" (44mm)

SA134

SC134

2" (51mm)

SA200

SC200

2-1/4" (57mm)

SA214

SC214

2-1/2" (64mm)

SA212

SC212

2-3/4" (70mm)

SA234

SC234

ANSI
Lip to Center

722

Full Lip
Specify

SF118

3" (76mm)
SA300
SC300
Rabbeted front and strike
Specify SR118

Door Thickness
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)

Specify
(standard)*

*Fits doors 1-3/8" -1-3/4"

Backset
Description

CKC2
CKC3
KY# (e.g., KY6)
C
LA

626C

Specify

2-3/8" (60mm)

B238

2-3/4" (70mm)

(standard)

3-3/4" (95mm)

B334

5" (127mm)

B500

Quick Codes & How to Specify
CL3500
Miscellaneous Options
Description

Suggested Specification
Specify

Spanner head screws

M02

Torx® head screws

M04

Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder

M06

Lever to accept Best® type 6 or 7-pin interchangeable
core (NZD & PZD design only)

M08*

Lever to accept Sargent® cylinder (NZD & PZD designs
only)

M09

Lever to accept Schlage® Interchangeable core
(NZD & PZD design only)

M69

Rounded corners on latch front

M13

1" latch front, square corners (standard for 2-3/8"
backset)

M14

1" latch front, rounded corners

M15

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Knurling outside and inside

M20

Knurling outside only

M21

Knurling inside only

M22

Abrasive coat outside and inside

M23

Abrasive coat inside only

M24

Abrasive coat outside only

M25

1-1/8" front, square corners (standard for 2-3/4",
3-3/4"and 5" backsets)

M32

*M08 must be specified for levers that accept small format cylinders

All locksets shall be CL3500 Series Heavy-Duty Cylindrical
Lever Locksets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware.
A single lock chassis shall accommodate 1-3/8" (35mm) to
1-3/4" (44mm) thick doors. Locksets shall be non-handed.
Locksets shall have through-bolted anti-rotation rose liners
and shall contain no exposed screws. Chassis mounting screws
may be accessed only when the lever and rose are removed.
Locksets shall have solid cast levers with no plastic inserts, and
wrought roses on both sides. Locksets shall have lever return
spring cassettes to prevent lever sag.
Levers shall operate independently. Lever handles shall be a
minimum of 4" (102mm) in overall length and shall provide a
minimum of 2" clearance from the surface of the door to the
inside of the lever at the midpoint, and may also have a return
that comes to within 1/2" of the door surface. Levers on
keyed locksets shall be removable only when the designated
key is in the cylinder.
A single lockset shall accommodate 6 or 7-pin conventional
cylinders and all levels of master keying, construction master
keying, visual key control, high security and interchangeable
core. Cylinders may be easily changed by removing the lever
without disassembling the lockset.
All locksets shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for A
label and lesser class single doors, 4'x10'.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code
California State Reference Code, 1989 (formerly Title 19,
California State Fire Marshal Standard)
All locks, trim and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a seven-year limited warranty.

CL3500.11

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2005, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45519-3/11R

CL3700 Series
Light/Medium-Duty Lever Locksets

Applications/Finishes
CL3700
Index
Applications.......................... 2
Finishes................................. 2
Features................................ 3
Trim Designs......................... 3
Functions.............................. 4
Options and Accessories....... 5
How to Order/................... 6-7
Quick Codes
Specifications........................ 7

Quality

Vandal Resistance

The CL3700 series is a Grade 2 light/
medium-duty cylindrical lockset which
provides an outstanding combination
of value and performance. It is the ideal
lever lockset for light commercial and
heavy-duty residential applications such
as interior offices, closets, multifamily
housing, restaurants and retail complexes.
Available in six architectural finishes
and three lever designs, the CL3700
series provides quality materials and
performance.

CL3700 series locksets are available
with Corbin Russwin’s Pyramid patented
security cylinder, the most secure locking
system available. Pyramid is especially
recommended for installations that
require superior protection against
picking and drilling. See the Key Systems
catalog for additional information.

Aesthetics

• Pyramid cylinders for increased security

Three lever designs offer variety when
deciding on visual appeal, functionality
and application. The Newport and
Princeton lever designs easily fit into
most commercial applications, while
the Frascati lever brings a touch of Italy
to residential and more sophisticated
applications.

• Interlocking tubular chassis and
latchbolt

Description
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

Zinc levers are plated to match BHMA finish.
*Simulated painted finish meeting ANSI standards for
wear and durability.

CL3700.2

• ANSI Grade 2 certification
• UL 1-1/2 hour fire rating

Finishes

www.corbinrusswin.com

Key Advantages

• ISO 9001 designed and manufactured
in a certified 9001 facility

Features/Trim Designs
CL3700
Features
Handing
Field reversible.
Right or left hand must be specified for
Frascati CL3755, 3759, 3780 and 3750.
Door Thickness
1-3/8" (35mm) to 1-3/4" (44mm).
Lock Chassis
Die-cast zinc for corrosion resistance.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 2-3/8" (60mm).
Latches
1/2" (13mm) bolt projection.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents manipulation
when door is closed.
Strike
“T” Strike standard. Optional strikes, lip
lengths and ANSI wrought strike box
available; see How to Order, page 6.

Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, “0” bitted
standard.
Split Finishes
BHMA 605x625, 605x626, 606x625, and
606x626 are available in CL3720 privacy
function only. Outside finish specified first.
Front and strike finished to match inside
trim unless otherwise specified.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Pyramid
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
One-year limited.

Trim Designs
Newport NZD

Lever: Die-cast zinc
Lever length: 5-7/32" (133mm)
Rose: Brass
Rose diameter: 2-9/16" (65mm)
Complies with codes requiring lever to
return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door
face.

Frascati FZD

Lever: Die-cast zinc
Lever length: 4-3/4" (121mm)
Rose: Brass
Rose diameter: 2-9/16" (65mm)

Certification/Compliance

ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
California State Reference Code

(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)

All levers with returns comply; levers return
to within 1/2" of door face.
C-UL US
All locks listed for B Label Single doors.
UL symbol on latch front indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.

Princeton PZD

Lever: Die-cast zinc
Lever length: 5-3/16" (132mm)
Rose: Brass
Rose diameter: 2-9/16" (65mm)
Complies with codes requiring lever to
return to within 1/2" of door face.

CL3700.3

Functions
CL3700
Outside

Inside

Series/
Function

Type

ANSI No.
Series 4000

CL3710

Passage or Closet

F75

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side.
• Both levers always free.

F76

•
•
•
•
•

CL3720

Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side.
Outside lever locked by button.
Outside lever unlocked by rotating inside lever.
Emergency release in outside lever.
Inside lever always free.

CL3751

Entrance or Office

F81/82

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when turn
button locks outside lever.
• Rotating turn button locks outside lever, requiring key to
unlock.
• Rotating button the other way unlocks outside lever.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3755

Classroom

F84

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key
outside locks outside lever.
• Outside lever unlocked by key outside.
• Inside lever always free.

––

•
•
•
•
•
•

CL3759

CL3700.4

Privacy Bedroom
or Bathroom

Function Description

Storeroom or
Public Restroom

Deadlocking latchbolt by lever inside.
Key outside unlocks outside lever to retract latchbolt.
Lever retracts latchbolt.
Key is retained in the unlocked mode.
When key is removed, outside lever is locked.
Inside lever always free.

CL3780

Exit Latch

––

• For twin communicating or exit doors where one side
operation is required.
• Also when space is limited between door and switch panel.
• Deadlocking latchbolt.
• One-lever operation.
• Blank rose.
• Should be used only where rooms have more than one
entrance.

CL3750

Half Dummy Trim
(Throughbolted)

––

• Lever acts as pull only; no operation.

Options & Accessories
CL3700
Strikes

Cylinders
Standard Cylinder
.509" (13mm) plug diameter conventional
.552" (14mm) plug diameter high security
.496" plug diameter Pyramid
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626

Curved Lip “T” Strike (Standard)
2-3/4" x 1-1/8" x 1-1/4" (70mm x 29mm x 32mm)
lip to center
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
To order separately, specify 687F60 x Lip Length x
Finish.

Dust Box for 2-3/4" (70mm) Curved Lip
“T” Strike
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
To order separately, specify 687F94.

Full Lip Radius Corner
2-1/4" x 1-1/2" x 1" (57mm x 38mm x 25mm) lip
to center
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
To order separately, specify 687F62 x 1-1/8"
(29mm) x Finish.

Dust Box for 2-1/4" (57mm) Full Lip
Radius and Square Corner Strikes
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
To order separately, specify 687F95.

Conventional

6-Pin

(standard) 2000-037

Schlage®
C Keyway

6-Pin

2400-037-C
“O” bitted or keyed random

Pyramid High Security

7-Pin

2020-037

Pyramid Security

7-Pin

2027-037

To order optional cylinder with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish (e.g., 2000-037 x
L4 x 626).

UL Firecup

Part No. 687F66
Supplied standard with all CL3700’s.
Failure to use invalidates UL listing.

Latches
ANSI Curved Lip
4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" (124mm x 32mm x
32mm) lip to center
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
To order separately, specify 217L13 x Lip Length x
Finish.

To order optional latchbolt with lockset,
see How to Order, page 6.
To order latchbolt separately, specify
Part No. x Finish (e.g., 687F63 x 626).
All CL3700 latches are deadlocking.
Backset and Front Description

UL
Latches

ANSI Wrought Strike Box

2-3/4" (70mm)

Square Corner Front 2-1/4" x
1-1/8" (57mm x 29mm) faceplate

687F63

To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
To order separately, specify 120F76-8.

2-3/8" (60mm)

Square Corner Front 2-1/4" x
1" (57mm x 25mm) faceplate

687F64

2-3/8" (60mm)

1/4" Round Corner Front 2-1/4" x
1" (57mm x 25mm) faceplate

687F65

1" (25mm) Latch Sleeve

687F71

Full Lip Square Corner
2-1/4" x 1-1/2" x 1" (57mm x 38mm x 25mm) lip
to center
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
To order separately, specify 687F61 x Finish.

Screw Pack
Part No. 687F96
Supplied standard with wood-machine screws combination.
CL3700.5

How to Order/Quick Codes
CL3700
Ordering Examples

Where to find ordering
information and quick codes

Stock Order

Finishes
Handing
Trim Designs
Series/Functions
Door Thickness
Backsets
Strikes
Miscellaneous Options
Cylinders and Keying

Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

100

CL3755

NZD

626

Contract/Detailed Order

Page 2
Page 7
Page 3
Page 4
Page 6
Page 7
Page 5
Page 7
Page 6

Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Backset

Misc. Options

Keying

AA1

CL3755

NZD

626

B238

M17

CKC2

Cylinder and Keying
Description

Finishes

Conventional 6-pin

(standard)

Less cylinder(s)

Pyramid High Security Fixed Core

PHS

Pyramid Security Fixed Core

0-bitted with 2 blank keys

(standard)

Keyed random

Construction master keyed

CMK

Visual key control (VKC)
No bitting or keyset stamping on keys

VKC0

Keys only

VKC1

Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS)

VKC2

Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
PCHS)

VKC3

Specify

BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

605

BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

606

BHMA 612 (US10)*

612

BHMA 625 (US26)

Satin Bronze
Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed, available
lacquered
Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Satin Chromium Plated

626

CKC cylinders with VKC keys

CKC2

CKC cylinders only (not for PHS, PCHS)

CKC3

Lockset furnished with Schlage C Keyway
cylinder
®

BHMA 613 (US10B)*

C
KY# (e.g., KY6)

625

* Simulated painted finish meeting ANSI standards for wear and durability.
** Split finish only available on CL3720 - see page 4.

Strikes

Curved Lip “T” Strike

Specify
(standard)

ANSI Curved Lip

SA114

Full Lip 1/4" (6mm) Radius Corner

SFR114

Full Lip Square Corner

SF114

Door Thickness
Door Thickness
1-3/8" (35mm) - 1-3/4" (44mm)

CL3700.6

613

Zinc levers are plated to match BHMA finish.

Strike Type

Concealed key control (CKC)

More than 2 keys

Description

Specify

Specify
(standard)

Quick Codes/Specifications
CL3700
Backset

Suggested Specification
Locksets shall be CL3700 Series Grade 2 Key-in-Lever
Locksets.

Description

Specify

2-3/8" (60mm)

B238

2-3/4" (70mm)

(standard)

The latchbolt shall have a 1/2" (13mm) throw and shall
include a deadlocking feature to inhibit manipulation
when the door is locked.

Handing
Hand

Specify

Right Hand

Left Hand

Locks shall have an interlocking tubular chassis and
latchbolt. Chassis mounting screws shall be accessible
only when the inside lever and rose are removed.

Locksets and latchbolts shall be reversible for ease of
installation.

*Must specify hand for Frascati CL3755, 3759, 3780 and 3750.

Locksets shall be adjustable for 1-3/8" (35mm) and
1-3/4" (44mm) door thickness. Levers shall have inside
and outside lever return springs to prevent lever sag.

Miscellaneous Options
Description
Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder

Specify
M06

1-1/8" (29mm) latch front, square corners (standard
with 2-3/4" (70mm) backset.) Available in 2-3/4"
(70mm) backset only

Standard

1" (25mm) latch front, square corners (standard with
2-3/8" (60mm) backset). Available in 2-3/8" (60mm)
backset only

Standard

1" (25mm) latch front, rounded corners. Available in
2-3/8" (60mm) backset only

M15

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Dust box for 2-3/4" (70mm) strike

M77

Dust box for 2-1/4" (57mm) strike

M78

Lever handles shall be a minimum of 4-3/4" (121mm) in
length and shall provide a minimum of 2-1/8" (54mm)
clearance from surface of door to the inside of the lever
at the midpoint.
Outside levers on keyed locksets shall be removable
only when the designated key is in the cylinder.
Locksets shall be furnished with two nickel silver keys.
All cylinder plugs shall be brass and furnished with
6-pin chambers for master keying capabilities.
Cylinders shall be easily changed by removing the lever
without disassembling the lockset.
Certification:
UL 1-1/2 Hour Fire Rating
ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2
ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code
All locksets shall carry a one-year warranty.

CL3700.7

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2001, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45038-3/11R

CL3800 Series
Standard-Duty Key-in-Lever Locksets

Applications
CL3800
Index
Applications ................................. 2
Features ....................................... 3
Functions .................................. 4-6
Trim Designs ................................ 7

An economical, Grade 2 standard-duty lever lockset which
provides an outstanding combination of value and performance.
It’s the ideal lever lockset for standard commercial applications.
When used in conjunction with the CL3300 Series Extra Heavy-Duty
Grade 1 and the CL3500 Series Heavy-Duty Grade 1 Cylindrical
Lever Locksets, the overall cost of many projects may be reduced
without compromising functionality and durability.
logo

Options &
Accessories ............................... 8-9
How to Order............................. 10
Quick Codes..........................11-12
How to Specify........................... 13

Typical applications
include:

Advantages

• Interior offices

• Lever Release™ for vandal
resistance

• Closets

• Solid cast levers

• Multi-family housing

• ANSI Grade 2 certification

• Restaurants
• Retail complexes

• UL 3-hour fire rating
• Independent lever return
springs
• Through-bolts on door for
solid attachment
• Covers ANSI/DHI door prep
A115.18 - 1994 “Spider
Cut Out”

CL3800.2

Features
CL3800
Features
Handing
Non-handed.
Door Thickness Adjustment
Standard 1-3/8" to 1-3/4"; factory set
for 1-3/4" doors. For 2" and
2-1/4" doors, specify door thickness.
See Quick Codes, page 11-12.
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for
corrosion resistance.
Backset
2-3/4" standard.
Optional: 2-3/8", 3-3/4" and 5".
See Quick Codes, page 11-12.
Latchbolt
1/2" throw latch with universal
“floating” front to fit both flat and
beveled doors.
2-1/4" x 1-1/8" square corner front
for 2-3/4" backset standard. For other
latch options, See Quick Codes,
page 11-12.

Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway,
“O” bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Conventional 6-pin
Conventional 7-pin
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Pyramid Security
Pyramid High Security
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security IC
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid High Security IC
®

Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
Seven-year limited.

Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Strike
ANSI curved lip strike standard, 4-7/8"
x 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" lip to center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; See
Quick Codes, page 11-12.

Through-bolts prevent
chassis rotation; ensure
proper alignment, smooth
operation and long life

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard)

All levers with returns comply; levers
return to within 1/2" of door face.
UL /ULc
All locks listed for “A” label single
doors.
Letter “F” and UL symbol on latch
front indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification
to a fire rated opening can potentially
impact the fire rating of the opening,
and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes
no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may
be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing
fire-rated opening, or specifying and
installing a new fire-rated opening,
please consult with a code specialist
or local code official (Authority Having
Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with
all applicable codes and ratings.

Solid cast levers
with no plastic inserts
Lever designs compatible
with Corbin Russwin Mortise
Locks, Exit Devices and other
Lever Locksets

1/2” throw latchbolt
accommodates 7/8” and
1” edge bore preps

Lever release design
for vandal resistance
2-3/8”, 2-3/4”, 3-3/4”
and 5” backsets available

Non-handed spring cassette
prevents lever sag

CL3800.3

Functions
CL3800
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

ANSI No.

CL3810

Passage
or Closet

F75

• Latchbolt by lever either side
• Both levers always free.

CL3820

Privacy
Bedroom or
Bathroom

F76

• Throw-off latchbolt by lever either side, except when push button
locks outside lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked
position.)
• Outside lever locked by push button. (Lever handle is free-wheeling
in locked position.)
• Outside lever unlocked by emergency release tool, by rotating inside
lever or by closing door.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3832

Institutional
or Utility

F87

• Deadlocking latchbolt by key either side. (Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)

F77

• Throw-off latchbolt by lever either side except when push button
locks outside lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked
position.)
• Outside lever locked by push button.
• Outside lever unlocked by rotating inside lever or by closing door.
• Inside lever always free.
• Should not be used in rooms that have no other entrance.

CL3840

Patio or
Privacy

CL3840NT

Exit Latch

F89

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever inside.
• Outside lever always locked. (Lever handle is free-wheeling.)
• Inside lever always free.
• Should not be used in rooms with no other entrance.

CL3850

Half Dummy
Trim

—

• Lever acts as pull only; no operation.
• Lever is rigid.

CL3851

CL3800.4

Function Description

Entrance
or Office

F109

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side except when turn
button locks outside lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked
position). Pushing turn button locks outside lever, requiring use of
key outside to unlock.
• Turning inside lever unlocks outside lever.
• Pushing in and turning button locks outside lever, requiring key at
all times. Turning inside lever does not unlock outside lever until
button is manually turned to unlocked position.
• Turning inside lever unlocks outside lever.
• Inside lever always free.

Functions
CL3800
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

CL3855

CL3857

CL3861

Type

Classroom

Storeroom
or Closet

Entry
or Office

ANSI No.

Function Description

F84

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side except when key outside
locks outside lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked
position.)
• Outside lever unlocked by key outside.
• Inside lever always free.

F86

• Deadlocking latchbolt by key in outside lever or by rotating inside
lever.
• Outside lever always locked (lever handle is free-wheeling in locked
position).
• Inside lever always free.

F82

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when push
button locks outside lever.
• Push button released by turning inside lever or by key in outside
lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked position.)
• Closing door does not release push button.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3862

Communicating

F80

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side except when key in either
lever locks or unlocks the lever independently of the other. (Lever
handle is free-wheeling in locked position.)
• Should be used only in office or rooms with multiple entries.
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specified.

CL3870

Full Dummy
Trim

—

• Levers act as pulls only; no operation.
• Levers are rigid.

CL3872

Apartment,
Exit or
Public Toilet

F88

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key inside
locks outside lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked position.)
• Key outside retracts latchbolt.
• Key inside unlocks outside lever.
• Inside lever always free.
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specified.

CL3880

Passage
Lever x
Blank Plate

––

• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever.
• Lever on one side; blank plate on the other.
• Lever always free.
• For single or double communicating doors.

CL3800.5

Functions
CL3800
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

ANSI No.

CL3881

Keyed Lever
x Blank Plate

—

• D
eadlocking latchbolt by lever except when key locks lever (lever
handle is free-wheeling in locked position).
• Lever on one side; blank plate on other side.
• Key unlocks lever.

CL3890

Passage
Lever x
Turnpiece

—

• Latchbolt by lever or by turnpiece.
• Lever on one side; turnpiece on other side.
• Lever and turnpiece always free.

—

• D
eadlocking latchbolt by lever except when key locks lever.
(Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked position.)
• When lever is locked, latchbolt is operated by turnpiece. (Lever
handle is free-wheeling in locked position.)
• Lever on outside; turnpiece on inside.
• Turnpiece always free.
• Key unlocks lever.

F92

• Throw-off latchbolt by lever, closing door, or by turning inside lever.
• Outside lever locked by slotted push button. (Lever handle is
free-wheeling in locked position.)
• When slotted push button is pushed in and turned, outside lever
becomes free-wheeling and deadlocking latch is activated. Key
outside retracts latch.
• Turning inside lever does not unlock outside lever until button is
manually turned to unlocked position.
• Inside lever always free.

CL3891

CL3893

CL3800.6

Keyed
Lever x
Turnpiece

Service
Station

Function Description

Trim Designs
CL3800
Armstrong
AZD

Lever: Die-cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass
or bronze

3-1/2"

4"
2-13/16"

Newport
Complies with codes requiring lever to return to
within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

NZD

Lever:
Rose:

Die-cast zinc
Wrought brass
or bronze

3-1/2"

4-1/2"
2-13/16"

Princeton
Complies with codes requiring lever to return to
within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

PZD

Lever:
Rose:

Die-cast zinc
Wrought brass
or bronze
5"

CL3800.7

Options & Accessories
CL3800
Latches
To order optional latchbolt with lockset, see How to Order, page 10.
To order latchbolt separately, specify Part No. x Finish (e.g., 599F91 x 626).
Backset and Front Description

2-3/8" Backset

2-3/4" Backset

3-3/4" Backset
5" Backset

Plain

Deadlocking

Throw-Off

1" width, square corner

599F91

599F92

599F93

1" width, rounded corner

599F94

599F95

599F96

1-1/8" width, square corner

599F97

599F98

599F99

1-1/8" width, rounded corner

600F00

600F01

600F02

1" width, square corner

600F03

600F04

600F05

1" width, rounded corner

600F06

600F07

600F08

1-1/8" width, square corner

600F09

600F10

600F11

1-1/8" width, rounded corner

600F12

600F13

600F14

1-1/8" width, square corner

600F62

600F63

600F64

1-1/8" width, rounded corner

600F65

600F66

600F67

1-1/8" width, square corner

600F68

600F69

600F70

1-1/8" width, rounded corner

600F71

600F72

600F73

Plain
(CL3810)

Deadlocking
(All other functions)

Throw-Off
(CL3820, CL3893 &
CL3840)

Housing diameter 7/8" for all models. 1" diameter latch sleeve furnished with each latchbolt.

Cylinders

Standard Cylinder
.509" plug diameter conventional
.552" plug diameter security
.496" plug diameter Pyramid
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626

Interchangeable Core
.509" plug diameter conventional
.552" plug diameter security
.496" plug diameter Pyramid
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613,
625, 626, 722

6-pin

2000-033 (standard)

8000

7-pin

2000-033-7

8000-7

Security

6-pin

2010-033

8010

Pyramid High Security

7-pin

2020-033

8020

Pyramid Security

7-pin

2027-033

8027

Schlage C Keyway

6-pin

2400-033-C

—

Sargent® LA Keyway

6-pin

2400-033-LA

—

Conventional

To order optional cylinder with lockset, see How to Order, page 10.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish (e.g., 8000 x L4 x 626).

Compatibility with Competitive Cylinders
Competitive Cylinder

Parts Required for Installation

Schlage conventional 21-002, 23-001 or 23-013

682F398 tailpiece included with M06 option.

Schlage Primus 20-548, 20-550, 20-748 or 20-750

682F398 tailpiece included with M06 option.

Schlage 6-pin Interchangeable Core

Specify M69 - 697F942 Tailpiece included with M69 option.

Best® style core, 6 or 7-pin

682F95-8 tailpiece kit and special lever (NZD and PZD designs only) included with M08 option.
Accommodates 6 and 7-pin cores.

Sargent 13-3266

599F38-9 Tailpiece kit and special lever. Included with M09 options.
See How to Order, page 10.

For Assa® and Medeco® retrofit cylinders, consult those manufacturers' catalogs.
CL3800.8

Options & Accessories
CL3800
Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)

Curved Lip Box

Brass or stainless steel.
4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1", 1-1/8",
1-3/8", 1-1/2", 1-3/4", 2", 2-1/4", 2-1/2",
2-3/4", 3".
To order with lockset, specify quick code
found on pages 11-12.
To order separately, specify 217L13 x Lip
Length x Finish.

Brass.
2-3/4" x 1-1/8" x 1-1/4" lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1", 1-1/8",
1-3/8", 1-1/2", 1-3/4", 2", 2-1/4", 2-1/2",
2-3/4", 3".
To order with lockset, specify quick code
found on pages 11-12.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x Lip
Length x Finish.

ANSI Wrought Strike Box
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze.
4" x 5/8" for 1/2" rabbet.
No optional lip lengths.
To order with lockset, specify quick code
found on pages 11-12.
To order separately, specify 601F28 x Finish.

To order with lockset, specify quick code
found on page 12. To order separately,
specify 120F768.

Full Lip Strike
Brass or stainless steel.
2-1/4" x 1-3/4" x 1-1/4" lip to center.
No optional lip lengths.
To order separately specify 680L50M020 x
Finish.
Anti-rattle tab.

Full Lip Strike – 1/4" Radius Corners
Brass or stainless steel.
Similar in dimension and function to L50
strike (above) but with radius corners for
easy mortising by power tools. To order
separately specify 680L51M020 x Finish.
Anti-rattle tab.

CL3800.9

How to Order
CL3800
Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes

Ordering Examples

Series/Function
Trim Designs
Finish
Door Thickness
Backset
Strike
Cylinders and Keying
Miscellaneous Options

Pages 4-6
Page 7
Page 11
Page 11
Page 11
Page 11
Page 11
Page 12

Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

100

CL3855

NZD

626

RHR

Split Trim / Finish Order
Trim

Finish

Quantity

Series/
Function

Outside

Inside

Outside

Inside

CL3855

NZD

AZD

626

625

Hand
RH

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Backset

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

CL3855

NZD

626

RHR

D214

B238

SC114

M17

PHS

CKC2

CL3800.10

Quick Codes
CL3800
Cylinder and Keying
Description
Conventional 6-pin
Conventional 7-pin
Less cylinder(s)
IC 6-pin
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Red)
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue)
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green)
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core

Finishes
Specify
(standard)
7P
LC
C6
CT6R
CT6B
CT6G
CT6

IC 6-pin less core

CL6

SFIC 6- or 7-pin Small Format Disposable
Core

CTSD

IC 7-pin
IC 7-pin less core

C7
CL7

IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Red)

CT7R

IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue)

CT7B

IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green)

CT7G

Security
Security IC
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core
Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid IC Less Core

HS
CHS
PHS
PCHS
CLP

Pyramid with temporary
construction core
Pyramid Security Fixed Core
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid Disposable Core
6-Pin Disposable Core
7-Pin Disposable Core
0-bitted with 2 blank keys
Keyed random
Construction master keyed
Visual key control (VKC)
No bitting or keyset stamping on keys
Keys only
Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS)
Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
PCHS)
Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys
CKC cylinders only (not for PHS, PCHS)
More than 2 keys
Schlage® C keyway cylinder
Sargent® LA keyway cylinder

CTP
PS
PCS
CTPD
CT6D
CT7D
(standard)
KR
CMK

Description
BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

605

BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

606

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

611

BHMA 612 (US10)

Satin Bronze

612

BHMA 613 (US10B)

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed

613

613L

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated

613L

BHMA 618 (US14)

Bright Nickel Plated

618

BHMA 619 (US15)

Satin Nickel Plated

619

BHMA 625 (US26)

Bright Chromium Plated

625

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Satin Chromium Plated

626

626C

Satin Chromium Plated with
MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed

ANSI
Lip to Center

ANSI
Curved Lip
Specify

Curved Lip
Box
Specify

722

Full Lip
Specify

Full Lip
Radius Corner
Specify

1" (25mm)

SA100

SC100

N/A

1-1/8" (29mm)

SA118

SC118

SF118

1-1/4" (32mm)

(standard)

SC114

N/A

N/A
SFR114

1-3/8" (35mm)

SA138

SC138

N/A

1-1/2" (38mm)

SA112

SC112

N/A

1-3/4" (44mm)

SA134

SC134

N/A

2" (51mm)

SA200

SC200

N/A

2-1/4" (57mm)

SA214

SC214

N/A

2-1/2" (64mm)

SA212

SC212

N/A

2-3/4" (70mm)

SA234

SC234

N/A

3" (76mm)

SA300

SC300

N/A

Rabbeted front and strike

Specify SR118

Door Thickness
Door Thickness
1-3/8" (35mm) - 1-3/4" (44mm)

VKC2

Backset

CKC2
CKC3
KY# (e.g., KY6)
C
LA

626C

Strikes

VKC0
VKC1

VKC3

Specify

Specify
(standard)

2" (51mm) - 2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

Description

Specify

2-3/8" (60mm)

B238

2-3/4" (70mm)

(standard)

3-3/4" (95mm)

B334

5" (127mm)

B500
CL3800.11

Quick Codes
CL3800
Miscellaneous Options
Description

Specify

Spanner head screws

M02

Torx® head screws

M04

Hex head screws

M05

Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder

M06

Lever to accept Best type 6 or 7-pin interchangeable
core (NZD & PZD design only)

M08

Lever to accept Sargent® cylinder (NZD & PZD designs
only)

M09

Lever to accept Schlage® Interchangeable core
(NZD & PZD design only)

M69

Rounded corners on latch front

M13

1" latch front, square corners (standard for 2-3/8"
backset)

M14

1" latch front, rounded corners

M15

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Knurling outside and inside

M20

Knurling outside only

M21

Knurling inside only

M22

Abrasive coat outside and inside

M23

Abrasive coat inside only

M24

Abrasive coat outside only

M25

1-1/8" front, square corners (standard for 2-3/4",
3-3/4"and 5" backsets)

M32

CL3800.12

How to Specify
CL3800
Suggested Specification
Lockset chassis shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel and cast
components, plated to protect against rust and corrosion. Locksets
shall be adjustable for 1-3/8" (35mm) and 1-3/4" (44mm) or 2"
(51mm) and 2-1/4" (57mm) door thickness.
Locksets shall be non-handed, and shall install easily without the need
for specialized installation tools. Locksets shall have separate anti-rotation
through-bolts in the 6 o’clock and 12 o’clock position outside the 2-1/8"
face bore, and shall have no exposed mounting screws.
Locksets shall have solid one-piece, cast levers without plastic inserts,
and shall be a minimum of 4" (102mm) in length. Levers shall operate
independently, and shall have inside and outside lever return springs.
Outside levers on the keyed locksets shall be removable only when the
designated key is in the cylinder.
Vandal-resistant levers shall be offered as a standard feature in all locking
functions and shall be free-wheeling in the locked condition. Locksets that
are rigid in the locked condition, or must require resetting (breakaway) are
not acceptable.
All locksets shall carry a seven-year mechanical warranty.
All locksets shall comply with the following certifications:
• UL 3-Hour Fire Rating
• ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2
• ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code
• ANSI A115.1B Preparation
All locksets shall be CL3800 Series Grade 2 Key-in-Lever Cylindrical Locksets
as manufactured by Corbin Russwin, Inc.

CL3800.13

Notes
CL3800

CL3800.14

Notes
CL3800

CL3800.15

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Lever Release™ is a trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an
ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes
only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the
right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2007, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group
company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45355-3/11R

CK4200 Series
Heavy-Duty Cylindrical Knob Locksets

Applications
CK4200

Table of Contents
Applications................................... 2
Features......................................... 3
Functions....................................... 5
Trim Designs.................................. 7
Options and Accessories................ 9
How to Order.............................. 11
Quick Codes................................ 12
Helpful Terms.............................. 13
How to Specify........................... 14

www.corbinrusswin.com

CK4200.2

Applications

Advantages

The highest quality materials and
precision manufacturing ensure strength,
durability and quiet operation. Ideal
for demanding, high-use commercial,
industrial and institutional applications,
including:

• "Lock-on" rose liners and thimble
increase security and prevent lock from
loosening
• 1-3/4" (44mm) knob shank minimizes
wear
• 5/8"(16mm) latch and concealed knob
catch enhance strength and security

• Schools
• Hotels
• Apartments
• Hospitals and nursing homes
• Churches
• Municipal buildings
• Airports
• Retail complexes
• Offices
• Warehouses

Features
CK4200
Features
Handing
Field reversible.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) – 2" (51mm) standard.
Optional door thickness available; see Quick
Codes, page 12.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 3-3/4" (95mm), 5" (127mm) and
7" (178mm); see Quick Codes, page 12.
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Optional: stainless steel chassis; see Quick
Codes, page 12.
Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel,
2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Accommodates doors beveled
1/8" (3mm) to 2" (51mm).
Optional: flat front; see Quick Codes,
page 12.

Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Conventional 6-pin
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security IC
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid High Security
Pyramid High Security IC
Disposable Temporary Core
Master Ring
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
One-year limited.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
C-UL US
All locks listed for A Label and lesser class
single doors, 4' x 8'.
Letter F and UL symbol on latch front
indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.

Latchbolt
Brass, chrome plated, 5/8" (16mm).
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel,
ANSI curved lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSI wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 12.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.

CK4200.3

Features
CK4200
Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, oil rubbed

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed

Internal parts are zinc
dichromate plated for
rust resistance

1-3/4" knob shanks enhance
stability and minimize wear

Heavy wrought knobs
with steel liner for
impact resistance

5/8" throw latchbolt
with anti-friction insert
for quiet, smooth operation

CK4200.4

"Lock-on" thimbles and
rose liners hold lockset firmly

Functions
CK4200
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

ANSI No.

CK4210

Passage or
Closet

F75

CK4220

Privacy,
Bedroom or
Bathroom

Function Description

• Latchbolt by knob either side.
• Both knobs always free.

F76

• Latchbolt by knob either side.
• Outside knob locked by push button.
• Outside knob unlocked by emergency release tool
outside, by rotating inside knob or by closing door.
• Inside knob always free.

F93

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob inside or by key outside.
• Push button shuts out all keys except emergency key, and
projects occupancy indicator in face of cylinder.
• Push button released by turning inside knob or by closing
door.*
• Outside knob always rigid.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4229

Hotel or
Motel

CK4230

Privacy,
Bedroom or
Bathroom

F76

• Latchbolt by knob either side.
• Outside knob locked by push button.
• Outside knob unlocked by turning slotted button outside,
by rotating inside knob, or by closing door.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4232

Institution or
Utility

F87

• Deadlocking latchbolt by key either side.
• Both knobs always rigid

CK4251

Entrance or
Office

F81

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except
when turn button locks outside knob.
• Key outside retracts latchbolt.
• Outside knob unlocked by turn button.
• Inside knob always free

F84

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except
when key outside locks outside knob.
• Outside knob unlocked by key outside.
• Inside knob always free.

F86

• Deadlocking latchbolt by key in outside knob or by
rotating inside knob.
• Outside knob always rigid.
• Inside knob always free.

F82

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except
when push button locks outside knob.
• Push button released by turning inside knob or by key
in outside knob.
• Closing door does not release push button.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4255

Classroom

CK4257

Storeroom or
Closet

CK4261

Entrance or
Office

*Unless push button has been fixed in locked position by spanner key (furnished). When push
button is fixed by spanner key, lock is operable only by emergency key or by display key.

Indicates optional interchangeable core
available; see Quick Codes, page 12.

Indicates rigid knob.
CK4200.5

Functions
CK4200
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

ANSI No.
Series 4000

Apartment
CK4272

Exit or Public

F88

Toilet

Indicates rigid knob.

CK4200.6

Function Description
• Deadbolting latchbolt by knob either side, except when key
inside locks outside knob.
• Key outside retracts latchbolt.
• Inside key unlocks outside knob.
• Inside knob always free.
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specified.
• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except when push
button or key locks outside knob.
• Push button released by turning inside knob, by closing
door, by 1/4 counterclockwise turn of key in outside knob,
or by key in outside knob. If push button is held in locked
position, key in outside knob will retract latchbolt.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4275

Dormitory

––

CK4282

Store Door

F91

CK4250

Half Dummy
Trim

––

• Knob acts as pull only; no operation.
• Knob is rigid.

CK4270

Full Dummy
Trim

––

• Knobs act as pulls only; no operation.
• Knobs are rigid.

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except when
key either side locks both knobs.
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specified.

Indicates optional interchangeable core available; see Quick Codes, page 12.

Trim Designs
CK4200

global
ML2000

Global

Brass, bronze or stainless steel

global
ML2000
global
ML2000

GRC
GRC
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced

GWC

2-7/8''
(73mm)

GRC

2-1/4''
(57mm)

GWC

3-3/16"
(81mm)

GRC
GrD

GWC
GWD

GrD
GRD
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced

GWD

3-1/2''
(89mm)

GrD
Gsa

2-1/4''
(57mm)
3-3/16"
(81mm)

GSF

Gsa

GRE
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced

Gsa

3''
(76mm)

GRE
GRE

GWD
GSF

GSF
2-1/4''
(57mm)

3-3/16'' 3''
(81mm)
(76mm)

GWE
GWE
CK4200.7

Trim Designs
CK4200

Belmont

Brass, bronze or stainless steel

BRC
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced

BRD
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced

BRE
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced

CK4200.8

BELMONT
ML2000
BELMONT
ML2000
BELMONT
ML2000

2-7/8''
(73mm)

BRC
BWC
BRC
BWC
BRC
BWC

BRD
BWD
BRD
BWD
BRD
BWD
BRE
BWE
BRE
BWE
BRE
BWE

2-3/16''
(56mm)
3"
(76mm)

3-1/2''
(89mm)

2-3/16''
(56mm)
3"
(76mm)

3''
(76mm)

2-3/16''
(56mm)

Options and Accessories
CK4200
Latches

To order optional latchbolt with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 12.
To order latchbolt separately, specify Part No. x Finish (e.g., 486F83 x 626).

Plain

Deadlocking

Description

Plain

Deadbolting

2-3⁄4" (70mm) Backset
Square corner front, 2-1/4"(57mm) x 1-1/8"(29mm) beveled
Square corner front, 2-1/4"(57mm) x 1-1/8"(29mm) flat

486F83
486F84

486F89
486F90

3-3⁄4" (95mm) Backset
Square corner front, 2-1/4"(57mm) x 1-1/8"(29mm) beveled
Square corner front, 2-1/4"(57mm) x 1-1/8"(29mm) flat

469F27
469F28

5" (127mm) Backset
Square corner front, 2-1/4"(57mm) x 1-1/8"(29mm) beveled
Square corner front, 2-1/4"(57mm) x 1-1/8"(29mm) flat

469F31
469F32

7" (178mm) Backset
Square corner front, 2-1/4"(57mm) x 1-1/8"(29mm) beveled
Square corner front, 2-1/4"(57mm) x 1-1/8"(29mm) flat

469F35
469F36

469F29
469F30

469F33
469F34

469F37
469F38

Delrin Insert
Global and Belmont designs available with black Delrin insert at base of knob.
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 12.
To order separately, specify Part No. 493F999

CK4200.9

Options and Accessories
CK4200
Strikes

ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass, bronze, or stainless steel
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm),
1-1/8" (29mm), 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-1/2" (38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm),
2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm),
2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm),
3" (76mm)
To order optional strike with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 12.
To order separately, specify 217L13 x
Lip Length x Finish.

Curved Lip "T" Strike
Brass, bronze, or stainless steel
2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm),
1-1/8" (29mm), 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-1/2" (38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm),
2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm),
2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm),
3" (76mm)
To order optional strike with lockset,
see Quick Codes, page 12.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x
Lip Length x Finish.

ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 12.
To order separately, specify
120F76-8.

Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze
4" (102mm) x 5/8" (16mm) for
1/2" (13mm) rabbet.
No optional lip lengths.
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 12.
To order separately, specify 601F28 x Finish.

Cylinders

Standard Cylinder
.552" plug diameter
.496" Pyramid plug diameter
Brass, 6 pin,
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626

Interchangeable Core
.509" plug diameter conventional
.552" plug diameter security
.496" Pyramid plug diameter
Brass, 6 pin,
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 605, 606, 611,
612, 613, 625, 626, 722

Master Ring Cylinder
.552" plug diameter
Brass, 6 pin,
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626

2000-052 (standard)

8000

2060-052

Security

2010-052

8010

N/A

Hotel Conventional

2001-052

8001-042

2061-052

Hotel Security

2011-052

8011-042

N/A

Pyramid High Security

2020-052

8020

N/A

Pyramid Security

2027-052

8027

N/A

Conventional

To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 12.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish (e.g., 2000-052 x L4 x 626).

CK4200.10

How to Order
CK4200
Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes

Ordering Examples
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

100

CK4255

GRC

626

RHR

Series/Function
Trim Designs
Finish
Handing
Door Thickness
Backset
Strike
Miscellaneous Option
Cylinder and Keying

Split Trim/Finish Order
Trim

Finish

Quantity

Series/
Function

Outside

Inside

Outside

Inside

CK4255

GRC

BRC

626

625

Hand

Pages 5-6
Pages 7-8
Page 12
Page 12
Page 12
Page 12
Page 12
Page 12
Page 12

RHR

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Backset

AA1

CK4255

GRC

626

RHR

D214

B334

Optional Misc.
Strike Options
SC112

M02-M24

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

VKC1

CK4200.11

Quick Codes
CK4200
Strikes

Finish
US3
US4
US9
US10
US10B
US14
US15
US26
US26D

US32
US32D

Description
Bright Brass
Satin Brass
Bright Bronze
Satin Bronze
Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze, oil rubbed
Bright Nickel Plated
Satin Nickel Plated
Bright Chromium Plated
Satin Chromium Plated
Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
Bright Stainless Steel
Satin Stainless Steel
Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black Oxidized
Bronze, oil rubbed

Specify
605
606
611
612

Less cylinder(s)

SC114
SC138

1-1⁄2" (38mm)

SA112

SC112

1-3/4" (44mm)

SA134

SC134

2" (51mm)

SA200

SC200

626C

2-1/4" (57mm)

SA214

SC214

629
630

2-1/2" (63mm)

SA212

SC212

2-3/4" (70mm)

SA234

SC234

3" (76mm)

SA300

SC300

618
619
625
626

630C
722

Specify
(standard)

Description

Specify

2-3⁄4" (70mm)

(standard)

Left Hand

3-3⁄4" (95mm)

B334

CT6B

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

5" (127mm)

B500

CT6G

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

7" (178mm)

B700

CT6
CL6
HS
CHS
PS

PCHS
CTP
CLP
CTPD
MR
(standard)
KR
CMK

Visual key control (VKC)

NOTE: 1. Not available in CK4229 function.

Specify
RH

PHS

CK4200.12

Description
Right Hand

Pyramid High Security1

CKC cylinders with VKC keys
CKC cylinders only
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys

Backset

Handing

CT6R

PCS

- No stamping
- Keys only
- Cylinders and keys
(not for HS or CHS)
- Cylinders only
(not for HS or CHS)
Concealed key control (CKC)

Rabbeted front strike Specify SR118

Pyramid Security IC1

Construction master keyed

SC118

SA138

CT6D

Keyed random

SA118
(standard)

6-pin disposable temporary core

Pyramid High Security IC1
Pyramid with temporary
construction core
Pyramid Less Core
Pyramid disposable temporary
construction core
Master ring
0-bitted with 2 blank keys

1-1/8" (29mm)

1" (25mm)
1-1/4" (32mm)

IC 6-pin
IC 6-pin with temporary
construction core (Red)
IC 6-pin with temporary
construction core (Blue)
IC 6-pin with temporary
construction core (Green)
IC 6-pin with temporary
construction core
IC 6-pin less core
Security1
Security IC1
Pyramid Security1

Curved Lip
Box Specify
SC100

1-3⁄8" (35mm)

613

Cylinder and Keying
Description
Conventional 6-pin

ANSI
Curved Lip Specify
SA100

Lip to Center

VKCO
VKC1
VKC2
VKC3
CKC2
CKC3
(standard)
KY# (e.g., KY6)

Miscellaneous Options

Door Thickness

Specify

Door Thickness

Delrin insert

M01

1-3/4"(44mm) - 2" (51mm)

(standard)

Spanner head screws

M02

2-1/8" (54mm)

D218

Torx® head screws

M04

Knob to accept Best-type core

M10

2-1/4" (57mm)
2-3/8" (60mm)
2-1/2" (63mm)

D214
D238
D212

Flat front

M12

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Knurling outside and inside

M20

Knurling outside only

M21

Knurling inside only

M22

Abrasive coat outside and inside

M23

Abrasive coat inside

M24

Abrasive coat outside

M25

Stainless steel chassis

M26

Lead lined rose (inside only)

M28

Panel application

PNL*

Description

* Must specify door thickness before panel
is applied, panel thickness and side of the
door panel is applied to (inside or outside).

Specify

D258 to D500
2-5/8" (67mm) - 5"(127mm)* in 1/8"
increments
* Available only for 10, 20, 51, 55, 57,
61 functions.

Helpful Terms
CK4200
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to a knob
or lever to provide a non-slip
tactile surface for the visually impaired.

Auxiliary Latchbolt

A supplementary latch which, when the
door is closed, automatically deadlocks
the latchbolt. Protects the latchbolt from
forced retraction or "credit
carding."

Backset

The distance from the front of the lock
to the centerline of the cylinder or knob/
lever hub.

Bevel

The angle of the edge of a door in
relation to the inside and outside
surfaces of the stile. The most common
bevel for commercial doors is 1/8"
(3mm) in 2" (51mm).

Box Strike

A strike equipped with an enclosure
behind the hole(s) for the latchbolt
and/or deadbolt. Protects the strike area
from mortar and cement.

Latchbolt

A lock component having a beveled end
that projects from the lock front but may
be forced back into the chassis by end
pressure or drawn back by action of the
retractor. When the door is closed, the
latchbolt projects into a hole
provided in the strike, holding the door
in the closed position.

Lead Lined

Pertains to a lockset whose trim has a
lining of lead to prevent the passage
of radiation. Generally used in hospital
applications.

Lip of Strike

Front

The part of a lock visible on the edge of
a door.

Hand

The direction a door swings.

Knurling

A permanently applied tactile warning
engraved in the metal of a knob or lever
to warn the visually impaired of
dangerous conditions on the other side
of the door.

An interchangeable core for temporary
use during construction. It is replaced by
the permanent core when construction
personnel no longer needs access.

Construction Master Keying
(CMK)
A cylinder preparation that allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.

Cylinder

Pertaining to parts which do not
contain iron. Ideal for use in corrosive
environments.

Rabbet

Strike

Trim only, without the lock or latching
mechanism, usually used on the inactive
door of a pair of doors for design
balance.

Construction Core

Non-ferrous

Curved Lip Strike

Dummy Trim

The marking of standard key symbols
on a cylinder in a location which is not
visible once the cylinder is installed.

Control Key

The housing of a lockset, containing
most of the working parts.
A strike with the lip curved to conform
to the detail of the door frame.

Concealed Key Control (CKC)

The projection part of a strike which first
engages the latch; may be curved or
straight.

The portion of a door frame into which
the door fits. Also, the abutting edges of
a pair of doors, so shaped as to provide
an overlap. One half of the edge
projects beyond the other half,
usually 1/2".

Chassis

Keying and Cylinder Terms

A metal plate that is pierced or recessed
to receive the deadbolt or latchbolt of a
lock (sometimes called a keeper).

Throw

A key used to remove and install
interchangeable cores.
A lock component containing the
combination that determines which keys
will operate.

High Security Cylinder

A cylinder which provides extra
resistance to picking and unauthorized
duplication of keys.

Interchangeable Core (IC)

A cylinder which can be removed and
installed quickly with a control key by
non-skilled personnel when rekeying is
required.

Key Section

The cross-section of a key blade, as
viewed from bow to tip.

The distance that a lock's deadbolt or
latchbolt projects when in the locked
position. The effective throw is the
distance that a latchbolt projects when
deadlocked.

Key Symbol

Wrought Strike Box

Keyway

A metal box mounted behind the strike
to protect the strike opening from
mortar or cement.

A letter/number combination in
standard industry format (e.g. 1AA,
AA1, etc.) which indicates exactly how a
key or cylinder fits into a keying system.
The opening in a cylinder plug through
which the key enters.

Master Keying

Preparation of a cylinder to operate with
keys of different levels of access.

Master Ring Cylinder

A cylinder which offers a wider range of
keying.

Visual Key Control (VKC)

The marking of standard key symbols
on keys and on the visible portion of the
front of a cylinder.
CK4200.13

How to Specify
CK4200
Suggested Specifications
All locksets shall be CK4200 Series Heavy-Duty Cylindrical Knob Locksets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware, Berlin, Connecticut.
Locksets shall have a steel chassis, zinc dichromate plated for rust resistance, which fits a 2-1/8" (54mm) door preparation. Latchbolts
shall have a 5/8" (16mm) throw and an effective deadlocking throw of 7/16" (11mm). Each latchbolt shall be furnished with a nylon
insert for durability and quiet operation.
The standard backset shall be 2-3/4" (70mm), with longer backsets available.
Knobs shall have a minimum thickness of .080" (2mm), and roses a minimum thickness of .035" (0.9mm) with a .065" (1.6mm) liner.
Outside knobs shall be removable for rekeying without removing the lockset from the door.
Lock-on thimbles and rose liners shall lock the chassis into the door cutout, preventing lock movement and loosening.
Cylinders shall be 6-pin, constructed of brass, with conventional, high security, interchangeable core and master ring available.
All locksets shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for A label and lesser class single doors, 4'x 8' .
Locksets to be used on specified exterior doors or doors subject to special atmospheric conditions (pool areas, chemical
laboratories, sewage disposal plants, etc.) shall be constructed of stainless steel.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1
All locks, trim and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a one-year limited warranty.

CK4200.14

Notes
CK4200

CK4200.15

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a
silver-based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria. MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA
ABLOY Group company.
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current
at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction,
and/or its materials. Copyright © 2003, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express
written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45021-3/11R

CK4400 Series
Standard Duty Cylindrical Knob Locksets

Applications
CK4400
Applications
An outstanding combination of value and performance. Ideal for quality residential and
light commercial buildings, such as:
• Fine homes
• Apartments
• Motels
• Offices

Advantages

Table of Contents
Applications..............................2
Features....................................3
Functions..................................4
Trim Designs.............................5
Options and Accessories...........6
How to Order...........................8
Helpful Terms.........................10
How to Specify.......................11

www.corbinrusswin.com

CK4400.2

•
•
•
•
•

Wide array of functions
Precision manufactured mechanisms, zinc dichromated for corrosion resistance
Stainless steel latchbolt for long life
Adjustable latchbolts accommodates flat and beveled doors
Stainless steel trim available

Features
CK4400
Features

Certification/Compliance

Handing
Field reversible.

ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2.

Door Thickness
1-3/8" (35mm) - 1-3/4" (44mm) standard.

Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.

Backset
2-3/4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 2-3/8" (60mm), 3-3/4" (95mm) and
5" (127mm); see How to Order, page 9.

UL/ULC
All locks with listed for A label and lesser
class single doors, 4' x 8'.
Letter F and UL symbol on latch front
indicate listing.

Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Front
Wrought brass, bronze, or stainless steel,
2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) standard.
Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Optional fronts available; see How to
Order, page 9.
Latchbolt
Brass or stainless steel, 1/2" (13mm)
throw.

Finishes
BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

BHMA 612 (US10)

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613 (US10B)

Oxidized Bronze, oil
rubbed

BHMA 629 (US32)

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630 (US32D) Satin Stainless Steel

Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.

Inside rose liner through-bolted
to lock chassis to ensure proper
alignment and smooth operation

Strike
Wrought brass, bronze, or stainless steel
ANSI curved lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to
center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see
How to Order, page 9.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
One-year limited.

2-3/8" (60mm), 2-3/4"
(70mm), 3-3/4" (95mm)
and 5" (127mm) backsets
available

Knob designs compatible with Corbin Russwin
Pre-Assembled Unit Locks, Mortise Locksets,
Exit Devices and other Cylindrical Locks

CK4400.3

Functions
CK4400
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

ANSI No.

CK4410

Passage or
Closet

F75

• Latchbolt by knob either side.
• Both knobs always free.

F93

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob inside or by key outside.
• Push button shuts out all keys except emergency key, and
projects occupancy indicator in face of cylinder.
• Push button released by turning inside knob or by closing door.*
• Outside knob always rigid.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4429

Hotel or Motel

CK4430

Privacy,
Bedroom or
Bathroom

F76

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side.
• Outside knob locked by push button.
• Outside knob unlocked by turning slotted button outside, by
rotating inside knob, or by closing door.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4440

Patio or Privacy

F77

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except when push
button locks outside knob.
• Push button released by turning inside knob or by closing door.
• Inside knob always free.

F81/82

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except when turn
button locks outside knob.
• Pushing turn button in locks outside knob, requiring use of key
outside to unlock.
• Turning inside knob unlocks outside knob.
• Pushing in and turning button locks outside knob, requiring key
at all times. Turning inside knob does not unlock outside knob
until button is manually turned to unlocked position.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4451

Indicates rigid knob.
CK4400.4

Function Description

Entrance or
Office

CK4455

Classroom

F84

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side except when key
outside locks outside knob.
• Outside knob unlocked by key outside.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4457

Storeroom or
Closet

F86

• Deadlocking latchbolt by key in outside knob, or by rotating
inside knob.
• Outside knob always rigid.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4480

Communicating
or Exit

CK4482

Store Door

F91

CK4450

Half Dummy
Trim

—

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob outside only.
• Blank rose inside; no inside operation.

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except when key
either side locks both knobs.
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specified.

• Knob acts as pull only; no operation.
• Knob is rigid.

*Unless push button has been fixed in locked position by spanner key (furnished). When push button is fixed by spanner key, lock is
operable only by emergency key or by display key.

Trim Designs
CK4400
Global
Brass, bronze or stainless steel

GWC
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced

Belmont
Brass, bronze or stainless steel

BWC
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced

CK4400.5

Options and Accessories
CK4400
Latches

Deadlocking feature standard, preventing manipulation when door is closed.
To order optional latchbolt with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
To order latchbolt separately, specify Part No. x Finish (e.g. 574F55 x 626).

Description

2-3/4"(70mm) Backset

2-3/8"(60mm) Backset

Extended Backsets

Series/Function

Part NO.

CK4410, CK4451, CK4455,
CK4457, CK4480, CK4482

574F55

CK4429, CK4430, CK4440

574F56

CK4410, CK4451, CK4455,
CK4457, CK4480, CK4482

574F29

CK4429, CK4430, CK4440

574F30

When 3-3/4" (95mm) backset is specified, Extension Unit and Connecting Tube will be furnished for use with
2-3/8"(60mm) backset latch. When 5" (127mm) backset is specified, Extension Unit and Connecting tube will be furnished for use with
2 3/4" (70mm) backset.
To order optional backset with lockset, see How to order, page 9.
To order backset Extension Unit and Connecting Tube, specify Part No. 574F25 for 3-3/4" (95mm) or Part No. 574F26 for 5" (127mm).

Extension Unit

Connecting Tube

Assembled Unit

CK4400.6

Options and Accessories
CK4400
Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass, bronze, or stainless steel, 4-7/8" (124mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm), 1-1/8" (29mm),
1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm),
2" (51mm).
To order separately, specify 217L13 x Lip Length x
Finish.

Curved Lip “T” Strike

Brass, bronze or stainless steel
2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm),
1-1/8" (29mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm).
To order optional strike with lockset, see How to
order, page 9.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x Lip Length
x Finish.

ANSI Wrought Strike Box

To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
To order separately, specify 120F76-8.

Tools
Knob Cover Removal Tool

Knob Removal Tool

Cylinder Shell Loading Kit

To order, specify 506F57-8.

To order, specify 574F15-8.

To order, specify CT-10.

Cylinders
Standard Cylinder
.509" plug diameter
conventional
Brass, 6-pin 2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 619

Series/Function

All except CK4429

CK4455, CK4482 before
August 1993

CK4429 with straight
tailpiece

CK4429 with twisted
tailpiece

Conventional 6-pin (standard)

2000-044

2003-044

2001-044

2001-066
CK4400.7

How to Order
CK4400
Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes

Ordering Examples
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

100

CK4451

GWC

630

RHR

Split Finish Order

Series/Function
Trim Designs
Finish
Handing
Door Thickness
Strike
Backset
Miscellaneous Options
Cylinder and Keying

Privacy function CK4430 only; inside finish 629 only.
Finish

Quantity

Series/
Function

Trim

Outside

Inside

CK4430

GWC

605

629

Hand

Page 4
Page 5
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Optional
Strike

Backset

Misc.
Options

Keying

AA1

CK4451

GWC

630

RHR

SA134

B238

M17

VKC1

CK4400.8

How to Order
CK4400
Cylinder and Keying

Strikes

Description

Specify

Conventional 6-pin

(standard)

Less cylinder(s)

0-bitted with 2 blank keys

(standard)

Keyed random

Construction master keyed

CMK

Visual key control (VKC)
Keys only

VKC1

Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys

CKC2

CKC cylinders only

ANSI
Curved Lip
Specify

Lip to Center

Curved Lip
Box Specify

Full Lip Specify

1" (25mm)

SA100

SC100

N/A

1-1/8" (29mm)

SA118

SC118

SF118

1-1/4" (32mm)

(standard)

SC114

N/A

1-3/8" (35mm)

SA138

SC138

N/A

1-1/2" (38mm)

SA112

SC112

N/A

1-3/4" (44mm)

SA134

SC134

N/A

2" (51mm)

SA200

SC200

N/A

CKC3

2 keys per lock

(standard)

More than 2 keys

KY# (e.g., KY6)

Handing
Description

Backset
Description

Specify

2-3/8"(60mm)

B238

2-3/4" (70mm)

(standard)

3-3/4" (95mm)

B334

5" (127mm)

B500

Specify

Right Hand

Left Hand

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

Door Thickness
Door Thickness

Finishes

1-1/4"(32mm) - 1-3/4" (44mm)
Description

Specify
(standard)

Specify

BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

605

BHMA 612 (US10)

Satin Bronze

612

BHMA 613 (US10B)

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed

613

BHMA 629 (US32)

Bright Stainless Steel

629

BHMA 630 (US32D)

Satin Stainless Steel

630

Miscellaneous Options
Description

Specify

1" latch front, square corners (for 2-3/8" backset only)

M14

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Abrasive coat outside and inside

M23

Abrasive coat inside

M24

Abrasive coat outside

M25

CK4400.9

Helpful Terms
CK4400
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to a knob
or lever to provide a non-slip tactile surface
for the visually impaired.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
A supplementary latch which, when the
door is closed, automatically deadlocks
the latchbolt. Protects the latchbolt from
forced retraction or “credit carding.”
Backset
The distance from the front of the lock to
the centerline of the cylinder or knob/lever
hub.
Bevel
The angle of the edge of a door in relation
to the inside and outside surfaces of
the stile. The most common bevel for
commercial doors is 1/8" in 2".
Box Strike
A strike equipped with an enclosure
behind the hole(s) for the latchbolt and/
or deadbolt. Protects the strike area from
mortar and cement.
Chassis
The housing of a lockset, containing most
of the working parts.
Curved Lip Strike
A strike with the lip curved to conform to
the detail of the door frame.
Dummy Trim
Trim only, without the lock or latching
mechanism, usually used on the inactive
door of a pair of doors for design balance.
Front
The part of a lock visible on the edge of a
door.

CK4400.10

Hand
The direction a door swings.
Latchbolt
A lock component having a beveled end
that projects from the lock front but may
be forced back into the chassis by end
pressure or drawn back by action of the
retractor. When the door is closed, the
latchbolt projects into a hole provided in
the strike, holding the door in the closed
position.
Strike
A metal plate that is pierced or recessed to
receive the deadbolt or latchbolt of a lock
(sometimes called a keeper).
Throw
The distance that a lock's deadbolt or
latchbolt projects when in the locked
position. The effective throw is the
distance that a latchbolt projects when
deadlocked.
Wrought Strike Box
A metal box mounted behind the strike to
protect the strike opening from mortar or
cement.

Keying and Cylinder Terms

Construction Master Keying (CMK)
A cylinder preparation which allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.
Cylinder
A lock component containing the
combination which determines which keys
will operate.
Key Section
The cross-section of a key blade, as viewed
from bow to tip.
Key Symbol
A letter/number combination in standard
industry format (e.g., 1AA, AA1, etc.)
which indicates exactly how a key or
cylinder fits into a keying system.
Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug through
which the key enters.
Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate with
keys or different levels of access.

How to Specify
CK4400
Suggested Specification

All locksets shall be CK4400 Series Standard Duty Cylindrical Knob Lockets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural
Hardware.
Locks shall have a steel chassis with zinc dichromate plated parts for rust resistance.
All knobs and roses shall be of reinforced construction. All inside and outside knobs shall be of the same profile and projection for
aesthetic continuity.
All locksets and latchbolts shall be field reversible for ease of installation.
The latchbolt shall be adjustable to accommodate flat or beveled doors, shall have a 1/2" throw and shall include an auxiliary
deadlocking feature to inhibit manipulation when door is closed.
All locksets shall be furnished with 2 nickel silver keys. All cylinder plugs shall be furnished with 6-pin chambers for expanded master
keying capabilities.
All locksets shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for A label and lesser class single doors, 4' x 8'.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1
All locks, trim and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.

CK4400.11

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2003, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45024-3/11R

CK4700 Series
Light/Medium Duty Knob Locksets

Introduction
CK4700
Quality
The CK4700 series is a Grade 2 light/medium-duty knob lockset which provides an
outstanding combination of value and performance. It is the ideal knob lockset for
light commercial and heavy-duty residential applications such as interior offices, closets,
multi-family housing, restaurants and retail complexes. The CK4700 series provides
quality materials and performance.
Vandal Resistance
CK4700 series locksets are available with Corbin Russwin’s Pyramid patented* security
cylinder, the most secure locking system available. Pyramid is especially recommended
for installations that require superior protection against picking and drilling. See the
Key Systems catalog for additional information. (* Patent No. 6, 125, 674)

Table of Contents
Introduction..............................2
Features....................................3
Functions..................................4
Trim Design..............................5
Options and Accessories...........6
How to Order...........................8
Quick Codes.............................9
Specifications..........................10

www.corbinrusswin.com

CK4700.2

Key Advantages
• ANSI Grade 2 certification
• UL 1-1/2 hour fire rating
• Pyramid cylinders for increased security
• Interlocking tubular chassis and latchbolt

Features
CK4700
Features

Certification/Compliance

Handing
Non-handed.

ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2.

Door Thickness
1-3⁄8" (35mm) to 1-3⁄4" (44mm).

UL /ULC
All locks listed for B Label Single doors.
UL symbol on latch front indicates listing.

Lock Chassis
Die cast zinc for corrosion resistance.
Backset
2-3⁄4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 2-3⁄8" (60mm). See Quick Codes, page 9.
Latches
1/2” (13mm) bolt projection.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Strike
T- Strike standard. Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see Quick Codes, page 9.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
High Security Pyramid

Bright Brass

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
One-year limited.

CK4700.3

Functions
CK4700
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

ANSI No.

CK4710

Passage or
Closet

F75

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side.
• Both knobs always free.

F76

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side.
• Outside knob locked by button.
• Outside knob unlocked by button inside, or by rotating
inside knob.
• Emergency release in outside knob.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4720

Indicates rigid knob.

CK4700.4

Privacy
Bedroom or
Bathroom

Function Description

CK4751

Entrance or
Office

F81

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except when
button locks outside knob.
• Rotating button locks outside knob, requiring key to
unlock. Turning inside knob unlocks outside knob.
• Rotating button the other way locks outside knob, requiring key to unlock. Turning inside knob unlocks outside
knob only when button is rotated back to unlock.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4755

Classroom

F84

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except when
key outside locks outside knob.
• Outside knob unlocked by key outside.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4759

Storeroom
or Public
Restroom

F86

• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob inside.
• Key outside unlocks outside knob to retract latchbolt.
• Knob retracts latchbolt.
• Key is retained in the unlocked mode.
• When key is removed, outside knob is locked.
• Inside knob always free.

CK4750

Half Dummy
Trim (Surface
Mounted)

––

• Knob acts as pull only; no operation.
• Knob is rigid.

Trim Design
CK4700

Global

2 -9⁄16"
(65mm)

GWC
Knob: Brass
Knob projection: 2-9⁄16" (65mm)
Rose: Brass
Rose diameter: 2 -9⁄16" (65mm)
2 -3⁄32"
(51mm)
2 -9⁄16"
(65mm)

CK4700.5

Options and Accessories
CK4700
CL3700 Deadlocking Latchbolt

Latches

To order optional latchbolt with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 9.
To order latchbolt separately, specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 687F63 x 626).

Backset and Front Description

UL Latches

2-3⁄4" (70mm)

Square Corner Front

2-1⁄4" (57mm) x 1-1⁄8" (29mm) faceplate

687F63

2-3⁄8" (60mm)

Square Corner Front

2-1⁄4" (57mm) x 1" (25mm) faceplate

687F64

2-3⁄8" (60mm)

1⁄4" (6mm) Round Corner Front

2-1⁄4" (57mm) x 1" (25mm) faceplate

687F65

1" (25mm) Latch Sleeve

687F71

All CK4700 Latches are Deadlocking.

Cylinders

UL Firecup
Standard Cylinder
.509" plug diameter conventional
.496" plug diameter high security
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626

Conventional

6-Pin

(standard) (2000-037)

Pyramid High Security

7-pin

(2020-037)

Pyramid Security

7-pin

(2027-037)

5-Pin

2400-037-C-5
“O” bitted or keyed random

Schlage® C Keyway

To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 9.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
(e.g., 2000-037 x L4 x 626).

CK4700.6

Part No. 687F66
Supplied standard with all CK4700's. Failure to use invalidates
UL listing.

Screw Pack
Part No. 687F96
Supplied standard with wood-machine screws combination.

Options and Accessories
CK4700
curved Lip

ANSI Strike curved lip

Strikes
Curved Lip “T” Strike

2-3⁄4" (70mm) x 1-1⁄8" (29mm) x
1-1⁄4" (32mm) lip to center
Supplied standard with lockset.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x Lip
Length x Finish.

ANSI Curved Lip

4-7⁄8"(124mm) x 1-1⁄4" (32mm) x
1-1⁄4" (32mm) lip to center
To order with lockset, specify SA114.
To order separately, specify 217L13 x Lip
Length x Finish.

ANSI Strike Box

Dust Box for 2 -3⁄4" (70mm)
Curved Lip “T” Strike
To order with lockset, specify M77.
To order separately, specify 687F94 x
Finish.

ANSI Wrought Strike Box

To order with lockset, specify M17.
To order separately, specify 120F76-8.

Full Lip sq corner

Full Lip Radius Corner

2-1⁄4" (57mm) x 1-1⁄2" (38mm) x
1"(25mm) lip to center
To order with lockset, specify SFR114.
To order separately, specify 687F62 x
1-1⁄8" (29mm) x Finish.

Full Lip Square Corner

2-1⁄4" (57mm) x 1-1⁄2" (38mm) x 1" (25mm)
lip to center
To order with lockset, specify SF114.
To order separately, specify 687F61 x Finish.

Dust Box for 2 -1⁄4" (57mm) Full
Lip Radius and Square Corner
Strikes
To order with lockset, specify M78.
To order separately, specify 687F95 x Finish.

CK4700.7

How to Order
CK4700
Ordering Examples

Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes

Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

100

CK4755

GWC

626

Handing
Series/Function
Trim Design
Finish
Door Thickness
Backset
Strike
Miscellaneous Options
Cylinders and Keying

Page 3
Page 4
Page 5
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9

Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Backset

Misc.
Options

Keying

AA1

CK4755

GWC

626

B238

M17

CKC2

CK4700.8

Quick Codes
CK4700
Door Thickness

Finishes
Description

Specify

BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

605

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Satin Chromium Plated

626

Description

Specify

1-3⁄8" (35mm) - 1-3⁄4" (44mm)

(standard)

Strike

Backset
Description

Specify

2-3/8" (60mm)

B238

2-3⁄4" (70mm)

(standard)

Cylinder and Keying

Strike Type

Specify

ANSI Curved Lip

SA114

Curved Lip "T" Strike

(standard)

Full Lip 1/4" (6mm) Radius Corner

SFR114

Full Lip Square Corner

SF114

Description

Specify

Conventional 6-pin

(standard)

Less cylinder

0-bitted with 2 blank keys

(standard)

Less cylinder with tailpiece for Schlage cylinder

Keyed random

Construction master keying
(not available for Pyramid)

(standard)

CMK

1-1⁄8" (29mm) latch front, square corners (standard
with 2-3⁄4" (70mm) backset).

Pyramid High Security

PHS

M14

Pyramid Security

1" (25mm) latch front, square corners (standard with
2-3⁄8" (60mm) backset). Available in 2-3⁄8" (60mm)
backset only.
1" (25mm) latch front, rounded corners. Available in
2-3⁄8" (60mm) backset only.

M15

Dust box for 2-3⁄4" (70mm) strike

M77

Dust box for 2-1⁄4" (57mm) strike

M78

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Visual Key Control (VKC)
- No keying data stamped on key or
cylinder

VKC0

- Keys only

VKC1

-C
ylinders and keys
(not for PHS)

VKC2

-C
ylinders only
(not for PHS)

VKC3

Miscellaneous
Description

Specify
®

M06

Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys

CKC2

- CKC cylinders only (not for PHS)

CKC3

2 keys per lock

(standard)

More than 2 keys

KY# (e.g., KY6)

CK4700.9

Specifications
CK4700
Locksets shall be CK4700 Series Grade 2 Key-in-Knob Locksets.
Locks shall have an interlocking tubular chassis and latchbolt.
Locksets shall be adjustable for 1-3/8" (35mm) and 1-3/4" (44mm) door thickness. The latchbolt shall be adjustable to
accommodate flat or beveled doors, shall have a 1/2" (13mm) throw and shall include a deadlocking feature to inhibit
manipulation when door is closed.
Inside and outside knobs shall be of the same profile and projection for aesthetic continuity. The knob shall have a 2-9/16" (65mm)
projection from face of door.
Locksets shall be furnished with two nickel silver keys. All cylinder plugs shall furnished with 6-pin chambers for master keying capabilities.
Cylinders shall be easily changed by removing the knob without disassembling the lockset.
Certification:
UL 1-1/2 Hour Fire Rating
ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2
Locksets shall carry a one-year warranty.

CK4700.10

Notes
CK4700

CK4700.11

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2001, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45026-3/11R

Key Systems
Cylinders and Keys

Applications
Key Systems
Table of Contents
Designing Master Key Systems....... 3
Key Wizard®............................. 4
How to Order Cylinders............ 5
Cylinder and Key Stamping....... 6
Temporary Access..................... 7
Conventional Cylinders............. 8
Interchangeable Core.............. 14
Security................................... 17
Master Ring............................ 19
Pyramid.................................. 21
Bump Resistant Cylinders........ 28
Key Blanks.............................. 29
Keyways................................. 31
Mortise Cylinder Cams............ 40
Cylinder Accessories................ 41
Plug Diameters/Quick Codes... 43
Service Equipment.................. 45
Policies and Procedures........... 49

Applications
To provide the desired level of security, even the finest architectural hardware requires a
properly designed and maintained master key system.
The keying system is the “software” of a building's security. As shown in the schematic
below, it turns each hardware product into an access control device.
The choice of cylinder mechanism must be planned together with the keying system.
The variety of mechanisms available from Corbin Russwin offers the right balance of
security, convenience and expansion capability for every job.

A
Grand Master

How to Establish Key Systems. 50

www.corbinrusswin.com

AA
Master
Maintenance

AB
Master
Perimeter

AC
Master
Administrator

AD
Master
Doctors’ Offices

AE
Master
Nursing

AF
Master
Food Service

AA1
Electrical
Closets

AB1
Building
Entrances

AC1
Chief of
Staff

AD1
101

AE1
2nd Floor

AF1
Kitchen

AA2
Phone
Closets

AB2
Exit Alarms

AC2
Personnel

AD2
102

AE2
3rd Floor

AF2
Cafeteria

AA3
Heating and
Air Cond.

AB3
Gates

AC3
Accounting

AD3
103

AE3
4th Floor

AA4
Janitor
Supplies

AB4
Parking

AC3
Accounting

AD4
104

AE4
5th Floor

AA5
Janitor closets
Restrooms

AF3
Food Storage

AE5
6th Floor

SKD1
Pharmacy

Key Systems.2

Designing Master Key Systems

Cylinders and Keys

Key Systems
Step 1
Determine the type of locking system
• Conventional “open & restricted keyways”
- Not contract controlled
• Patented locking system
- A notice of acceptance will be
required between Corbin Russwin
and Owner
- Factory-based system
- Key blank distribution restrictions are
in place
• Security (secondary locking mechanisms,
example; Pyramid Security)
• High security (same as Security plus
UL437 – example; Pyramid High
Security)
• Standalone access control locking
devices (at door wiring, example;
Access 800)
- To facilitate multiple users through
common doors
• Integrated locking systems (hard wired
into access control systems)
Step 2
Establish the level of the master key
system. The higher the level the less
secure.
• Level two – “Simple Master Key system”
- Change key, and master key only
• Level three – “Grand Master Key system”
- Change key, master key, and Grand
Master Key
• Level four – “Great Grand Master Key
system”
- Change key, master key, Grand
Master Key, and Great Grand
Master Key
• Levels higher than four are not
recommended for security reasons
- With more levels, additional master
pins in each chamber of the cylinder
would be required, and with the
additional master pins the possibility
of unauthorized key interchanges
could occur
*See pages 50-52 on How to Establish Key
Systems.*
Step 3
Establish key hierarchy, key issuing
policies and procedures, and
administrative disciplines.
• Who, if anyone is authorized to carry
the top master key?
• Who carries master keys and change keys?
- Does every employee receive a key?

• What disciplinary action(s) is being put
in place for violations?
- Fines or Deposits
> Lost keys
> Keys not returned
- Will there be a key receipt required?
> Where will that be kept?
• Who is the systems administrator?
- Authorized to purchase
- Responsible for Key Control
Administration
• Who is the Key Control Administrator?
- Maintain key control software &
all transactions
Step 4
System Layout
• Helpful Hints
- KISS “Keep It Simple System”
> Do not use the term sub-master
(not unless it’s level 6 and higher)
• Lowest level possible
• Key to the building security objectives
NOT to the people
- Determine if the system is to be
designed for Security or Convenience
• No cross keying, especially with patented
locking systems and higher
• Key alike within master key groups as
much as possible
- Avoid top-heavy systems (example;
few change keys used under masters)
• Has the right function of lockset been
selected?
- Storeroom vs. Classroom vs. Entry
- Single cylinder vs. double cylinder
> If double cylinder, how is the
inside cylinder to be keyed?
• Provide adequate quantity of keys
- Top Master keys “limit the number of
these to only a few”
- Master keys “also limit the number
these”
- Change keys per key set and/or per
keyed alike sets
- Special operating keys
> Control keys “limit the number
of these”
Separate the internal departments
into sectors, example are:
• Perimeter
- Including all exterior doors, roof
surfaces, gates and fences, and
adjacent buildings.
• Operations
- Sensitive areas crucial to daily
operations, such as plant engineering,
security and mechanical operations.

• Management
- Areas that are vital for daily business
activities, primarily human resources,
administration, executive offices, IT,
sales, and accounting.
• Services
- Areas that provide employees and
visitors with services, such as
restrooms, medical treatment areas,
housekeeping, food service, retail
(unless it's a leased outside source).
• Unique Applications
- Door openings requiring access
control hardware where key override
is required, or any other special
application which would be unique.
• Tenants
- Any tenants that are not part of the
building.
Step 5
Servicing & Maintenance
• In-house or outside locksmith
- Ensure proper training
- Establish key cutting log
- Establish service request procedures
• Service equipment
- Key kit
- Code cutter that complies with
systems depths & spacing
specifications
- Locksmithing tools, fixtures &
accessories
• Establish stock levels & requirements to
avoid misuse of multi-section key blanks
- Additional cylinders ready for
emergencies
- Additional key blanks (of all keyways)
• Who or where are the key blanks going
to be kept?
• Who is authorized to cut keys?
- What form of work order will be used
to authorize cutting of keys?
- Who will sign the work order?
- What records will be kept & where?
• What type of reports will be required?
- Overdue keys
- Miss-cut keys
> Who receives the reports?
• Once a key has been cut, what
instructions are given to the recipient?
- Key receipt recommended
• Ensure that all transactions are recorded
by the Key Control Administrator
• ENFORCEMENT FROM THE START!
SUPPORT AND BACK THOSE WHO
ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING
AND SERVICING THE SYSTEM.
Key Systems.3

Key Wizard®
Key Systems
Key Management Software
Advantages

Outlook® type of layout.

A key management software program
is essential for any type of organization.
Keeping track of the key holders in
a master key system is critical for
maintaining key control and ensuring the
security and integrity of the system.
Key Wizard by Corbin Russwin was
designed to provide a user-friendly tool
for facility end users to track detailed
information concerning their keying
system. It offers improvements over
existing key management software by
utilizing clutter-free and easily navigated
screens. This system uses a Microsoft®

Key control for a facility is maintained
by adopting a complete system of
policies, procedures, record keeping and
specialized products. A comprehensive
key management software program is one
aspect of a complete key control system.
Key Wizard by Corbin Russwin provides
the facility with accurate information
concerning keys, key holders, hardware
locations, master key systems, overdue
keys and maintenance service schedules,
all of which can be customized.

Features:
• Free technical support and free software upgrades for one year
• Customized query, report and search capability
• Comprehensive hardware listings for door locations
• Displays key holder photos and signatures for verification
• Clear, easy to read screens
• Automatic reminders for maintenance, back-ups and overdue
keys
• Network and standalone versions available
• Accurate key symbol sorting
• Audit trail tracks changes made to keyholders
• Printing of door number labels to ensure proper cylinder
installation
• Key authorization tracking

•
•
•
•

Computer System Requirements:

How to Order:

• 500 MHz processor or greater
• Windows 98, 2000, ME, NT, XP, Vista or 7
• 64 MB RAM
• CD Drive
• Mouse pointing device
• 70 MB hard disk space

All Key Wizard programs are licensed specifically to each facility
end user. Special online ordering procedures apply. The following
information is required for each system:

Demo Version
Demo versions are available. Demos can be downloaded from the
Corbin Russwin website at http://www.corbinrusswin.com or
www.keywizard.net

Key Systems.4

•
•
•
•
•
•

Customized key receipts and authorization forms
Tracking of loaned keys and key deposits
Stores maintenance service history records
Can manage multiple end users and multiple key systems for
most manufacturers
Importing of key systems, keyholders and locations
Exporting of key systems and locations
Global key search across multiple master key systems
Multi-level password protection
Download of key bittings to ITL9700 Code machine
Pinning Calculators

End User Facility Name
End User Contact Individual
Mailing Address
Phone Number
Key Wizard Technical Support:
1-800-610-1706

How to Order Cylinders

Numbering Scheme Overview

Key Systems
10

Cylinder Type
10
11
12
13
14
20
21
22
23
24
30
33
42
43
44
80

Mortise
Flex Head Mortise
Concealed Shell
Mortise
Thumbturn Mortise
Dummy Mortise
Knob/Lever
Continental Knob
Competitor Knob/Lever
RFC Padlock
Competitor Keyways
Rim
Thumbturn Rim
Special Application
DL2100, DL3100
DL2200, DL3200
IC-Core Only (LFIC)

Mechanism
0
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9

Standard
Security
Pyramid
IC Pyramid
Cylinder (LFIC)
SFIC Housing
Master Ring
LFIC Housing
IC Complete
Cylinder (LFIC)
IC Security
Cylinder (LFIC)

–

118

Function
0 Standard
1 Hotel
2 Blockout
3 Classroom
4 Brink CW
5 Brink CCW
6 Obsolete Crossbar
ED6200
7 Pyramid Security

–

A01

–

Length
(Mortise Cylinder)
100 1" (25mm)
118 1-1/8" (29 mm)
114 1-1/4" (32 mm)
138 1-3/8" (35 mm)
112 1-1/2" (38 mm)
134 1-3/4" (44mm)
200 2" (51 mm)
214 2-1/4" (57 mm)
212 2-1/2" (64 mm)
234 2-3/4" (70 mm)
300 3" (76 mm)
314 3-1/4" (83 mm)
312 3-1/2" (89 mm)
334 3-3/4" (95 mm)
(Rim Tailpiece)
058 5/8" (16 mm)
114 1-1/4" (32 mm) IC
138 1-3/8" (35 mm)
178 1-7/8" (48 mm) IC
178V 1-7/8" (48 mm) vertical IC
200 2" (51 mm)
200V 2" (51 mm) vertical
318 3-1/8" (78 mm) IC
312 3-1/2" (89 mm)
312V 3-1/2" (89 mm) vertical

–

x Finish x Options*

Cam
A01
A02
A03
A04
A05
A06
A07
A61
A62
A63
A64
A65
A92
A93

Cloverleaf
Straight
Adams Rite® MS
DL4000 Series
Adams Rite 4070
Schlage® Cloverleaf
DL4100 Series
New MR Cloverleaflocks made after 5/93
MR Straight
Large MR Short
Large MR Long
Old MR Cloverleaf locks made prior to 5/93
Exit Grip Trim 01, 02
Obsolete Deadlocks:
Corbin® 610 Series and
Russwin® 1403 Series

Pins

Keyway

5
6
7

*For cylinder options, see pages 43-44

Finish
Description

Specify

Bright Brass

605

Satin Brass

606

Bright Bronze

611

Satin Bronze

612

Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze, Oil rubbed

613

Bright Nickel Plated

618

Satin Nickel Plated

619

Flat Black Coated

622

Bright Chromium Plated

625

Satin Chromium Plated

626

Bright Stainless Steel

629

Satin Stainless Steel

630

Black Oxidized Bronze,
oil rubbed

722

Key Systems.5

Cylinder and Key Stamping

VKC and CKC

Key Systems
Visual Key Control (VKC)
For Greater Convenience
The key symbol is stamped on the plug
face or other visible portion of the front of
the cylinder. (VKC is available on all keys,
but not available on Security, CK4400
Series Lockset or Pyramid cylinders.)

Visual and Concealed Key Control
With these options, keys and/or cylinders
are stamped with their respective keyset
symbol, so lock mix-ups during installation
or key mix-ups afterwards are less likely
to happen – and easier to straighten out
if they do. Lost keys are also easier to
replace. The coded information on the
cylinder tells you how the cylinder is keyed,
thereby eliminating trial and error.
For example, the symbol AA1 shown in
the illustration identifies the lock to be
operated by grand master key A, master
key AA and change key AA1. Upon
written authorization from the building
owner to an authorized Corbin Russwin
Distributor, a bitting list can be furnished
for each job to translate the symbols into
key bittings.

Concealed Key Control (CKC)
For Greater Security
For greater security, specify CKC on the
cylinders. The key symbol is stamped in
a concealed location, such as the rear of
the cylinder. It is not visible to the general
occupants of the building but can be
accessed by authorized personnel upon
removing the cylinder from the lockset.

AA1

If a key is lost, it can easily be replaced by
referring to the symbol on the cylinder and
the bitting on the bitting list. VKC is not
available on Security or Pyramid cylinders.

The following codes and definitions have been established for specifying cylinder and key stamping:
Quick Code

Definition

VKC0

No keyset, registry number, keyway, nor bitting stamping on any keys. Includes master keys and change keys. (Keys will be tagged.)

VKC1

Master keys stamped with their keyset symbol and registry number. Change keys stamped with their keyset symbol and keyway.*
(Standard for high security and security cylinders.)

VKC2

Master Keys stamped with their keyset symbol and registry number. Change keys stamped with their keyset symbol and keyway.*
Cylinders stamped with their keyset symbol on the face of the plug. (Not available for high security or security cylinders.)

VKC3

Master Keys stamped with their registry number. Change keys stamped with their bitting, keyway* and system. Cylinders stamped with
their keyset symbol on the face of the plug. (Not available for high security or security cylinders.

CKC2

Master keys stamped with their keyset symbol and registry number. Change keys stamped with their keyset symbol and keyway.*
Cylinders stamped with their keyset symbol in a concealed location.

CKC3

Master keys stamped with their registry number. Change keys stamped with their bitting, keyway* and system. Cylinders stamped with
their keyset symbol in a concealed location. (Not available for high security, or security cylinders.)

*Keyway will NOT be stamped on the keys for security or high security cylinders, nor restricted or protected keyways unless specifically requested as per the
purchase order. (KB18, KB19, KB28 or KB90 series)

Key Systems.6

Temporary Access

Construction Keying

Key Systems

CONSTRUCTION
MASTER

Construction Master Keying
Construction Master Keying (CMK) is a Corbin
Russwin keying option that provides the extra
security needed in the transition from construction
of a building or complex to completion.
The construction master key operates all Corbin
Russwin cylinders while the building is under
construction. Upon completion of the construction
phase, it can be voided without removing the
cylinders from the locks, simply by turning the
change key in each cylinder. Interchangeable
core jobs with construction master keying further
require a construction control key to install and
remove cores during the construction phase.
The permanent master and change keys for the
system are always packed and shipped separately,
and the order must include the names and
addresses of individuals to whom the construction,
permanent master and change keys should be
sent.
This feature is NOT available on Security or
Pyramid cylinders.
SKD Caution
Unless otherwise specified, SKD sets will be
construction master keyed. When construction
master keying is established for SKD sets, Corbin
Russwin issues a separate SKD CMK key as well as
an SKD CMK Control key if required.
How to Order CMK
To order locksets and/or cylinders with the
construction master key feature, the quick code
CMK should be indicated as an option.
Temporary Construction Cores
Lockable
A more secure method of construction keying
for interchangeable core hardware is the use of
temporary construction cores. Corbin Russwin
recommends this method of construction keying
for IC jobs.
Hardware is furnished with construction cores
that are keyed alike to a combination unrelated
to the permanent system’s master key. When
the building is turned over to the owner, the
permanent cores are installed and the temporary
construction cores can be returned to Corbin
Russwin for credit.

The IC temporary construction cores are available
in red, blue and green. The color options
enhance the user's ability to easily control access
to different locations on a construction site, or
identify different locations for specific keying
applications.
How to Order Lockable
For 6-pin, use quick code CT6
IC 6-pin with Red temporary construction core (Red),
CT6R
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Blue), CT6B
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Green), CT6G
For 7-pin, use quick code, CT7
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Red), CT7R
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Blue), CT7B
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Green), CT7G
For Pyramid, use quick code CTP.
Note: Orders specifying only CT6 or CT7 without
the color designation will receive the Red IC
temporary construction core by default.
Examples:
ML2051 x LSA x 626 x RH x CT6
1080 x 114 x A01 x 626 x CTP
CL3355 x NZD x 626 x CT6B
1080-114-A01 x 626 x CT6G
Permanent cores must be ordered separately.
Disposable
Corbin Russwin offers two formats of disposable
temporary cores. These cores do not require keys
for their operation and no returns or credits are allowed.
Disposable cores are available for Corbin Russwin
large format interchangeable core (LFIC) housings
or for small format interchangeable core (SFIC)
housings. Please note that Corbin Russwin does
not provide permanently keyed SFIC cores.
How to Order Disposable
LFIC
For 6-pin, use quick code CT6D
For 7-pin, use quick code CT7D
For Pyramid, use quick code CTPD
Examples:
ML2051 x LSA x 626 x RH x CT6D
1080 x 114 x A01 x 626 x CTPD
Permanent cores must be ordered separately.
SFIC - Key-in-lever/knob locksets
For 6- and 7-pin, use quick code CTSD
SFIC - Mortise Locks and Exit Devices-Rim Cylinders
For 6-pin housing, use quick code CLS6
For 7-pin housing, use quick code CLS7

Key Systems.7

Conventional

Mortise

Key Systems
Mortise Cylinders

Type

For use with all mortise locks and
DL3000 Deadlocks. IC: page 15.
Security: page 17. Master Ring: page 20.
Pyramid: page 24.

100 1"
1000
(5 pin only)
118 1-1/8"
(standard)

Length

Cam

Pins

Keyway
(see pages
31-39)

Finish
605

(see page 40)

A01 Cloverleaf

6 (standard)

606

114 1-1/4"

A02 Straight

7 (available for
1-1/4"-3")

611

138
112
134
200
214
212
234
300

A03 Adams Rite MS and
DL3000 Deadlock
A04 DL4000 Deadlock
A05 Adams Rite 4070
A06 Schlage® Cloverleaf
A07 DL4100
A92 Exit Grip Trim 01 & 02
A93 Obsolete deadlocks:
Corbin® 610 Series and
Russwin® 1403 Series

1-3/8"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"
2"
2-1/4"
1-1/2"
2-3/4"
3"

612
613
622
625
626
629
630
722

314 3-1/4"
312 3-1/2"
334 3-3/4"

Flexible Head Mortise Cylinders
Use Flexible Head mortise cylinders
only with sectional trim mortise locks.
The head is spring-loaded to adjust for
minor variations in door thickness. See
page 20 for Master Ring.

Type

Length

Cam

Pins

Keyway

1100

100 1" (6-pin std.)

(see page 40)

6 (standard)

(see pages 31-39)

118 1-1/8"

A01 Cloverleaf

7 (available only for
1-1/8"- 1-1/4")

114 1-1/4"

A02 Straight

Finish
605
606
611
612
613
618
619
625
626
722

Concealed Shell Mortise Cylinders

Type

Length

Concealed shell cylinders are for
mortise locks using “Plug Only to
Show” escutcheon trim.

1200

100 1" (6-pin std.)

(see page 40)

6 (standard)

118 1-1/8"

A01 Cloverleaf

7 (available only for
1-1/4"- 1-1/2")

114 1-1/4"

A02 Straight

Cam

Pins

Keyway

Finish

(see pages 31-39)

606
626

138 1-3/8"
112 1-1/2"

Length

Length is measured from behind the cylinder head to the
end of the cam.
For cam illustrations and applications, see page 40.

Key Systems.8

Conventional

Mortise

Key Systems
Hotel Function Cylinders
Guest Key and all normal master keys
have limited rotation to retract
latchbolt only. Emergency Master Key
(EMK) and display key turn 360° to
operate deadbolt as well.
Brink Function Cylinders
The change key turns in only one
direction while the master key turns
in both directions. While it was
developed for the detention market,
the cylinder can provide a creative
solution to other security needs
when used in conventional mortise
locks. 6-pin only. Integration of these
cylinders must be planned from the
inception of a keying system.

Type

Number

Standard

1001-114-A01

Flexible Head

1101-118-A01

Concealed Shell

1201-114-A01

Remarks
Cylinders are 6-pin. Display and
Emergency Master Keys are cut
on 7-pin blanks

Not available with D1, D2, L1, L2, 752, 852 or A Class keyways. Order with A91 cam to accept discontinued Russwin®
“G” type long EMK.
Finishes: see Standard, Flexible Head and Concealed Shell Cylinder sections, page 8.
Application

Number

Remarks

Folger Adam NS400 Series x LEK

1004-118-A02

Clockwise

Folger Adam NS400 Series x LEK

1005-118-A02

Counterclockwise

Brink “CKS”

1004-118-A05

Clockwise

Brink “CKS”

1005-118-A05

Counterclockwise

Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 625, 626, 629, 630, 722

Cylinder for Obsolete Exit Device
For inside of obsolete Corbin® 3726
1/2 and 3727 1/2 and Russwin® 736
1/2 and 737 1/2 only. Cam rotation is
limited by steel pins on back of shell.

1006-118-A02 (6-pin only)
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 622, 625, 626, 629, 630, 722

Thumbturn Cylinders

Suffix cam number to basic cylinder number.
Example: 1300-118-A03
Function

Standard

Classroom function cylinders have a
pin to block cam rotation in the locking
direction. The pin may be installed on
either side of the cam, depending on
the hand of the door.

Classroom

Length

Basic Number

A02
(147F77)

A03
(111F55)

A93
(281F27)
N/A

1300-100-

•

1-1/8"

1300-118-

•

1-1/4"

1300-114-

•

N/A

1-3/8"

1300-138-

•

N/A

1303-100-

N/A

•

N/A

1-1/8"

1303-118-

N/A

•

N/A

1-1/4"

1303-114-

N/A

•

N/A

1-3/8"

1303-138-

N/A

•

N/A

Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 622, 625, 626, 629, 630, 722

Dummy Cylinders

These cylinders may be used to fill an opening
left when mortise cylinder operation is no
longer desired.

Number

Length

1400-118

1-1/8"

1400-114

1-1/4"

1400-138

1-3/8"

Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 622, 625, 626, 629, 630

Key Systems.9

Conventional

Component (Key-in-Lever/Knob)

Key Systems
Component Cylinders
Finishes 606, 626

2000-031, 033, 034 or 037

Type

2000

2000-038

Tailpiece

2000-052

2000-044

Lever
(Plug diameter)

Series

2000-051

Knob
(Plug diameter)

Tailpiece Part Number
(Length) 6-Pin

Tailpiece Part Number
(Length) 7-Pin

031

CL3100 Lever Trim

(.509")

778F778 (.692")

778F768 (.536")

033

CL3300, CL3500, CL3800, CL3600 (June
2000 and after) Lever Trim - A6/N6/PR6

(.509")

622F308 (.950")

682F298 (.794")

622F308 (.950")

682F298 (.794")

622F298 (1.106")

622F308 (.950")

682F298 (.794")

033H

G1055 ED Trim (Horizontal Tailpiece)

034

CL3400 (Lockset Series Obsolete)
CL3600 (Prior to June 2000), A5/N5

(.509")

CL3700

(.509")

037

(.509")

CK4700

(.509")

038

CL3800 (Obsolete 1993-1997 model)

(.509")

596F898 (1.056")

039

CL3900

(.509")

680F608 (1.700")

039L

CL3900 (2", 2-1/4" Thick Doors)

(.509")

681F068 (1.950")

044

CK4400

(.509")

NA Separately

051

B2/G2/G3 ED Trim

(.552")

489F028 (.890")

052

UT5200/CK4200

(.552")

No Tailpiece

(.552")

Note #1= For 7-pin version, suffix -7 i.e. 2000-033-7

2001-052

Type

2001-044

Tailpiece

2001-066
Lever
(Plug
diameter)

Series

2001-051

Knob
(Plug
diameter)

Tailpiece Part
Number
(Length) 6-Pin

Tailpiece Part
Number
(Length) 7-Pin

Remarks

031

CL3129

(.509")

775F958 (.808")

775F968 (.652")

Use 2001-031-E8 for EMK Blank

034

CL3329/CL3629
CL3429 (Lockset Series Obsolete)

(.509")

585F338 (1.046")

585F358 (.890")

Use 2001-034-E8 for EMK Blank

044

CK4429 (Straight Tailpiece)

(.509")

564F508 (.764")

Use 2001-044-E4 for EMK Blank

051

Model 83 Only B2/G2/G3 ED Trim
1400/3300/4300/5600 (Lockset Series
Obsolete)

(.552")

186F748 (.965")

Use 2001-051-E5 for EMK Blank

(.552")

No Tailpiece

Use 2001-052-E4 for EMK Blank

(.509")

574F128 (.835")

Use 2001-066-E4 for EMK Blank

2001

052

CK4229

066

CK4429 (Twisted Tailpiece)

(.552")

Note #1= For 7-pin version, suffix -7, i.e. 2000-033-7
Note #2= 2003-044 used for CK4455 & CK4482 prior to August 1993

Type

Tailpiece

2100-052
2100
Key Systems.10

052

Series
Ronde and
Continental Knob
(Obsolete)

Lever (Plug Knob (Plug
diameter)
diameter)

(.552")

Tailpiece Part
Number
(Length) 6-Pin
No Tailpiece

Tailpiece Part
Number
(Length) 7-Pin
NA

Remarks
Finishes 605, 606,
611, 612, 613, 625,
626

Conventional

Component (Key-in-Lever/Knob)

Key Systems

2200-001

2200-002

2200-008

2200-076

2200-054

2200-003

Cylinders for Other Manufacturer’s Products
Type

Tailpiece

Series

Lever (Plug
diameter)

Knob (Plug
diameter)

Tailpiece Part Number
(Length)

Tailpiece
Orientation

(.552")

444F748 (.813")

Vertical

Alarm Lock DL2500 Series
Arrow® H Series Knobs and Levers
001-A21

Arrow Q Series Levers
Sargent 10 Line (Enlarge Lever Hole)
®

Schlage® D Series Levers

2200

001-A22

Schlage AL and ND Series Levers

002-A21

Schlage D Series Knobs

(.552")
(.552")

461F108 (1.078")

Vertical

444F748 (.813")

Horizontal

002-A22

Schlage A Series Knobs (PLY, etc.)

(.552")

461F108 (1.078")

Horizontal

002-A23

Schlage A Series Knobs (ORB, only)

(.552")

520F358 (1.328")

Horizontal

003-A24

Lockwood® H Series Knobs (Enlarge Knob Hole)

(.552")

444F748 (.813")

Vertical

008

Sargent 7,8,9 Line (Enlarge Knob Hole)

(.552")

054

Yale® 5400, 6200 Knobs Only (Enlarge Knob Hole)

(.552")

076

Sargent 7600 Integralock (Enlarge Knob Hole)

(.552")

Cylinders with Other Manufacturer’s Keyways
Type

2400

Tailpiece /
Keyway

Series

Lever (Plug diameter) Knob (Plug diameter) Tailpiece Part Number

Remarks

031-C

CL3100

(.509")

778F788 (.710")

Schlage C Keyway

031-LA

CL3100

(.509")

778F788 (.710")

Schlage LA Keyway

033-C

CL3300/CL3600 (June 2000 and after)
ED8200/ED8400

(.509")

622F328 (1.106")

Schlage C Keyway

033-LA

CL3300/CL3600 (June 2000 and after)
ED8200/ED8400

(.509")

622F328 (1.106")

Sargent LA Keyway

034-C

CL3400 (Lockset Series Obsolete)
CL3600 (Prior to June 2000)

(.509")

682F398 (0.950")

Schlage C Keyway

034-LA

CL3400 (Lockset Series Obsolete)
CL3600 (Prior to June 2000)

(.509")

682F398 (0.950")

Sargent LA Keyway

CL3700

(.509")

685F098 (0.794")

Schlage C Keyway

037-C

CK4700

(.509")

039-C

CL3900

(.509")

616F208 (1.700")

Schlage C Keyway

039-LA

CL3900

(.509")

616F208 (1.700")

Sargent LA Keyway

Key Systems.11

Conventional

Component (Key-in-Lever/Knob/Dead Bolt)

Key Systems
Cylinders for Other Manufacturers' Products (.552" Plug Diameter)
Type

Tailpiece

Series

Plug
Diameter

Tailpiece Part Number
(Length)

Remarks

002-A47

Adams Rite®
4025 Pull

(.552")

146F788 (0.968")

Cylinder Only

003-A47

Adams Rite
4025 Pull

(.552")

146F788 (0.968")

Cylinder and
Housing

4200

4200-003-A47

4200-002-A47

DL2100/DL3100 Deadbolts 6-Pin Cylinder (.509 Plug Diameter)
Door Thickness
Function

DL2111
DL3111
DL2112*
DL3112*
DL2113
DL3113
DL2117
DL3117

1-3/8"

1-3/4" (Standard)

2-1/4"

Cylinder

Tailpiece

Cylinder

Tailpiece

Cylinder

Tailpiece

Cylinder

Tailpiece

4300-138-A2

689F848 (1.160")

4300-134-A2

689F848 (1.160")

4300-134-A2

689F848 (1.160")

4300-134-A1

686F208 (1.340")

4300-138-A2

689F848 (1.160")

4300-134-A2

689F848 (1.160")

4300-200-A2

689F858 (1.410")

4300-214-A2

689F868 (1.660")

4300-134-A1

686F208 (1.340")

4300-134-A1

686F208 (1.340")

4300-214-A2

689F868 (1.660")

4300-214-A2

689F868 (1.660")

4300-134-A1

686F208 (1.340")

4300-134-A1

686F208 (1.340")

4300-214-A2

689F868 (1.660")

4300-214-A2

689F868 (1.660")

* Outside cylinder shown in table. Inside cylinder always 4300-000-A3-6 (no tailpiece)

DL2100/DL3100 Deadbolts 7-Pin Cylinder (.509 Plug Diameter)
Door Thickness
Function

DL2111
DL3111
DL2112*
DL3112*
DL2113
DL3113
DL2117
DL3117

1-3/8"

1-3/4" (Standard)

2-1/4"

Cylinder

Tailpiece

Cylinder

Tailpiece

Cylinder

Tailpiece

Cylinder

Tailpiece

4300-138-A2-7

689F888 (0.785")

4300-134-A4-7

689F848 (1.160")

4300-134-A4-7

689F848 (1.160")

4300-134-A4-7

689F848 (1.160")

4300-138-A2-7

689F888 (0.785")

4300-138-A2-7

689F888 (0.785")

4300-200-A2-7

689F848 (1.160")

4300-214-A2-7

689F858 (1.410")

4300-134-A1-7

689F848 (1.160")

4300-134-A1-7

689F848 (1.160")

4300-214-A1-7

689F868 (1.660")

4300-214-A1-7

689F868 (1.660")

4300-134-A1-7

689F848 (1.160")

4300-134-A1-7

689F848 (1.160")

4300-214-A1-7

689F868 (1.660")

4300-214-A1-7

689F868 (1.660")

* Outside cylinder shown in table. Inside cylinder always 4300-000-A3-7 (no tailpiece)

DL2200/DL3200 Deadbolts Cylinder (.509 Plug Diameter)
Cylinder Type

6-Pin

7-Pin

Key Systems.12

Function
11, 13, 17

1-3/8" or 1-3/4" (Standard)

2" or 2-1/4"

Cylinder

Tailpiece

Cylinder

Tailpiece

4400-134-A51

753F768

4400-134-A51

753F768

4400-134-A52

753F778

4400-214-A52

753F788

11, 13, 17

4400-134-A51-7

753F768

4400-134-A51-7

753F768

4400-134-A52-7

753F778

4400-214-A52-7

753F788

Conventional

Rim

Key Systems
Rim Cylinders
For use with exit devices and exit device trim.

Type

Tailpiece Length
058
138

3000

200
200N
200V
312
312V

5/8" 955 and 959 Trims
1-3/8" M61 & M62 option for ED8200 and
obsolete ED9200 exit device alarms
2" (std. door)
2" ED4000/ED5000 Night Latch Function
2" vertical tailpiece
3-1/2" (thick door)
3-1/2" vertical tailpiece

Pins

Keyway

Finish

5
6 (standard)
7

(see pages 31-39)

605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630
722

Pins

Keyway

Finish

Tailpiece Orientation
std. = Horizontal
V = Vertical

Rim Thumbturn

Type

3300

Tailpiece Length

138
200

1-3/8"
2" (std. door)

N/A

605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630
722

Key Systems.13

Interchangeable Core
Key Systems
Fast changeover - new security in seconds!
Options:
• 7-Pin

• Construction Master Keying

• VKC (Visual Key Control)

• Restricted/Protected Keyways

• CKC (Concealed Key Control)

• Pyramid
Interchangeable Core

Advantages
Rekeying can be done by non-technical
personnel without removing hardware
from the door. When used systemwide, IC provides tremendous rekeying
convenience.
When planned from the inception of a
system, IC cylinders can be integrated with
conventional cylinders.
Applications
IC is recommended for virtually all types of
keying systems, such as office buildings,
hotels, schools, hospitals and universities.
When used in exit devices and other
installations which are labor intensive to
rekey, IC saves time and money over the
life of the building.

Key Systems.14

Operations
All operating keys (change, master, grand
master) operate the lock normally. To
rekey, use the special control key. The
control key operates at a separate shear
line in certain chambers within the core.
Only the control key is required to remove
and install a core.
Cores
6-pin standard; 7-pin, security and Pyramid
optional. Two nickel silver change keys
furnished standard per core. Control keys
only furnished when ordered.
Key Control
Corbin Russwin cores are available
with protected and restricted keyways,
patented keyways, security and Pyramid
to deter unauthorized key duplication.
No orders for patented protected keys,
security or Pyramid keys will be shipped
for a keying system without a letter of
authorization from the end user.

Construction Keying
Corbin Russwin recommends temporary
construction cores for greater security.
Special construction master keying is
also available, when planned from the
inception of the keying system. See page 7
for details.
Core Marking
Concealed Key Control (CKC) is available
for all Corbin Russwin cores. Visual Key
Control (VKC) is available for conventional
cores, but not for security or Pyramid
cores.
Ordering IC Locksets and Exit Devices
For specific product availability and Quick
Codes for cylinder options, see “How to
Order” in each catalog section.

Interchangeable Core

How to Order

Key Systems
Interchangeable Core Mortise
10

3
4
8
9
7

Core

Function

Pyramid
SFIC Housing
Only (No Core)
Standard
Security
(6-Pin only)
LFIC Housing
only (no core)

0 Standard
1 Uses - E1suffix
for EMK blank
Hotel 1-3/8"
with A01 cam
only.
7 Pyramid Security

–

114

–

A01

Length
114
138
112
134

1-1/4"
1-3/8"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"

–

Cam

–

Pins

(see page 40)
A01 Cloverleaf
A02 Straight
A03 Adams Rite® MS and
DL3000 Deadlock
A04 DL4000
A05 Adams Rite 4070
A06 Schlage® Cloverleaf
A07 DL4100
A93 Obsolete deadlocks:
Corbin® 610 Series and
Russwin® 1403 Series

6
7

(standard)
(Not available for
1-1/4", 1-3/8"
LFIC and 1-1/4"
SFIC housings)

Finish

Keyway

Finish

(see
pages
31-39)

605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630
722

Option

Temporary
Construction Core
CT6
CT7
CT6D

6-pin LFIC
7-pin LFIC
6-pin LFIC
Disposable
CT7D 7-pin LFIC
Disposable
CTP
Pyramid LFIC
CTPD
Pyramid LFIC
Disposable
CT6SD 6-pin SFIC
Disposable
CT7SD 7-pin SFIC
Disposable

Interchangeable
Core Rim

Core
3
4
8
9
7

Pyramid
SFIC Housing Only (No
Core)
Standard
Security (6-Pin only)
Housing only (no core)

Standard
Pyramid Security

178

–

Tailpiece Length

Function
0
7

–

058
114

5/8"
1-1/4" M61 & M62
option for ED8200
and obsolete ED9200 exit
device alarms
178 1-7/8" (std. door)
178V 1-7/8" vertical
tailpiece
318 3-1/8" (thick door)
Tailpiece Orientation
std Horizontal
V
Vertical (Not Available for
114 length)

–

Pins
6
7

(standard)

Finish

Keyway

Finish

(see pages
31-39)

605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630
722

Option

Temporary
Construction Core
CT6
CT7
CT6D

6-pin LFIC
7-pin LFIC
6-pin LFIC
Disposable
CT7D 7-pin LFIC
Disposable
CTP
Pyramid LFIC
CTPD Pyramid LFIC
Disposable
CT6SD 6-pin SFIC
Disposable
CT7SD 7-pin SFIC
Disposable

Key Systems.15

Interchangeable Core

How to Order

Key Systems
Core Only
Description

Number

Remarks

8001-031

Hotel indicator pin

E8 Suffix

7-pin for CL3129

8001-031-7

Hotel indicator pin

E8 Suffix

6-pin standard

8000

Set to hotel mortise EMK

N/A

6-pin standard

8000EMK

-E1 suffix

Security

8010EMK

Set to hotel mortise EMK

Security

8010

7-pin

8000-7

Hotel indicator pin

N/A

6-pin for CL3329, CL3629

8001-034

Hotel indicator pin

-E8 suffix

7-pin for CL3329, CL3629

8001-034-7

Hotel indicator pin

-E8 suffix

6-pin for CK4229

8001-042

Hotel indicator pin

-E4 suffix

Security for CK4229

8011-042

-E4 suffix

Pyramid High Security

8020

N/A

Pyramid Security

8027

N/A

N/A
-E1 suffix

Specify Keyway
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 622, 625, 626
Uncombinated cores: Specify “UC”. Not applicable for 8000EMK, 8010EMK

Key Systems.16

EMK Blank

6-pin for CL3129

Security Cylinders (Inactive - For Existing Systems only)

Mortise

Key Systems
Standard Function
Security Mortise
10

Mechanism
1 Standard
9 IC (available)
1-1/4"
1-3/4"

–

Function
0
1
2
4
5

Standard
Hotel
Blockout (No IC)
Brink CW (No IC)
Brink CCW (No IC)

118

–

A01

Length
118
114
138
112
134
200
214
212

1-1/8"
1-1/4"
1-3/8"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"
2"
2-1/4"
2-1/2"

–

Cam (see page 40)
A01
A02
A03
A04
A05
A06
A07
A92
A93

Cloverleaf
Straight
Adams Rite® MS and DL3000 Deadlock
DL4000 Deadlock
Adams Rite 4070
Schlage® Cloverleaf
DL4100
Exit GripTrim 01 & 02
Obsolete deadlocks: Corbin® 610 Series
and Russwin® 1403 Series

–

Finish

Option

Pins

Keyway

Finish

Uncombinated

6 -pin only

(see
pages
31-39)

605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630
722

Special Function Security Mortise
Hotel Function Security Mortise

Blockout Function Security Mortise

Brink Function Security Mortise

Change key and all normal master keys
have limited rotation to retract latchbolt
only. Emergency Master Key (EMK) and
display key turn 360° for additional
operation of deadbolt. EMK and display
key requires 7-pin key blank for standard
cylinders and -E1 suffix blank for IC
cylinders.

This is an access control feature used in
applications where temporary blockage of
all keys (master, change, etc.) is required.
A simple turn of the Blockout Key to
the 11 o’clock position blocks normal
operation for as long as necessary. When
normal access is again desired, insert
the Blockout Key and turn it back to
the 12 o’clock position. Integration of
these cylinders must be planned from
the inception of a keying system. Also
available in rim version (see page 19).

This function was developed for the
minimum security detention market. The
change key turns only one direction while
the master key turns both directions.
Integration of these cylinders must be
planned from the inception of a keying
system.

Cylinder
Number
1011-114-A01*

Description
1-1/4" Cloverleaf cam
only

1091-138-A01

IC version 1-3/8"

1071-138-A01

IC housing only

*1011 cylinder not available with D1, D2, L1 or
L2 keyways

Cylinder
Number
1012-114-A01

Cam
Cloverleaf cam

Cylinder
Number

Change Key

Cam

1014-118-A02

Clockwise

Straight
Straight

1012-114-A02

Straight cam

1015-118-A02

CounterClockwise

1012-114-A03

DL 3000 Series
Adams Rite® MS cam

1014-118-A05

Clockwise

Brink “CKS”

1015-118-A05

CounterClockwise

Brink “CKS”

1012-114-A04

DL4000 Series Deadlock

1012-114-A05

Adams Rite 4070

1012-114-A93

Obsolete 610/1403
Deadlock

Folger Adam® NS400 Series x LEK uses
A02 cam version.

Key Systems.17

Security Cylinders (Inactive - For Existing Systems only)

Other

Key Systems
Security Rim

Mechanism

–

200

Function

1 Standard
9 IC

Standard

–

Tailpiece Length
For 3010 Only

0 Standard
2 Blockout
(no IC)

Interchangeable Core

For IC

138

1-3/8" M61& M62
option for ED8200
and obsolete
ED9200 exit device
alarms

114

1-1/4" M61 & M62
option for ED8200 and
obsolete ED9200 exit
device alarms

200

2" (Std. door)

178

1-7/8" (Std. door

200V 2" vertical tailpiece

178V 1-7/8" vertical tailpiece

312

318

3-1/2" (thick door)

Finish

Pins

Keyway

6-pin
only

(see pages
28-36)

Finish Uncombinated
605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630

3-1/8" (thick door)

312V 3-1/2" vertical
tailpiece

Security Cores Only

Description

Core Number

Standard

8010

For 1091

8010

Remarks

EMK Blank
N/A

EMK Set to hotel mortise EMK

-E1 suffix

For CK4229
8011-042
Hotel indicator pin
Specify Keyway. Available uncombinated, except 8010EMK.
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 622, 625, 626, 690

Key-in-Knob/Key-in-Lever

-E4 suffix

Lockset

Cylinder Number

CL3100
CL3300, CL3500, CL3800, CL3600 Series (June 2000 and after)
G1055 exit device knob trims
CL3300, CL3600 Series (Prior to June 2000)

2010-031
2010-033
2010-033H
2010-034

CL3800 Series (obsolete 1993-1997 model)

2010-038

CL3900 Series

2010-039

CL3900 Series (2", 2-1/4" Thick Door)

2010-039L

B2, G2 Exit Device Knob Trim
CK4200 and UT5200 Series
CK4229 Hotel Function
Specify Keyway. Available uncombinated.
Use -E4 suffix for EMK blank. Finishes: 606, 626

2010-051
2010-052
2011-052

DL2200/DL3200 Deadbolts Cylinder
1-3/8" or 1-3/4" (Standard)

Function

2" or 2-1/4"

Cylinder

Tailpiece

Cylinder

Tailpiece

11, 13, 17

4410-134-A51

753F768

4410-134-A51

753F768

4410-134-A52

753F778

4410-214-A52

753F788

Other Manufacturers’
Products

Vertical Tailpiece

Horizontal Tailpiece

Alarm Lock DL2500 Series

2210-001-A21

Arrow® H Series Knobs & Levers

2210-001-A21

Arrow Q Series Levers
Sargent® 10 line (Enlarge lever hole)
Schlage® D Series Levers

2210-001-A21
2210-001-A21
2210-001-A21

Schlage AL and ND Series Levers

2210-001-A22

Lockwood H Series Knobs
(enlarge knob hole)

2210-003-A24

Key Systems.18

Schlage D Series Knobs

2210-002-A21 Sargent 7, 8, 9 Line
2210-002-A22 (enlarge knob hole)
Schlage A Series Knobs (ORB, only) 2210-002-A23 2210-008
Available Uncombinated. Finishes: 606, 626
Schlage A Series Knobs (PLY, etc.)

Option

Yale® 5400, 6200 Knobs
(enlarge knob hole)
2210-054

Master Ring

Features and Benefits

Key Systems

• Greater master keying capacity
• Superior keying flexibility

Springs
Top Pins
Plug Shear Line
Plug

Spring Cover
Shell
Build-up Pins
Master Ring

• Greater security in each cylinder

Ring
Shear
Line

Change Key Aligns Pins at Plug

Advantages

Applications

6-pin Master Ring keying systems
offer keying capacity similar to 7-pin
conventional cylinder systems.

Corbin Russwin Master Ring cylinders are
especially recommended for installations
which require large and complicated
keying systems, such as hospitals and
universities.

There is, however, far greater flexibility
for asymmetrical keying systems, because
change key combinations do not require
any direct relationship to those of
master keys. In conventional systems,
combinations not needed under a given
master key cannot be used elsewhere in
the system. In master ring, they can. This
frees thousands of combinations for use
anywhere within a master ring system.
Since the master keys all have their own
shear line, fewer master pins are used,
increasing cylinder security. This security
enhancement reduces the chances of
cylinders being manipulated by stray
keys. It also hinders surreptitious entry by
picking and impressioning.
When planned from the inception of a
keying system, conventional cylinders
may be integrated into specific parts of a
Master Ring system for areas where the
required hardware does not accommodate
the large Master Ring cylinders.

Master Key Aligns Pins at Ring

Master Key
Operation
Change Key
Operation

Field Serviceability
Corbin Russwin Master Ring cylinders are
fully field serviceable.
Key Control

Operation

Restricted and protected keyways are
available.

The change key rotates the cylinder plug
only. Master keys operate at the master
ring, which is a sleeve around the plug.

Construction Master Keying
When planned from the inception of a
keying system, construction master keying
is available.

Cylinder Marking
Visual Key Control (VKC) and Concealed
Key Control (CKC) are available for Master
Ring cylinders.
Ordering Locksets and Exit Devices
with Master Ring Cylinders
For specific product availability and Quick
Codes for cylinder options, see “How to
Order” in each catalog section.

Key Systems.19

Master Ring

How to Order

Key Systems
Standard Master Ring Mortise

Type

(1-1/2" diameter; .552" diameter plug)

1060

Length

605

A61 Cloverleaf*

6 (standard)

606

114 1-1/4"

A62 Straight

138 1-3/8"

A63 Large Short

612

112 1-1/2"

A64 Large Long

7 (Available
1-3/8" only)

134 1-3/4"

A65 Cloverleaf
(formerly 11A)

234 2-3/4"
300 3"

1160

Finish

118 1-1/8"

212 2-1/2"

Type

Keyway
(see pages 31-39)

214 2-1/4"

(1-1/2" diameter; .552" diameter plug)

Pins

(see page 40)

200 2"

Flexible Head Master Ring Mortise

Cam

100 1" (5-pin only)

Length

611
613
618
619
622

*A61 is for locks made
after 5/93; requires
thumbturn hub
562F41-2

625
626
722

Cam

Pins

Keyway

Finish

(see pages 31-39)

605

100 1" (6-pin only)

(see page 40)

118 1-1/8"

A61 Cloverleaf*

6 (standard)

114 1-1/4"

A62 Straight

611

A63 Large Short

612

A64 Large Long

613

A65 Cloverleaf
(formerly 11A)

618

606

619
622

*A61 is for locks made
after 5/93; requires
thumbturn hub
562F41-2

625
626
722

Dummy Master Ring Mortise
Cylinder Number

Length

1460-118

1-1/8"

1460-114

1-1/4"

1460-138

1-3/8"

1460-112
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613,

Master Ring Rim

1-1/2"
618, 619, 622, 625, 626, 722

Cylinder Number

(1-1/2" diameter; .552" diameter plug)

Description

3060-200

Standard horizontal tailpiece

3060-312

Thick door, horizontal tailpiece

3060-200V

Vertical tailpiece

3060-312V

Thick door, vertical tailpiece

Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 618, 619, 622, 625, 626, 722

CK4200 & UT5200 Series Lockset

Exit Device Operators

Specify keyway (.552" diameter plug)

Standard Cylinder
2060-052
Finishes: 606, 626
Key Systems.20

With Indicator Pin
for CK4229 Hotel
2061-042

Discount. Ronde &
Continental Knob
2160-052

For ED6800 x B5 or B6
For ED7400 x 03 or 04
4266-001-A02
Finishes: 606, 626

For ED6800 x 01 or 02
4266-001-A92

Pyramid

Applications

Key Systems
Description
Pyramid, Corbin Russwin’s patented
security cylinder, is the most secure locking
system available. Pyramid cylinders are
available in both high security and security
versions. The high security version in
certified by Underwriters Laboratories to
UL437 standards.

Features
• Utility patent 6,125,674 (expiring 2018)
• Available with high-security protection (UL437)

System Administration & Key Control
Key control will be maintained through
compliance with Corbin Russwin’s
Security Policy: for a copy contact Key
Systems Administration or visit our web
site at www.corbinrusswin.com.
A Pyramid owner’s binder will be
forwarded directly to the designated
systems administrator with each new
system. Included in this binder are
catalogs as well as system-specific,
sequentially coded registration
certificates. A registration certificate must
accompany each order that is submitted
to Corbin Russwin.
Product Specification
All cylinders shall employ a patented
locking mechanism that requires the use
of a patented key and is furnished with
a minimum of 7 pins. High Security
cylinders shall meet the requirements of
UL437. Interchangeable cores shall meet
the drill resistance and pick resistance of
UL437.
Keys shall be nickel silver and furnished
with a large bow.
Certifications
BHMA A156.5 Grade-1
E09211A* (Mortise)
E09221A* (Rim)

• The ultimate protection against unauthorized key
duplication
• Underwriters Laboratory listing for resistance to
picking & drilling

• 7-pin

• Greater master keying capabilities
• Uses existing 6-pin interchangeable core housings
• 1-1/4" (32mm) length for mortise cylinders

• Available with stainless steel pins

• Drill and pick resistant

• Large key bow

• Easy handling & special stamping options

• Thicker and stronger nickel silver keys

• Ideally suited for high usage & abusive applications

• User friendly

• No expensive dedicated equipment necessary for key
cutting

Applications
Especially recommended for installations
requiring superior protection against
picking, drilling and other surreptitious
entry. Ideally suited for Educational and
Healthcare facilities, Industrial and
Commercial buildings.

Benefits

E09231A* (Bored Lock Cylinders)
*A (suffix) refers to cylinders of pick and
drill resistance.
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(UL437)BP8976
1020, 2020, 3020 Fixed Core (FC)
series only
Finishes
Pyramid cylinders are available in all Corbin
Russwin standard finishes.

Construction Master Keying
Pyramid cylinders are not available
construction master keyed. Interchangeable
core jobs can be furnished with temporary
construction cores. Temporary construction
cores will be unrelated to the permanent
system’s master key. When the permanent
cores are installed, the temporary
construction cores are returned to Corbin
Russwin for credit.

Keys shipped separately for master keyed
cylinders.

How to Order Example
1. Mortise lock with temporary
construction core
Qty. - ML2051 - LSA - 626 - RHR - CTP
2. Mortise cylinder with temporary
construction core
Qty. - 1080-114-A01-626-CTP
3. Permanent core ordered separately
Qty. - AA1 - 8020 - 626

System Specifications

Pyramid Quick Codes2

• Pyramid systems are independent
and cannot be keyed into existing
and/or conventional systems.
• Pyramid cylinders are to be keyed
to factory-generated bittings only.
• Cross keying is not available.

PS
PCS

Keying
7 pin with two nickel silver change keys
per cylinder. Pyramid cylinders may be
uncombinated (specify UC)1, master or
grand master keyed to a specific facility.

Key Discard Policy & Warranty
See page 49.

PHS
PCHS
CTP3
CLP3

Pyramid Security Fixed Core
Pyramid Security
Interchangeable Core
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core
Pyramid High Security
Interchangeable Core
Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core
Pyramid Less Core

1. UC cylinders are supplied, less keys, pins, springs and pin covers.
2. When cylinders are ordered with locks.
3. Pyramid cores to be ordered as a separate line item.

Key Systems.21

Pyramid

Operation

Key Systems
Performance Features
Shell
• Locking pin mechanism
• Hard metal inserts
Key
• Control pin
Plug
• Blocking plate
• Hard metal inserts
Pins & Springs
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
bottom pins*
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
top pins*
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
master pins (if required)*
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
build-up pins (if interchangeable core)*
• Springs

P6 Keyway (with side pins)

Collar
• Solid recessed (mortise)
* Hardened stainless steel pins used for UL437
High Security versions only.
Pyramid Security version uses nickel silver
bottom pins and brass master, build-up
and top pins.

Operation

SPECIALLY
MILLED SIDE
PIN GROOVE

Side Pins

Shell
plug
SIDE PINS

Without Key
Locking pin mechanism
engages blocking plate
and prevents the plug
from turning.

Key Systems.22

With Key
Key’s control pin
depresses the locking
pin mechanism and
allows the plug to
turn.

CONTROL
PIN

Pyramid

Operation

Key Systems
Keys
• Nickel silver
• Key Bow Type 28
• Ordering example: 7PIN-28-XXXX
Keyway

Front Side

Back Side

KEY SET
SYMBOL

• Ordering example P6 Keyway:
7PIN-28-XXXX-SPCXX
Side Pin Code
Keyway
Back Side Stamping & Options

SYSTEM
REGISTRY
NUMBER

• Key set (VKC1), standard – unless otherwise indicated
• System registry number will be stamped on upperCONTROL
level keys unless otherwise indicated
PIN
• Concealed key control (CKC2) available on cylinders
• Visual key control (VKC2 and VKC3) not available on
cylinders. CKC3 also not available.
Note: Refer to Corbin Russwin’s general catalog and
price book for complete detailed information.
Keyway Security
Pyramid keyways will be determined by the supervisor of
Key Systems Administration. Assignment will be based
on the overall system requirements and geographic
location to provide maximum protection to the owner.
For security reasons, the keyway profiles are not shown.

Key Systems.23

Pyramid

Mortise

Key Systems
Mortise Cylinders
Mortise Locks/Deadlocks
Mortise Locks/Deadlocks
For use with all Corbin Russwin ML2000,
ML2000HS and ML2200 (discontinued)
mortise locks. DL4000 & DL3000 Series
Deadlocks.
Mortise Exit Devices
For use with ED7600 and ED6600 devices.
Type

Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC)

Interchangeable Core
(IC)

Length

1020 - High Security Mortise
1027 - Security Mortise
1030 - High Security IC Mortise complete
1037 - Security IC Mortise complete
1070 - Housing only

Cam

1020/1027 - Non-IC (Fixed Core)
114 - 1-1/4" (32mm)
112 - 1-1/2" (38mm)
*See note #3

Finish

A01 - Cloverleaf

605 - Bright Brass
606 - Satin Brass

A02 - Straight

611 - Bright Bronze

A03 - Adams Rite® MS

1030/1037/1070 IC
114 - 1-1/4" (32mm)
138 - 1-3/8" (35mm)
112 - 1-1/2" (38mm
134 - 1-3/4" (44mm)

612 - Satin Bronze
613 - Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze - oil rubbed

A04 - DL4000 Series
A05 - Adams Rite® 4070

618 - Bright Nickel Plated
619 - Satin Nickel Plated

A06 - Schlage® Cloverleaf

622 - Flat Black Coated

A07 - DL4100

625 - Bright Chromium Plated

A62 - 900 KRM Straight

626 - Satin Chromium Plated
629 - Bright Stainless Steel

A92 - See note #1

630 - Satin Stainless Steel

A93 - See note #2

722 - Black oxidized bronze,
oil rubbed

Note #1 - Not available IC
Note #2 - For obsolete Corbin® 610 and Russwin® 1403 series deadlocks
Note #3 - For ML2000 applications with door thickness exceeding 2-1/2" up to 3" in thickness, use IC cylinders.

How to Order Examples
High Security Mortise Cylinder Ordered Separately
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Length

Cam

Finish

AA1

1020

114

A01

605

Mortise Cylinder with a Pyramid Security Interchangeable Core
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Length

Cam

Finish

AA1

1037

114

A01

605

Mortise Lock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

ML2051

LSA

626

RHR

PHS (PS for Security version)

Mortise Lock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

ML2051

626

RHR

PCHS (PCS for Security version)

Exceptions

Pyramid cylinders are not available for the following: ML2029, ML2029HS, ML2029VR, ED7600 - applications over 2-1/4" thick, ED6600 - applications over 1-3/4" thick.

Key Systems.24

Pyramid

Rim

Key Systems
Rim Cylinders
For use with exit devices and exit
device trims.

Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC)

Type

Interchangeable Core
(IC)
Availability

Length
058-5/8" (16mm) Tailpiece

114 - 1-1/4" (32mm) M61 & M62 option for ED8200 and ED9200 exit
device alarms
3020 - High Security

138 - 1-3/8" (35mm) M61 & M62 option for ED8200 and Obsolete
ED9200 exit device alarms

Rim Cylinder
3027 - Security
Rim Cylinder
3030 - High Security IC
Rim Cylinder
3037 - Security IC
Rim Cylinder
3070 - Housing only

Finish

605 - Bright Brass
606 - Satin Brass
611 - Bright Bronze
612 - Satin Bronze

178 - 1-7/8" (48mm) (Std. Door)

178V - 1-7/8" (48mm) vertical

613 - Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze oil rubbed
618 - Bright Nickel Plated
619 - Satin Nickel Plated
622 - Flat Black Coated

200 - 2" (51mm)

200N - 2" (51mm) ED4000/ED5000 Night Latch Function

200V - 2" (51mm) vertical

312 - 3-1/2" (89mm)

630 - Satin Stainless Steel

312V - 3-1/2" (89mm) vertical

722 - Black oxidized bronze,

318 - 3-1/8" (79mm)

625 - Bright Chromium Plated
626 - Satin Chromium Plated
629 - Bright Stainless Steel

oil rubbed

How to Order Examples
High Security Rim Cylinder Ordered Separately
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Length

Finish

AA1

3020

200

605

Rim Cylinder with a Pyramid Security Interchangeable Core
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Length

Finish

AA1

3037

178

605

Exit Device with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

ED5200

L955

630

RHR

PHS (PS for Security version)

Exit Device with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

ED5200

L955

630

RHR

PCHS (PCS for Security version)
Key Systems.25

Pyramid

Component (Key-in-Lever/Knob)

Key Systems
Key-in-Lever / Knob Cylinder
For use with Corbin Russwin CL3100,
CL3300, CL3500, CL3700, and CL3800
lever locks, CK4200 and CK4700 knob
locks and UT5200 unit locks. 2020/2027
series cylinders can also be used on
CL3400, CL3600, CL3800 and CL3900
(discontinued) locks.
Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC)
Type

2020 - High Security
Key-in-Lever/Knob

2027 - Security
Key-in-Lever/Knob

Interchangeable Core
(IC)

Lockset Series
031 -

CL3100 Lever

033 -

CL3300, CL3500, CL3600 (June 2000 and after) and CL3800 Lever

Finish

033H - G10 Exit Device Knob Trim
034 -

CL3400 Lever - CL3600 Lever (Before June 2000) A5, N5 Obsolete ED8000 Trims

037 -

CL3700 Lever - CK4700 Knob

606 - Satin Brass

038 -

CL3800 Lever (Manufactured 1993-1997)

626 - Satin Chromium Plated

039 -

CL3900 Lever (1-3/8" - 1-3/4" door)

039L - CL3900 Lever (2" - 2-1/4" door)
051 -

G3 Exit Device Knob Trim

052 -

CK4200 Knob - UT5200 Knob and Lever

Key-in-Lever/Knob for other Manufacturers’ Products
Cylinder Descriptions
High Security (PHS)

Security (PS)

Tailpiece Orientation

Used for:

2220-001-P21

2227-001-P21

Vertical

Schlage® D Series Levers
Arrow H® Series Knobs and Levers
Sargent® 10 line (Enlarge Lever Hole)

2220-002-P21

2227-002-P21

Horizontal

Schlage® D Series Knobs

2220-001-P22

2227-001-P22

Vertical

Schlage® AL and ND Series Levers

2220-002-P22

2227-002-P22

Horizontal

Schlage® A Series Knobs (Ply, etc.)

2220-002-P23

2227-002-P23

Horizontal

Schlage® A Series Knobs (ORB only)

DL2200/DL3200 Deadbolts Cylinder
Cylinder Type
High Security (PHS)
Security (PS)

1-3/8" or 1-3/4" (Standard)
Cylinder
Tailpiece
4420-134-A51
753F768
4420-134-A52
753F778
4420-134-A51-7
753F768
4420-134-A52-7
753F778

Function
11, 13, 17
12
11, 13, 17
12

2" or 2-1/4"
Cylinder
Tailpiece
4420-134-A51
753F768
4420-214-A52
753F788
4420-134-A51-7
753F768
4420-214-A52-7
753F788

How to Order Examples
High Security Component Cylinder Ordered Separately
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Lockset Series

Finish

AA1

2020

033

626

Cylindrical Lock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity
50

Keyset
AA1

Series/Function
CL3357

Trim
PZD

Finish
626

Pyramid Quick Code
PHS (PS for Security version)

Cylindrical Lock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity
50

Keyset
AA1

Series/Function
CL3357

Trim
PZD

Finish
626

Pyramid Quick Code
PCHS (PCS for Security version)

Exceptions
Pyramid cylinders are not available for the following: CL3329, CL3629, CK4229, CK4451, CK4455, CK4457, CK4429, CK4482, DL2100 series, DL3100 series.
Key Systems.26

Pyramid

Interchangeable Core

Key Systems
Interchangeable Core

Type

For use with Corbin Russwin's 6-pin
Interchangeable Core housings & shells.*

8020-

High
Security
IC core*

Finish
605
606
611
612
613

8027-

Security
IC core*

622
625
626
722

* Note: Corbin Russwin 6-pin Interchangeable Core
housings 1070 (mortise) & 3070 (rim)
will accept 8020/8027 cores.

How to Order Examples
Security Interchangeable Core Ordered Separately
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Finish

AA1

8027

605

Padlocks
Used with Pyramid Interchangeable Cores.
PL5030, PL5130, PL5230, PL5037, PL5137, PL5237

How to Order Examples
Padlock with a Pyramid High Security(8020) Interchangeable Core Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Shackle Length

AA1

PL5030

258

*Refer to general catalog for miscellaneous options.

Padlock with a Pyramid Security(8027) Interchangeable Core Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Shackle Length*

AA1

PL5037

258

Deadlocks
Used with Pyramid mortise cylinders. (DL3000 and DL4000)
Available in all standard finishes.

How to Order Examples
Deadlock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

AA1

Series/Function

Finish

Hand

Pyramid Quick Code

DL4013

626

RHR

PHS (PS for Security version)

Deadlock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Finish

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

DL4013

626

PCHS (PCS for Security version)
Key Systems.27

Bump Resistant Cylinders
Key Systems
Protect your building from unwanted entry with Corbin Russwin bump-resistant cylinders. Our
bump-resistant cylinders deter bumping without compromising the cylinder’s structural integrity
and strength. This option is available with Corbin Russwin conventional and Pyramid patented
security and high-security cylinders on our mortise, cylindrical and exit device hardware.
Recently, a lot of information has been circulating about bumping, a technique used to defeat
cylinders. Although this method has been around for a number of years, the internet has
increased public awareness. Bumping is when a “bump key” is inserted into the cylinder and
struck using a mallet or hammer type object. The bump key is specifically designed to transfer
the energy from the force of the blow to create a separation in the cylinder’s pins which
compromises the lock allowing it to open.
Although BHMA has yet to establish bump-resistance standards, Corbin Russwin Bump Resistant
Cylinders were tested and verified by an independent testing lab. They conclusively resisted
bumping attack and did not allow entry. Verification and testing data is available upon request.

BRP pinned mortise cylinder

Bump-Resistant Cylinders:
• Specify “BRP”
Retrofit:
• Convert existing cylinders with Bump-Resistant Top Spool Pins
Features
Bump-resistant cylinders are designed for use with all Corbin Russwin locking hardware:
• Cylindrical locks
• Mortise locks
• Exit devices
• Access control locks
• Unit locks
• Auxiliary locks

BRP pinned rim cylinder

Factory bitted, a symbol BRP is stamped onto pin cover/slides. Interchangeable core cylinders are
not available with bump-resistant pinning.

BRP pinned key-in-lever cylinder

Bump-Resistant Top Spool Pins

Key Systems.28

Description

Part Number

Qty

Conventional

628F10-7-171

Vials of 100 pcs.

Pyramid A

628F10 - 7 - 142

Vials of 100 pcs.

Pyramid C

628F10 - 7 - 236

Vials of 100 pcs.

Key Blanks

How to Order

Key Systems
L4

–

6-Pin

–

Key Sections

Length

Bow Shape

(see pages 31-40)

Indicate
5-, 6-, 7-pin

1 Standard
5 Large
9 Security

Bow Marking
0 Coined Logo
1 Plain
2 DND
3 US property DND
9 Restricted DND

Standard Bows
Protected and
Restricted Keys

The standard bow
furnished for all
non-restricted keyways
unless otherwise
specified. The other side
is blank.
Example: L4-6PIN-10.

Blank both sides, for
use when more area is
required for stamping,
such as custom die
stamps. Not for use
with restricted keyways.
Example: L4-6PIN-11.

This bow enhances
key control for nonrestricted Corbin
Russwin keyways. Other
side blank. Example:
L4-6PIN-12.

For use only on U.S.
Government projects.
Example: L4-6PIN-13.

Large Bows

10, 50 and 90 bow
shapes are designated
as 19, 59 and 99 for
protected and restricted
keyways. They are
stamped this way on
the thumb side. Other
side blank.
RESTRICTED
DO NOT
DUPLICATE
This stamp is not
available for keys which
are not protected and
or restricted. Protected
keyway keys will be
stamped restricted.

DO NOT
DUPLICATE

Blank both sides.
Recommended for
special die stamps
or large amounts of
stamping, and for
Control and Emergency
Master Keys. Not
available for 752, 852
or A Class keyways.
Example: L4-6PIN-51.

Recommended for nonrestricted keys which
need extra space for
special stamping. This
bow also enhances
key control for other
Corbin Russwin keys.
Not available for 752,
852 or A Class keyways.
Example: L4-6PIN-52.

For use only on U.S.
Government projects.
Recommended for use
when a large amount
of stamping is required.
Not available for 752,
852 or A Class keyways.
Example: L4-6PIN-53.

Key Systems.29

Key Blanks

How to Order

Key Systems
Security Bows (Inactive - for Existing Systems Only)
90

Standard bow for
security keys. Example:
L4-6PIN-90.

Blank both sides for
security keys where
extra stamping is
required. Not for use
with restricted keyways.
Example: L4-6PIN-91.

This bow enhances
key control for nonrestricted security keys.
Other side blank.
Example: L4-6PIN-92.

For use only on
security keys for U.S.
Government projects.
Example: L4-6PIN-93.

DO NOT
DUPLICATE

Hotel Security Key Blanks

Standard hotel function mortise cylinders 1001 and 1011 use 7-pin Emergency Key blanks. The 51 bow is suggested e.g., L4-7PIN-51.
All other Corbin Russwin hotel function cylinders require keys with a special undercut tip. The four variations are shown below.

-E1 Suffix

-E8 Suffix

-E4 Suffix

-E5 Suffix

For interchangeable core
mortise cylinder 1081
(conventional) and 1091
(security). Available 6-pin only.
Examples: L4-6PIN-51-E1 or
L4-6PIN-90-E1.

For CL3329 and CL3629
and obsolete CL3429 key-inlever locksets, fixed core and
IC. Available 6- and 7-pin.
Example: L4-6PIN-51-E8.

For CK4229 locksets, fixed
core and IC, conventional
and security. Also for CK4429.
Available 5- or 6-pin.
Examples: L4-6PIN-51-E4
or L4-6PIN-90-E4.

For obsolete 1429, 3333EM,
4333EM and 5629 key-inknob locksets. Available
5- and 6-pin. Example:
L4-6PIN-51-E5.

Pyramid Bow
Front Side

Ordering Example

Back Side

PXXX - 7 - 28

KEY SET
SYMBOL

SYSTEM
REGISTRY
NUMBER

28
Standard bow furnished for all Pyramid keys.

Key Systems.30

Bow Shape

Key Sections
(see page 43)

Length
7-pin

Keyways

Keyway Types

Key Systems
Multiplex/Simplex Keyways

Inactive Keyways

Pyramid Keyways

Multiplex keyways can be used together to
expand a keying system. A simplex keyway
is independent, stands alone and cannot
be tied into any other keyway to expand a
keying system.

Many older Corbin Russwin keyways are
designated inactive. No new systems
shall be established on these keyways.
However, they continue to be available to
support existing keying systems.

All/Multi-Section/Single Section Keys

Restricted Keyways

All/Multi-section keys can be used on more
than one cylinder with different sections.
For example: a key cut on the L41 multisection keyblank will pass cylinder in the
L1, L2, L3 and L4 keyways. Single section
keys can be used with cylinders of the
same section. For example: a key cut on
the L4 single section keyblank will only
pass a cylinder in the L4 keyway.

For security reasons, these keyway profiles
are not shown.

Pyramid keyways are only available
for Pyramid cylinders and separate
specifications are used from conventional
Corbin Russwin keying systems. New
systems for Pyramid require a Notice of
Acceptance document to be on file with
Key Systems Administration. All orders
for Pyramid must have a system specific
Registration Certificate attached and all
products must ship directly to the end
user unless a quantity - specific Letter of
Authorization accompanies the purchase
order. For security reasons, these keyway
profiles are not shown.

Active Keyways
Keyways which are available for new
Corbin Russwin keying systems are
considered active. In the case of new
master key systems, the factory reserves
the right to select the keyway from a
range of standard keyways, based on
usage in a particular geographical area.

Protected Keyways
Key Systems Administration reserves
the final decision as to which protected
keyway family will be selected. A notice
of acceptance showing the facilities
name, address and contact information is
required before orders can be processed
For security reasons, these keyway profiles
are not shown.

L Series (Corbin Russwin)
4 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.
Reverse of D Series.
Security

Bitting Classes
Corbin Russwin has several sets of
dimensional standards for bitting (cutting)
keys. If the wrong specifications are used
when making keys on code machines
in the field, they will not operate in
conjunction with factory supplied cylinders
and keys. The bitting class is given for each
group of keyways. All bitting specs are
available in the Corbin Russwin cylinder
manual.

L41

All-Section Key
L12

Multi-Section Key

L34

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

STOCK

Available

Key Systems.31

Keyways

Z and DH Class Keyways

Key Systems
D Series (Russwin®)

All-Section Key

4 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
DH Class bitting.
Reverse of L Series.
Security

D41
D12

Multi-Section Key

D34

Cylinder Keyway and Single
Section Key

Available

59 Series (Corbin®)
9 keyway
multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.

All-Section Key

59AD

Multi-Section Key

59AB
59A

Multi-Section Key
Security

59CD
59B

59C

59D

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
59A1

Available

59A2

59B1

59B2

59C1

59C2

59D1

59D2

H Series (Russwin)
8 keyway
multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6and 7-pin.
DH Class bitting.

All-Section Key

H81

Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key

Security

70 Series (Corbin)
Simplex Keyway.
Z Class bitting.
Reverse of 60.
Security
70
Available

H12

H34

H78

H56

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

Available

Key Systems.32

H85

H41

Keyways

Restricted

Key Systems
62 Series (Restricted)
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.
Security

62AD

All-Section Key

62AB

Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

62CD

62A

62AD

62B

62CD
62C1
62C2
62D1
62D2
62C
62D

62A1

62C1

62A2

62B1

62B2

62C2

62D1

62D2

HO81
HO41

HO Series (Restricted)

Security

62D

62AB
62A1
62A2
62B1
62B2
62A
62B

Available

Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
DH Class bitting.

62C

HO12

All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

HO85
HO81

HO34

HO41
HO1
HO2
HO3
HO4
HO12
HO34
HO1

HO2

HO3

HO56

HO85
HO5
HO6
HO7
HO8
HO56
HO78

HO4
HO5
93AD

HO6

93AB

Available

HO78

HO7

HO8

93CD

93A

93AD

93B

93C

93D

93AB
93A1
93A2
93B1
93B2
93A
93B

93CD
93C1
93C2
93D1
93D2
93C
93D

93A1

93C1

93A2

93B1

93B2

93C2

93D1

93D2

39AD
39AB

39CD

39A

39AD

39B

39C

39D

39AB
39A1
39A2
39B1
39B2
39A
39B

39CD
39C1
39C2
39D1
39D2
39C
39D

39A1

39C1

39A2

39B1

39B2

39C2

39D1

F41

J41

F12

F34

J12

J34

F41
F1

F12

39D2

J41

F34

J12

J34

Key Systems.33

62AB
62A1

62A2

62B1
62A

62CD

62B2

62C1
62B

62C2

62D1
62C

62D2

62D

HO81
62A1
62A2
HO41

Keyways

HO12

62B1
HO81

HO34
HO41
HO3
HO4
HO34

Key Systems

HO1

93 Series (Protected)

62AD HO2
HO1

HO2
HO12

62B2

62C1
HO85

62C2

HO56

Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.
Security

Multi-Section Key 62B
62A

93A

Multi-Section Key
62A1

62A2

62B1

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

62B2
93A1

HO3
HO12

93AB
HO1
62C

HO5 HO81
HO6
HO56

HO85
HO7

HO8
HO78
HO85

HO4
HO5
HO34
93AD

62CD
HO2

HO3
62D
93AD

93B

62C1 93AB
62C2
62D1
93A2
93B1
93B2
93A
93B

HO4

HO6

HO7
HO56

93CD
HO5

Available
HO41

39 Series (Protected)
HO12
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.
Security

HO1

93C

HO3

93A

93B2

93C1
93B

39AD
93B1

39B

HO78
39AD

HO5 39AB
HO6
HO7
39A1
39A2
39B1
39B2
39A
39B

93B2

93C2

93C1
39CD

F12

F34
39A2

39A1
93C

F Series (Protected)
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
4 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting

Security

Available
Key Systems.34

F2
93C1
F12

39C

39AD

39B
39A2

39B1

39C1
39B

39D

39C2

F12

Multi-Section Key

F1CylinderF2
F3
Keyway and

Single Section Key

39D2

39C1

F34
F3

39D
39C2

39D1

39D2

J41
F34

J12
F4

39D

39C2 J3439D1

39D2

J12

J34

J34
J2

J41

F2
39CD

F41

All-Section Key

39D1
39C
J41

39B2 J1239C1

93D2 J1

39C
39B2

93D2

39CD
39C1 39AD
39C2
39D1
39D2
39C
39D

39B1
93D

F4
93D1
F34

F3
F12

39AB

39A1

93D1

F41

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
39A

93C2

93D

J41

F3
93C2

All-Section Key

J Series (Protected)
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
4 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.

93B1

Multi-Section Key

Security

Available

93A2

F1
93B2

93D2

HO8

F41
93A1

93D1
93C

39CD

39B1
39B2
39A
F41
93CD

93B

HO8

93D

39AB
93AD 39A2
39A1

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section
Key
93AB

HO7

93CD

HO4

Multi-Section Key

HO78

93CD
62D2
93C1 93AD
93C2
93D1
93D2
93C
93D

HO85
93A2

39A

All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key

Available

93A1
39AB
HO56

HO34

HO2

93B1
93A

HO8

HO6

93AB
93A1
93A2
HO81

62D2

HO78

HO41

All-Section
Key
62AB

62D1

J3
J12
J1

J34
J3

Keyways

Corbin® X Class

Key Systems
57 Series

All-Section Key
8 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6-, and 7-pin.
X Class bitting.
Multi-Section Key
Reverses
57A1
57A2
57B1
57B2

27B2
27B1
27A2
27A1

57AD
57ABC
57A

Multi-Section Key

57C

57B

57D

Cyl. Keyway and
Single Section Key
57A1

Security

57B2

57B1

57B2

57C1

57C2

57D1

57D2

Not Available

Simplex Keyways
6 independent keyways.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
X Class bitting.

Security

Not Available

Key Systems.35

Keyways

Corbin® X Class

Key Systems
27 Series

Multi-Section Key

Reverses

Multi-Section Key

27A1
27A2
27B1
27B2

57B2
57B1
57A2
57A1

27AB

All-Section Key

7 keyways total (5 active).
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
X Class bitting.

027
27A

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

27A1

27A2

27B1

Not Available

27B2

All-Section Key

7 keyways total (5 active).
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
X Class bitting.
Reverse of 77 Series.

27B

Inactive.
Not used
for new
systems.

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

67 Series

Security

67AB

Multi-Section Key

Security

067

Multi-Section Key

67A

67B
Not Available

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
67

67A1

67A2

All-Section Key
7 keyways total (5 active).
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
X Class bitting.
Reverse of 67 Series.

67B2

Inactive.
Not used
for new
systems.

Cylinder Keyway
and Single Section
Key

77 Series

67B1

Security

77AB

Multi-Section Key

077

Multi-Section Key

77A

77B

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
77

77A1

Inactive.
Not used
for new
systems.

Cylinder Keyway
and Single Section
Key
78
Key Systems.36

77A2

77B1

77B2

Not Available

Keyways

Russwin® Inactive

Key Systems
981 Series

3 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
981 Class bitting.

9812

All-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

Security

Not Available

N Series (Obverse)
14 keyways total: N1- N14.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
N Class bitting.

Former Designations

981

Former 6-pin Designations
Former 7-pin Designations

961
971

983

962
972

963
973

All-Section Key

N1x13M

Multi-Section Key

N1-3-9-12M
N1-12M

Multi-Section Key

N2-7-8-10M

N3-9M

N7-10M

N2-8M

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

6-pin: 1N-14N
5- and 7-pin: 1K-14K
Security

982

N12

All-Section Key

N10

N1x13M

Simplex Keyway
not entered by
N1x13M.

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
Not Available

N5*

N11*

N13*

N14

*NOTE: Do not use these pairs in the same keying system with
each other: N1 with N13; N3 with N5; N7 with N11

N Series (Reverse)
14 keyways total: N15- N28.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
N Class bitting.
Former Designations
6-pin: 15N-28N
5- and 7-pin: 15K-28K
Security

Not Available

All-Section Key

N15x27M

Multi-Section Key

N16-21-22-24M

N15-17-23-26M

Multi-Section Key

N15-26M

N17-23M

N21-24M

N16-22M

N26

N23

N24

N22

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
N15

N17

N21

N15x27M

All-Section Key

N16
Simplex Keyway
not entered by
N15x27M.

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
N18

N19*

N20

N25*

N27*

N28

*NOTE: Do not use these pairs in the same keying system with each other:
N15 with N27; N17 with N19; N21 with N25

Key Systems.37

Keyways

Russwin® Inactive

Key Systems
852 Series

2852

Simplex Keyways
5-pin only

2 keyway multiplex system.
5-pin standard, 6-pin special.
Available with 10 Series
bows only.
No hotel function cylinders.

252

752 uses 752 Class bitting
G uses 852 Class bitting
Available with 10 Series bows only.
No hotel function cylinders.

852

752

Security

Not Available

A Series (Obverse)
12 keyways: A1-A12.
5-pin standard, 6-pin special.
Available with 10 Series
bows only.
A Class bitting.
No hotel function cylinders.
Former Designations
5-pin: 1A-12A
6-pin: 1Z-12Z

All-Section Key

A1x12M

Multi-Section Key

A1-3-9-12M

Multi-Section Key

A1-12M

A4-6-7-10M

A3-9M

A4-7M

A6-10M

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
A1

A12

All-Section Key

Security

A3
A1x12M

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
Not Available

A2*

A5*

A11

A10

* NOTE: Do not use these
pairs in the same keying
system with each other: A1
with A2; A4 with A5.

A Series (Reverse)

12 keyways: A13-A24.
5-pin standard, 6-pin special.
Available with 10 Series
bows only.
A Class bitting.
No hotel function
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
cylinders.
Former Designations
5-pin: 13A-24A
6-pin: 13Z-24Z

Security

Not Available
Key Systems.38

A13

A14*

A15

A16

A17*

A18

A19

A20

A21

A22

A23

A24

* NOTE: Do not use these pairs in the same
keying system with each other: A13 with A14;
A16 with A17.

Keyways
Key Systems

P3C
P3C1

Pyramid (Patented)
P3C Series
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
4 keyway multiplex

P3AB Series
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
4 keyway multiplex

P4EF Series
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex

Pyramid

P3C

P3C2

P3C3

P3C
P3C2

P3C1

P3C4

P3C3

P3C4

Multi-Section Key

P3C1

P3C
P3C2
P3C3
P3AB P3C4

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

P3C1

P3A
P3B
P3AB P3C4
P3C2
P3C3
P3A P3A2
P3A1
P3AB

All-Section Key

P3A1
P3A

Multi-Section Key

P3B P3B2
P3B1

P3A2

P3B1
P3B

P3B2

P3AB

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

P3A1P3A P3A2

P3B1P3B P3B2
P4EF

P3A1P4E P3A2

P3B1
P4EF P3B2

P4E
P4E2
P4E3 P4EF
P4E4

P4E1

P4E
P4E2

P4E1

P4E3 P4EF
P4E4

P4F
P4F
P4F2
P4F3

P4F1

P4F
P4F2

P4F1

P4F4

P4F3

P4F4

P5AD

P4AD Series
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex

P5AD Series
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex

P4E1
All-Section Key

Multi-Section Key
P4E1
Multi-Section Key

Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

All-Section Key

Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex

Multi-Section Key

P5AB P4B2
P4B1
P4B

P5A
P4A2
P5A1

P4B1
P5A2

P4B2
P5B1

P5C
P4C1
P5B2

P4C2
P5C1

P5D
P4D1

P5C2

P4D2
P5D1

P5D2

P6AD

Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key

P5CD P4D2
P4D1
P4D

P4C1P4C P4C2

P5B

All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key

P4F
P4AD P4F2
P4F1
P4F3
P5CDP4F4

P4AB
P5A
P5B P4AD
P5C P4CD
P5D
P4E2
P4E3
P4E4
P4F1
P4F2
P4F3
P4F4
P4A
P4B
P4C
P4D
P4AB
P4CD
P5A1
P5A2
P5B1
P5B2
P5C1
P5C2
P5D1
P5D2
P4AD
P4A
P4B
P4C
P4D
P4A1
P4A2
P4B1
P4B2
P4C1
P4C2
P4D1
P4D2
P4AB
P4CD
P4AD
P4A1
P4A2
P4B1
P4B2
P4C1
P4C2
P4D1
P4D2
P4A
P4B
P4C
P4D
P5AD
P4AB
P4CD

Multi-Section Key
P4A1P4A P4A2
Cylinder Keyway and
P4A1
Single Section Key

P6AD Series

P4E
P4E2
P4E3
P5ABP4E4

P6AB
P6A
P6A1

P6CD
P6B

P6A2

P6B1

P6C
P6B2

P6C1

P6D

P6C2

P6D1

P6D2

*Note: Each P6 keyway will have its own unique side pin code locations to be assigned by Key Systems Administration. The side pin code is not available
with the other Pyramid keyway families.

P6AD

P6AB

P6CD

Key Systems.39

Mortise Cylinder Cams

Lockset Applications

Key Systems
Cams for current products or models
Type

Part Number

Model/Description
Corbin Russwin

A01

Reg.
IC

701F23
701F23

Arrow ,
Marks 5000, PDQ
®

Corbin Russwin
A02

Reg.
IC

147F77
334F13

A03

Reg.
IC

111F55
362F42

A04

Reg.
IC

413F22
423F49

A05

Reg.
IC

105F70
362F50

A06

Reg.
IC

626F07
626F07

A61

Reg.
IC

562F40
526F66

A62

A65

A92

Reg.

Baldwin
R. R. Brink
Marks
Corbin Russwin
Adams Rite®
Lori
Corbin Russwin
Adams Rite
R. R. Brink

025F72

Reg.

266F34

Steel case mortise lock classroom (55), inside of vestibule (42) and institutional privacy
(69) functions. Most exit device trims. NOT for master ring mortise cylinders.
All mortise locks.
All except CKS.
7000, 9000 and most brands of older black cast iron locks.

DL3000 Series Cylindrical Deadlocks only.
1800 Series, 4015 Deadlocks; 4500 and 4700 Series Latch Locks.
4500, 4600 Series Deadlocks.

DL4000 Series Mortise Deadlocks only.

4070 Series Deadlocks.
“CKS” Control Key Switch.

Schlage®

L9000 Series (Cloverleaf only).

Corbin Russwin

Mortise Series deadbolt function master ring locks manufactured since June 10, 1993
(silver case). Adapt earlier (gold case) model to use this cam by installing thumbturn hub
562F41-2.

Best®

H45 Series

Corbin Russwin

Mortise Series Master Ring classroom (55) function and inside of vestibule (42) function
mortise locksets.

Corbin Russwin
DORMA

900 Series Mullion, WS700 Series Mullion (Both KRM)
Mortise Locks

Corbin Russwin

Mortise Series: required for master ring deadbolt functions manufactured before
June 10, 1993 (gold case) and for outside of current vestibule (42) function. Optional
for current non-deadbolt functions except classroom (55) and inside of vestibule (42)
function.

Corbin Russwin

Concealed vertical rod exit device outside grip handle operators 01 and 02.

065F36

Reg.

Steel case mortise locks except classroom and institutional privacy functions. Deadbolt
functions of green cast iron case mortise locks. NOT for master ring mortise cylinders.
All mortise functions using Cloverleaf cam.

Cams for obsolete Corbin Russwin products or models

Key Systems.40

A63

121F01

Corbin Russwin

Black cast iron case master ring mortise locks, except models with 1" throw deadbolt.

A64

135F19

Corbin Russwin

Black cast iron case master ring mortise locks with 1" throw deadbolt.

A93

Reg.
IC

Corbin Russwin

610 and 1403 Series Cylindrical Deadlocks.

281F27
362F43

Cylinder Accessories

Collars and Master Ring Adapter

Key Systems
Standard Collars +
Spring

Master Ring Collars +
Solid, Recessed for Cylinder Head

253F97

.150" (5/32")

549F52

.219" (7/32") - Ring Only

605F43

.350" (11/32")

428F66

Packet: 549F52 + 253F97

Solid, Recessed for Cylinder Head

447F44*

.031" (1/32"); total projection 1/4"

261F55

.094" (3/32") X 2-1/4" O.D. for ED6000 with T5,
T6, T9, T9M, T10, T10M, T11M trim

447F45*

.172" (11/64"); total projection 25/64"

447F46*

.375" (3/8"); total projection 19/32"

447F41*

.031" (1/32"); total projection 1/4"

700F53

.090" (3/32") VR trim, double
cylinder 1-1/4"

366F70

.090" (3/32") tapered

261F54

.094" (3/32") x 2-1/4" O.D. for ED6000 with
T5, T6, T9, T9M, T10, T10M, T11M trim

370F33

.094" (3/32")

270F15

.156" (5/32"); total projection 9/32"

370F35

.281" (9/32")

598F89*

.156" (5/32"); total projection 9/32"

Miscellaneous

447F42*

.172" (11/64"); total projection 25/64"

610FO1*

.221" (7/32"); total projection 7/16"

610F02*

.289" (9/32"); total projection 1/2"

654F07

.350" (11/32"); total projection 15/32"

447F43*

.375" (3/8"); total projection 19/32"

609F36*

.500" (1/2"); total projection 23/32"

134F05

.510" (1/2") for ED6800 x B5 or G6 and
all ED7400, ED7800 with 1-1/8" cylinder

654F08

.550" (9/16"); total projection 11/16"

267F97

.635" (5/8") for ED6800 x O1 or O2 with
1-1/8" and ED6800 x B5 or G6 and all
ED7400, ED7800 with 1-1/4" cylinder

609F37*

.650" (21/32"); total projection 7/8"

399F48

.749" (3/4") for ED6800 x O1 or O2 with
1-1/4" cylinder

609F38*

.850" (27/32"); total projection 1-1/16"

Spacers for Flexible Head Cylinders

255F54

Rim cylinder, flush mount

197F35

Wave washer

Master Ring Adapter
For installing standard diameter mortise
cylinder in master ring lockset.
Specify 522F93-2.
Order cam separately. See page 40.

Spacers for Flexible Head Cylinders
370F29

.125" (1/8")

370F31

.250" (1/4")

252F82

.315" (5/16")

Other Solid Collars
416F39*

.172" (11/64") security collar; total
projection 13/32"

303F25

.312" (5/16") for 1-1/8" cylinder on
aluminum door

Miscellaneous
255F53

Rim cylinder, flush mount

422F88

Rim cylinder, surface mount

197F34

Wave washer

* Number includes wave washer in packet
+ Refer to corresponding parts and service
manuals for correct cylinder collar applications
and selection guide

Key Systems.41

Cylinder Accessories

Pyramid Collars

Key Systems
Collars
• 1-3/4" (44mm) thick door. For other
door thicknesses and trim
considerations, contact Corbin Russwin
Technical Product Support.
• Mortise Cylinders – 1-1/4" (32mm) length
Spring
605F43
(.350)

447F41
(.030)

700F53
(.090)

270F15
(.156)

598F89
(.156)

Solid
447F42
(.172)

610F02
(.289)

447F43
(.375)

654F07
(.350)

267F97
(.635)

Surface Mount
422F88
(.000)

Mortise Cylinder
XX

High Security Separately (1020, 1030)
Security Separately (1027, 1037)

Mortise Lock
Single Cylinder
X

Sectional
N Escutcheon

P Escutcheon

X
X

M Escutcheon
L & R Escutcheon

T Escutcheon (no collar required)
Double Cylinder
X

Sectional
N Escutcheon

P Escutcheon

X
X

M Escutcheon
X

L & R Escutcheon

T Escutcheon
X

V Escutcheon
Auxiliary Locks

DL4011, 4013, 4017

DL4012
Rim Cylinder
High Security Separately (3020, 3030)

Security Separately (3027, 3037)

Exit Devices
ED4000-5000 Series
X

700 Trim, F2, F3, T13, P9
X

700M Trim, F2M, F3M, T13M

900 Trim
X

Cylinder Dogging
ED6000 Series

N3, G4, T3

N4M, G5M
X

T7M, T9M
ED7000 Series
P4, P6, P7

X
X

C4, 03, 05
T11

ED8000 Series
KO
F1, P1, P2 (no collar required)

Key Systems.42

Plug Diameters/Quick Codes
Key Systems
Corbin Russwin Cylinder Plug Diameters
When combinating Corbin Russwin cylinders, the diameter of the plug determines the set of bottom pin and build-up pin lengths
to use. The plug diameter is either .509" or .552". All Pyramid cylinders have a plug diameter of .496" and have their own pin kit.
Current Corbin Russwin cylinder plug diameters are listed below by product series. Before 1983, however, all Corbin® X Class cylinders
used .509" diameter plugs.
CL3200 Series
CL3300 CL3500, CL3800 Series

Security Bolt
Cylindrical

.509"
.509"

CL3400 & CL3600 Series

Cylindrical

.509"

CL3700 Series
CL3900 Series
CK4200 CL3500, CL3800 Series
CK4400 Series
CK4700 Series
UT5200 Series
DL2100 Series
DL3000 Series
DL3100 Series

Cylindrical
Cylindrical
Cylindrical
Cylindrical
Cylindrical
Unit Lock
Deadlock
Deadlock
Deadlock

.509"
.509"
.552"
.509"
.509"
.552"
.509"
.552"
.509"

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Red)
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Blue)
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Green)
IC 6-pin with disposable temporary core
IC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core1 (Mortise)
IC 6-pin with small format temporary disposable core
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Red)
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Blue)
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Green)
IC 7-pin with disposable temporary core
IC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core1 (Mortise)
Pyramid with temporary construction core

Cylindrical
All

Mortise Cylinders
Rim Cylinders
Interchangeable Cores
Padlocks
Competitors’ Key-in-Lever/Knob
Security, all cylinders
Exit Devices, except IC
A6/N6/PR6 trim and obsolete
NS/AS trim

.552"
.496"
.552"
.552"
.509"
.509"
.552"
.552"
.552"
.509"
.509"

Collar Options - Mortise and Rim Cylinders Only

Cylinder Options
Description

1400/4300 Series (obsolete)
Pyramid Series

Quick Code
CT6
CT6R
CT6B
CT6G
CT6D
CT6SD1
CTSD
CT7
CT7R
CT7B
CT7G
CT7D
CT7SD1
CTP

Description

Quick Code

Collar packet (549F52 + 253F97)

428F66

Rim collar, flush mount

255F53

Rim collar, flush mount (master ring)

255F54

Rim collar, surface mount (standard for rim cylinders)

422F88

Solid collar - .030

447F41

Solid collar - .031 (master ring)

447F44

Solid collar - .090 (VR trim only)

700F53

Solid collar - .094

261F54

Solid collar - .094 (master ring)

261F55

Solid collar - .156

270F15

Solid collar - .156

598F89

Solid collar - .172 (tapered security collar)

416F39

Solid collar - .172

447F42

Pyramid with disposable temporary core

CTPD

Solid collar - .172 (master ring- standard for MR 118 cylinders)

447F45

SFIC 6-pin with less core (rim and mortise)

CLS6

Solid collar - .221

610F01

SFIC 7-pin with less core (rim and mortise)

CLS7

Solid collar - .289

610F02

Bump-resistant cylinders

BRP

Solid collar - .312

303F25

Solid collar - .350

654F07

Solid collar - .375

447F43

Solid collar - .375 (master ring)

447F46

Solid collar - .500

609F36

Solid collar - .510

134F05

Solid collar - .550

654F08

Solid collar - .635

267F97

Solid collar - .650

609F37

Solid collar - .749

399F47

Solid collar - .850

609F38

Spacer for flexible head cylinders - .125

370F29

Spacer for flexible head cylinders - .250

370F31

Spacer for flexible head cylinders - .315

252F82

Spacer for flexible head master ring cylinders - .094

370F33

Spacer for flexible head master ring cylinders - .281

370F35

Spacer for flexible head master ring cylinders (tapered) - .090

366F70

Spring collar - .150 (standard for 118 cylinders)

253F97

Spring collar - .219

549F52

Spring collar - .350 (standard for 114 cylinders)

605F43

Keying Options
Description
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (except HS, CHS)
Keyed random
Keyed alike
Keyed to specific bitting (specify bitting)
Uncombinated
Construction master keyed

Quick Code
(standard)
KR
KA
KS
UC
CMK

Key Quantity Options
(standard)2
2 change keys per cylinder2
Other than 2 change keys per cylinder
KY#
(i.e. customer requests 6 change keys per cylinder)
(i.e., KY6)
No change keys
KY0
Master keys (if required)3
Specify Qty.
Specify Qty.
Control keys (if required)3
Specify Qty.
CMK keys (if required)3
CMK control keys (if required)3
Specify Qty.
Specify Qty.
SKD control keys (if required)3
Specify Qty.
Special purpose keys, i.e., ENG (if required)3
1
Corbin Russwin does not furnish permanent SFIC cores
2
Keys shipped separately for security and Pyramid master keyed cylinders
3
Order as cut keys

Key Systems.43

Quick Codes/How to Order
Key Systems
KeyBow Options

Stamping Options*
Description

Quick Code

Keys stamped with bitting number

(standard)

No keyset or bitting stamping on keys

VKC0

Keys only stamped with keyset (standard for HS, CHS,
PS, PHS, PCS, PCHS)

VKC1

Keys stamped with keyset, cylinders stamped with
keyset on face of plug - not available for HS, CHS, PS,
PHS, PCS, PCHS

VKC2

Keys stamped with bitting, cylinders stamped with
keyset on face of plug - not available for HS, CHS, PS,
PHS, PCS, PCHS

VKC3

Keys stamped with keyset, cylinders stamped with
keyset in concealed location

CKC2

Keys stamped with bitting, cylinders stamped with
keyset in concealed location- not available for HS, CHS,
PS, PHS, PCS, PCHS

CKC3

Less Trade Mark (No Corbin Russwin logo on cylinders)

LTM

*see page 6 for detailed descriptions

Description

Quick Code

Corbin Russwin logo

(standard)

Plain both sides

KB11

Do Not Duplicate

KB12

US Property Do Not Duplicate

KB13

Protected Do Not Duplicate (only for protected keyways)

KB19

Restricted Do Not Duplicate (only for restricted keyways)

KB19

Pyramid (only for Pyramid keys)

KB28

Large bow, plain both sides

KB51

Large bow, Do Not Duplicate

KB52

Large bow, US Property Do Not Duplicate

KB53

Large bow, protected Do Not Duplicate
(only for protected keyways)

KB19

Large bow, Restricted Do Not Duplicate
(only for restricted keyways)

KB59

Security bow Corbin Russwin logo (only for security keys)

KB90

Security bow plain both sides (only for security keys)

KB91

Security bow, Do Not Duplicate (only for security keys)

KB92

Security bow, US Property Do Not Duplicate
(only for security keys)

KB93

Security bow, protected Do Not Duplicate
(only for security keys, protected keyways)

KB99

Security bow, Restricted Do Not Duplicate
(only for security, restricted keyways)

KB99

How to Order Cylinders
Mortise Separately
Keyset

Cylinder

Length

Cam

Pins

Keyway

Finish

AA1

1000

118

A01

626

Rim Separately
Keyset

Cylinder

Length

Pins

Keyway

Finish

AA1

3000

058

626

Key-in-Lever/Knob Separately
Keyset

Cylinder

Lockset Series

Pins

Keyway

Finish

AA1

2000

033

626

IC Cores Separately
Keyset

Cylinder

Pins

Keyway

Finish

AA1

8000

626

Key Systems.44

Service Equipment

Pin Kits

Key Systems
Single System Pin Kits
For the end user with one Corbin Russwin System 70 keying
system to maintain. Each kit has all pins necessary to combinate
interchangeable core and master ring cylinders, as well as
conventional cylinders (both .509" and .552" plug diameters).
Furnished in a handsomely finished hardwood case with
combinating instructions on the inside of the lid. Includes key
gauge, tweezers and both diameter plug followers.
PK-70-ZDH
For pinning all types of cylinders (except security) with Z Class
keyways: 59, D, H and L Series, plus 60, 70 and restricted/
protected keyways using System 70 depths (1-6).

PK-70-ZDH
PK-70-X
PK-70-N

PK-70-X
For pinning all types of cylinders with X Class keyways: 27, 57,
67 and 77 Series, plus AR, BR, BL, 97 and 99 using System 70
depths (1-6).
PK-70-N
For pinning all types of cylinders with N Class keyways: N1-N28
using System 70 depths (1-6).
Security Pin Kit
PK-70-HS
For security cylinders, including interchangeable core, Brink
and blockout function. Furnished in a handsomely finished
hardwood case with combinating instructions on the inside of
the lid. Includes tweezers.
Deluxe Pin Kit
PK-1070
Ideal for locksmiths and distributor service personnel who must
service a variety of Corbin Russwin keying systems. Also for end
users with Pre-System 70 keying systems.
Contains all pins required to combinate standard, IC and master
ring cylinders. Accommodates System 70 and non-System
70 for both plug diameters and all key classes. Furnished in a
reinforced steel case with combinating instructions on the inside
of the lid. A separate, removable, two-sided chart contains pin
lengths for all modern key classes. Includes tweezers and both
diameter plug followers.

PK-70-HS

PK-1070

PK-20-HS
Each pin kit has all the pins necessary to combinate standard
and interchangeable core Pyramid High Security cylinders.
Includes tweezers, plug follower, key gauge and combinating
instructions.
PK-20-PS
Each pin kit has all the pins necessary to combinate standard
and interchangeable core Pyramid Security Cylinders.
Includes tweezers, plug follower, key gauge and combinating
instructions.

PK-20-HS

Pyramid Sample Display Case
S-20-DC
Contains sample Master Keyed Cylinders and information
materials.
Key Systems.45

Service Equipment

Replacement Pin for Kits

Key Systems
For a complete listing of all Cylinder Components, refer to Cylinder/Owner’s Manuals.

How to Order Conventional Pins

Suffix 3-digit length in thousandths of an inch to base number.
Example: .160" bottom pin is 553F484-160.
Description

Number

Specify quantity of vials (100 pins/vial):
Bottom Pins (L Series)

553F48-4 + length

Master/Top/Build-up Pins

553F49-2 + length

TOP PIN (M)
(J) Spool Pin

(M Series)
Spool Top Pins (J Series)

553F50-2 + length

Specify quantity of vials (1500 balls/vial):
Construction Balls

MASTER PIN (M)

546F97-8

• Pins are packaged in a secure, spill-proof plastic vial with hinged top.
• 12 vials per master carton.

How to Order Security Pins

BOTTOM PIN (L)

Replace the “x” in the part number with the pin's skew number.
Bottom pins use skews L (1) and R (2).
Master pins use skews L (1), R (2) and S (3).
Example: #2 master pin with S skew is 407T334-097.
Description
Specify quantity of pins (must be multiple of 20):
Bottom Pin, #2
Bottom Pin, #3
Bottom Pin, #4
Bottom Pin, #5
Bottom Pin, #6
Master Pin, #2
Master Pin, #3
Master Pin, #4
Top Pin #1 (long)
Top Pin #2 (short)

Number
407T4x4-242
407T4x4-270
407T4x4-298
407T4x4-326
407T4x4-354
407T3x4-097
407T3x4-125
407T3x4-153
407T43-4193
407T43-4158

How to Order Pyramid Security Pins

Suffix 3-digit length in thousandths of an inch to base number.
Description
Specify quantity of vials (100 pins/vial):
Bottom Pins (Nickel Silver)
Master/Build-up Pins/Top
(Brass)

BOTTOM PIN

695F244 + length
695F252 + length

Suffix 3-digit length in thousandths of an inch to base number.

TOP PIN

Number
695F247 + length
695F257 + length

How to Order Pyramid Bump Resistant Pins
Description
Specify quantity of vials (100 pins/vial):
Size A
Size C

MASTER PIN

Number

How to Order Pyramid High Security Pins
Description
Specify quantity of vials (100 pins/vial):
Bottom Pins (Stainless Steel)
Master/Build-up Pins/Top
(Stainless Steel)

TOP PIN

MASTER PIN

Number
628F107142
628F107236

How to Order Pyramid P6 Side Pins
Description
Specify quantity of vials (20 pins/vial):
P6 Side Pin
Key Systems.46

Number
630F494

BOTTOM PIN

Service Equipment

Replacement Pin for Kits

Key Systems
Cylinder Tool Kit No. CT-93
Kit No. CT-93 contains the following items (also available separately):
CT-4

Follower for 509" diameter plugs

CT-11

Key gauge for Corbin® X and Z Class System 70 and pre-System 70

CT-19

Tweezers

CT-21

Key gauge for Russwin® N Class System 70 and pre-System 70

CT-22

Key gauge for Russwin DH Class System 70 and pre-System 70

CT-23

Key gauge for Russwin 981 and 852 Classes

CT-26

Waldes Tru-Arc pliers (see below for full description)

CT-54

Follower for .552" diameter plugs

Other Tools

Pyramid Tools
CT-20

Pyramid plug follower (.495" diameter)

CT-5

Pin Chamber Reamer

CT-20K

Key Gauge for Pyramid

CT-7

Pin Chamber Burring Tool

CT-10

Loading tool for CK4400 Series and IC cylinder shells

Cylinder Installation Wrench No. CT-80
CT-80 is for interchangeable core mortise cylinders. It is used to:
• Install and remove Corbin Russwin interchangeable core mortise
cylinder housing without marring cylinder scalp finish.
• Test cam operation before fastening the mortise cylinder set screw.
• Align the pins of the throw member before installing the core.

CT-80

Waldes Tru-Arc Pliers

No. CT-25

No. CT-26

No. CT-27

When rekeying or exchanging cylinders
in CK4200 and UT5200 Series knobs,
this tool is used to remove the large knob
shank retaining ring to gain access to the
cylinder.

When rekeying CK4200 and UT5200
Series cylinders, this tool is used to remove
the plug retainer.

When rekeying or exchanging cylinders
in UT5200 Series Unit Lock lever handles,
this tool removes and installs the cylinder
retaining ring.

Key Systems.47

Service Equipment

Other Cylinder Parts

Key Systems
Screws
438F41 -8
438F42-8
488F08-8
488F10-8
021F68-8
021F71-8
Disposable Core 10 Packs
627F00-9
707F21-9
Tailpieces
655F00-8
655F01-8
582F29-8
490F55-8
253F85-8
483F09-8
253F76-8
413F48-8
284F13-8
253F77-8
413F49-8
622F30-8
622F29-8
682F29-8
596F89-8

Cam screw, mortise cylinder and RFC padlocks
Cam screw, IC mortise cylinder
Mortise cylinder set screw packet (1 screw), standard cylinder size
Mortise cylinder set screw packet (1 screw), master ring
Rim cylinder mounting screw, 2-9/32" long for 1-3/8" - 2-1/2" doors
Rim cylinder mounting screw, 3-1/8" long for 2-3/4" - 3-1/2" doors
Corbin Russwin LFIC
Corbin Russwin SFIC
5/8" horizontal for rim cylinder 3000-058
5/8" horizontal for IC rim cylinder 3080-058
1-1/4" horizontal for IC rim cylinder 3080-114
1-3/8" horizontal for rim cylinder 3000-138
1-7/8" horizontal for IC rim cylinder 3080-178
1-7/8" vertical for IC rim cylinder 3080-178V
2" horizontal for rim cylinder 3000-200
2" vertical for rim cylinder 3000-200V
3-1/8" horizontal for IC rim cylinder 3080-318
3-1/2" horizontal for rim cylinder 3000-312
3-1/2" vertical for rim cylinder 3000-312V
For 2000-033 & 2000-034-7 cylinders
For 2000-034-6 cylinder
For 2000-037 & 2000-033-7 cylinders
For 2000-038 cylinder

489F02-8

For 2000-051 cylinder

680F60-8

For 2000-039 cylinder

681F60-8
For 2000-039L cylinder
Rim Cylinder Back Plates
253F75-8
For standard and Pyramid rim cylinders
135F10-8
For master ring rim cylinders
Retainers
173F79-8
.020" thick for 2001 -051 cylinder
368F91-8
.030" thick for rim, 2200, 2210 & 3000 Series cylinders
488F92-8
.032" thick for CK4200 and 1400/4300 Series locks
333F99-7
For CK4400 Series Locks, 4300 Series Cylinders, 8000 cores and Pyramid
655F41-5
For 3080 IC rim cylinder
680F64-5
Threaded cap for 2000-033, 034, 037, 039, Security & Pyramid KIL cylinders
585F31-2
Cap pin for above
Springs (Ordered in multiples of 100)
585F32-7
For 2000-033, 034, 037, 039, Security & Pyramid KIL cap pin)
172F21-7
IC Conventional & Security
603F20-7
Fixed Core Conventional & Security
026F75-7
Hotel Mortise blocking pin
697F50-7
All Pyramid Cylinders
314F98-7
For 2001-034 indicator
Spring Covers
217F42-2
5-pin brass (Rim/Mortise/IC)
217F44-2
6-pin brass (Rim/Mortise/IC/Pyramid IC)
314F88-7
6-pin stainless (2000 Series Knob/Lever)
217F43-2
7-pin brass (Rim/Mortise/IC/Pyramid Rim & Mortise)
585F39-7
7-pin stainless (2000 Series Lever/Pyramid KIL/KIK)
411F092
Pyramid KIL/KIK for other manufacturers products (2200 Series)
Padlock Parts
362F15-3
Throw member for IC & RFC padlocks (A)
793F592-4
Cylinder sleeve for RFC padlocks (B)
438F41-8
Mounting screw for RFC padlocks (C)

Key Systems.48

Policies and Procedures
Key Systems
Procedures

Corbin Russwin keying systems utilize the
Standard Key Coding System illustrated
on the following pages. To ensure prompt
and accurate processing, purchase orders
should be written using these key symbols
to describe each master keyed item.
In addition to the key symbol, Corbin
Russwin requires the following information
on the keying system for ALL orders:
• End User (job) Name
• City, State, Zip Code
• Special key bows or key stamping
• VKC/CKC requirements (see page 6)
New Systems or New Branches of
Existing Systems
Indicate system expansion in terms of
estimated numbers of key combinations,
not doors. All of this information is
essential at the inception of a keying
system in order for Corbin Russwin to
ensure accommodation of the end user’s
present and future needs. Advise as
follows:
• How many levels of keying?
• Plan for a construction master key?
• Any selective master keys, such as ENG?
• How many changes for each master?
• How many masters for each grand
master? If mixing Corbin Russwin
cylinder types, indicate clearly where
each type of cylinder will be used within
the expansion parameters:
• Which masters or grands have
security cylinders under them?
• Which have interchangeable cores?
• Which have master ring?
• Which have conventional cylinders?
Existing System Add-Ons
For prompt processing, orders must
include a positive identification for the
keying system in addition to the job name,
city, state and zip code. Any ONE of the
following is positive ID:
• Registry number stamped on any existing
factory master key
• Previous factory order number together
with the year of that order

Letters of Authorization
No letter is needed when the items are to
be drop shipped directly to the end user.
In all other cases, to preserve the security
of the end user’s keying system, Corbin
Russwin requires a letter of authorization
on the end user’s letterhead to obtain the
following:

• Bitting lists
• Security blanks and cut keys
• Master level cut keys
• Protected key blanks, cylinders and plugs
• Pyramid key blanks, cylinders, and plugs
The letter of authorization can be brief
but should include a specific description of
what is being authorized for release, and a
positive key system identification.

Pyramid Key Discard Policy
U.S. Utility Patent number 6,125,674
protects Pyramid keys from unauthorized
duplication until the year 2018.
It is essential that cut keys and key blank
distribution policies and procedures be
maintained and enforced for all Pyramid
products.
Authorized Pyramid Distributors
Pyramid is a system-based product. An
authorized distributor can stock Pyramid
upon specific written authorization from
the primary systems administrator of the
facility. Authorized distributors have the
ability to receive product, key product,
cut keys and distribute the product to the
facility.
Authorized Pyramid distributors who
carry inventory for a specific system must
provide valid receipts and disbursements
of all Pyramid products, specifically key
blanks/cut keys. All Pyramid key blanks
to be maintained in the possession of an
authorized Pyramid distributor must be
accounted for. Any defective, incorrectly
cut or damaged Pyramid key blanks
must be retained in the distributor’s
possession to be reviewed and collected
by a representative of ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions.

XYZ Corporation
1 Main St.
Anytown, USA 00001
(203) 555-5555
(Current Date)
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware
Key Systems Dept.
We authorize Acme Distributors to obtain a
copy of the bitting list for our keying system
GGMX5555. We also authorize them to order
the quantities of master keys on our attached
purchase order 1234AB.

Sincerely,

Gordon Morris
Security Director

Pyramid Primary System
Administrators
Any defective, incorrectly cut or damaged
Pyramid key blank must be destroyed.
Pyramid Key Warranty
Pyramid key blanks are covered by a
5-year warranty as outlined in the current
list price book.

Pyramid Registration Certificates
For each Pyramid system established
the designated owner’s representative
will receive a Pyramid Owner’s binder
containing registration certificates specific
to their system. Registration
certificates will contain the facility
registration number along with the
facility name and location and must be
signed by an authorized representative
for the facility. Each order submitted for
Pyramid product must be accompanied
by a registration certificate. Additional
certificates will be obtainable through
Key Systems Administration.
Facility Registration

Facility Name
Address #1
Address #2
City
State
Authorized Representative

m
a
S

System Registry + Zip Code
+ Certificate Number

e
l
p
Zip

Print
Distributor

PO#

Key Systems.49

How to Establish Key Systems

2- and 3-Level Systems

Key Systems
To Specify a Simple Master Key System
(2 Levels of Keying)
The master key symbol consists of TWO
letters, such as AA. The change key
numbers are added to the master key
letters. The numbers come FIRST: 1AA,
2AA, 3AA, etc.

1AA

To Specify a Grand Master Key System
(3 Levels of Keying)
The grand master is assigned any ONE
letter, such as A. The master keys under
this grand are assigned TWO letters, the
first of which must be the same as the
grand: AA, AB, AC, etc. are all masters
under grand A. Masters BA, BB, BC, etc.,
are all under grand B. Caution: Do not use
the letters I, O or Q because of possible
confusion with the numerals 1 and 0,
respectively. Also do not use the letter
X due to confusion with cross keying.
Change key numbers come after the
letters.

2AA

SKD1

If the cylinder is to be operated by its
change key and nothing lower than the
single lettered GMK, the change number
is added to the GMK symbol. This is
illustrated by the example A1 in the
schematic shown.

When locks are required which are not
operated by ANY master keys or other
change keys in the system, they are
referred to as “single keyed” and given
symbols SKD1, SKD2, etc.
When all higher levels of master keys are
to be disallowed, suffix (NMK) to the
symbol of the key which is to operate. This
means “not master keyed” and can be
applied to any level in the system. Cylinder
AA1 (NMK) is operated by AA1 only. The
AA master and A grand are blocked from
operation. Cylinder AA (NMK) would be
operated by the AA master only. Grand A
does not operate.

Master Key

Key Systems.50

3AA

For master keys beyond AZ, insert a
numeral between the letters to designate
which pass through the alphabet they
represent. A2A through A2Z represents
the second pass of masters under grand
A. A3A through A3Z would be the third.
Change keys under these masters have the
numbers suffixed in the usual way: A2A1,
A2A50, etc.

Grand Master Key

Change Keys

“not master keyed.” Cylinder 1AA(NMK)
is operated by 1AA only. The AA master is
blocked from operation.

Master Key

Change Keys

When locks are required which are not
operated by the master key or other
change keys in the system, they are
referred to as “single keyed” and given
symbols SKD1, SKD2, etc. When all
higher levels of master keys are to be
disallowed, suffix (NMK) to the symbol of
the key which is to operate. This means

AA1

AA2

AA3

AB1

AB2

SKD1

How to Establish Key Systems

4-Level Systems

Key Systems
To Specify a Great Grand Master Key
System (4 Levels of Keying)

under the grand (A1, B1, etc.) and masters
beyond AZ are handled exactly as in the
3-level system already described.

The great grand master key is assigned
the symbol GGM. The rest of the symbols
are the same as those in 3-level systems:
The GMKs are assigned single letters, e.g.,
A, B, C, D, etc. Caution: Never use X for
a grand master key due to the confusion
which will result with cross keying symbols
presented on page 52.

Changes directly under a grand are also
handled as illustrated in the 3-level system.
For changes directly under the GGM
with no intermediate level masters, the
change number is added directly to GGM
as shown by the example GGM1 in the
schematic.

Masters under each GMK are assigned two
letters, the first of which is the same as its
respective grand master key. Change key
numbers come after the letters. Changes

When locks are required which are not
operated by ANY master keys or other
change keys in the system, they are
referred to as “single keyed” and given

symbols SKD1, SKD2, etc.
When all higher levels of master keys are
to be disallowed, suffix (NMK) to the
symbol of the key which is to operate. This
means “not master keyed” and can be
applied to any level in the system. Cylinder
AA1 (NMK) is operated by AA1 only.
The AA master, A grand and GGM are
all blocked from operation. Cylinder AA
(NMK) is operated by the AA master only.
Grand A and the GGM do not operate.
Cylinder A (NMK) would be operated by
the A grand only, without the GGM.

GGM

Great Grand Master
Key

Grand Master Key

Change Keys

Master Key
AA1

AA2

AA3

Selective Master Keys
It is often useful in large keying systems
to issue a high level master key to
maintenance personnel which allows
access across all master and grand master
key boundaries of a keying system. A
selective master key is usually very close
to the system's top master key, both
physically and through its realm of access.
Nevertheless, it must be blocked from
operating in many areas.
The most common names and symbols for
selective master keys are:
ENG
ATT
JAN
HKP
GRD
MAIN

Engineer’s key
Attendant’s key
Janitor’s key
Housekeeper’s key
Guard’s key
Maintenance

AB1

AB2

BA1

GGM1

To designate that a lock be operated by
a selective master key, suffix the symbol
in parentheses to the standard symbol.
Example: AA1 (ENG). This must be added
every time the selective key is to operate
and left off whenever the selective key is
NOT to operate. For instance, you may
lay out a system in which key AA1 is to
operate two different offices. Inside one
of them is an electrical cabinet which must
be accessible to maintenance personnel
carrying the ENG

BB2

SKD1

I.ike cross keying, a selective master key
is a convenience feature which decreases
the security of the cylinders it operates and
limits the expansion and flexibility of the
overall keying system.

GGM
ENG
B

AA2

BB1

key. That lock must be specified as AA1
(ENG) while the lock for the other office
must be specified as AA1. Change keys
directly under the selective key, such as
ENG1, are operated by all higher level
keys, such as GGM.

AA1

AA3

AB1

AB2

BA1

BA2

BB1

BB2

BB3
Key Systems.51

How to Establish Key Systems
Key Systems
Convenience May Reduce Cylinder
Security and Hinder System Expansion
Whenever two or more different keys such
as AA1 and AA2 are both required to
operate the same cylinder, the cylinder's
security is reduced. This is called cross
keying. When the cross keying occurs
under all the same higher level keys, such
as AA1 and AA2, it is known as controlled
cross keying. When it combines keys under
different higher level keys, such as AA1
and AB1, it is known as uncontrolled cross
keying.
In addition to reducing the security of
the cylinder, cross keying usually imposes
limits on the flexibility and expansion of
the overall keying system. This is especially
true of uncontrolled cross keying. For
these reasons, it is strongly recommended
to allow personnel to carry more than one
key. Cross keying should be discouraged
whenever possible. However, when
cross keying is required, it is specified as
follows, and should be summarized at the
beginning of each order.

Case #1
Cylinder requires its own change key.
The illustration depicts part of a small
medical building where two doctors share
a common receptionist. The receptionist
gets the AA3 key. Each doctor carries a
key which operates only one office, but
is also cross keyed into the entrance from
the corridor.

XAA3
Receptionist

AA2
Office 1

Determine the symbol of the change key
(example: AA3). Then prefix the letter X
(example: XAA3). Then list all keys which
are to operate in an “operated by . . .”
phrase. Example: “XAA3 operated by
AA1, AA2, AA and A”. Note that X is a
cylinder specification only. The keys for
cylinder XAA3 are designated AA3.

AA1
Office 2

XAA3 operated by AA1, AA2, AA and A.

Case #2
Cylinder does NOT require
its own change key. This
illustration depicts a section
of a floor in a dormitory.
Each student's bedroom key
operates the hall door lock.
There is no need to construct
a key which operates only
the hall door.

AA1

AA2

AA3

AA4

AA5

AA6

X1X

In this case, place an X at
both the beginning and end
of the symbol and a number
X1X operated by AA1 through AA6, AA and A.
between them. Example:
X1X, X2X, etc. Again, always
include the “operated by . . .” phrase
with a complete listing of key symbols to
operate.

Key Systems.52

Notes
Key Systems

Key Systems.53

Notes
Key Systems

Key Systems.54

Notes
Key Systems

Key Systems.55

In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
www.corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2001, 2012 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45078-11/12

Security and High-Security Cylinder

Overview
Description
Pyramid, Corbin Russwin’s patented cylinder, is
the most secure locking system available.
Pyramid cylinders are available in both high
security and security versions. The high
security version is certified by Underwriters
Laboratories to UL437 standards.
Pyramid High Security and Pyramid
Security cylinders can be combined on
the same master key system and one
key can operate both cylinder types!

Applications

Table of Contents
Overview .............................2
Applications.........................3
Operation ............................4
Keyways ...........................5-7
Cylinder Types ................8-12
Cores.................................13
Collars ...............................14
Quick Codes ......................15
Accessories ........................16

www.corbinrusswin.com

Pyramid.2

Especially recommended for installations
requiring superior protection against
picking, drilling and other surreptitious
entry. Ideally suited for Educational and
Healthcare facilities, Industrial and
Commercial buildings.

System Administration & Key
Control
Key control will be maintained through
compliance with Corbin Russwin’s
Security Policy: for a copy contact Key
Systems Administration or visit our web
site at www.corbin-russwin.com.
A Pyramid owner’s binder will be
forwarded directly to the designated
systems administrator with each new
system. Included in this binder are
catalogs as well as system-specific,
sequentially coded registration
certificates. A registration certificate must
accompany each order submitted to
Corbin Russwin.
System information and/or systemsrelated product will be forwarded
directly to the owner, unless otherwise
indicated by the owner’s appointed
administrator.

Applications
Product Specification
All cylinders shall employ a patented
locking mechanism that requires the use
of a patented key and is furnished with
a minimum of 7 pins. High Security
cylinders shall meet the requirements of
UL437. Interchangeable cores shall meet
the drill resistance and pick resistance of
UL437.

Features

Benefits

• Utility patent 6,125,674 (expiring 2018)

• The ultimate protection against unauthorized key
duplication

• Available with high-security protection (UL437)

• Underwriters Laboratory listing for resistance to
picking & drilling

• 7-pin

• Greater master keying capabilities
• Uses existing 6-pin interchangeable core housings
• 1-1/4" (32mm) length for mortise cylinders

Keys shall be nickel silver and furnished
with a large bow.

• Available with stainless steel pins

• Drill and pick resistant

Certifications

• Large key bow

• Easy handling & special stamping options

• Thicker and stronger nickel silver keys

• Ideally suited for high usage & abusive applications

• User friendly

• No expensive dedicated equipment necessary for key
cutting

BHMA A156.5 Grade-1
E09211A* (Mortise)
E09221A* (Rim)
E09231A* (Bored Lock Cylinders)
*A (suffix) refers to cylinders of pick and
drill resistance.
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(UL437)BP8976
1020, 2020, 3020 Fixed Core (FC)
series only

Key Discard Policy & Warranty

Pyramid Quick Codes2

See page 16.

PS
PCS

Finishes

Pyramid cylinders are not available
construction master keyed. Interchangeable
core jobs can be furnished with temporary
construction cores. Temporary construction
cores will be unrelated to the permanent
system’s master key. When the permanent
cores are installed, the temporary
construction cores are returned to Corbin
Russwin for credit.

Pyramid cylinders are available in all
Corbin Russwin standard finishes.

Keying
7 pin with two nickel silver change keys
per cylinder. Pyramid cylinders may be
uncombinated (specify UC)1, master or
grand master keyed to a specific facility.

System Specifications
• Pyramid systems are independent
and cannot be keyed into existing
and/or conventional systems.
• Pyramid cylinders are to be keyed
to factory-generated bittings only.
• Cross keying is not available.

Construction Master Keying

PHS
PCHS
CTP3
CLP3

1. UC cylinders are supplied, less keys, pins, springs and pin covers.
2. When cylinders are ordered with locks.
3. Pyramid cores to be ordered as a separate line item.

Pyramid.3

Operation
Performance Features
Shell
• Locking pin mechanism
• Hard metal inserts
Key
• Control pin
Plug
• Blocking plate
• Hard metal inserts
Pins & Springs
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
bottom pins*
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
top pins*
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
master pins (if required)*
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
build-up pins (if interchangeable core)*
• Springs

P6 Keyway (with side pins)

Pyramid.4

SIDE PINS

SHELL
PLUG

Operation

Without Key
Locking pin mechanism
engages blocking plate and
prevents the plug from turning.

SPECIALLY
MILLED SIDE
PIN GROOVE

SIDE PINS

With Key
Key's control pin depresses the
locking pin mechanism and
allows the plug to turn.

Keyways
Keys
• Nickel silver
• Key Bow Type 28
• Ordering example: 7PIN-28-XXXX
Keyway
• Ordering example P6 Keyway:
7PIN-28-XXXX-SPCXX
Side Pin Code
Keyway

Back Side Stamping & Options
• Key set (VKC1), standard – unless otherwise indicated
• System registry number will be stamped on upperlevel keys unless otherwise indicated
• Concealed key control (CKC2) available on cylinders
• Visual key control (VKC2 and VKC3) not available on
cylinders. CKC3 also not available.

* Front side stamping will show the Corbin Russwin logo
and Pat. Pend. until current inventory is depleted.

Note: Refer to Corbin Russwin’s general catalog and
price book for complete detailed information.

Keyway Security
Pyramid keyways will be determined by the supervisor
of Key Systems Administration. Assignment will be
based on the overall system requirements and
geographic location to provide maximum protection to
the owner. For security reasons, the keyway profiles are
not shown.

Keyway Groups
Keyway Group
Multi-section – P3C
Keyway – P3C1 - P3C2 - P3C3 - P3C4

Keyway Group
All section – P3AB
Multi-section – P3A - P3B
Keyway – P3A1 - P3A2 - P3B1 - P3B2

P3C

P3C1

P3C2

P3AB

P3C3

P3A

P3C4

P3A1

P3B

P3A2

P3B1

P3B2
Pyramid.5

Keyways
Keyway Group
All section – P4EF
Multi-section – P4E - P4F
Keyway – P4E1 - P4E2 - P4E3 - P4E4 - P4F1 - P4F2 - P4F3 - P4F4

P4EF

P4E

P4E1

P4E2

P4F

P4E3

P4E4

P4F1

P4F2

P4F3

P4F4

Keyway Group
All section – P4AD
Multi-section – P4AB - P4CD
Multi-section – P4A - P4B - P4C - P4D
Keyway – P4A1 - P4A2 - P4B1 - P4B2 - P4C1 - P4C2 - P4D1 - P4D2

P4AD

P4AB

P4CD

P4A

P4A1

Pyramid.6

P4B

P4A2

P4B1

P4C

P4B2

P4C1

P4D

P4C2

P4D1

P4D2

Keyways
Keyway Group
All section – P5AD
Multi-section – P5AB - P5CD
Multi-section – P5A - P5B - P5C - P5D
Keyway – P5A1 - P5A2 - P5B1 - P5B2 - P5C1 - P5C2 - P5D1 - P5D2

P5AD

P5AB

P5CD

P5A

P5A1

P5B

P5A2

P5B1

P5C

P5B2

P5C1

P5D

P5C2

P5D1

P5D2

P6 Keyway Group*
All section – P6AD
Multi-section – P6AB - P6CD
Multi-section – P6A - P6B - P6C - P6D
Keyway – P6A1 - P6A2 - P6B1 - P6B2 - P6C1 - P6C2 - P6D1 - P6D2

P6AD

P6AB

P6CD

P6A

P6A1

P6B

P6A2

P6B1

P6C

P6B2

P6C1

P6D

P6C2

P6D1

P6D2

*Note: Each P6 keyway will have its own unique side pin code locations to be assigned by Key Systems Administration.
The side pin code is not available with the other Pyramid keyway families.

Pyramid.7

Mortise Cylinder
Mortise Cylinders
Mortise Locks/Deadlocks
For use with all Corbin Russwin ML2000,
ML2000HS and ML2200 (discontinued)
mortise locks. DL4000 & DL3000 Series
Deadlocks.
Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC)

Mortise Exit Devices
For use with ED7600 and ED6600 devices.

Type

Interchangeable Core
(IC)

Length

1020 - High Security Mortise
1027 - Security Mortise
1030 - High Security IC Mortise complete
1037 - Security IC Mortise complete
1070 - Housing only

Cam
A01 - Cloverleaf

1020/1027 - Non-IC (Fixed Core)
112 - 1-1/2" (38mm)
114 - 1-1/4" (32mm)
*See note #3

A02 - Straight
A03 - Adams Rite® MS

1030/1037/1070 IC
114 - 1-1/4" (32mm)
138 - 1-3/8" (35mm)
112 - 1-1/2" (38mm
134 - 1-3/4" (44mm)

A04 - DL4000 Series
A05 - Adams Rite® 4070

Finish
605 - Bright Brass
606 - Satin Brass
611 - Bright Bronze
612 - Satin Bronze
613 - Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze - oil rubbed
618 - Bright Nickel Plated
619 - Satin Nickel Plated

A06 - Schlage® Cloverleaf

622 - Flat Black Coated

A07 - DL4100

625 - Bright Chromium Plated

A62 - 900 KRM/MR Straight

626 - Satin Chromium Plated
629 - Bright Stainless Steel

A92 - See note #1

630 - Satin Stainless Steel

A93 - See note #2

722 - Black oxidized bronze,
oil rubbed

Note #1 - Not available IC.
Note #2 - For obsolete Corbin® 610 and Russwin® 1403 series deadlocks.
Note #3 - For ML2000 applications with door width exceeding 2-1/2" up to 3" in thickness, use IC cylinders.

How to Order Examples
High Security Mortise Cylinder Ordered Separately
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Length

Cam

Finish

AA1

1020

114

A01

605

Mortise Cylinder with a Pyramid Security Interchangeable Core
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Length

Cam

Finish

AA1

1037

114

A01

605

Mortise Lock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

ML2051

LSA

626

RHR

PHS (PS for Security version)

Mortise Lock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

ML2051

LSA

626

RHR

PCHS (PCS for Security version)

Exceptions

Pyramid cylinders are not available for the following: ML2029, ML2029HS, ED7600 - applications over 2-1/4" thick, ED6600 - applications over 1-3/4" thick.

Pyramid.8

Rim Cylinder
Rim Cylinders
For use with Corbin Russwin exit
devices and exit device trims.

Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC)

Interchangeable Core
(IC)
Availability

Type

Length

Finish

058-5/8" (16mm) Tailpiece

114 - 1-1/4" (32mm) M61 & M62 option for ED8200 and ED9200

exit device alarms
3020 - High Security
Rim Cylinder
3027 - Security
Rim Cylinder
3030 - High Security IC
Rim Cylinder
3037 - Security IC
Rim Cylinder
3070 - Housing only

605 - Bright Brass
606 - Satin Brass
611 - Bright Bronze

138 - 1-3/8" (35mm) M61 & M62 option for ED8200 and Obsolete
ED9200 exit device alarms

612 - Satin Bronze

178 - 1-7/8" (48mm) (Std. Door)

178V - 1-7/8" (48mm) vertical

613 - Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze oil rubbed
618 - Bright Nickel Plated
619 - Satin Nickel Plated
622 - Flat Black Coated

200 - 2" (51mm)

200N - 2" (51mm) ED4000/ED5000 Night Latch Function

200V - 2" (51mm) vertical

312 - 3-1/2" (89mm)

630 - Satin Stainless Steel

312V - 3-1/2" (89mm) vertical

722 - Black oxidized bronze,

318 - 3-1/8" (79mm)

625 - Bright Chromium Plated
626 - Satin Chromium Plated
629 - Bright Stainless Steel

oil rubbed

How to Order Examples
High Security Rim Cylinder Ordered Separately
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Length

Finish

AA1

3020

200

605

Rim Cylinder with a Pyramid Security Interchangeable Core
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Length

Finish

AA1

3037

178

605

Exit Device with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

ED5200

L955

630

RHR

PHS (PS for Security version)

Exit Device with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

ED5200

L955

630

RHR

PCHS (PCS for Security version)

Pyramid.9

Component Cylinder
Key-in-Lever / Knob Cylinder
For use with Corbin Russwin CL3300,
CL3500, CL3700, and CL3800 lever
locks, CK4200 and CK4700 knob locks
and UT5200 unit locks. 2020/2027 series
cylinders can also be used on CL3400,
CL3600, CL3800 and CL3900
(discontinued) locks.
Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC)
Type

Interchangeable Core
(IC)

Lockset Series

Finish

033 - CL3300, CL3500, CL3600 (June 2000 and after) and
CL3800 Lever
033H - G10 Exit Device Knob Trim
2020 - High Security

034 -

CL3400 Lever - CL3600 Lever (Before June 2000)
A5, N5 Obsolete ED8000 Trims

037 -

CL3700 Lever - CK4700 Knob

038 -

CL3800 Lever (Manufactured 1993-1997)

039 -

CL3900 Lever (1-3/8" - 1-3/4" door)

Key-in-Lever/Knob

2027 - Security
Key-in-Lever/Knob

606 - Satin Brass
626 - Satin Chromium Plated

039L - CL3900 Lever (2" - 2-1/4" door)
051 -

G3 Exit Device Knob Trim

052 -

CK4200 Knob - UT5200 Knob and Lever

Key-in-Lever/Knob for other Manufacturers’ Products
Cylinder Descriptions
High Security (PHS)

Security (PS)

Tailpiece Orientation

Used for:

2220-001-P21

2227-001-P21

Vertical

Schlage® D Series Levers
Arrow H® Series Knobs and Levers
Sargent® 10 line (Enlarge Lever Hole)

2220-002-P21

2227-002-P21

Horizontal

Schlage® D Series Knobs

2220-001-P22

2227-001-P22

Vertical

Schlage® AL and ND Series Levers

2220-002-P22

2227-002-P22

Horizontal

Schlage® A Series Knobs (Ply, etc.)

2220-002-P23

2227-002-P23

Horizontal

Schlage® A Series Knobs (ORB only)

How to Order Examples
High Security Component Cylinder Ordered Separately
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Lockset Series

Finish

AA1

2020

033

626

Cylindrical Lock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

CL3357

PZD

626

PHS (PS for Security version)

Cylindrical Lock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

CL3357

PZD

626

PCHS (PCS for Security version)

Exceptions

Pyramid cylinders are not available for the following: CL3329, CL3629, CK4229, CK4451, CK4455, CK4457, CK4429, CK4482, DL2100 series,
DL3100 series.
Pyramid.10

Bump Resistant Cylinders
Protect your building from unwanted entry with Corbin Russwin bump-resistant cylinders. Our
bump-resistant cylinders deter bumping without compromising the cylinder’s structural integrity
and strength. This option is available with Corbin Russwin Pyramid patented security and highsecurity cylinders on our mortise, cylindrical and exit device hardware.
Recently, a lot of information has been circulating about bumping, a technique used to defeat
cylinders. Although this method has been around for a number of years, the internet has
increased public awareness. Selecting cylinders with the BRP option will make the cylinders bump
resistant.
Although BHMA has yet to establish bump-resistance standards, Corbin Russwin Bump Resistant
Cylinders were tested and verified by an independent testing lab. They conclusively resisted
bumping attack and did not allow entry. Verification and testing data is available upon request.

BRP pinned mortise cylinder

Bump-Resistant Cylinders:
• Specify “BRP”
Retrofit:
• Convert existing cylinders with Bump-Resistant Top Spool Pins

Features
Bump-resistant cylinders are designed for use with all Corbin Russwin locking hardware:
• Cylindrical locks
• Mortise locks
• Exit devices
• Access control locks
• Unit locks
• Auxiliary locks

BRP pinned rim cylinder

Factory bitted, a symbol BRP is stamped onto pin cover/slides. Interchangeable core cylinders are
not available with bump-resistant pinning.

Bump-Resistant Top Spool Pins

BRP pinned key-in-lever cylinder

Description

Part Number

Qty

Pyramid A

628F10 - 7 - 142

Vials of 100 pcs.

Pyramid C

628F10 - 7 - 236

Vials of 100 pcs.

Pyramid.11

Bump Resistant Cylinders
10

114

A01

P5A1

Finish

BRP
Keyway

Cylinder Type
10 Mortise
20 Knob/Lever

Pins

2 Pyramid

22 Competitor Knob/Lever
30 Rim

Finish
Description

Specify

Bright Brass

605

Satin Brass

606

Bright Bronze

611

Satin Bronze

612

Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze, Oil rubbed

613

Bright Nickel Plated

618

Satin Nickel Plated

619

Flat Black Coated

622

Bright Chromium Plated

625

Satin Chromium Plated

626

Bright Stainless Steel

629

Satin Stainless Steel

630

Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed

722

Pyramid.12

Cam

Mechanism
Function

Length
(Mortise Cylinder)

A01

Cloverleaf

A02

Straight

A03

Adams Rite® MS

0 High
Security

114

1-1/4" (32 mm)

112

1-1/2" (38 mm)

7 Pyramid
Security

(Rim Tailpiece)

A04

DL4000 Series

058

5/8" (16 mm)

A05

Adams Rite 4070

114

1-1/4" (32 mm) IC

A06

Schlage® Cloverleaf

138

1-3/8" (35 mm)

178

1-7/8" (48 mm) IC

A07

DL4100

A62

MR Straight

A92

Exit Grip Trim 01, 02

A93

Obsolete Deadlocks:
Corbin® 610 Series
and Russwin® 1403 Series

178V

1-7/8" (48 mm)
vertical IC

200

2" (51 mm)

200V

2" (51 mm)
vertical

318

3-1/8" (78 mm) IC

312

3-1/2" (89 mm)

312V

3-1/2" (89 mm)
vertical

Cores
Interchangeable Core

Type

For use with Corbin Russwin's 6-pin
Interchangeable Core housings & shells.*

Finish
605 - Bright Brass
606 - Satin Brass

8020- High Security
IC core *

611 - Bright Bronze
612 - Satin Bronze
613 - Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - oil rubbed

8027- Security IC core *

622 - Flat Black Coated
625 - Bright Chromium Plated
626 - Satin Chromium Plated

* Note: Corbin Russwin 6-pin Interchangeable Core housings 1070 (mortise) & 3070 (rim)
will accept 8020/8027 cores.

How to Order Examples
Security Interchangeable Core Ordered Separately
Quantity

Keyset

Cylinder

Finish

AA1

8027

605

Padlocks
Used with Pyramid Interchangeable Cores.
(PL5030, PL5130, PL5037, PL5137)

How to Order Examples
Padlock with a Pyramid High Security(8020) Interchangeable Core Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Shackle Length

AA1

PL5030

258

*Refer to general catalog for miscellaneous options.

Padlock with a Pyramid Security(8027) Interchangeable Core Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Shackle Length*

AA1

PL5037

258

Deadlocks
For use with Pyramid mortise cylinders. See page 8. Available in all
standard finishes.

How to Order Examples
Deadlock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Finish

Hand

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

DL4013

626

RHR

PHS (PS for Security version)

Deadlock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Finish

Pyramid Quick Code

AA1

DL4013

626

PCHS (PCS for Security version)
Pyramid.13

Collars
Collars
• 1-3/4" (44mm) thick door. For other
door thicknesses and trim
considerations, contact Corbin Russwin
Technical Product Support.
• Mortise Cylinders – 1-1/4" (32mm) length
Spring
605F43
(.350)

Solid
447F41
(.030)

270F15
(.156)

598F89
(.156)

447F42
(.172)

Surface Mount

610F02
(.289)

447F43
(.375)

654F07
(.350)

267F97
(.635)

422F88
(.000)

Mortise Cylinder
High Security Separately (1020, 1030)
Security Separately (1027, 1037)

X
X

Mortise Lock
Single Cylinder
Sectional

N Escutcheon

P Escutcheon

M Escutcheon
R Escutcheon

X
X

T Escutcheon (no collar required)
Double Cylinder
Sectional

N Escutcheon

P Escutcheon

M Escutcheon

R Escutcheon

T Escutcheon

Auxiliary Locks
DL4011, 4013, 4017

DL4012

Rim Cylinder
High Security Separately (3020, 3030)

Security Separately (3027, 3037)

Exit Devices
ED4000-5000 Series
700 Trim, F2, F3, T13, P9

700M Trim, F2M, F3M, T13M

900 Trim

Cylinder Dogging

ED6000 Series
N3, G4, T3

N4M, G5M

T7M, T9M

ED7000 Series
P4, P6, P7

C4, 03, 05
T11

X
X

ED8000 Series
KO
F1, P1, P2 (no collar required)

Pyramid.14

Quick Codes
Collar Options - Mortise and Rim Cylinders Only

Cylinder Options
Description
Bump-resistant cylinders

Description

Quick Code
BRP

Keying Options
Description
0-bitted with 2 blank keys

Quick Code
(standard)

Quick Code

Collar packet (549F52 + 253F97)

428F66

Rim collar, flush mount

255F53

Rim collar, flush mount (master ring)

255F54

Rim collar, surface mount (standard for rim cylinders)

422F88

Solid collar - .030

447F41

Solid collar - .031 (master ring)

447F44

Solid collar - .090 (VR trim only)

700F53

Solid collar - .094

261F54

Solid collar - .094 (master ring)

261F55

Keyed random

Solid collar - .156

270F15

Keyed alike

Solid collar - .156

598F89

Keyed to specific bitting (specify bitting)

Solid collar - .172 (tapered security collar)

416F39

Uncombinated

Solid collar - .172

447F42

Solid collar - .172 (master ring- standard for MR 118 cylinders)

447F45

Visual key control (VKC)
No Stamping

VKC0

Solid collar - .221

610F01

Keys only

VKC1

Solid collar - .289

610F02

Concealed key control (CKC)

Solid collar - .312

303F25

CKC cylinders with VKC keys

Solid collar - .350

654F07

Solid collar - .375

447F43

Solid collar - .375 (master ring)

447F46

Solid collar - .500

609F36

Solid collar - .510

134F05

Solid collar - .550

654F08

Solid collar - .635

267F97

Solid collar - .650

609F37

Solid collar - .749

399F47

CKC2

Key Quantity Options
2 change keys per cylinder

(standard)

Other than 2 change keys per cylinder
(i.e. customer requests 6 change keys per cylinder)

KY#
(i.e., KY6)

No change keys

KY0

Master keys (if required)

Specify Qty.

Solid collar - .850

609F38

Control keys (if required)

Specify Qty.

Spring collar - .150 (standard for 118 cylinders)

253F97

CMK keys (if required)

Specify Qty.

Spring collar - .219

549F52

CMK control keys (if required)

Specify Qty.

Spring collar - .350 (standard for 114 cylinders)

605F43

SKD control keys (if required)

Specify Qty.

Special purpose keys, i.e., ENG (if required)

Specify Qty.

Pyramid.15

Accessories
Pin Kit and Service Tools

Pyramid Sample Display Case

Each pin kit has all the pins necessary to combinate standard and
interchangeable core Pyramid cylinders. Includes tweezers, plug
follower, key gauge and combinating instructions.

Contains sample Master Keyed Cylinders and information
material.
How to Order
PS-20-DC

How to Order
High Security Pin Kit
PK-20-HS
Security Pin Kit
PK-20-PS

Follower
How to Order Separately
CT20

Tweezers
How to Order Separately
CT19

Key Gauge
How to Order Separately
CT20K

Registration Certificates
For each Pyramid system established the
designated owner’s representative will
receive a Pyramid Owner’s binder
containing registration certificates
specific to their system. Registration
certificates will contain the facility
registration number along with the
facility name and location and must be
signed by an authorized representative for the facility. Each order
submitted for Pyramid product must be accompanied by a
registration certificate. Additional certificates will be obtainable
through Key Systems Administration.

Pyramid Bump Resistant Pins
How to Order Separately
Vials of 100 Pins
Size A = 628F107142
Size C = 628F107236

Pyramid P6 Side Pins
How to Order Separately
Vial of 20 Pins
630F494

Facility Registration

Facility Name
Address #1
Address #2
City
State
Authorized Representative

Distributor

Pyramid.16

m
a

e
l
p

System Registry + Zip Code
+ Certificate Number

Zip

Print
PO#

Authorized Pyramid distributors who carry inventory for a
specific system must provide valid receipts and disbursements of
all Pyramid products, specifically key blanks/cut keys. All Pyramid
key blanks to be maintained in the possession of an authorized
Pyramid distributor must be accounted for. Any defective,
incorrectly cut or damaged Pyramid key blanks must be retained
in the distributor’s possession to be reviewed and collected by a
representative of ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solutions.
Pyramid Primary System Administrators
Any defective, incorrectly cut or damaged Pyramid key blank
must be destroyed.
Pyramid Key Warranty
Pyramid key blanks are covered by a 5-year warranty as outlined
in the current list price book.

Notes

Pyramid.17

Notes

Pyramid.18

Notes

Pyramid.19

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design®, Corbin® and Russwin®, Pyramid and Design® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc, an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other
products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected
under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any
item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2001, 2009 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45420-8/09R

DC3000 Series
Door Closers

Applications
DC3000
DC3000 Series
Applications

Table of Contents
Applications..........................2
Features........................ 3 & 4
Mountings..................... 5 & 6
Door Closer Arms.......... 7 & 8
Mounting Brackets................9
Brackets and Covers............10
Size and Handing................11
How to Order......................12
Quick Codes....................... 13
Helpful Terms......................14
How to Specify....................15

www.corbinrusswin.com
DC3000.2

The mid-priced, cost-effective choice
for high-traffic situations. The DC3000
Series Door Closers fulfill security and life
safety requirements by ensuring reliable
latching for access control and fire code
compliance, along with ease of operation
and precise adjustability for barrier-free
code compliance. Ideal for virtually all door
openings and draft conditions in both new
construction and renovations, including:
• Schools and universities
• Health care
• Government
• Commercial and industrial
• Office and retail
• Transportation and utilities
• Hotels and conference centers
• Religious

Advantages

• Meets or exceeds ANSI/BHMA A156.4
Grade 1 requirements
• Compliance with building and
barrier-free codes
• Up to full 180° door opening
• One-piece seamless steel spring tube
seals in hydraulic fluid
• Tapered valves allow precise adjustment
• Cast iron body
• Quik-Install™ mounting bracket
speeds installation, reducing cost
and errors
• Five-year limited warranty
• UL10C, UBC
• Powder painted arms and retrofit
plates

Features
DC3000
Overview of Features
Features
Spring power

DC3200 Closers
Multi-sized; Adjustable 1-6

Latching speed valve

Standard

Closing speed valve

Standard

Backcheck intensity valve

Standard

Delayed action valve

Optional

Parallel arm mounting

Optional

Top jamb mounting

Optional

Hold open

Optional

Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)

Optional

Corrosion protection

Optional

Full cover

Standard

Five-year warranty

Standard

Heavy-duty regular arm

Optional

Heavy-duty parallel arm

Optional

Backstop arm

Optional

Finishes
Old Designation

Description

Specify

USP

Primed

600

SBL

Silver Aluminum

689

LBL

Dark Bronze

690

DBL

Light Bronze

691

FBL

Black

693

GBL

Satin Brass

696

DC3000.3

Features
DC3000
Features
Spring Power
Multi-sized; fully adjustable 1 through 6.
Handing
Non-handed.
Body
Cast iron case with seamless cold-headed
steel spring tube.
Arm
Standard: forged steel. Optional arms, pages
7 and 8.
Spindle
Cold-headed heat-treated steel.
Piston
1-3/8" diameter; Precision machined, heattreated steel.
Springs
Chrome silicon wire.
Valves
Latching speed, closing speed and
backcheck intensity valves standard.
Delayed action valve optional (preset for
20 seconds; between 90º and 70º for all
mountings.) To order, specify M71.

Cover
Non-metallic full cover.

Certification/Compliance

Mountings
Standard: regular arm and top jamb. Parallel
arm or tri-style packaging - specify DC3210
Optional mountings; see page 6.

Barrier-Free Code
Compliance
The DC3000 Series Door
Closers listed below conform to the 5 lbf.
maximum door opening force requirement
for non-fire-rated interior hinged doors,
according to:

Mounting Bracket
Quik-Install™ mounting bracket standard.
Fasteners
Standard: self-drilling screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts (SNBs); Specify
M54.
Corrosion Protection
Painted protective coating on all metal
surfaces for use in corrosive environments.
Specify M75.
Warranty
Five-year limited warranty. Refer to Corbin
Russwin price book for details.

Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Complies with the Accessibility
Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities,
Section 4.13.11.
ANSI/BHMA Certified
A156.4, Grade 1.
A117.1.
UL / ULC / UL10C
Listed for fire and cycle requirements.

Seals
“O”rings.
Fluid
Standard high lubricity extreme
temperature hydraulic fluid.
Degree of Opening
Up to full 180° opening standard for regular,
top jamb and parallel arm mountings,
conditions permitting.

Backcheck intensity
valve

Tapered valves allow
infinite adjustments
for correct performance
(latching speed,
backcheck intensity,
closing speed)

Power Adjustment Arm Bracket
15% adjustment standard.

Closing speed valve

DC3000.4

Latching
speed valve

Mountings
DC3000
DC3200 Regular Arm Mounting
• Most common mounting, providing the greatest
closing efficiency
• Closer is mounted on the pull side, with the arm
perpendicular to the face of the door
• Arm bracket is attached to the door frame

DC3210 Parallel Arm Mounting
• Allows inside application of closer on out-swinging
doors
• Closer is mounted on the push side, with the arm
parallel to the face of the door
• Arm does not project from the opening

DC3220 Top Jamb Mounting
• Accommodates reveals up to 3-1/4" (83mm)
• Closer is mounted on the push side, with the arm
perpendicular to the face of the door
• Arm bracket is mounted on the door
• Minimum 1-3/4" (44mm) top jamb required

DC3000.5

Mountings
DC3000

Regular Arm Mounting with Mortise Arm Bracket
Used on inadequately reinforced frames, such as those with bull
nose trims.

Parallel Arm with Offset Angle Bracket Mounting
Allows parallel arm mounting when used with an overhead door
holder.

Parallel Arm Mounting with Flush Transom Bracket
Allows parallel arm mounting on flush transom applications.

Top Jamb Flush Transom Mounting
Closer is top jamb mounted on the push side; arm is attached to
the door.

Narrow Frame Mounting
For use when the frame is too narrow for a normal top jamb or
top jamb track mounting. (Shown with 188F65 drop plate)

Top Jamb Deep Reveal Mounting
For reveals greater than 3-1/4" (83mm), up to 7-1/4" (184mm).

DC3000.6

Door Closer Arms
DC3000
540F10
(Non-Hold Open)

Regular Arm
• Used with regular arm mounting (pull side) and top
jamb mounting (push side)
• Non-Hold Open arm standard on the DC3200
• Hold Open arm optional, specify closer x A1*

540F12
(Hold-Open)

597F52
(Non-Hold Open)

Heavy-Duty Regular Arm
• Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
• Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm
• Mounted on pull side
• Optional on DC3200 closer, specify closer x A10

540F10 x 188F41
(Non-Hold Open)

Parallel Arm
• Mounted on push side
• Non-Hold Open arm combines regular arm with
parallel arm mounting bracket
• Hold Open arm combines regular hold open arm with
parallel arm mounting bracket
• Non-Hold Open arm standard on the DC3210
• Hold Open arm optional, specify closer x A1*

540F12 x 509F49
(Hold Open)

*Not allowed by code on fire doors.

DC3000.7

Door Closer Arms
DC3000
540F11
(Non-Hold Open)

Top Jamb
• Used with top jamb mounting (push side); for reveals up
to 3-3/4" (95 mm)
• Non-Hold Open arm standard on the DC3220
• Hold Open arm optional, specify closer x A1*

540F13
(Hold Open)

689F02
(Non-Hold Open)

Heavy-Duty Parallel Arm
•
•
•
•
•
•

Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm
Mounted on push side
Optional on DC3210 closers
Non-hold open arm, specify closer x A3
Hold open arm, specify closer x A2*. Hold-open range 85° to 110°

689F01
(Hold Open)

689F03
(Non-Hold Open)

689F04
(Hold Open)

DC3000.8

Heavy-Duty Reversible Backstop Parallel Arm

• Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
• Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm (mounted on push side)
• Field-reversible steel lug restricts degree of opening to protect door,
wall and hardware
• Requires both backcheck valves on closer
• Shipped standard as left hand. Handing can be reversed in the field
• Optional on DC3210 closers
• Non-hold open arm, specify closer x A4. Door stop range 85°
to 110°
• Hold open arm, specify closer x A5*. Door stop/hold open range
85° to 110°

*Not allowed by code on fire doors.

Mounting Brackets
DC3000
188F03

Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
• Standard on all closers
• Reduces installation time
• Ensures correct mounting
• Bracket is first mounted to door or frame, then closer
is attached
• Bracket size: 1-3/4" (44mm) (vertical) x 6" (152mm) (horizontal)
• Hole spacing: 1" (25mm) (vertical) x 4-5/16" (110mm)
(horizontal)

244F17

Mortise Arm Bracket for Regular Arm Mounting
• For regular arm mounting where frame requires
reinforcement, i.e., on frames with bull nose trim
• Specify closer x M84

188F41

Parallel Arm Non-Hold Open Bracket
• Converts regular arm to parallel arm closer
• Standard with parallel arm mounting
• Packed with five screws and 691F78 spacer

509F49

Parallel Arm Hold Open Bracket
• Converts regular arm hold open to parallel arm hold open
closer
• Standard with parallel arm hold open mounting

188F62

Parallel Arm Offset Bracket
• Required when parallel arm is used in conjunction with an
overhead door holder
• Specify closer x M83

188F63

Parallel Arm Flush Transom Bracket
• Required when parallel arm mounting is used on a
flush transom application
• Not available in plated finishes
• Specify closer x M82

Specify finish when ordering parts.
DC3000.9

Brackets and Covers
DC3000
Drop Plate (Option M80)
Permits parallel arm or top jamb mounting on
door when top rail is too narrow to install closer
in the regular manner. Minimum 2" top rail
required. Optional on DC3000 closers; see Quick
Codes, page 13. To order separately, specify
drop plate number x Finish

Maximum
Power

Normal
Power

Drop Plates
Closer Series
Full Cover
DC3210

597F58

DC3220

188F65

Power Adjustment Arm Bracket

Standard on all closers without hold open. In regular arm or top
jamb mounting, bracket may be reversed to increase closing
power 15%.

Hinge location

447F14

Angle Support Bracket and Spacer
• Available separately for mounting of A2, A3, A4 and
A5 heavy-duty arms on narrow frame or soffit
conditions
• Specify closer x M85

597F78

Full Cover
• Standard on all DC3000 series door closers
• Completely covers closer body
• Non-handed
• Dimensions: 11-5/8" (295mm) x 3" (76mm) x 2-3/4"
(70mm) deep

DC3000.10

Size and Handing
DC3000
Factors in Determining
Closer Size

Recommended Door Closer Sizes
Size Of Door
Mounting

1 - Weight and Height of Door
Doors vary in weight from light hollow-core wood
doors to heavy metal doors. Door sizes listed in the
chart are based on doors of standard weight and
height. Extra-light or extra-heavy weight or unusual
height must be compensated for.

Regular or Top
Jamb

2 - Draft and Wind Conditions
Draft and wind conditions are perhaps the most
important factors to consider in determining the
closer size required. Sizes listed in the chart apply
to normal conditions. Stairwells, air conditioning,
building construction, and door location can
cause strong draft and wind conditions; these may
necessitate adjusting spring power to a larger size
or using a closer one size larger.

3 - Code Compliance
A multi-sized, fully adjustable closer such as the
DC3200 closer provides the greatest flexibility in
balancing barrier-free access, security and life safety
codes. However, when a manual closer is installed
and adjusted to comply with ADA or any other
reduced opening force requirements, it may no
longer have sufficient power to close and latch the
door reliably.

Parallel Arm

Interior

Exterior
In-swinging

Exterior,
Out-swinging

Recommended
Closer Size
Adjusted

2'4"

–

3'0"

–

3'6'

2'6"

3'0"

4'0"

3'0"

3'6"

4'6"

3'6"

4'0"

5'0"

4'0"

4'6"

2'4"

–

2'6"

–

3'0'

–

2'6"

3'6"

–

3'0"

4'0"

–

3'6"

4'6"

–

4'0"

Handing

Refers to the direction a door swings; always determined from the outside of
the door.
Regular Mounting
Door: left hand
Closer: left hand pull side

Door: right hand
Closer: right hand pull side

Parallel Arm Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side

Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side

Top Jamb Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side

Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side

DC3000.11

How to Order
DC3000
ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Certified Closer Cross Reference
ANSI/BHMA
Number

Function

Series

PT 4A
15% Power
Adjustment

PT 4B
35% Power
Adjustment

PT 4C
50% Power
Adjustment

PT 4D
Adjustable
Backcheck

PT 4F
Delayed
Action PT

4G
Dead
Stop PT

4H
Fully
Adjustable

CO2011
(PT1)

Hinge Side
Mounting

DC3200

N/A

CO2051
(PT1)

Hinge Side
Mounting
Holder Arm

DC3200-A1

N/A

CO2021
(PT1)

Parallel Arm
Mounting

DC3210

CO2061
(PT1)

Parallel Arm
Mounting
Holder Arm

DC3210-A1

CO2041
(PT1)

Top Jamb
Mounting

DC3220

N/A

CO2081
(PT1)

Top Jamb
Mounting
Holder Arm

DC3220-A1

N/A

CO2191
(PT1)

Drop Plate
for Frames or
Narrow Top Rail
Doors

DC3220 w/
188F65

N/A

CO2201
(PT1)

Drop Plate for
Parallel Arm
Mounting on
Narrow Top Rail
Doors

DC3210 w/
188F65 or
597F58

ANSI Performance Requirements: (PT 1)- 2,000,000 cycles
N/A = not available S = standard O = option available

Ordering Examples
Contract Order

Stock Order
Quantity

Series

Finish

Quantity

Series

Arm

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Misc.
Options

DC3200

689

150

DC3220

690

D138

M54

Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.

DC3000.12

Quick Codes
DC3000
Series/Mounting/Size
Description
DC3200 Closers
Multi-sized; full
adjustability from
size 1-6

Miscellaneous Options

Mounting

Specify

Regular Arm

DC3200

Parallel Arm

DC3210

Top Jamb

DC3220

Description

Specify

Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)
(1-3/4" minimum thickness)

M54

Delayed action

M71

Full cover
Arm
Description

Specify

Regular non-hold open

(standard)

Corrosion protection

M75

Heavy-duty parallel arm flush transom
bracket (499F30) used with A2, A3, A4,
A5 arms

M79

Parallel arm flush transom bracket (parallel
or A1)

M82

Parallel arm offset bracket

M83

Hold open

A1*

Heavy-duty parallel with hold open

A2*

Heavy-duty parallel non-hold open

Heavy-duty backstop non-hold open

Mortise arm bracket (for regular arm
mounting)

M84

Heavy-duty backstop with hold open

A5*

Angle support bracket

M85

Heavy-duty regular non-hold open

A10

Extreme temperature fluid

(standard)

* Hold Open arms cannot be used on fire doors.

Drop Plates - order by number (formerly M80)

Handing
Hand

Specify

Closer Series

Drop Plate

Right Hand/Left Hand Reverse

DC3210 (parallel)

597F58

Left Hand/Right Hand Reverse

DC3220 (top jamb)

188F65

Finish
Description

Paint (cans)
Specify

USP

Primed for Painting

600

SBL

Silver Aluminum Painted

689

LBL

Dark Bronze Painted

690

DBL

Light Bronze Painted

691

FBL

Black Painted

693

GBL

Satin Brass Painted

696

Description

Specify

Silver Aluminum

597F94

Dark Bronze

597F95

Light Bronze

597F96

Satin Brass

597F97

Door Thickness
Door Thickness

Specify

1-3/4" (44mm)

(standard)

2" (51mm)

D200

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

DC3000.13

Helpful Terms
DC3000
Arm
The linkage of a closer that connects the body to the door or frame.

Latching Speed
The speed of the door during the last few degrees of closing.
Allows latching and prevents slamming.

Backcheck
Slows a door during the opening cycle, by providing cushioned
resistance to a forceful opening. Designed to protect people and
objects behind the door and to prevent damage to the closer,
hardware, and wall. Intensity can be increased or decreased. Not
intended to act as a stop.

Mounting
The method by which a closer is attached to the door and frame.

Multi-Sized Closer
A closer whose spring tube design allows full adjustment of the
spring power size from 1 through 6.

Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
Closing Speed

The speed at which a door swings from the open position to
within a few degrees of latching. See Latching Speed.

Corrosion Protection
Additional painted covering on all external parts to deter
oxidation and corrosion.

Door Stop
A device to stop the swing of a door.

Hold Open
Maintains door at a particular degree of opening. A mechanical
hold open may not be used on labeled fire doors, which must be
self-closing.

Unique bracket that simplifies installation and minimizes
installer fatigue.

Sex Nuts and Bolts (SNBs)
Thru-bolts required for all non-steel-reinforced fire doors, and
recommended for non-reinforced wood and mineral core doors.
Spring Power
A measurement of closing force, or the ability to overcome
draft, air pressure, weight or other resistance to door closing.

Star Punch
An eight-sided socket hole in the closer arm, permitting spindle
pre-loading. Provides full functioning of backcheck and delayed
action valves, and additional closing force, on parallel arm
mountings.

Universal Mounting
The ability of a closer to accommodate either hand of door for
regular, top jamb or parallel arm mounting.

DC3000.14

How to Specify
DC3000
Suggested Specifications
All door closers shall be DC3000 Series Door Closers as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
Closers shall be of rack and pinion construction with a triple heat treated cold-formed steel spindle and a steel piston, heat treated and
precision machined. Cases shall be of cast iron with a one-piece seamless forged spring tube. A two-piece or seamed spring tube shall
not be acceptable. Springs shall be double heat treated and tempered. Closers shall have a heavy-duty,
forged steel main arm.
Optional arms shall include parallel, hold open, heavy-duty, heavy-duty hold open, heavy-duty reversible backstop and heavy-duty
reversible backstop with hold open.
Closers shall be multi-sized with adjustable spring power to accommodate sizes 1 through 6 in one closer body, such as the Corbin
Russwin DC3200 closer. Closing shall be controlled by two valves - one to control closing speed and one to control latching speed.
Valves shall be concealed against unauthorized adjustment and shall be non-critical with “O” rings.
Closers shall be available with an adjustable backcheck intensity valve. Delayed action shall be available and accomplished with a
separate valve. Valves shall be accessible without removing the closer from the door.
Closers shall be surface applied with rectangular cover, and shall be devoid of manufacturer's trademarks.
Closers shall not project over 2-3/4", and shall be capable of mounting on a 1-3/4" top rail (or top jamb for inverted mounting). Full
cover shall be standard. Non-hold open closers shall be regularly furnished with a power adjustment arm bracket capable of providing
a 15% power adjustment. A Quik-Install™ mounting bracket to attach the closer shall be regularly furnished. High lubricity hydraulic
fluid shall be furnished. Closers mounted top jamb and parallel arm shall allow for full 180° door opening.
Closers shall be listed by Underwriters’ Laboratories for closers with non-hold open arms.
Certification:
ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1
ICC/ANSI A117.1
Closers shall carry a five-year limited warranty.

DC3000.15

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Quik-Install™ is a trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc.,
an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference
purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2001, 2012 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY
Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45045-1/12R

DC5000 Series
Cam Action Door Closer

Introduction
DC5000
Table of Contents
Introduction.........................2
Features............................... 3
Mountings........................... 4
Accessories.......................... 5
How to Order...................... 6
Quick Codes........................ 6
Helpful Terms...................... 7
Specifications....................... 8

Applications
The DC5000 Series is a cam action door closer for slide arm and track
applications. The cam action design is ideal, as it provides much greater
efficiency than a rack and pinion door closer for slide track applications. The
cam action provides much lower opening resistance while delivering optimum
closing force and control. The door closer's wide range of adjustable closing
power permits use in the most demanding situations. The efficiency and flat
power curve comply with the opening force requirements of the Americans
with Disabilities Act (ADA).
The DC5000 series cam action door closers come standard with adjustable
sweep speed and latch speed, closing control and adjustable backcheck
cushioning in the opening cycle. Ideal for door openings in both new
construction and renovations, including:
• Hospitals
• Universities
• Office Buildings

Features
• Smooth operation; efficient, powerful, heavy-duty
• Easier to open than rack-and-pinion door closers with track arms
• Slide track application with regular arm operating efficiency
• Slide track standard
• Adjustable spring size 1 through 6
• Adjustable closing force
• Adjustable closing and latching speed
• Backcheck standard
• Non-handed
• Push or pull side installation
• Cast aluminum body

Optional Feature
• Hold open

Advantages
• Meets or exceeds ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements
• Compliance with building and barrier-free codes
• 110° opening range for Push Side and Pull Side installations
• Ten-year limited warranty
• UL10C, UBC

www.corbinrusswin.com

DC5000.2

Features
DC5000
Features

Certification/Compliance

Spring Power
Multi-sized; fully adjustable 1 through 6.
Handing
Non-handed.
Body
Cast aluminum body.

Degree of Opening
110° opening range for Push Side and
Pull Side installations. Recommended
maximum interior door width is 54"
(137cm) and the recommended maximum
door weight is 250 lbs.
Note: Door openings greater than 110°
can be achieved when an auxiliary door
stop (by others) is used. Consult factory
for details and templates.

Arm
Standard: stamped steel.
Spindle
Machined spline.
Piston
1-1/2" diameter; Precision machined, heat
treated steel.
Valves
Latching speed, closing speed and
backcheck intensity valves standard.

The DC5000 Series Door Closers
listed below conform to the 5 lbf.
maximum door opening force requirement
for non-fire-rated interior hinged doors,
according to:
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Complies with the Accessibility Guidelines
for Buildings and Facilities, Section 4.13.11

Cover
Standard: non-metallic full cover.

ANSI/BHMA
Meets A156.4, Grade 1.

Mountings
Standard: slide track.

UL / ULC / UL10c
Listed for fire and cycle requirements.

Seals
“O” rings.

Fasteners
Standard: self-drilling screws, 1/4-20
machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts (SNBs); Specify
M54.

Fluid
Standard: high lubricity extreme
temperature hydraulic fluid.

Warranty
Ten-year limited warranty. Refer to Corbin
Russwin price book for details.

Main Spring

Barrier-Free Code
Compliance

Main Piston

Cam

Secondary Piston

DC5000.3

Mountings
DC5000
DC5230
Hinge (Pull) Side of Door
• Maximum interior door width 54" (137cm).
• An auxiliary stop (by others) is suggested where severe conditions exist.
• 110° swing (trim permitting)
Note: Door openings to 160° can be achieved if an auxiliary door stop (by others)
is installed to dead stop the door. Consult factory for details.

1-1/2"
1-1/2"

2"
3"

5-1/2"

2-5/8"

2-5/8"
2-5/8"
2-5/8"

Push side
Pullon
side
NOTE: Contact factory for use
doors exceeding 250 lbs.

DC5240
Stop (PuSH) Side of Door
• Minimum frame reveal is 1-1/2" (13mm).
• An auxiliary door stop is suggested when severe conditions exist.
• 110° swing (trim permitting)
Note: Door openings up to 120° can be achieved if an auxiliary door stop (by
others) is installed to dead stop the door. Consult factory for details.
1-1/2"
1-1/2"

2"
3"

5-1/2"

2-5/8"

2-5/8"
2-5/8"
2-5/8"

DC5000.4

NOTE: Contact factory for use on doors exceeding 250 lbs.
Push side
Pull side

Accessories
DC5000

Drop Plate
For use where the narrow top rail of the door prevents the
closer from being mounted directly to the door surface. This
drop plate must be used for closer mounted on a top rail
between 1-7/8" and 3-3/8" (48mm and 86mm) in height. To
order separately, specify 754F80 x Finish.

Retrofit Plate

Allows the DC5000 cam closer to replace the 4040 regular
arm or parallel arm closers without modifying the existing hole
patterns in the door. To order separately, specify 754F81 x
Finish.

DC5000.5

How to Order/Quick Codes
DC5000
Ordering Examples
Contract Order

Stock Order
Quantity

Series

Arm

Finish

Quantity

Series

Arm

Finish

Misc.
Options

DC5230

689

100

DC5240

689

M54

Finish

Series/Mounting/Size
Description

Mounting

DC5000 Closers
Multi-sized; full
adjustability from
size 1-6

Pull Side Track

DC5230

Push Side Track

DC5240

Arm
Description

Description

Specify

USP

Primed for Painting

600

SBL

Silver Aluminum Painted

689

LBL

Dark Bronze Painted

690

DBL

Light Bronze Painted

691

FBL

Black Painted

693

GBL

Satin Brass Painted

696

Specify

Regular non-hold open

(standard)
Drop Plate - order by number

Hold open

A1*

* Hold Open arms cannot be used on fire doors.

Closer Series

Drop Plate

DC5230 (Pull Side Track)
754F80
DC5240 (Push Side Track)

Handing
Hand

Specify

Right Hand/Left Hand Reverse

Left Hand/Right Hand Reverse

Retrofit Plate - order by number
Closer Series

Retrofit Plate

DC5230 (Pull Side Track)
754F81
DC5240 (Push Side Track)
Door Thickness
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm)

Specify

Miscellaneous Options
Description
Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)
(1-3/4" minimum thickness)

DC5000.6

Paint (cans)

(standard)

Specify
M54

Description

Specify

Silver Aluminum

597F94

Dark Bronze

597F95

Light Bronze

597F96

Satin Brass

597F97

Helpful Terms
DC5000
Arm
The linkage of a closer that connects the body to the door or frame.

Mounting
The method by which a closer is attached to the door and frame.

Multi-Sized Closer
A closer whose spring tube design allows full adjustment of the
spring power size from 1 through 6.

Sex Nuts and Bolts (SNBs)
Closing Speed

Thru-bolts required for all non-steel-reinforced fire doors, and
recommended for non-reinforced wood and mineral core doors.

Door Stop

Spring Power
A measurement of closing force, or the ability to overcome
draft, air pressure, weight or other resistance to door closing.

The speed at which a door swings from the open position to
within a few degrees of latching. See Latching Speed.

A device to stop the swing of a door.

Hold Open

Star Punch

Maintains door at a particular degree of opening. A mechanical
hold open may not be used on labeled fire doors, which must be
self-closing.

An eight-sided socket hole in the closer arm, permitting spindle
pre-loading. Provides full functioning of backcheck and delayed
action valves, and additional closing force, on parallel arm
mountings.

Latching Speed

Universal Mounting

The speed of the door during the last few degrees of closing.
Allows latching and prevents slamming.

The ability of a closer to accommodate either hand of door for
regular, top jamb or parallel arm mounting.

DC5000.7

How to Specify
DC5000
Suggested Specifications
1. All door closers shall be DC5000 Series Door Closers as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
2. Door Controls____ (interior) (exterior) swinging door(s) shall be cam and roller design contained within a precision cast
aluminum housing.
3. Door closing force shall be adjustable to ensure adequate closing control. Door closing speed shall be controlled by
independent hydraulic adjustment valves in the sweep and latch range of the closing cycle. Door closer shall have an
adjustable hydraulic backcheck valve to cushion the door speed if door is opened violently.
4. Maximum door open shall be templated to (85°), (90°), (100°), (110°), conditions permitting. Door closer shall have
hold open capability with an on/off selector and tension adjustment.
5. Non-hold open units shall be U.L. Listed for self-closing door. Unit shall be in compliance with the requirements of the
Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA). ANSI standards A117.1. Units shall meet C-UL US.
6. Closers shall carry a ten-year limited warranty.

DC5000.8

Notes
DC5000

DC5000.9

Notes
DC5000

DC5000.10

Notes
DC5000

DC5000.11

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2010, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45204-6/11R

DC6000 Series
Door Closers

Introduction
DC6000
Applications

Corbin Russwin’s history combines high-quality product and innovative design. That
tradition continues with the Grade 1 DC6000 Series door closer, designed and
engineered with quality features such as captured valves and a complete range of arms.
The DC6000 series is the perfect closer for high-use openings or openings that must
meet ADA requirements, such as schools, office buildings, health care facilities, and
retail complexes. The series also meets UL and UL10C positive pressure requirements
for fire door openings.

Quality

More than meets the eye…The design of the DC6000 Series incorporates internal
advantages engineered to provide consistent quality operation. Double O-rings, a
robust spring tube design and captured valves ensure longevity.

Table of Contents
Introductions............................ 2
Features................................ 3 -5
Mountings............................. 6-7
Arms Options....................... 8-10
Mounting Brackets.................. 11
Brackets and Covers........... 12-13
Size and Handing............... 14-15
Helpful Terms......................... 16
How to Order......................... 17
Quick Codes...................... 18-19
Specifications..................... 20-21

www.corbinrusswin.com

DC6000.2

Security

Engineered to meet high security standards, the DC6000 offers a full array of security
features. Heavy-duty arms offer increased strength for high-use, high-abuse situations.
Captured valves and optional Torx® security screws also assist in security situations by
making the closer tamper resistant.

Key Advantages

• Heavy-duty forged arm
• Spring-adjust
• Captured valves
• Self-drilling screws
• Quik-Install™ bracket
• Cast iron body
• Retrofit plates
• Powder painted arms

Features
DC6000
Versatility

Conditions vary from job to job, but a top-quality product that is dependable, easy to install and versatile is a must. The DC6000 Series
door closer is the solution. A variety of features makes this the choice for retrofitting, quick installation, and longevity. Corbin Russwin
offers a wide variety of arms, tracks and special brackets to meet special header/ frame conditions. The small footprint and unobtrusive
cover are additional advantages to a versatile line of closers.

Features

Benefits

Exceeds 10 Million Cycles

Ensures dependability and long life

Closer Arms

Forged steel main arm for strength and durability
Full complement to meet most installation demands
Environmentally safe process

Powder Painted Arms
Greater corrosion resistance
Cover Options

Plastic covers - painted finishes
Metal covers - painted or plated finishes

Cast Iron Body

Strong and durable; withstands expected abusive conditions

Captured Valves

Reduces possibility of valve removal

Spring Adjust

Easier to adjust for optimum power setting

Springs

Chrome silicon wire, triple set for longer life

Closer Fluid

Extended temperature oil with friction-reduction additives

Self-Drilling Screws

Easier, quicker installation

Quik-Install™ Bracket

Easier installation of closer body

DC6000.3

Features
DC6000
DC6200 - Multi-Sized
DC6400 - Sizes 1-6, half size
adjustable
Features
Spring Power
DC6200 closers: multi-sized; fully
adjustable sizes 1 through 6.
DC6400 closers: sizes 1 through 6;
half-size adjustability.
For recommended sizes, see page 14.
Handing
Non-handed (with the exception of some
arms and accessories).
Body
Cast-iron case with seamless cold headed
steel spring tube.
Arm
Standard: forged steel.
Arm options pages 8-10.

Cover
Standard: plastic V-O flame rated cover.
Optional: full metal cover; specify M73 x
hand.

Certification/Compliance

Mountings
Standard: regular or top jamb.
Parallel arm or tri-style packaging: specify
DC6210 or DC6410.
Optional mountings available; see
Mountings, page 6.

The DC6000 Series Door Closers
listed below conform to the 5 lbf.
maximum door opening force requirement
for non-fire-rated interior hinged doors,
according to:

Mounting Bracket
Quik-Install™ mounting bracket standard.
Fasteners
Standard: self-drilling screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts (SNBs); specify
M54.
Corrosion Protection
Painted protective coating on all metal
surfaces for use in corrosive environments.

Spindle
Heat-treated steel with a crowned gear set
for increased efficiency.

Security Package
Includes heavy-duty parallel or regular arm,
full metal cover and security Torx® machine
screws. Specify M87 x arm x hand. See
pages 8-12 for arm options.

Piston
1-3/8" diameter; precision machined,
heat-treated steel.

Warranty
25-year limited warranty. Refer to Corbin
Russwin price book for details.

Springs
Chrome silicon wire.
Valves
Latching speed valve standard.
Closing speed valve standard.
Multiple backcheck location valve and
backcheck intensity valve standard.
Delayed action valve optional. Delayed
action preset for 20 seconds. Between 90°
and 70° for all mountings. To order specify
M71.
Seals
“O” rings.
Fluid
Standard: high lubricity extreme
temperature hydraulic fluid.
Degree of Opening
Up to full 180° opening standard for
regular, top jamb and parallel arm
mountings, conditions permitting.
Power Adjustment Arm Bracket
15% adjustment standard.

DC6000.4

Barrier-Free Code
Compliance

Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Complies with the Accessibility Guidelines
for Buildings and Facilities, Section 4.13.11
ANSI/BHMA
Meets A156.4, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1.
DC6200
DC6210
DC6220
DC6411

DC6412
DC6421
DC6401

These door closers are certified by Corbin
Russwin Architectural Hardware to comply
with the above standards when properly
installed and (if applicable) adjusted, in
regular arm, parallel arm and top jamb
mountings.
UL / ULC / UL10c
Listed for fire and cycle requirements.
10 Million Cycles
Witnessed and verified by UL

Finishes
Standard painted finishes

Old Designation

Description

Specify

USP

Primed

600

SBL

Silver Aluminum

689

LBL

Dark Bronze

690

DBL

Light Bronze

691

FBL

Black

693

GBL

Satin Brass

696

Plated finishes available on arms and full metal cover.

US3

Bright Brass

605

US4

Satin Brass

606

US9

Bright Bronze

611

US10

Satin Bronze

612

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

626

For split finish of closer cover and arm, specify cover finish first, then arm finish
(e.g., DC6200 x 625 x 689).

Features
DC6000
DC6200 - Multi-Sized
DC6400 - Sizes 1-6, half-size adjustable

Multiple backcheck location valve permits choice of 70° or 90°
backcheck setting.

Double “O”
ring seal

Backcheck
intensity valve

Latching speed valve

Spring Power
Adjuster

Closing speed valve

Quik-Install™ mounting bracket included, see p11

DC6000.5

Mountings and Applications
DC6000

Regular Arm Mounting DC6200, DC6400 Series

Parallel Arm Mounting DC6210, DC6410 Series

Most common mounting, providing the greatest closing
efficiency. Closer is mounted on the pull side, with the arm
almost perpendicular to the face of the door. Arm bracket is
attached to the door frame.

Allows inside application of closer on out-swinging doors. Closer
is mounted on the push side, with the arm almost parallel to the
face of the door. Arm does not project from the opening.

Top Jamb Mounting DC6220, DC6420 Series
Closer is mounted on the frame on the push side, with the arm
perpendicular to the face of the door. Arm bracket is mounted
on the door. Minimum 1-3/4" (44mm) top jamb required.
Accommodates reveals up to 3-1/4" (83mm).

Track Mounting DC6230, DC6430 Series
Closer is top jamb mounted on the pull side; arm is connected
to a door-mounted track. Maximum degree of opening is 110°.
Maximum closing power is size 4. Minimum 3" (76mm) frame
face required.

DC6000.6

Track Mounting DC6240, DC6440 Series
Closer is mounted on push side of door; arm is connected to
a stop-mounted track. Maximum degree of opening is 110°.
Maximum closing power - size 4.

Mountings
DC6000

Regular Arm Mounting with Mortise Arm Bracket
Used on inadequately reinforced frames, such as those with bull
nose trims.

Parallel Arm with Offset Angle Bracket Mounting
Allows parallel arm mounting when used with an overhead door
holder.

Parallel Arm Mounting with Flush Transom Bracket
Allows parallel arm mounting on flush transom applications.

Top Jamb Flush Transom Mounting
Closer is top jamb mounted on the push side; arm is attached to
the door.

Narrow Frame Mounting
For use when the frame is too narrow for a normal top jamb or
top jamb track mounting. (Shown with 188F65 drop plate)

Top Jamb Deep Reveal Mounting
For reveals greater than 3-1/4" (83mm), up to 7-1/4" (184mm).

DC6000.7

Arm Options
DC6000
688F95
(Non-Hold Open)

Regular Arm
• Used with regular arm (pull side) and top jamb (push side)
mounting
• Available in painted or plated finishes
• Non-hold open arm standard on the DC6200 and
DC6400 closers
• Hold open arm optional, specify closer x A1*

688F77
(Hold Open)

691F72
(Non-Hold Open)

Deep Reveal Arm ( 3-3/8" (86mm) - 7-1/4" (184mm))
•
•
•
•
•
•

Accommodates top jamb mounting for reveals up to 7-1/4"
(184mm), depending on door and frame conditions
Mounted on push side
Available in painted or plated finishes
Optional on DC6220 and DC6420 closers
Non-hold open, specify closer x A6
Hold open, specify closer x A8*
Non-Hold Open

691F72

Hold Open

691F74

597F52
(Non-Hold Open Only)

Heavy-Duty Regular Arm

688F95 x 188F41
(Non-Hold Open)

Parallel Arm

688F77 x 509F49
(Hold Open)

•
•
•
•
•

Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm
Mounted on pull side
Not available in plated finishes
Optional on DC6200 and DC6400 closers, specify
closer x A10

• Mounted on push side
• Non-hold open arm – combines regular arm with parallel
arm mounting bracket
• Available in painted or plated finishes
• Hold open arm – combines regular hold-open arm with
parallel arm mounting bracket
• Non-hold open arm standard – order DC6210 or
DC6410 series
• Hold open arm optional, specify closer x A1*

Specify finish when ordering arms. *Not allowed by code on fire doors.
DC6000.8

Arm Options
DC6000
689F02
(Non-Hold Open)

689F01
(Hold Open)

689F03
(Non-Hold Open)

689F04
(Hold Open)

(Non-Hold Open)

(Hold Open)

Heavy-Duty Parallel Arm
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm
Mounted on push side
Not available in plated finishes
Optional on DC6210 and DC6410 closers
Non-hold open arm, specify closer x A3
Hold open arm, specify closer x A2*. Hold-open range 85° to 110°
For use with overhead stops, specify closer x A13 (see page 10)

Heavy-Duty Reversible Backstop Parallel Arm
•
•
•
•
•
•

Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm
Mounted on push side
Not available in plated finishes
Optional on DC6210 and DC6410 closers
Field-reversible steel lug restricts degree of opening to protect door,
wall and hardware
• Shipped standard as left hand. Handing can be reversed in the field
• Non-hold open arm, specify closer x A4. Door stop range 85°
to 110°
• Hold open arm, specify closer x A5*. Door stop/hold open range
85° to 110°

Heavy-Duty Spring Stop Parallel Arm

• Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
• Integrates a door closer, shock absorber and auxiliary heavy-duty
overhead stop
• Not available in plated finishes
• Hold open*
- Holder mechanism tension adjustable
- Hold open can be engaged/disengaged with a 1/4 turn of the
mechanism with a standard blade type screwdriver
• Optional on DC6210 and DC6410 closers
• Non-hold open arm, specify closer x A11 x door width. Door stop
range 85º to 110º.
• Hold open arm, specify closer x A12* x door width. Door stop/hold
open range 85º to 110º.
Door Width

Refer to page 12 for bracket information
Specify finish when ordering arms.
*Not allowed by code on fire doors.

Model Number
Non-Hold Open

Hold Open

28" - 32" (71cm - 81cm)

615F52

615F51

33" - 41" (84cm - 104cm)

615F54

615F53

42" - 48" (107cm - 122cm)

615F56

615F55
DC6000.9

Arms and Brackets
DC6000
691F96
(Non-Hold Open)

Heavy-Duty Extra Clearance Parallel Arm
•
•
•
•
•
•

Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
Provides additional vertical clearance
Mounted on push side
Not available in plated finishes
Optional on DC6210 and DC6410 closers
Non-hold open arm only, specify closer x A13
Standard
Clearance

Closer

1-3/4"

DC6210

With Spacer

Quick Code

Total Clearance

597F92

M77

2-1/4"

597F93

M78

2-3/8"

Heavy-Duty Parallel Hold Open Arm
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environment
Requires auxiliary stop (by others)
Handed
Mounted on push side
Not available in plated finishes
Allows door to swing 180º, conditions permitting
Optional on DC6210 and DC6410 closers
Hold open arm, specify closer x A14*
Part Number
692F04
692F05

754F44 Shown

Handing
Right Hand
Left Hand

Pull Side Track Arm

• Provides a clean aesthetic look with maximum 110° door swing and
a minimum door width of 28"(71cm)
• Mounted on pull side
• Not available in plated finishes
• Non-hold open standard on DC6230 or DC6430 closers
• Hold open, specify closer x A1*
• Hold open function can be turned on or off using a standard blade
screw driver
• Stop/Hold open can be set for 85°, 90°, 95°, or 100°

754F13 Shown

Specify finish when ordering arms or tracks.
*Not allowed by code on fire doors.
DC6000.10

Track and Arm

Track Only

Non-Hold Open

754F44

754F09

Hold Open

754F45

754F10

Arm Only
754F16

Push Side Track Arm

• Clean aesthetic look for doors opening a maximum of 110º and a
minimum door width of 32" (81cm)
• Mounted on push side
• Not available in plated finishes
• Non-hold open standard on DC6240 and DC6440 closers. For hold
open, specify closer x A1*
• Stop/hold open can be set for 85º, 90º, 95º or 100º
• Hold open function can be turned on or off using a standard blade
screw driver
Track and Arm

Track Only

Non-Hold Open

754F12

754F14

Hold Open

754F13

754F15

Arm Only
754F16

Mounting Brackets
DC6000
188F03

Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
•
•
•
•
•
•

244F17

Standard on all closers
Reduces installation time
Ensures correct mounting
Bracket is first mounted to door or frame, then closer is attached
Bracket size: 1-3/4" (44mm) (vertical) x 6" (152mm) (horizontal)
Hole spacing: 1" (25mm) (vertical) x 4-5/16" (110mm) (horizontal)

Mortise Arm Bracket for Regular Arm Mounting

• For regular arm mounting where frame requires reinforcement, i.e., on frames
with bull nose trim
• Not available in plated finishes
• Specify closer x M84

188F41

Parallel Arm Non-Hold Open Bracket
• Converts regular arm to parallel arm closer
• Standard with DC6210 and DC6410 closers
• Packed with five screws and 691F78 spacer

509F49

Parallel Arm Hold Open Bracket

• Converts regular arm hold open to parallel arm hold open closer
• Standard with DC6210 x A1 or DC6410 x A1 closer

188F62

Parallel Arm Offset Bracket

• Required when parallel arm is used in conjunction with an overhead door holder
• Specify DC6210 x M83 or DC6410 x M83 closer

188F63

Parallel Arm Flush Transom Bracket

• Required when parallel arm mounting is used on a flush transom application
• Not available in plated finishes
• Specify DC6210 x M82 or DC6410 x M82 closer

Specify finish when ordering parts.
DC6000.11

Brackets
DC6000
499F30

Flush Transom Bracket
• Available separately for mounting A2, A3, A4, A5, A13 and A14
heavy-duty arms on rabbeted or flush transom conditions
• Not available in plated finishes
• Specify closer x M79

Angle Support Bracket

447F14

• Available separately for mounting A2, A3, A4, A5, A13 & A14
heavy-duty arms on narrow frame or soffit conditions
• Specify DC6210 x M85 or DC6410 x M85 closer

Spacer Block

691F78

•
•

Blade Stop Spacer

597F92 (1/2")
597F93 (5/8")

Maximum
Power

For use where a narrow frame soffit does not provide adequate
surface to support the fifth arm bracket mounting hole
Supplied standard with DC6210 and DC6410 non-hold open
closers with A2, A3, A4, A5, A13 and A14 heavy-duty parallel arms

• Available for use with A2, A3, A4, A5, A13 & A14 heavy-duty arms.
• Specify closer x M77 (597F92)
• Specify closer x M78 (597F93)
Normal
Power

Power Adjustment Arm Bracket
• Standard on all closers without hold open, except heavy-duty
and track type
• In regular arm or top jamb mounting, bracket may be reversed to
increase closing power 15%

Hinge location

615F58

Reinforcing Bracket

• Supplied as standard for use with A11 and A12 spring stop arms
• Provides additional support to the soffit plate on installations with
door frame reveals from 1-7/8" to 4-5/8" (48 to 117mm)
• Not available in plated finishes
615F59

Deep Reveal Reinforcement Kit

• For use with A11 and A12 spring stop arms
• Used to support the soffit plate on installations with deep frames.
Clamps may be used with or without the spacer block, depending
on frame conditions
• Not available in plated finishes
• For frames deeper than 4-5/8" (117mm), specify closer x M103
615F60

Flush Partition Bracket

• For use with A11 and A12 spring stop arms where rabbeted or
flush transom conditions prevent installation of the soffit plate
assembly
• Bracket fastens to the overhead transom to provide a mounting
surface for the soffit plate assembly
• Specify DC6210 x M104 or DC6410 x M104 closer
Specify finish when ordering parts.
DC6000.12

Covers and Plates
DC6000
597F78

Full Cover
•
•
•
•
•
•

Standard on all DC6000 series door closers
Completely covers closer body
Non-handed
Dimensions: 11-5/8" (295mm) x 3" (76mm) x 2-3/4" (70mm) deep
Available in painted finishes only
Flame rated V-O material compliant with UL10C

Full Metal Cover
•
•
•
•

For use in high-abuse applications or when an architectural plated finish is desired
Specify hand; not field reversible
Available in painted and plated finishes
Dimensions: 11-1/2" (292mm) x 2-7/8" (73mm) x 2-3/4" (70mm) deep
Part Number

Handing

603F55

RH/LHR

603F57

LH/RHR

Drop Plate

Permits parallel arm mounting on door when top rail is too narrow to install closer in
the regular manner. Minimum 2-5/8" (67mm) top rail required. Jamb mounted where
there is insufficient ceiling clearance
Drop Plate
for standard mounting or where it
Closer Series
is necessary to allow vertical arm
With Full Cover
clearance for overhead door holders
DC6210, DC6410
597F58
or frame gasketing. To order
DC6220, DC6420
188F65
separately, specify Part No. x Finish.
DC6240, DC6440

Retrofit Plates

For installation of Corbin Russwin
DC6200 and DC6400 closers where
doors & frames have been prepared
for LCN heavy-duty surface closers.
To order with closers specify Closer
x Quick Code, see page 19.

To Replace LCN Model

597F58

Model Number

4040/4041

Regular Arm

615F63

4040/4041

Parallel Arm

615F61

4110EDA

Parallel Arm

615F64

4010

Regular Arm

615F62

DC6000.13

Door Closer Sizes
DC6000
Factors in Determining Closer Size
1 – Weight and Height of Door
Doors vary in weight from light hollow-core wood doors to heavy
metal doors. Door sizes listed in the chart are based on doors of
standard weight and height. Extra-light or extra-heavy weight or
unusual height must be compensated for.
2 – Draft and Wind Conditions
Draft and wind conditions are perhaps the most important factors
to consider in determining the closer size required. Sizes listed in
the chart apply to normal conditions. Stairwells, air conditioning,
building construction, and door location can cause strong draft
and wind conditions; these may necessitate adjusting spring
power to a larger size or using a closer one size larger.

3 – Location of Closer
The degree of door opening required determines the location of
the closer on the door. Closer sizes listed in the chart are based
on 180° opening.
4 – Special Conditions
Deep reveals require optional extended arms. A top jamb plate
is required when the jamb is too narrow for a normal top jamb
mounting.
5 – Code Compliance
A multi-sized, fully adjustable closer such as the DC6200 closer
provides the greatest flexibility in balancing barrier-free access,
security and life safety codes. However, when a manual closer is
installed and adjusted to comply with ADA or any other reduced
opening force requirements, it may no longer have sufficient
power to close and latch the door reliably.

Recommended Door Closer Sizes
Door Width
Application

Regular or Top Jamb

Parallel Arm

Interior

Exterior,
In-Swinging

Exterior,
Out-Swinging

Recommended Closer Size

2'4" (71cm)

—

3'0" (91cm)

—

3'6" (107cm)

2'6" (76cm)

3'0" (91cm)

4'0" (122cm)

3'0" (91cm)

3'6" (107cm)

4'6" (137cm)

3'6" (107cm)

4'0" (122cm)

5'0" (152cm)

4'0" (122cm)*

4'6" (137cm)*

2'4" (71cm)

—

2'6" (76cm)

—

3'0" (91cm)

—

2'6" (76cm)

3'6" (107cm)

—

3'0" (91cm)

4'0" (122cm)

—

3'6" (107cm)*

4'6" (137cm)

—

4'0" (122cm)*

* Due to half-size adjustability, the DC6400 Series is recommended.

DC6000.14

Handing
DC6000
Handing

Refers to the direction a door swings; always determined from the outside of the door.
Regular Mounting
Door: left hand
Closer: left hand pull side

Door: right hand
Closer: right hand pull side

Parallel Arm Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side

Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side

Top Jamb Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side

Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side

DC6000.15

Helpful Terms
DC6000
Backcheck

Latching Speed

Slows a door at approximately 70° of the opening cycle, by
providing cushioned resistance to a forceful opening. Designed
to protect people and objects behind the door and to prevent
damage to the closer, hardware, and wall. Intensity can be
increased or decreased. Not intended to act as a stop.

The speed of the door during the last few degrees of closing.
Allows latching and prevents slamming.

Backcheck Location
The point (approximately 70°) in the opening cycle where
backcheck takes effect.

Mounting
The method by which a closer is attached to the door and frame.

Multiple Backcheck Location Valve
Valve that changes the degree of door angle where backcheck
occurs.

Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
Closing Speed
The speed at which a door swings from the full open position to
within a few degrees of latching. See Latching Speed.

Corrosion Protection
Additional painted covering on all external parts to deter
oxidation and corrosion.

Delayed Action
Slows door closing speed between maximum opening and
approximately 70°. Often specified to meet barrier-free codes
which require longer closing times. Also used in high traffic
situations (auditoriums, classrooms, etc.) or when carts and
gurneys are pushed through the doors.

Unique bracket which simplifies installation and minimizes
installer fatigue.

Sex Nuts and Bolts (SNBs)
Through-bolts required for all non-steel-reinforced fire doors,
and recommended for non-reinforced wood and mineral core
doors.

Sized Closer
A closer whose spring design allows for a fixed spring power size
1 through 6.

Spring Power
A measurement of closing force, or the ability to overcome draft,
air pressure, weight or other resistance to door closing.

Door Stop

Star Punch

A device to stop the swing of a door.

An eight-point hole in the closer arm, permitting spindle preloading. Provides full functioning of backcheck and delayed
action valves.

Hold Open
Maintains door at a particular degree of opening. A mechanical
hold open may not be used on labeled fire doors, which must be
self-closing.

Multi-Sized Closer
A closer whose spring design allows full adjustment of the spring
power size from 1 through 6.

DC6000.16

Universal Mounting
The ability of a closer to accommodate either hand for regular,
top jamb or (using a bracket) parallel arm mounting.

How To Order
DC6000
Ordering Examples

Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes

Stock
Quantity

Series/Mounting/Size

Finish

Misc. Options

DC6210

689

M54

Series/Mounting/Size
Arm
Finish
Handing
Door Thickness
Miscellaneous Options

Page 17
Page 18
Page 18
Page 18
Page 18
Page 19

Job Specific
Quantity

Series/Mounting/Size

Finish

Hand

Thickness

Options

DC6413

626

D138

M71-M73

Split Finish
Finish
Quantity

Series/Mounting/Size

DC6210

Cover

Arm

626

689

Hand

Misc. Options

M54

Note:
• Door closer warranty becomes void if it is installed on the exterior side of a door in the exterior wall of a building
• It is strongly recommended, and it is required on fire door assemblies, that doors having a door closer be hung on ball-bearing or anti-friction hinges
or pivots
• Failure to use the correct type and size fasteners may void factory warranty
• Fasteners for fire/smoke door assemblies must conform to NFPA 80. In some applications additional fasteners may be mandated by NFPA 80 that are
not shipped with Corbin Russwin's standard product, such as sleeve-units/sex nuts or through-bolts and grommet nuts
• Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.

Series/Mounting/Size
Description

DC6200 Closers
Multi-sized; full
adjustability from
size 1-6

DC6400 Closers
Sized; 1⁄2-size
adjustability

Mounting

Non-sized

Size 1 Specify

Size 2 Specify

Size 3 Specify

Size 4 Specify

Size 5 Specify

Size 6 Specify

Regular arm

DC6200

—

Parallel arm

DC6210

—

Top jamb

DC6220

—

Track (Pull Side)

DC6230

—

Track (Push Side)

DC6240

—

Regular arm

—

DC6401

DC6402

DC6403

DC6404

DC6405

DC6406

Parallel arm

—

DC6411

DC6412

DC6413

DC6414

DC6415

DC6416

Top jamb

—

DC6421

DC6422

DC6423

DC6424

DC6425

DC6426

Track (Pull Side)

—

DC6433

DC6434

DC6435

DC6436

Track (Push Side)

—

DC6443

DC6444

DC6445

DC6446
DC6000.17

Quick Codes
DC6000
Arm

Finish
Arm

Regular non-hold open

Specify Quick Code
(standard)

Hold open

A1*

Heavy-duty parallel with hold open

A2*

Heavy-duty parallel non-hold open

Heavy-duty backstop non-hold open

Heavy-duty backstop with hold open

A5*

Deep reveal (3-3/8"-7-1/4")

Deep reveal with hold open

A8*

Heavy-duty regular non-hold open

A10

Spring stop non-hold open (specify door width)

A11

Spring stop heavy-duty with hold open (specify
door width)

A12*

Heavy-duty parallel arm with extra clearance

A13

Heavy-duty friction hold open arm (specify hand)

A14*

Push side track with hold open

A1*

*Hold open arms cannot be used on fire doors.

Old Designation

Specify Quick
Code

Description

USP

Primed for Painting

600

SBL

Silver Aluminum Painted

689

LBL

Dark Bronze Painted

690

DBL

Light Bronze Painted

691

FBL

Black Painted

693

GBL

Satin Brass Painted

696

Plated finishes available on arms and full metal cover
US3

Bright Brass

605

US4

Satin Brass

606

US9

Bright Bronze

611

US10

Satin Bronze

612

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

626

For split finish of closer cover and arm, specify cover finish first, then arm finish (e.g.,
DC6200 x 625 x 689).

Handing
Hand

Specify

Left Hand/Right Hand Reverse

Right Hand/Left Hand Reverse

Blade Stop
Spacer

Specify Quick Code

1/2"

M77

5/8"

M78

Torx® Tool Kit Package

DC6000.18

Standard painted finishes

Description

Specify

Bits and driver

597F24

Door Thickness
Door Thickness

Specify

1-3/4" (44mm)

(standard)

2" (51mm)

D200

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

Quick Codes
DC6000
Miscellaneous Options
Description

Specify Quick Code

Torx® machine screws

M04

Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs) (1-3/4" minimum thickness)

M54

Backcheck intensity and location valves

(standard)

Delayed action

M71

Full cover

(standard)

Full metal cover (Handed)

M73

Extreme temperature fluid

(standard)

Corrosion protection

M75

1/2" spacer

M77

5/8" spacer

M78

Drop plates - order by number (formerly M80, M81 and M102 quick codes)
Old Quick Ship #

Drop Plate
With Full Cover

DC6210, DC6410 (Parallel)

M80

597F58

DC6220, DC6420 (Top Jamb)

M80

188F65

DC6230, DC6430 (Pull Side)

M81

597F59

DC6240, DC6440 (Push Side)

M102

597F59

Closer Series

Heavy-duty parallel arm flush transom bracket (499F30) used with A2, A3, A4, A5, A13 & A14 arms

M79

Parallel arm flush transom bracket (parallel or A1)

M82

Parallel arm offset bracket

M83

Mortise arm bracket (for regular arm mounting)

M84

Angle support bracket

M85

Spacer (691F78) (formerly M86 quick code)
Security package (available with A2, A3, A4, A5 and A10 optional arms). Covers are handed.

(standard)
M87

Retrofit kit LCN 4041 RA or PA

M101B

Retrofit kit LCN 4110EDA

M101C

Retrofit kit LCN 4010

M101D

Deep reveal reinforcement kit (available with A11 & A12 arms)

M103

Flush partition bracket (available with A11 & A12 arms)

M104

Lead-lined metal cover

M108

DC6000.19

Specifications
DC6000
ANSI A156.4 Certified Closer Cross Reference
ANSI Number

Function

Series

PT 4A
15% Power
Adjustment

PT 4B
35% Power
Adjustment

PT 4C
50% Power
Adjustment

PT 4D
Adjustable
Backcheck

PT 4F
Delayed
Action

PT 4G
Dead Stop

PT 4H
Fully
Adjustable

CO2011
(PT 1)

Hinge Side
Mounting

DC6200
DC6400

S
S

O
O

N/A
N/A

S
N/A

CO2051
(PT 1)

Hinge Side
Mounting

DC6200-A1
DC6400-A1

S
S

O
O

N/A
N/A

S
N/A

CO2021
(PT 1)

Parallel Arm
Mounting

DC6210
DC6410

S
S

O
O

S
N/A

CO2061
(PT 1)

Parallel Arm
Mounting

DC6210-A1
DC6410-A1

S
S

O
O

S
N/A

CO2041
(PT 1)

Top Jamb
Mounting

DC6220
DC6420

S
S

O
O

N/A
N/A

S
N/A

CO2081
(PT 1)

Top Jamb
Mounting

DC6220-A1
DC6420-A1

S
S

O
O

N/A
N/A

S
N/A

CO2231
(PT 1)

Push Side
Mounting

DC6240
DC6440

S
S

O
O

S
N/A

CO2241
(PT 1)

Push Side
Mounting

DC6240-A1
DC6440-A1

S
S

O
O

S
N/A

CO2251
(PT 1)

Pull Side
Mounting

DC6230
DC6430

S
S

O
O

S
N/A

CO2261
(PT 1)

Pull Side
Mounting

DC6230-A1
DC6430-A1

S
S

O
O

S
N/A

ANSI Performance Requirements: (PT 1) — 2,000,000 cycles — closer without backcheck feature.
ANSI Performance Requirements: (PT 1) — 1,500,000 cycles — closer with backcheck feature.
N/A = not available S = standard O = option available
ANSI Options:
DC6200 includes PT4-A, B, C, D, H. Optional: PT4-F, G, J.
DC6400 includes PT4-A, B, C, D. Optional: PT4-F, G, J.

DC6000.20

Specifications
DC6000
Suggested Specification
Door closers shall be of rack and pinion construction with a cold headed heat-treated steel spindle and a steel piston precision
machined and heat treated. The case shall be of cast iron with seamless cold headed steel spring tube. A two-piece or seamed spring
tube shall not be acceptable. Springs shall be tempered chrome silicon. Closers shall have a heavy-duty, forged steel main arm.
Optional arms shall include parallel, hold open, heavy-duty, heavy-duty hold open, heavy-duty reversible backstop, heavy-duty
reversible backstop with hold open, heavy-duty spring stop, heavy-duty spring stop with hold open, deep reveal, top jamb track and
stop mounted track.
The following size options shall be available:
• Fully adjustable spring power to accommodate sizes 1 through 6.
• Spring power shall be adjustable by one half size over minimum for each size.
All sizes shall be accommodated in one closer body. Closing shall be controlled by two valves — one to control closing speed and one
to control latching speed. Valves shall be concealed against unauthorized adjustment and be non-critical with “O” ring seals.
(Door closers shall have an adjustable delayed action feature, controlled by a separate valve.)
Closers shall be furnished with an adjustable backcheck intensity valve. Valve shall be accessible without removing the closer from the
door.
Closers shall be furnished with a backcheck location valve, providing a choice of locations where backcheck begins in the door
opening cycle between 70° and 90° of door opening. This valve shall be functional for all regular, top jamb, parallel arm, and track
type mountings.
Closers shall be surface applied with rectangular cover, and shall be devoid of manufacturer’s trademarks. Closers shall not project
over 2 3/4", and shall be capable of mounting on 1-3/4" top rail or inverted mounting on 13/4" top jamb. Full cover and full metal
cover with security fasteners shall be available. When required, metal covers shall be available in plated finishes. Regular arm and
top jamb mounted closers without hold open shall be regularly furnished with power adjustment arm bracket capable of providing
a 15% power adjustment. A Quik-Install™ mounting bracket to attach the closer shall be regularly furnished. Closers not having a
mounting bracket shall not be acceptable. Hydraulic fluid shall be of a type requiring no seasonal valve readjustment due to extreme
temperature variations. Closers mounted top jamb and parallel arm shall allow for full 180° door opening.
Closers with non-hold open arms shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for swinging fire doors and for positive pressure listed
openings.
All closers shall be available in architectural finishes to match corresponding door hardware.

Certification:
ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1
ADA/ANSI A117.1
UL10C and UBC
Closers shall carry a 25-year limited warranty.
Closers shall be Corbin Russwin (DC6200) (DC6400) series.

DC6000.21

Notes
DC6000

DC6000.22

Notes
DC6000

DC6000.23

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Quik-Install™ is a trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc.,
an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference
purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc. reserves the right to change availability
of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2004, 2012 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45052-7/12R

DC62900 Series
Electromechanical Closer-Holder

Introduction
DC62900
Applications
Corbin Russwin Electric Track CloserHolders combine the functions of a
single-point electromechanical door
holder with the DC6200 door closer.
The track assembly contains an arm
slide and solenoid-operated hold open
mechanism and is available with or
without an integral smoke detector.
The closer is mounted on the door. The
track is mounted to the frame face for
pull side installations or the frame soffit
for push side installations.

Table of Contents
Applications..........................2
Functions and Features........ 3
Overview...........................4-5
Mountings ........................6-7
Brackets and Covers..............8
Track Assemblies & Parts.. 9-10
How to Order ....................11
Specification.......................12

www.corbinrusswin.com

DC62900.2

The track is an aluminum extrusion
which incorporates a solenoid-actuated
cam that locks the arm slide in the

track at a selected point. The degree
of door hold open is selected by
adjustment of the telescoping arm.
When there is power to the unit, the
door will hold open at the selected hold
open point. Any power interruption
will release the arm slide and the door
will close. The door can be released
manually at any time.
Corbin Russwin Electric Track CloserHolders are available in two basic
functions for controlling fire/smoke
doors.

Functions and Features
DC62900
Functions:
Support Unit – This unit is comprised
of a solenoid hold open mechanism
in the slide track and a door closer.
These units can be installed on a
single door or a pair of doors when
controlled by compatible U.L. listed
detection equipment such as area
ceiling detectors, pull stations, and
remote alarm panels. They can also be
used in conjunction with a Master Unit
on a pair of doors when the Master
Unit smoke detector signals conditions
(standby, trouble/alarm) to an alarm
system’s panel. The alarm panel
controls the hold open function of both
the Support Unit and the Master Unit.
Quick Code: ET

Note:
Application of any Corbin Russwin
Electric Track Single-Point Hold Open
Closer-Holder Releasing Device
should be checked for compliance
with both state and local codes.

Selective Single-Point Hold Open:
The DC62900 has one template
position. The single-point hold open
position is selected by adjusting the
telescoping arm with a hex drive setscrew. Hold open range is 85° thru
110° in approximately 3° increments.

Choice of Supply Voltage:
Corbin Russwin Electric Tracks are
available in the most commonly used
operating voltages of 24 Volts AC/
DC or 12OVAC, 60Hz. Power to these
devices must be within a range of (+)
10% (-) 15% of the stated voltage.

Spring Cushioned Dead Stop:
A spring loaded buffer block at
the point of hold open prevents
overtravel of the arm slide and
provides a cushioned dead stop.
Use of an additional wall or floor
stop is always recommended.

Fail Safe:
In the event of a power outage,
solenoid will be de-energized
and the Closer-Holder will then
operate as a normal door closer.

Door Closer:
The DC62900 is a non-handed, narrow
projection closer with a full plastic
cover. It has an adjustable spring for
sizes 1-6. It also has four independent
valves to control latch speed, closing
speed, backcheck positioning and
intensity. QUIK-INSTALL mounting
bracket speeds installation.

Master Unit – This unit is comprised of
an integral smoke detector, a solenoid
hold open mechanism in the slide track
and a door closer. The Master Unit
can be used to control a single door or
a pair of doors in conjunction with a
Support Unit.
Quick Code: ETD

Features:

Wiring Option:
Both pull side and push side
application will accommodate either
Non-Handed:
concealed or surface wiring. The
Non-handed except when ordered
hook-up box will accept a 3/4"
with "DE" (Double Egress) arms.
(19mm) conduit. Each DC62900 is
supplied with a thin-walled conduit
Pull/Push Installations:
The track can be ordered for installation nut to attach the conduit clamp.
on either side of the door. List number State and local building codes will
DC62940 can be installed on the push dictate the type of wiring permitted.
side only. List number DC62930 can
be installed on the pull side only.

Warranty:
2-year limited
U.L. Listing:
All Master Units with integral
smoke detectors have been tested
and evaluated for public safety by
Underwriter's Laboratories and are
listed for application on smoke barrier
and labeled fire doors. All Support
Units are U.L. listed for application
with any compatible U.L. listed fire/
smoke detection equipment.
ANSI / BHMA:
The DC62900 Series is ANSI/
BHMA certified for A156.15.

DC62900.3

Features
DC62900
Spring Cushioned
Dead Stop

Hold Open
Solenoid and
Roller Assembly

Slide Track

Slide Assembly

Smoke
Detector

Hook-Up
Board

Red LED Alarm Light

Telescoping
Arm

Hook-Up Board Cover

Features – Smoke Detector:
Photoelectric Sensing
Detector employs a photoelectric chamber to substantially
reduce the probability of false alarms.

Quick Disconnect Modules
Each component, solenoid coil, detector and control feature
quick disconnect wiring for easy servicing and replacement.

Fire/Smoke Control Circuit
Interprets the alarm signal from the detector and provides
switching contacts to interrupt power to the hold open
solenoid and divert it to activate optional audio/visual alarms.

Locked-In Alarm
When a unit alarms, it must be manually reset. This can be
accomplished by remote control from the alarm console or by
the reset button in the smoke detector. Reset button is
accessible through the center louver in the underside of the
track. Reset by rotating LED chamber using small flat blade
screwdriver.

Alarm (Relay) Contacts
Normally open in standby condition (energized, non-alarm
state). These contacts close during an alarm condition (smoke
detected) and switch power from the solenoid to an optional
local alarm.
Trouble (Relay) Contacts
Normally closed in standby condition, these supervisory
contacts monitor the continuity of power within the detector
circuit. Any power interruption within the detector circuit will
open these contacts. They can then be used to simultaneously
indicate a trouble condition to the alarm panel on a separate
trouble circuit.

DC62900.4

Indicator Lights
Normal Mode: A red LED flashes once every eight (8)
seconds.
Clean Mode: A red LED flashes once every second.
Alarm Mode: A red LED illuminates continuously.

Electrical Information
DC62900

Ordering Voltages:
Type of Unit

Model

# of Power
Input Lines

Choices of Voltage Input

ETD-24
Master

Can be used with

24 VAC/DC
1

Support Model ET

ETD-120

120 VAC, 60 Hz

ET-24

24 VAC/DC

Area Smoke Detection System or
Master Model ETD24-120

120 VAC, 60Hz

Area Smoke Detection System

Support

1
ET-120

Operating voltage or voltages for the control of fire/smoke doors are specified by the architect, electrical engineer and alarm
system engineer and/or contractor. Consulting with these sources will verify which operating voltage(s) should be ordered.

“ETD” Master Units
• Two components require electrical power:
- Integral smoke detector requires 24VDC input power.
- Hold open solenoid requires 24VDC input.
• Hook-up box receives primary voltage input and
distributes it to the smoke detector and hold open
solenoid(s).
• Available with two voltage options:
- ETD-24 suffix –
- Accepts 24VAC or 24VDC power input.
- A rectifier in the hook-up box will rectify alternating
current to direct current for operation of both the
smoke detector and hold open solenoid(s).
- ETD-120 suffix –
- Accepts 120VAC power input.
- A 120VAC to 24VAC transformer in the hook-up
box steps the input voltage down to 24VAC. It is
then rectified to 24VDC for operation of both the
smoke detector and the 24VDC hold open
solenoid(s).

“ET” Support Units
• Hold open solenoid requires electrical power.
• Solenoid controlled by smoke detection equipment
(ceiling detectors) or remote alarm panels.
• Available for operation on 24VAC/DC or 120VAC, 60Hz.
• Hold open solenoid operates on direct current.
• Contains built-in rectifier that converts alternating current
to direct current.

DC62900.5

Mountings
DC62900
DC62930
Pull (Hinge) Side Mounting
Model #

Description

DC62930 x ETD

Master Unit Controlled by Integral Smoke Detector

DC62930 x ET

Support Unit Controlled by Remote Detection Equipment
32-5/8
(829)

DC62930 x ETD

Master Unit
36-1/4
(921)

Support Unit Track
32-5/8
(829)

36-1/4
(921)

Minimum ceiling clearance 2-1/8" (54mm)

DC62900.6

Pair of Doors Single Door

* Minimum door opening for standard installation.
Consult factory for door openings narrower than those
shown.

Door(s) Opening
Inches (cm)

Model Number & Type

Max.

Min*

48" (122)

36" (91)

(1) DC62930 x ETD Master Unit

48" (122)

32" (81)

(1) DC62930 x ET Support Unit

96" (244)

68" (173)

(1) DC62930 x ETD Master Unit and
(1) DC62930 x ET Support Unit

96" (244)

64" (163)

(2) DC62930 x ET Support Units

Mountings
DC62900
DC62940
Push (Stop) Side Mounting
Model #

Description

DC62940 x ETD

Master Unit Controlled by Integral Smoke Detector

DC62940 x ET

Support Unit Controlled by Remote Detection Equipment
32-3/16
(818)

Interference with other hardware (vertical rod exit devices, magnetic locks, etc.)
must be considered when selecting this product.

DC62940 x ET
Master Unit
35-13/16
(910)

Support Unit Track
32-3/16
(818)

35-13/16
(910)

Door(s) Opening
Inches (cm)

* Minimum door opening for standard installation.
Consult factory for door openings narrower than those
shown.

Pair of
Doors

Single
Door

Minimum 1-1/2" (38mm) frame
soffit required.

Model Number & Type

Max.

Min*

48" (122)

38" (97)

(1) DC62940 x ETD Master Unit

48" (122)

36" (91)

(1) DC62940 x ET Support Unit

96" (244)

74" (188)

(1) DC62940 x ETD Master Unit and
(1) DC62940 x ET Support Unit

96" (244)

71" (180)

(2) DC62940 x ET Support Units

DC62900.7

Brackets and Covers
DC62900
188F03

597F78

Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
• Standard on all closers
• Reduces installation time
• Ensures correct mounting
• Bracket is first mounted to door or frame, then closer is attached
• Bracket size: 1-3/4" (44mm) (vertical) x 6" (152mm) (horizontal)
• Hole spacing: 1" (25mm) (vertical) x 4-5/16" (110mm) (horizontal)

Full Cover
• Standard on all DC6000 series door closers
• Completely covers closer body
• Non-handed
• Dimensions: 11-5/8" (295mm) x 3" (76mm) x 2-3/4" (70mm) deep
• Available in painted finishes only

Full Metal Cover
• For use in high-abuse applications
• Specify hand; not field reversible
• Available in painted and plated finishes
• Dimensions: 11-1/2" (292mm) x 2-7/8" (73mm) x 2-3/4" (70mm) deep
• To order specify closer x M73

DC62900.8

Cover

Model #

RH/LHR

603F55

LH/RHR

603F57

Parts
DC62900
Metal covers and arm assemblies are available in painted or plated finishes. Plastic covers and track
assemblies are available in painted finishes only.
Description

Voltage

Master or Support Unit

24V

Part Number
Hinge Side

Stop Side

754F52

754F53

Master Unit Track Assemblies include track, slider assembly, solenoid block assembly and detector.
Hook-up box not included.
Support Unit Track Assemblies include track, slider assembly and solenoid block assembly.
Hook-up box not included.
Roll Pin

Spring Plate

Buffer Spring

End Cap
692F16

Arm Stud Clip
692F15
(included when
692F14 is ordered)

Slide Track Assembly
(See Chart)

Slide
Assembly
692F14

Roller
Assembly

Stationary Block
Assembly

Cushion
Block

Miscellaneous Parts

Hook-Up Boxes

Description

Part Number

Fuse

754F66

Smoke Detector Board

754F73

Solenoid Block Assembly

692F17

Hook-Up Box Cover Kit (Master)

754F71

Hook-Up Box Cover Kit (Support)

754F72

Description
Master

Support

Voltage

Hinge Side

Push Side

24V

754F56

754F61

120V

754F57

754F62

24V

754F58

754F63

120V

754F59

754F64

Part Number
Description

Master or Support

Voltage

Hook-Up Board

24V

754F54

120V

754F55

NOTE: Mounting hardware included with all parts orders.

DC62900.9

Parts
DC62900
Standard Arm Assembly
692F241, 2

692F25 – Adjusting Head and Tube Assembly

692F19 – Adjusting Rod Assembly

692F23 – Arm Length
Adjusting Screw

692F20 – Arm Stud

692F21 – Retaining Ring

Double Egress Arm Assembly
(Specify model x Quick Code A6)
754F02 – (Right Hand)1,2
754F03 – (Left Hand)1,2

692F23 – Arm Length
Adjusting Screw

754F04 – Adjusting Head and Tube Assembly RH
754F05 – Adjusting Head and Tube Assembly LH

692F19 – Adjusting Rod Assembly

692F20 – Arm Stud 692F21 – Retaining Ring

1 Includes arm length adjusting screw #692F23
2 Includes arm tube & adjusting rod assembly
NOTE: Mounting hardware included with all parts orders.
DC62900.10

How To Order
DC62900
Ordering Examples

Finish
Standard painted finishes

Application

Model #

Description

Specify

Pull Side Mounting

Master (detectored)

Support

DC62930 x ETD

USP

Primed for Painting

600

DC62930 x ET

SBL

Silver Aluminum Painted

689

LBL

Dark Bronze painted

690

DBL

Light Bronze Painted

691

FBL

Black Painted

693

GBL

Satin Brass Painted

696

Push Side Mounting

DC62940 x ETD

Master (detectored)

DC62940 x ET

Support

Example
Quantity

Model Number

Voltage

Finish

Door Thickness

Misc. Options

DC62930 x ETD

120A

689

D134

M73

Requirements

Miscellaneous Options

Single Door

Pair of Doors

(1) ETD
or
(1) ET

(1) ETD and (1) ET
or
(2) ET

Description
Torx screws
Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)
Backcheck intensity and location valves
Full cover
Full metal cover

Specify
M04
(Standard)
(Standard)
(Standard)
M73

Door Thickness
Door Thickness

Specify

1-3/4" (44mm)

(Standard)

Voltage
Description

Specify

24VAC

(Standard)

24VDC

24D

120VAC

120A

Door Thickness

Specify

Double Egress Arm - 1/8"
to 3" deep reveal

Arm

DC62900.11

Specification
DC62900
Suggested Specification
Closer for ____________ doors shall be electromechanical closer-holder. Hold open to be achieved by electric solenoid
locking of the closer arm slide in its track. Track, arm, slide (and) solenoid (and integral smoke detector) to be contained
in a single aluminum extrusion 1-1/2" (38mm) high, 1-1/2" (38mm) deep. Closer shall be door mounted. Track and hold
open mechanism shall be surface mounted to the frame face for application on the pull side of the door and frame soffit
mounted for application on the push side of the door.
Single point hold open shall be selective through a range of 85° to 110°. Hold open point to be achieved by adjustment
of a telescoping closer arm.
Closer shall be hydraulic with full rack and pinion enclosed in a cast iron shell. Hydraulic fluid shall be non-gumming and
non-freezing. Closer shall have two non-critical values to independently regulate sweep speed and latch speed. It shall
have an adjustable backcheck cushioning valve.
(Master units to have an integral smoke detector with photoelectric chamber. Master units integral smoke detector shall
have latching alarm and reset switch.) (Support units to be controlled by U.L. Listed Smoke Detection Equipment.) Units
to be fail safe and close the door during any interruption to the electrical power. The hold open solenoid coil shall have a
maximum amperage draw of (.090 Amps at 24 volts) (.035 Amps at 120 volts). Unit shall have a switch to permit testing
of the releasing device function without alarming the system.
All wiring connections shall be made without the need of wire nuts or soldering.
(Master unit(s) shall require a (24VAC/DC) (12OVAC, 60Hz) power input.) (Support unit(s) shall require a (24VAC/DC)
(I2OVAC, 60Hz.) power input.) Supplier to coordinate electrical requirements with electrical and alarm system engineers.
Wiring (and conduit) by others.

DC62900.12

Notes
DC62900

DC62900.13

Notes
DC62900

DC62900.14

Notes
DC62900

DC62900.15

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Quik-Install™ is a trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an
ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes
only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc. reserves the right to change availability of any
item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2006, 2013 Corbin Russwin, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without
the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45523-2/13R

DC8000 Series
Door Closers

Introduction
DC8000
Applications
High-quality products and innovative designs are the foundation for the long
history and reputation of Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware. That tradition
continues with the Grade 1 DC8000 Series door closer, the perfect choice for
high-use openings and doors that must meet ADA requirements. A variety of
arms, finishes and quality features make the easy-to-install DC8000 ideal for
schools, office buildings, health care facilities and retail complexes. The series
also meets UL10C and UBC7-2c positive pressure requirements for fire-rated
openings.

Quality

Table of Contents
Introduction......................... 2
Features........................... 3-5
Mountings .......................... 6
Technical Details............. 7-16
Arm Options................. 17-20
Mounting Brackets............. 21
Brackets............................. 22
Covers & Plates.................. 23
Sizes and Handing........ 24-25
Helpful Terms.................... 26
How to Order .................. 27
Quick Codes................. 28-29
Specifications................ 30-31

www.corbinrusswin.com
DC8000.2

Corbin Russwin products are engineered for quality, and the DC8000 Series
is no exception. With heavy-duty construction, captured valves and a double
heat-treated steel pinion, the DC8000 ensures quality and long-lasting
performance.

Security
With a new heavy-duty arm and a strong, durable cast-iron closer body, the
DC8000 offers added muscle for high-use and high-abuse situations. Captured
valves and optional Torx® security screws offer added security, making the
closer highly vandal- and tamper-resistant.

Key Advantages
• Heavy-duty forged arm
• Captured valves
• Self-drilling screws
• Double heat-treated steel pinion
• Universal Quik-Install™ bracket
• Tri-packed assembly
• Cast-iron body
• Retrofit plates
• Powder painted arms

Features
DC8000
Versatility
The DC8000 Series door closer offers a versatile, dependable and easy-to-install product, making it an ideal
choice. The tri-pack assembly of regular arm, top jamb and parallel arm allows one closer to be stocked for
multiple applications. A variety of features, including heavy-duty arms, cast-iron closer body and captured
valves, ensure dependability and vandal resistance. Special mounting brackets and retrofit plates allow for
quick installation in both new and retrofit applications.
Features

Benefits

Exceeds 10 Million Cycles

Ensures dependability and long life

Cast-iron closer body

Strong and durable

Heavy-duty arms

Forged 9/16" steel to withstand heavy use and abuse

Tri-packed assembly (regular arm, top
jamb & parallel arm mounting), nonhanded. Specify DC8210.

Allows one closer to be stocked for a variety of applications

Universal Quik-Install™ mounting bracket
and door marker

Easy, foolproof installation

Multi-sized closers

Adjustable 1 through 6

Captured values

Vandal-resistant; reduces the possibility of valve removal

Double heat-treated steel pinion

Hard-wearing

2-1/4" projection

Less noticeable, complements the opening

Regular arm allows door swing to 180°
(conditions permitting)

Versatile, adjustable for specific applications or conditions

Retrofit plates

Allows DC8000 to replace LCN 4040 and 4010 series closers without modifying the
door prep

Cover options

Powder-coated, ABS, metal (custom colors and plated finishes available)

ADA compliant

Ideal for applications such as healthcare, schools, public buildings

ANSI/BHMA A156.4

Grade 1 certified closer

UL10C and UBC 7-2c

Meets Positive Pressure Fire Test requirements

25-year warranty

Ensures long-lasting value

DC8000.3

Features
DC8000
DC8200 - Multi-Sized
Features
Spring Power
DC8200 closers: multi-sized; fully
adjustable sizes 1 through 6.
Factory pre-sized upon request.
Handing
Non-handed.
Body
Cast-iron case with seamless cold headed
steel spring tube.
Arm
Standard: heavy-duty forged steel.
Arm options pages 17-20.
Spindle
Cold headed heat-treated steel.
Piston
1-1/2" diameter; Precision machined,
heat-treated steel.
Springs
Chrome silicon wire.
Valves
Latching speed valve, closing speed valve
and backcheck valve are standard.
Delayed action valve optional. Delayed
action preset for 20 seconds. Between 90°
and 70° for all mountings. To order specify
M71.
Seals
“O” rings.
Fluid
Standard: high lubricity extreme
temperature hydraulic fluid.
Degree of Opening
Up to full 180° opening standard for
regular, top jamb and parallel arm
mountings, conditions permitting.
Power Adjustment Arm Bracket
15% adjustment standard for regular arm
and top jamb (non-hold open only).
Tri-packed
DC8000 comes with screws, brackets and
soffit plates to allow for regular, top jamb
and parallel arm installations.

Cover
Standard: full ABS cover.
Optional: full metal cover; specify M73 x
hand; full PVC cover, specify M115.

Certification/Compliance

Mountings
Standard: regular and top jamb.
Optional mountings available; see
Mountings, page 6.

The DC8000 Series Door Closers
listed below conform to the 5 lbf. maximum
door opening force requirement for nonfire-rated interior hinged doors, according to:

Mounting Bracket
Universal Quik-Install™ mounting bracket
standard.

Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Complies with the Accessibility Guidelines
for Buildings and Facilities, Section 4.13.11

Fasteners
Self drilling and machine screws standard.
Sleeve nuts and bolts (SNB) optional;
specify M54.

ANSI/BHMA
Meets A156.4, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1.

Corrosion Protection
Painted protective coating on all metal
surfaces for use in corrosive environments.
To order specify M75.
Security Package
Includes heavy-duty parallel or regular
arm, full metal cover and security Torx®
machine screws. Specify M87 x arm x
hand. Available arms: A2, A3, A4, A5, A10
and A13.
Warranty
25-year limited warranty. Refer to Corbin
Russwin price book for details.

Barrier-Free Code
Compliance

DC8200
DC8210
DC8220
These door closers are certified by Corbin
Russwin Architectural Hardware to comply
with the above standards when properly
installed and (if applicable) adjusted, in
regular arm, parallel arm and top jamb
mountings.
UL / ULC / UL10c
Listed for fire and cycle requirements.
10 Million Cycles
Witnessed and verified by UL

Finishes
Standard painted finishes

Old Designation

Description

USP

Primed

600

SBL

Silver Aluminum

689

LBL

Dark Bronze

690

DBL

Light Bronze

691

FBL

Black

693

GBL

Satin Brass

696

Plated finishes available on arms and full metal cover.

US3

Bright Brass

605

US4

Satin Brass

606

US9

Bright Bronze

611

US10

Satin Bronze

612

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

626

For split finish of closer cover and arm, specify cover finish first, then arm finish
(e.g., DC8200 x 625 x 689).

DC8000.4

Specify

Features
DC8000

DC8000.5

Mountings and Applications
DC8000

Regular Arm Mounting DC8200 Series

Parallel Arm Mounting DC8210 Series

Allows inside application of closer on out-swinging doors. Closer
is mounted on the push side, with the arm almost parallel to the
face of the door. Arm does not project from the opening.

Top Jamb Mounting DC8220 Series
Closer is mounted on the frame on the push side, with the arm
perpendicular to the face of the door. Arm bracket is mounted
on the door. Minimum 1-3/4" (44mm) top jamb required.
Accommodates reveals up to 3-1/4" (83mm).

Track Mounting DC8230 Series
Closer is door mounted on the pull side; arm is connected to
a frame-mounted track. Maximum degree of opening is 100°.
Maximum closing power is size 4.

DC8000.6

Track Mounting DC8240 Series
Closer is mounted on push side of door; arm is connected to
a stop-mounted track. Maximum degree of opening is 100°.
Maximum closing power is size 4.

Regular Arm Mounting
DC8000

To obtain extra closing force add 3" (76 mm) to dimensions marked (*).
NOTE: This will limit degree of door opening to 110°.
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).

Arm Function

Minimum Header

Non-Hold Open

1-1/2" (38)

Hold Open

1-11-16" (43)

Minimum Top Rail

3" (76)

Door Width Inches (cm)

Model Numbers

Exterior
Interior

Multi-Sized Closer

In-Swinging

Out-Swinging

28" (71)

—

36" (91)

—

42" (107)

30" (76)

36" (91)

48" (122)

36" (91)

42" (107)

54" (137)

42" (107)

48" (122)

60" (152)

48" (122)

54" (137)

Non-Hold Open

Hold Open

DC8200^

DC8200 x A1^

^Closers are tri-packed for regular arm, parallel arm and top jamb mounting. Parallel arm bracket is included.
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
DC8000.7

Parallel Arm Mounting
DC8000

Arm Function

Minimum Top Rail

Non-Hold Open
5-1/4" (133)
Hold Open

Door Width Inches (cm)
Interior

Exterior

28" (71)

—

30" (76)

—

36" (91)

30" (76)

42" (107)

36" (91)

48" (122)

42" (107)

54" (137)

48" (122)

Model Numbers
Multi-Sized Closer
Non-Hold Open

Hold Open

DC8210

DC8210 x A1

Standard arm closers are tri-packed.
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.

DC8000.8

Top Jamb Arm Mounting
DC8000

Ref.

NOTE: Reveals 3-3/8" to 7-1/4" specify Quick
Code A6 for non-hold open and A8 for hold
open.
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
Maximum
Opening

110°

7"
(172)

16-1/16"
(394)

140°

5-1/2"
(135)

14-5/16"
(351)

180°

4"
(98)

13-1/16"
(320)

140°

5-1/2"
(135)

14-7/16"
(354)

Hinge
Condition
Butts, Offset
Pivots, and
Swing Clear
Hinges

^Center Hung

Header
Width

C
Minimum
Top Rail

E
Header

F
Ceiling
Clearance

Standard

1-7/8"
(48)

2-1/8"
(54)

4"
(102)

Narrow

2-1/4"
(57)

2"
(49)

3-5/8"
(92)

Dimensions “A” and “B” are taken from centerline of hinge as shown and apply to pivot point of swing clear hinges.
Offset and center hung pivots.
^Must be single-acting door.

Door Width Inches (cm)
Interior

Model Numbers

Exterior

Multi-Sized Closer

In-Swinging

Out-Swinging

28" (71)

—

36" (91)

—

42" (107)

30" (76)

36" (91)

48" (122)

36" (91)

42" (107)

54" (137)

42" (107)

48" (122)

60" (152)

48" (122)

54" (137)

Non-Hold Open

Hold Open

DC8220*

DC8220 x A1*

* Closers are tri-packed for regular arm, parallel arm and top jamb mounting. Parallel arm bracket is included.
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.

DC8000.9

Parallel Arm Mounting Heavy-Duty Hold Open Arm With Stop
DC8000

6-1/2"
(165)

Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).

Maximum Opening

Minimum Top Rail

85°

8" (203)

29" (737)

5" (127)

90°

7" (178)

28" (711)

100°

5-1/2" (140)

26-1/2" (673)

110°

4-1/8" (105)

25-1/8" (638)

Door Width Inches (cm)
Interior

Exterior

28" (71)

—

30" (76)

—

36" (91)

30" (76)

42" (107)

36" (91)

48" (122)

42" (107)

54" (137)

48" (122)

Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
DC8000.10

Model Numbers
Multi-Sized Closer
Hold Open

DC8210 x A2

Parallel Arm Mounting Heavy-Duty Non-Hold Open Arm With Stop
DC8000

6-1/2
(165)

Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).

Maximum Opening

Minimum Top Rail

90°

6-7/8" (175)

27-7/8" (708)

5" (127)

180°

2-7/8" (73)

23-7/8" (606)

Door Width Inches (cm)

Model Numbers

Interior

Exterior

28" (71)

—

30" (76)

—

36" (91)

30" (76)

42" (107)

36" (91)

48" (122)

42" (107)

54" (137)

48" (122)

Multi-Sized Closer
Non-Hold Open

DC8210 x A3

Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.

DC8000.11

Parallel Arm Mounting Heavy-Duty Backstop Arms
DC8000

6-1/2"
(165)

Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).

Maximum
Opening

Minimum Top Rail

85°

7-3/4" (197)

28-3/4" (730)

5" (127)

90°

6-3/4" (171)

27-7/8" (708)

100°

5-1/4" (133)

26-1/4" (667)

110°

3-7/8" (98)

25" (635)

Door Width Inches (cm)
Interior

Exterior

28" (71)

—

30" (76)

—

36" (91)

30" (76)

42" (107)

36" (91)

48" (122)

42" (107)

54" (137)

48" (122)

Model Numbers
Multi-Sized Closer
Non-Hold Open

Hold Open

DC8210 x A4

DC8210 x A5

Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.

DC8000.12

Regular Arm Mounting Heavy-Duty Non-Hold Open Arms
DC8000

To obtain extra closing force add 3" (76 mm) to dimensions marked (*).
NOTE: This will limit degree of door opening to 130°.
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).

Minimum Header

Minimum Top Rail

1-5/8" (41)

3" (76)

Door Width Inches (cm)
Interior

Model Numbers

Exterior

Multi-Sized Closer

In-Swinging

Out-Swinging

28" (71)

—

36" (91)

—

42" (107)

30" (76)

36" (91)

48" (122)

36" (91)

42" (107)

54" (137)

42" (107)

48" (122)

60" (152)

48" (122)

54" (137)

Non-Hold Open

DC8200 x A10

Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.

DC8000.13

Unitrol® Parallel Arm Mounting
DC8000

Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
Minimum Top Rail
5" (127)
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Opening

Doors 28" - 32"

Doors 33" - 41"

Hold Open

Dead Stop

85°

90°

4-3/4" (121)

5-3/8" (137)

5-7/8" (149)

90°

95°

4-1/4" (108)

4-7/8" (124)

5-3/8" (137)

95°

100°

3-3/4" (95)

100°

105°

3-3/8" (86)

105°

110°

3" (76)

3-1/2" (89)

4" (102)

110°

115°

2-3/4" (70)

3-1/4" (82)

3-5/8" (92)

8-1/2" (216)

Doors 42" - 48"

4-3/8" (111)
3-7/8" (98)

10" (254)

4-7/8" (124)
4-3/8" (111)

11-3/8" (289)

Door Width Inches (cm)
Multi-Sized Closer

DC8000.14

Interior

Exterior

28" (71)

—

30" (76)

—

36" (91)

30" (76)

42" (107)

36" (91)

48" (122)

42" (107)

54" (137)

48" (122)

Non-Hold Open

Hold Open

Specify door width
(Quick Code)

DC8210 x A11

DC8210 x A12

W28 (28"-32")
W33 (33"-41")
W42 (42"-48")

Parallel Arm Mounting Heavy-Duty Friction Hold Open Arms
DC8000

6-1/2
(165)

Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.

Maximum
Opening

Minimum Top Rail

90°

6-1/2" (165)

27-5/8" (702)

5" (127)

180°

2-1/2" (64)

23-5/8" (600)

Door Width Inches (cm)
Interior

Exterior

28" (71)

—

30" (76)

—

36" (91)

30" (76)

42" (107)

36" (91)

48" (122)

42" (107)

54" (137)

48" (122)

Multi-Sized Closer
Hold Open

DC8210 x A14

DC8000.15

Track Applications
DC8000
Pull Side Mounting - DC8230

Minimum Header
2" (51)
Minimum Door Width - 27"
Maximum Door Width - 48"
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.

Minimum Top Rail
3" (76)

Push Side Mounting - DC8240

Minimum Top Rail
5-1/2" (140)
Minimum Door Width = 29"
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm)
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.

DC8000.16

Arm Options
DC8000
688F95
(Non-Hold Open)

Regular Arm
• Used with Regular Arm mounting (pull side) and Top Jamb
mounting (push side)
• Available in painted or plated finishes
• Non-hold open arm standard on the DC8200 closers
• Hold open arm optional, specify closer x A1*

688F77
(Hold Open)

597F52
(Non-Hold Open)

Heavy-Duty Regular Arm

688F95 x 188F41
(Non-Hold Open)

Parallel Arm

•
•
•
•
•

Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm
Mounted on pull side
Not available in plated finishes
Optional on DC8200 closers, specify closer x A10

• Mounted on push side
• Available in painted or plated finishes
• Non-hold open arm – combines regular arm with parallel
arm mounting bracket
• Hold open arm – combines regular hold-open arm with
parallel arm mounting bracket
• Non-hold open arm standard – order DC8210 series
• Hold open arm optional, specify closer x A1*

688F77 x 509F49
(Hold Open)

Specify finish when ordering arms. *Not allowed by code on fire doors.

DC8000.17

Arm Options
DC8000
689F02
(Non-Hold Open)

689F01
(Hold Open)

689F03
(Non-Hold Open)

689F04
(Hold Open)

(Non-Hold Open)

(Hold Open)

Heavy-Duty Parallel Arm
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm
Mounted on push side
Not available in plated finishes
Optional on DC8210 closers
Non-hold open arm, specify closer x A3
Hold open arm, specify closer x A2*. Hold open range 85° to 110°
For use with overhead stops, specify closer x A13 (non-hold open only)

Heavy-Duty Reversible Backstop Parallel Arm
• Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
• Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm (mounted on push side)
• Field-reversible steel lug restricts degree of opening to protect door,
wall and hardware
• Requires both backcheck valves on closer
• Shipped standard as left hand. Handing can be reversed in the field
• Not available in plated finishes
• Optional on DC8210 closers
• Non-hold open arm, specify closer x A4. Door stop range 85° to 110°
• Hold open arm, specify closer x A5*. Door stop/hold open range
85° to 110°

Heavy-Duty Unitrol® Parallel Arm
• Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
• Integrates a door closer, shock absorber and auxiliary heavy-duty
overhead stop
• Requires both backcheck valves on the closer
• Not available in plated finishes
• Hold open*
- Holder mechanism tension adjustable
- Hold open can be engaged/disengaged with a 1/4 turn of the
mechanism with a standard blade type screwdriver
• Optional on DC8210 closers
• Non-hold open arm, specify closer x A11 x door width
• Hold open arm, specify closer x A12 x door width
Door Width

Refer to page 20 for bracket information
DC8000.18

Part Numbers
Non-Hold Open

Hold Open

28" - 32" (71cm - 81cm)

615F52

615F51

33" - 41" (84cm - 104cm)

615F54

615F53

42" - 48" (107cm - 122cm)

615F56

615F55

Specify finish when ordering arms. *Not allowed by code on fire doors.

Arm Options
DC8000
691F96
(Non-Hold Open)

Heavy-Duty Extra Clearance Parallel Arm
•
•
•
•
•
•

Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
Provides additional vertical clearance
Mounted on push side
Not available in plated finishes
Optional on DC8210 closers
Non-hold open arm only, specify closer x A13

Standard
Clearance

Closer

1-3/4"

DC8210

691F96
Quick Code
With Spacer

Total
Clearance

597F92

M77

2-1/4"

597F93

M78

2-3/8"

Heavy-Duty Parallel Hold Open* Arm
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environment
Requires auxiliary stop
Allows door to swing 180º, conditions permitting
Handed
Mounted on push side
Not available in plated finishes
Optional on DC8210 closers
Hold open arm, specify closer x A14
Part Number

Handing

692F04

Right Hand

692F05

Left Hand

*Not allowed by code on fire doors.
DC8000.19

Arms and Brackets
DC8000
Pull Side Track Arm
• Provides a clean aesthetic look with maximum 100° door swing and a
minimum door width of 28"(71cm)
• Mounted on pull side
• Hold open can be set for 85°, 90°, 95°, or 100°
• Not available in plated finishes
• Non-hold open standard on DC8230 closers
• Hold open, specify closer x A1*

Track Only
Non-Hold Open

754F09

Hold Open

754F10

Arm Only
754F16

Push Side Track Arm
• Clean aesthetic look for doors opening a maximum of 100˚ and a
minimum door width of 32" (81cm)
• Backcheck option recommended
• Not available in plated finishes
• Hold open*
- From 85° to 100°
- Turn knob offers the use the option of turning hold open on or off
• Mounted on push side
Track and Arm

Track Only

Non-Hold Open

754F12

754F14

Hold Open

754F13

754F15

Arm Only
754F16

Deep Reveal Arm ( 3-3/8" (86mm) - 7-1/4" (184mm))
•
•
•
•
•
•

Accommodates top jamb mounting for reveals up to 7-1/4"
(184mm), depending on door and frame conditions
Mounted on push side
Available in painted or plated finishes
Optional on DC8220 closers
Non-hold open, specify closer x A6
Hold open, specify closer x A8*
Non-Hold Open

691F72

Hold Open

691F74

Specify finish when ordering arms or tracks. *Not allowed by code on fire doors.
DC8000.20

Mounting Brackets
DC8000
754F18

Universal QUIK-INSTALL Mounting Bracket
•
•
•
•
•
•

244F17

Standard on all closers
Reduces installation time
Ensures correct mounting
Bracket is first mounted to door or frame, then closer is attached
Bracket size: 3-5/8" (92mm) x 11-1/2" (292mm)
Hole spacing: 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm)

Mortise Arm Bracket for Regular Arm Mounting
• For regular arm mounting where frame requires reinforcement, i.e., on frames
with bull nose trim
• Not available in plated finishes
• Specify closer x M84

188F41

Parallel Arm Non-Hold Open Bracket
• Converts regular arm to parallel arm closer
• Standard with parallel arm mounting
• Packed with five screws and 691F78 spacer

509F49

Parallel Arm Hold Open Bracket
• Converts regular arm hold open to parallel arm hold open closer
• Standard with parallel arm hold open mounting

188F62

Parallel Arm Offset Bracket
• Required when parallel arm is used in conjunction with an overhead door holder
• Specify closer x M83

188F63

Parallel Arm Flush Transom Bracket
• Required when parallel arm mounting is used on a flush transom application
• Not available in plated finishes
• Specify closer x M82

Specify finish when ordering parts.
DC8000.21

Brackets
DC8000
615F58

Reinforcing Bracket
• Supplied as standard for use with A11 and A12 spring stop arms
• Provides additional support to the soffit plate on installations
with door frame reveals from 1-7/8" to 4-5/8" (48 to 117mm)
• Not available in plated finishes

Deep Reveal Reinforcement Kit

615F59

• For use with A11 and A12 spring stop arms
• Used to support the soffit plate on installations with wide
frames. Clamps may be used with or without the spacer
block, depending on frame conditions
• Not available in plated finishes
• For frames deeper than 4-5/8" (117mm), specify closer x M103

Flush Partition Bracket

615F60

• For use with A11 and A12 Unitrol® arms where rabbeted
or flush transom conditions prevent installation of the soffit
plate assembly
• Bracket fastens to the overhead transom to provide a
mounting surface for the soffit plate assembly
• Specify closer x M104
447F14

Angle Support Bracket

499F30

Flush Transom Bracket

• Available separately for mounting A2, A3, A4 and A5
heavy-duty arms on narrow frame or soffit conditions
• Specify closer x M85

• Available separately for mounting A2, A3, A4 and A5 heavyduty arms on rabbeted or flush transom conditions
• Not available in plated finishes
• Specify closer x M79

Blade Stop Spacer*

597F92-1/2"
597F93-5/8"

• Specify closer x M77 (597F92)
• Specify closer x M78 (597F93)
*Not for use with A11 or A12 arms

Maximum
Power

Normal
Power

DC8000.22

Covers and Plates
DC8000
754F84

Full ABS Plastic Cover
• Standard on all DC8000 series door closers
• Completely covers closer body
• Non-handed
• Dimensions: 11-7/8" (302mm) x 4-3/16" (106mm) x 2-1/8" (54mm) deep
• Available in painted finishes only

754F19

Full PVC Cover
•
•
•
•

Completely covers closer body
Non-handed
Dimensions: 11-7/8" (302mm) x 4-3/16" (106mm) x 2-1/8" (54mm) deep
Available in painted finishes only

Full Metal Cover

Part Numbers

• For use in high-abuse
applications
• Specify hand; not field
reversible
• Available in painted and plated
finishes
• Dimensions: 11-7/8" (302mm) x
4-1/4" (108mm) x 2-1/8" (54mm) deep

Drop Plate
Permits parallel arm or top jamb
mounting on door when top rail is too
narrow to install closer in the regular
manner. Minimum 2" (51mm) top rail
required. To order separately, specify
Part No. x Finish.

RH/LHR

LH/RHR

754F22

754F23

Closer Series

Drop Plate

DC8200

754F20

DC8200 (with concealed holder)

754F24

DC8210

754F25

DC8220

754F24

DC8230

754F20

DC8240

754F25

Retrofit Plates
For installation of Corbin Russwin
DC8200 Closers where doors &
frames have been prepared for LCN
heavy-duty surface closers. To order
with closers specify Closer x Quick
Code.
754F36

To Replace
LCN Model
4040

Retrofit Plate
For installation of Corbin Russwin DC8200
closers where doors & frames have been
prepared for the DC6200 closers. To order
with closers specify Closer x Quick Code.

Part
Number

Quick
Code

Regular or
Parallel Arm

754F28

M101F

To Replace
DC6000 Model

Part
Number

Quick
Code

Regular Arm

754F36

M101G

Parallel Arm or
Top Jamb

754F46

M101H

DC8000.23

Door Closer Sizes
DC8000
Factors in Determining Closer Size

3 – Location of Closer
The degree of door opening required determines the location of
the closer on the door. Closer sizes listed in the chart are based
on 180° opening.

1 – Weight and Height of Door
Doors vary in weight from light hollow-core wood doors to heavy
metal doors. Door sizes listed in the chart are based on doors of
standard weight and height. Extra-light or extra-heavy weight or
unusual height must be compensated for.

4 – Special Conditions
Deep reveals require optional extended arms. A top jamb plate
is required when the jamb is too narrow for a normal top jamb
mounting.

2 – Draft and Wind Conditions
Draft and wind conditions are perhaps the most important factors
to consider in determining the closer size required. Sizes listed in
the chart apply to normal conditions. Stairwells, air conditioning,
building construction, and door location can cause strong draft
and wind conditions; these may necessitate adjusting spring
power to a larger size or using a closer one size larger.

5 – Code Compliance
A multi-sized, fully adjustable closer such as the DC8200 closer
provides the greatest flexibility in balancing barrier-free access,
security and life safety codes. However, when a manual closer is
installed and adjusted to comply with ADA or any other reduced
opening force requirements, it may no longer have sufficient
power to close and latch the door reliably.

Recommended Door Closer Sizes
Door Width
Application

Regular or Top Jamb

Parallel Arm

DC8000.24

Interior

Exterior,
In-Swinging

Exterior,
Out-Swinging

Recommended Closer
Size

28" (71cm)

—

36" (91cm)

—

42" (107cm)

30" (76cm)

36" (91cm)

48" (122cm)

36" (91cm)

42" (107cm)

54" (137cm)

42" (107cm)

48" (122cm)

60" (152cm)

48" (122cm)

54" (137cm)

28" (71cm)

—

30" (76cm)

—

36" (91cm)

—

30" (76cm)

42" (107cm)

—

36" (91cm)

48" (122cm)

—

42" (107cm)

54" (137cm)

—

48" (122cm)

Handing
DC8000
Handing

Refers to the direction a door swings; always determined from the outside of the door.
Regular Mounting
Door: left hand
Closer: left hand pull side

Door: right hand
Closer: right hand pull side

Parallel Arm Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side

Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side

Top Jamb Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side

Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side

DC8000.25

Helpful Terms
DC8000
Backcheck

Mounting

The method by which a closer is attached to the door and frame.

Backcheck Valve
Valve that changes the degree of door angle where backcheck
occurs.

Multi-Sized Closer
A closer whose spring design allows full adjustment of the spring
power size from 1 through 6.

Universal Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
Unique bracket which simplifies installation and minimizes
installer fatigue.

Sex Nuts and Bolts (SNBs)
Through-bolts required for all non-steel-reinforced fire doors,
and recommended for non-reinforced wood and mineral core
doors.

Spring Power
Closing Speed
The speed at which a door swings from the full open position to
within a few degrees of latching. See Latching Speed.

Corrosion Protection
Additional painted covering on all external parts to deter
oxidation and corrosion.

Delayed Action
Slows door closing speed between maximum opening and
approximately 70°. Often specified to meet barrier-free codes
which require longer closing times.

Door Stop
A device to stop the swing of a door.

Hold Open
Maintains door at a particular degree of opening. A mechanical
hold-open may not be used on labeled fire doors, which must be
self-closing.

Latching Speed
The speed of the door during the last few degrees of closing.
Allows latching and prevents slamming.

DC8000.26

A measurement of closing force, or the ability to overcome draft,
air pressure, weight or other resistance to door closing.

Star Punch
An eight-point hole in the closer arm, permitting spindle
pre-loading. Provides full functioning of backcheck and delayed
action valves.

Universal Mounting
The ability of a closer to accommodate either hand for regular,
top jamb or (using a bracket) parallel arm mounting.

How To Order
DC8000
Ordering Examples

Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes

Stock

Series/Mounting/Size
Arm
Finish
Handing
Door Thickness
Miscellaneous Options

Page 27
Page 28
Page 28
Page 28
Page 28
Page 29

Quantity

Series/
Mounting/Size

Finish

DC8210

689

Quantity

Series/
Mounting/Size

Arm

Finish

Hand

Thickness

Options

DC8210

626

D138

M71-M73

Job Specific

Split Finish
Quantity

Series/
Mounting
Size

Option

Hand

DC8210

M73

Finish
Cover

Arm

626

689

Note:
• Door closer warranty becomes void if it is installed on the exterior side of a door in the exterior wall of a building
• It is strongly recommended, and it is required on fire door assemblies, that doors having a door closer be hung on ball-bearing or anti-friction hinges
or pivots
• Failure to use the correct type and size fasteners may void factory warranty
• Fasteners for fire/smoke door assemblies must conform to NFPA 80. In some applications additional fasteners may be mandated by NFPA 80 that are
not shipped with Corbin Russwin standard product, such as sleeve nuts
• Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.

Description

Multi-sized

Factory
Pre-Sized

Mounting

Specify
Non-sized

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

Size 4

Size 5

Size 6

Regular arm, top
jamb and parallel
arm

DC8210

—

Track (Pull Side)

DC8230

—

Track (Push Side)

DC8240

—

DC8211

DC8212

DC8213

DC8214

DC8215

DC8216

Track (Pull Side)

—

DC8234

DC8235

DC8236

Track (Push Side)

—

DC8244

DC8245

DC8246

Regular arm, top
jamb and parallel
arm

DC8000.27

Quick Codes
DC8000
Arm
Regular non-hold open

Specify Quick Code
(standard)

Finishes
Standard painted finishes

Hold open

A1*

Heavy-duty parallel with hold open

A2*

Heavy-duty parallel non-hold open

USP

Primed for Painting

600

Heavy-duty backstop non-hold open

SBL

Silver Aluminum Painted

689

Heavy-duty backstop with hold open

A5*

LBL

Dark Bronze Painted

690

Deep reveal (3-3/8"-7-1/4")

DBL

Light Bronze Painted

691

Deep reveal with hold open

A8*

FBL

Black Painted

693

Heavy-duty regular non-hold open

A10

Unitrol® non-hold open (specify door
width)

GBL

Satin Brass Painted

696

A11

Unitrol with hold open (specify door
width)

A12*

Push side track with hold open

A1*

Old Designation

Specify
Quick Code

Description

Plated finishes available on arms and full metal cover

US3

Bright Brass

605

US4

Satin Brass

606

Heavy-duty parallel with offset

A13

US9

Bright Bronze

611

Heavy-duty friction hold open

A14*

US10

Satin Bronze

612

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

626

*Hold open arms cannot be used on fire doors.

Handing

Specify Quick Code

Left Hand/Right Hand Reverse

Right Hand/Left Hand Reverse

Door Thickness

Specify Quick Code

Blade Stop Spacer

Specify Quick Code

1/2"

M77

1-3/4" (44mm)

5/8"

M78

2" (51mm)

D200

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

Door Width (A11 or A12 arms)

Specify Quick Code

28" - 32"

W28

33" - 41"

W33

42" - 48"

W42

DC8000.28

For split finish of closer cover and arm, specify cover finish first, then arm
finish (e.g. DC8210 x M73 x Hand x 625 x 689).

(standard)

Quick Codes
DC8000
Miscellaneous Options
Description

Specify Quick Code

Security Torx® machine screws

M04

Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs) (1-3/4" minimum thickness)

M54

Backcheck intensity valve
Delayed action
ABS plastic cover

(standard)
M71
(standard)

Full metal cover (Handed)

M73

PVC plastic cover

M115

Extreme temperature fluid
Corrosion protection

(standard)
M75

Drop plates - order by number
Closer Series

Drop Plate Full Cover

DC8200 (Regular)

754F20

DC8200 (with concealed holder)

754F24

DC8210 (Parallel)

754F25

DC8220 (Top Jamb)

754F24

DC8230 (Pull Side)

754F20

DC8240 (Push Side)

754F25

Heavy-duty parallel arm flush transom bracket (499F30) used with all parallel
arms except the Unitrol®

M79

Parallel arm flush transom bracket (parallel or A1)

M82

Parallel arm offset bracket

M83

Mortise arm bracket (for regular arm mounting)

M84

Angle support bracket

M85

Spacer (691F78) (formerly M86 quick code)
Security package (available with A2, A3, A4, A5, A10 & A13 optional arms).
Covers are handed.

(standard)
M87

Retrofit kit LCN 4040 RA or PA

M101F

DC6000 retrofit plate (754F36)

M101G

DC6000 retrofit plate (754F46)

M101H

Deep reveal reinforcement kit

M103

Flush partition (used with Unitrol arm)

M104

Lead-lined cover

M108
DC8000.29

Specifications
DC8000
ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Certified Closer Cross Reference
ANSI/
BHMA
Number

Function

Series

CO2011
(PT 1)

Hinge Side
Mounting

DC8200

N/A

CO2051
(PT1)

Hinge Side
Mounting

DC8200-A1

N/A

CO2021
(PT 1)

Parallel Arm
Mounting

DC8210

CO2061
(PT 1)

Parallel Arm
Mounting

DC8210-A1

CO2041
(PT 1)

Top Jamb
Mounting

DC8220

N/A

CO2081
(PT 1)

Top Jamb
Mounting

DC8220-A1

N/A

DC8240

CO2241 Push Side Track
DC8240-A1
(PT 1)
Mounting

CO2211
(PT 1)

Pull Side Track
Mounting

DC8230

CO2221
(PT 1)

Pull Side Track
Mounting

DC8230-A1

CO2231 Push Side Track
(PT 1)
Mounting

PT 4A 15% PT 4B 35%
Power
Power
Adjustment Adjustment

PT 4C 50%
PT 4D
Power
Adjustable
Adjustment Backcheck

PT 4F
Delayed
Action

ANSI Performance Requirements: (PT 1) — 1,500,000 cycles — closer with backcheck feature.
N/A = not available
S = standard
O = option available
ANSI Options: DC8200 includes PT4-A, B, C, D, H. Optional: PT4-F, G, J.

DC8000.30

PT 4G
PT 4H Fully
Dead Stop Adjustable

Specifications
DC8000
Suggested Specification
Door closers shall be of rack and pinion construction with a cold headed heat-treated steel spindle and a sintered steel piston
precision machined and heat treated. The case shall be of cast iron. Closers shall have a heavy-duty, forged steel main arm.
Optional arms shall include parallel, hold open, heavy-duty, heavy-duty hold open, heavy-duty reversible backstop, heavy-duty
reversible backstop with hold open, heavy-duty Unitrol®, heavy-duty Unitrol with hold open, deep reveal, top jamb track and stop
mounted track.
The following size options shall be available:
Fully adjustable spring power to accommodate sizes 1 through 6.
Spring power shall be adjustable by one half size over minimum for each size.
All sizes shall be accommodated in one closer body. Closing shall be controlled by two valves — one to control closing speed and one
to control latching speed. Valves shall be concealed against unauthorized adjustment and be non-critical with “O” ring seals.
Delayed action shall be available and shall be accomplished with a separate valve.
Closers shall be available with an adjustable backcheck intensity valve with a safety feature that automatically relieves internal
pressure when backcheck has reached the desired adjustment level. Valves shall be accessible without removing the closer from the
door.
Closers shall be available with a backcheck intensity valve. Backcheck begins at approximately 70 degrees of door opening for all
applications. This valve shall be operative on regular, top jamb, parallel arm, and track type mountings.
Closers shall be surface applied with rectangular cover, and shall be devoid of manufacturer’s trademarks. Closers shall not project
over 2-3/16", and shall be capable of mounting on 1-3/4" top rail or inverted mounting on 1-3/4" top jamb. Full cover and full metal
cover with security fasteners shall be available. When required, metal covers shall be available in plated finishes. Closers without hold
open shall be regularly furnished with power adjustment arm bracket capable of providing a 15% power adjustment. A Quik-Install™
mounting bracket to attach the closer shall be regularly furnished. Closers not having a mounting bracket shall not be acceptable.
Hydraulic fluid shall be of a type requiring no seasonal valve readjustment due to extreme temperature variations.
Closers mounted regular arm, top jamb and parallel arm shall allow for full 180° door opening.
Closers with non-hold open arms shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories.
All closers with metal covers shall be available in architectural finishes to match corresponding door hardware.

Certification:
ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1
ADA/ANSI A117.1
UL10C and UBC
Closers shall carry a 25-year limited warranty.
Closers shall be Corbin Russwin (DC8200) series.

DC8000.31

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Unitrol® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an
ASSA ABLOY Group company. Quik-Install™ is a trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current
at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc. reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2006,
2012 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin,
Inc. is prohibited.

45528-8/12R

ED4000
Narrow Stile Pushpad Exit Devices

Introduction
ED4000
Table of Contents
Applications................................. 2
Applications and Listings.............. 3
Functions..................................... 4
SecureBolt® Features.................... 6
Rim Features................................ 8
Surface Vertical Rod Features..... 10
Concealed Vertical
Rod Features......................... 12
Trims and Functions................... 14
Electrified Exit Devices................ 18
Mullions..................................... 29
Options and Accessories............ 30
Cylinders.................................... 32
How to Order............................ 33
Quick Codes.............................. 34
Facts and Figures....................... 36
Helpful Terms............................ 37
How to Specify.......................... 38

www.corbinrusswin.com

ED4000.2

Applications
Designed for applications on narrow stile full glass, aluminum and metal doors in
high-use and high-abuse situations, ED4000 Series devices can be teamed with a
variety of Corbin Russwin trims to provide desired functions, styles and finishes in
new construction and renovations, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Schools and universities
Health care facilities
Government and municipal buildings
Factories and warehouses
Office and retail complexes
Transportation facilities
Hotels and conference centers
Religious facilities
Theaters and auditoriums

Advantages
• Meets ANSI Grade 1 requirements
• Easy-to-use pushpad for quick egress and ADA compliance
• Low projection for barrier-free code compliance
• Heavy-duty construction
• Quiet operation
• Closed on all sides – no projecting parts to inhibit egress
• Devices accommodate various function trims for flexibility
• Through-bolted trims for strength, security, durability, smooth operation and
easy installation
• Wide range of designs and finishes to match other Corbin Russwin products
• One-point dogging
• Devices satisfy UL/cUL safety requirements

Applications and Listings
ED4000
Single Door

UL Listing

Maximum
Opening
(W x H)

Application

Rim
ED4200

4' x *

Surface applied; single-point latching.

ED4200M

Panic

4' x *

Surface applied single-point latching.

ED4200MA

3Hr.

4' x 8'

Surface applied single-point latching.

SecureBolt

ED4200S

4' x *

Surface applied; single-point latching.

ED4200SM

Panic

4' x *

Surface applied single-point latching.

ED4200SMA

3Hr.

4' x 8'

Surface applied single-point latching.

Surface Vertical Rod
ED4400

4' x 10'

Surface applied; two-point latching.

ED4400M

Panic

4' x 10'

Surface applied two-point latching.

ED4400MA

3Hr.

4' x 10'

Surface applied two-point latching.

4' x 10'

Rods concealed in door; two-point latching.

Concealed Vertical Rod
ED4800
ED4800M

Panic

4' x 10'

Rods concealed in door two-point latching.

ED4800MA

3Hr.

4' x 10'

Rods concealed in door two-point latching.

UL Listing

Maximum
Opening
(W x H)

Pair of Doors with Removable Mullion

Application

Rim x Rim
ED4200 x ED4200 x 808

8' x 8'

Two independent active doors with removable mullion.

ED4200M x ED4200M x 808

Panic

8' x 8'

Two independent active doors with removable mullion.

ED4200MA x ED4200MA x 808

3Hr.

8' x 8'

Two independent active doors with removable mullion.

8' x 8'

Two independent active doors with removable mullion.

SecureBolt® x SecureBolt®
ED4200S x ED4200S x 808
ED4200SM x ED4200SM x 808

Panic

8' x 8'

Two independent active doors with removable mullion.

ED4200SMA x ED4200SMA x 808

3Hr.

8' x 8'

Two independent active doors with removable mullion

Note: All ED4000 Series Narrow Stile Pushpad Exit Devices are UL305 panic listed.
*UL does not set a door height limitation on panic applications.

ED4000.3

Applications and Listings
ED4000
Pair of Doors

UL Listing

Maximum
Opening
(W x H)

Application

Surface Vertical Rod
ED4400 x ED4400

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point latching, swinging in the same direction.

ED4400M x ED4400M

Panic

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point latching, swinging in the same direction.

ED4400MA x ED4400MA

3Hr.

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point latching, swinging in the same direction.

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point latching, swinging in opposite directions.

Surface Vertical Rod (Double Egress)
ED4400 x ED4400
ED4400M x ED4400M

Panic

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point latching, swinging in the same direction.

ED4400MA x ED4400MA

3Hr.

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point latching, swinging in the same direction.

Concealed Vertical Rod
8' x 10'

ED4800 x ED4800

Two independent doors with two-point latching,
swinging in the same direction.

ED4800M x ED4800M

Panic

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point latching, swinging in the same direction.

ED4800MA x ED4800MA

3Hr.

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point latching, swinging in the same direction.

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point latching, swinging in the opposite direction.

Concealed Vertical Rod (Double Egress)
ED4800 x ED4800
ED4800M x ED4800M

Panic

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point latching, swinging in the same direction.

ED4800MA x ED4800MA

3Hr.

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point latching, swinging in the same direction.

Note: All ED4000 Series Narrow Stile Pushpad Exit Devices are UL305 panic listed.
*UL does not set a door height limitation on panic applications.

ED4000.4

Functions
ED4000
Exit Only, Pull and Thumbpiece Trims
Rim/SecureBolt®
ED4200
ED4200S
Inside
Outside

Surface
Vertical Rod
ED4400
Inside
Outside

Concealed Vertical
Rod ED4800
Inside
Outside

Type

ANSI No.

Function Description

Exit Only

Exit only; no trim.

Dummy

Entrance by trim when actuating bar is locked
down.

Nightlatch

Entrance by trim when latchbolt is retracted by
key. Key removable only when locked.

Classroom*

Entrance by thumbpiece. Key locks or unlocks
thumbpiece.

Passage

Entrance by trim when latch is released by
thumbpiece. Thumbpiece is always active, no
cylinder.

Storeroom
(Thumbpiece Active)

Entrance by thumbpiece only when released
by key. Key removable only when locked.

*Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.

ED4000.5

Functions
ED4000
Knob, Lever and Thumbturn Trims
Rim/SecureBolt®
ED4200
ED4200S
Inside
Outside

Surface
Vertical Rod
ED4400
Inside
Outside

Concealed Vertical
Rod ED4800
Inside
Outside

Type

ANSI No.

Function Description

Dummy

Entrance by trim when actuating bar is locked
down.

Classroom*

Entrance by knob or lever. Key locks or unlocks
knob or lever.

Passage

Entrance by trim when latchbolt is released by
knob or lever. Knob or lever always active, no
cylinder.

Storeroom (Grip
Active)

Entrance by knob or lever only when released
by key. Key removable only when locked.

Classroom*

Entrance by control turn piece. Key locks or
unlocks control.

Passage

Latchbolt retracted by thumbturn.

*Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.

ED4000.6

SecureBolt® Features
ED4000
ED4200S

Narrow Stile SecureBolt® Exit Device

Features
Handing
Device non-handed.
Trim handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24"
(610mm) door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"- 48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 2" (51mm).
Deadbolt
Full 3/4” (19mm) projection, 1” (25mm)
wide , positive deadlocking by
auxiliary bolt.

Dogging
Standard: single-point 1/4 turn hex key
dogging.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging, specify M97.
Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts; specify M54.
Strike
Surface mounted 3/8" (10mm) diameter
roller strike, complete with positive locking
plate and shims, ensuring low-friction
relocking for a long, trouble-free life.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull,
thumbturn and thumbpiece trims available
with wide range of functions; see Trims
and Functions, page 14.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 32.

Materials
High-grade, heat-treated, corrosion-resistant
nickel steel alloy. Finished parts are brass,
bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Latchbolt
Stainless steel. Slide action deadbolt with
positive deadlocking by auxiliary bolt. Twopiece deadbolt mechanism utilizing a rollback lever which eliminates any contact
(friction) with the strike during relocking.

UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol
on active case cover indicates listing.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

Applications and Listings
See page 3.

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

Warranty
Five-year limited.

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed

Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 27.

Cutaway Side View

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 4 or 28, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light molding; specify M58.

Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.

ED4000.7

SecureBolt® Features
ED4000
ED4200S SecureBolt® Exit Device
3/4" (19mm) projection x 1"
wide deadbolt- style latchbolt
with positive deadlocking by
auxiliary bolt

Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel

Heavy-duty chassis
Low profile; no pinch points —
closed on all sides

Single point,
1/4 turn hex key
dogging

Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover

Wrought brass or
bronze cover

Vector Forces
In terms of an exit device, vector forces mean that pressure applied to the door results in a force against the stop and the frame,
resulting in door/frame separation. The standard pullman
latchbolt applies 280 pounds of force against the frame from a
400- pound pull on the door.

ED4000.8

The SecureBolt® exit device only applies 63 pounds of
force against the frame from a 400-pound pull on the door. Less
force means the door and frame do not separate, providing a
higher level of security, as the door cannot be pulled open.

Rim Features
ED4000
ED4200

Narrow Stile Rim Exit Device

Features
Handing
Device non-handed.
Trim handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24"
(610mm) door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"- 48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 2" (51mm).
Latchbolt
3/4" (19mm) throw, pullman type with
stainless steel deadlocking latch.

Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull,
thumbturn and thumbpiece trims available
with wide range of functions; see Trims
and Functions, page 14.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 32.
Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 27.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light molding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
Five-year limited.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 4, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol
on active case cover indicates listing.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes

Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis;
heavy-gauge steel mechanisms,
electroplated for corrosion resistance;
finished parts are brass, bronze or
stainless steel; stainless steel springs; nylon
bearings.

BHMA 605
BHMA 606

Bright Brass
Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

Dogging
Standard: single point 1/4 turn hex key
dogging.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts; specify M54.

630C
BHMA 722

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

Strike
Surface mounted 3/8" (10mm) diameter
roller strike, complete with positive locking
plate and shims.

ED4000.9

Rim Features
ED4000
ED4200 Narrow Stile Rim Exit Device

3/4" (19mm) throw pullman type
latchbolt with auxiliary deadlocking
latch standard

Low profile; no pinch points —
closed on all sides

Wrought brass or
bronze cover

ED4000.10

Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel

Single point, 1/4 turn hex key
dogging

Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover

Heavy-duty chassis

Surface Vertical Rod Features
ED4000
ED4400

Narrow Stile Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device

Features
Handing
Device is handed but easily field reversible.
Trim handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24"
(610mm) door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"- 48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 2" (51mm).
Door Height
Standard: Top rod for 7' door.
All top rods easily field cut to size.
Optional door heights available; see Quick
Codes, page 32.
Latchbolt
Top: 3/4" (19mm) throw, pullman type
with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom: 5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt,
held retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2" O.D. tubular brass, bronze or stainless
steel with rod guides.
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis;
heavy-gauge steel mechanisms,
electroplated for corrosion resistance;
finished parts are brass, bronze or
stainless steel; stainless steel springs; nylon
bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.

Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts; specify M54.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 5, Grade 1.

Strike
Top: Adjustable roller strike with positive
locking plate and shims.
Bottom: flush mounted.
Optional strikes available; see Options and
Accessories, page 28.

UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol
on active case cover indicates listing.

Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull,
thumbturn and thumbpiece trims available
with wide range of functions; see Trims
and Functions, page 14.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 32.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light moding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
Five-year limited.

California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Lever trims and pulls comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed

Dogging
Standard: single point 1/4 turn hex key
dogging.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.

ED4000.11

Surface Vertical Rod Features
ED4000
ED4400 Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device

3/4" (19mm) throw
deadlocking latchbolt

Low profile; no pinch points —
closed on all sides

Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel

Wrought brass or bronze
rear cover

Wrought brass or
bronze cover

Heavy-duty chassis

ED4000.12

5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt

Single point 1/4 turn
hex key dogging

Concealed Vertical Rod Features
ED4000
ED4800

Narrow Stile Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device

Features

Handing
Device handed but easily field reversible.
Lever trim handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24"
(610mm) door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"- 48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 2" (51mm).
Door Height
Standard: Top rod for 8' door.
Telescoping rod assembly to accommodate
various door heights.
Optional door heights available; see Quick
Codes, page 32.
Latchbolt
Top: 3/4" (19mm) throw, pullman type
with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom: 5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt,
held retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2" O.D. tubing, electroplated for
corrosion resistance.
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis;
heavy-gauge steel mechanisms,
electroplated for corrosion resistance;
finished parts are brass, bronze or
stainless steel; stainless steel springs; nylon
bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.

Dogging
Standard: single point 1/4 turn hex key
dogging.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.
Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts; specify M54.
Strike
Top: adjustable roller strike with positive
locking plate and shims.
Bottom: flush mounted.
Optional strikes available; see Options and
Accessories, page 28.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull,
thumbturn and thumbpiece trims available
with wide range of functions; see Trims
and Functions, page 14.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 32.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light moding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
Five-year limited.

Certification/Compliance

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 6, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305.
UL symbol on active case cover indicates
listing.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605
BHMA 606

Bright Brass
Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C
BHMA 722

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

ED4000.13

Concealed Vertical Rod Features
ED4000
ED4800 Concealed Vertical Rod Panic Exit Device
3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking latchbolt

Low profile; no pinch points —
closed on all sides
Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel

Wrought brass or
bronze cover

Heavy-duty chassis

5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt
ED4000.14

Single point 1/4 turn hex
key dogging

Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover

Trims and Functions
ED4000
Features:
• Fourteen architectural finishes
• Lever designs allow for design continuum with Corbin Russwin line
• 1-year limited warranty
Trim Designs
Armstrong
A8
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

Passage
ANSI
No. 14

Dummy
ANSI
No. 02

Classroom*
ANSI
No. 08

Storeroom
ANSI
No. 09

A810

A850

A855

A859

C810

C850

C855

C859

D810

D850

D855

D859

E810

E850

E855

E859

L810

L850

L855

L859

N810

N850

N855

N859

R810

R850

R855

R859

PR810

PR850

PR855

PR859

15/8”
91/2”
41/2”
25/8”

Citation
C8
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

15/8”
1/2”

43/8”
5/8”

Dirke
D8
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

5/8”

91/2”
1/2”

4
11/16”

Essex
E8
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

5/8"

1
91/2"

45/8"
23/8"

Lustra
L8
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

15/8”
91/2”
5

1/8”

21/2”

Newport
N8
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

5/8"

1
91/2"

13/16"

4
5/8"

Regis
R8
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

15/8”
91/2”
43/4”
21/2”

Princeton
PR8
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

5/8"

1
1/2"

1/4"

5
21/2"

ED4000.15

Trims and Functions
ED4000
Features:
• Fourteen architectural finishes
• Lever designs allow for design continuum with Corbin Russwin line
• 1-year limited warranty
Trim Designs

Global
G8
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

Passage
ANSI
No. 14/15/16

Dummy
ANSI
No. 02

Classroom
ANSI
No. 05/08/11

Storeroom/Nightlatch
ANSI
No. 03/06/09/12

G810
(14)

G850

G855
(08)

G859
(09)

N/A

F4502

N/A

F4572
(03)

T1410
(15)

T14501,2

T1455
(05)

T14571,2
(06)

N/A

P10502

N/A

P10572
(03)

O810
(16)

N/A

O855
(11)

O859
(12)

O1410
(16)

N/A

O1455
(11)

O1459
(12)

N/A

K1572
(03)

15/8”
1/2”

21/4”
3”

Plate
F4
Plate: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

5/8"

1
1/2"

Pull/Thumbpiece
T14
Pull: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

1
9

5/8”

1/2”

67/16”
1/2”

1/8”

Pull
P10
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

Plate x Thumbturn
08
Plate: Wrought
Thumbturn: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

15/8”
91/2”

2”
3/8”

Pull x Thumbturn
014
Pull: Cast
Thumbturn: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

15/8"
1/2"

2"
7/16"

6
21/2"

1/8"

Key Only
K1
Note: Available with cylinder
option only. Ex: K157 x 6P

Note: Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
1. Pull only, no thumbpiece.
2. Not recommended for use with surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices.
ED4000.16

Utility Trims and Functions
ED4000
Offset
P13, P14*P14
P12 Pull Trim: P12,
P13

Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2"

Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P13

10-3/4"

10"

19"
18"

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F51M x Finish1

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

2-1/2"

10-3/4"

11"

Specify Part Number, 716F50M x Finish1

Clearance

P14

2-1/2"

10"

19"
18"
P14

11"
10"

Offset Pull P12
P14
4"
Clearance: 2-1/2"

11"
10"

P12

Clearance

Specify Part Number, 716F52M x Finish1

10"

1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
*Available on 1-3/4" thick doors only.

ED4000.17

Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
Electrified Exit Devices
The Corbin Russwin ED4000 series electrified exit devices offer a complete range of
options that may be integrated into the
monitoring security and alarm systems of
most buildings. The continuum of appearance is maintained, as well as the security
and function of the ED4000 mechanical
exit device.
List No.

Exit Device Description

Available Options
M61

M91

M92

M93

M94

M97

ED4200

Rim Exit Device

ED4200S

Rim SecureBolt® Device

ED4400

Surface Vertical Rod

ED4800

Concealed Vertical Rod

Electrified Hardware Option Descriptions
M61

Alarm Option

M91

Bolt Monitor

M92

Touchbar Monitor

M93

Trim Monitor

M94

Electric Latch Pullback

M97

Electric Dogging

Delayed Egress

* Add as suffix to exit device.
Example: ED5400D x 630 x RHR

ED4000.18

Notes:
1. The following options cannot be ordered together on the same
device:
D x M52
M52 x M61
D x M61
M52 x M97
D x M92
M61 x M92
D x M94
M94 x M97
D x M97
ED4400 x M61 with Monitors M91, M92 or M93
2. When ordering a Surface Vertical Rod exit device with the D option
(ED4400D), rod and latch quards (provided by others) must be used.

Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
Electric Latch Pullback - M94
Continuous-duty solenoid retracts the latchbolt(s) for momentary
or maintained periods of time. Latch Pullback provides a remote
means of unlocking exit devices.
Application
SecureBolt® Exit Devices
Rim Exit Devices
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Listings
UL listed for Panic Exit Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
Requires 782 Controller (120VAC input, output sequencer for one
or two devices). No substitutes; using other power sources voids
warranty. Requires a 4-wire electrical transfer pivot or hinge. See
page 21 for controller information.
Solenoid
A dual retraction/holder type solenoid.
10 Amp in rush @ 24VDC to 28VDC
(.25Amp holding-continuous duty.)

Electric Dogging - M97
This electronic feature will provide continuous dogging when
power is applied and the push bar is depressed manually.
Interruption or removal of the power will release the pushbar and
return the exit device back to normal operation.
Application
SecureBolt® Exit Devices
Rim Exit Devices
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Listings
UL listed for Panic Exit Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
.35 Amps @ 24VDC-28VDC continuous duty (2) 36 volt holding
magnets holding force (86 lbf. total)
Note: This feature is not available with latch pullback (M94),
delayed egress (D) or cylinder dogging (M52) on the same device.
Ordering
Specify quick code M97.

Device bolts remain retracted for as long as the device is
energized. Removal of power returns the device to the life safety,
self-latching mechanical mode.
Interface with central or local fire alarm system, automatic door
operators, access control systems, security alarm systems, and
blow open door systems.
Note: This feature is not available with electric dogging (M97) or
delayed egress (D) on the same device.
Ordering
Specify quick code M94.

ED4000.19

Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
Delayed Egress Exit Device
The delayed egress option provides
additional security and safety in a strong
line of panic hardware. The delayed
egress exit device is an electromechanical
device used to secure interior or exterior
openings. The option is available for rim,
SecureBolt® and concealed vertical rod
devices in all standard finishes.
Operation
The exit door is normally closed and
latched. The Delayed Egress Exit Device
“D” secures the door in the locked mode
with the solid Red LED indicating locked
mode status. Depressing the push pad
for less than 3 seconds will sound the
nuisance beep without initiating the alarm.
Depressing the pushpad for 3 seconds
or longer will initiate an irreversible local
audible beeping tone and a visual amber
indicator until the device releases. The
person depressing the exit bar is denied
egress for 15 or 30 seconds and security
personnel are alerted. After the delay time
of 15 or 30 seconds the device releases,
the LED changes to Green, and the alarm
changes to a steady tone which continues
to alarm until manually reset by key. The
remote monitoring contact outputs can be
used to alert security personnel.
Note: The 15-second time delay is
standard. 30-second time delay is optional
(may be accepted by local jurisdiction).
Applications
• For use on hollow metal interior or
exterior doors.
• Complies with NFPA 101 “Code For
Safety To Life From Buildings And
Structures” by National Fire Protection
Association.
• BOCA options available to comply with
National Building Code requirements.
BOCA option is not suitable for
installations in accordance with NFPA
101.
• 1-3/4" door thickness standard; 2" and
2-1/4" optional; specify D200 or D214
when ordering.
• Standard 36" device fits 36" doors only.
Device cannot be cut less than 36".
• Option W048 fits doors 42" – 48".
Devices cannot be cut less than 42".
ED4000.20

Listing
• UL/cUL Listed
– Controlled Exit Panic Devices
(FULA/FULA7)
– Special Locking Arrangements
(FWAX/FWAX7)
• BHMA (ANSI A156.3 and ANSI
A156.24) Directory of Certified Exit
Devices
Specifications
Input Voltage: 24VDC (+/- 10%) Regulated
and filtered.
Power Consumption
• Standard Device: 500 mA
Standard Features
Key Switch Operation:
• Normal: The system is armed by
applying power to the device (solid Red
LED). Depressing the pushpad for more
than the nuisance delay time starts the
exit delay cycle.
• Bypass: Turning the key switch
clockwise to the bypass position allows
immediate egress without alarming.
The bar functions as a standard exit
device. (Red LED flashes slow.)
• Reset/Delay: Used to reset device after
the factory set 15 or optional 30-second
delay cycle has timed out. If the device
is armed, turning the key switch
counterclockwise to the reset mode will
release the device without alarm for
egress and will rearm after 10 seconds.
(Red LED flashes quickly.)
Local Visual Status Indicator:
• RED: The exit device is secure and the
delayed egress circuitry is energized.
• AMBER: The egress cycle has started,
indicated by an irreversible local
audible beeping tone.
• GREEN: Exit device is in alarm and
has released.

Nuisance Delay Time:
Depressing for less than 3 seconds sounds
an audible beep without activating the
irreversible alarm sequence. (Immediate
alarm can be selected by removing a
jumper on the control board.)
Internal Alarm Siren:
When the exit device is armed, depressing
the push pad initiates the internal 85db
alarm siren.
Remote Control Inputs:
• Remote Reset: Accepts a momentary
contact (keyswitch, pushbutton, etc.) to
reset the unit during alarm or allows
momentary egress (10 seconds) when
the unit is armed.
• Remote Bypass: Accepts a momentary
contact to put the unit in a maintained
bypass operation. The exit device
functions as a standard device.
Alarm Outputs:
Two sets of normally open and normally
closed contacts. Contacts change only
during alarm status. One set of contacts
changes when device delay cycle has
started (Alarm). One set of contacts
changes when device has released
(Secure).
Door Sign:
Door sign per code included.
Note: This feature is not available with,
M52 Cylinder Dogging
M61 Alarm Option
M92 Touchbar Monitor
M94 Electric Latch Pullback
M97 Electric Dogging
How to Order
Specify “D” suffix after device.
Example: ED4200SD

Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
Options
Bolt Position Monitor M91:
SPDT (Single Pole Double Throw) switch
that monitors the position of the latchbolt
or vertical rods. To order, specify M91.
Outside Trim Monitor M93:
Used when outside trim is desired to be
used with an external door position switch
(by others) input. This switch will allow
Bypass (disarms device) when the trim is
used for ingress. The device requires setting after entry by means of the keyswitch
on the device or a remote switch. To order,
specify M93.
Note: If an external DPS is not used, standard trim will allow entry without affecting
the device in an armed mode. The device
will only be affected when
the touchbar is depressed.
NFPA 101 Requirements:
30 Second Delay M88
Upon depressing the pushpad for 3 seconds or longer, the device will sound an
audible beeping tone and allow the door
to be opened after 30 seconds. The tone
will then change to a continuous alarm
until reset. Resetting of the alarm and
re-arming of the device is accomplished by
manual means only.
To order, specify M88.
Note: Where approved by the authority
having jurisdiction, a delay not exceeding
30 seconds shall be permitted.

BOCA Requirements:
BOCA 15 Second Delay M89
BOCA 30 Second Delay M90
Upon depressing the pushpad for
1 second or longer, the device will sound
an audible beeping tone and allow the
door to be opened within 15 (or 30)
seconds. The tone will then change to a
continuous alarm until rest. Resetting of
the alarm and re-arming of the device occurs automatically once the door has been
returned to the closed position for 30 seconds. The 30-second re-arming timer will
re-start if the pushpad is depressed or the
door is re-opened before actual re-arming
of the device occurs. A DPS (Door Position
Switch) is required for the BOCA option.
To order, specify M89 (BOCA 15 second)
or M90 (BOCA 30 second).
Note: BOCA option is not suitable for
installations in accordance with NFPA 101.

Required Accessories
Power Supply:
A regulated and filtered power supply with
a Fire Alarm interface is required.
1 Amp minimum @ 24VDC per device.
Special options will require more amperage. Consult factory.
To order, specify:
• BPS-24-1 (1 AMP)
• BPS-24-2 (2 AMP)
• BPS-24-4 (4 AMP)
Power Transfer:
Allows the power to make the transition
from frame to door without pinching or
removal of insulation. Optional power
transfer: EPTL – concealed transfer for up
to and over 120° swing doors. To order
specify Part No. 704F28. Consult catalog
for additional recommended power supplies
and accessories.

EPTL
Power
Transfer
EPT
Doors up
to 120º
swing.

Trims
See Trims and Functions, pages 14-15.
Cylinders
Utilizes a 1-1/8" mortise cylinder with an
A02 cam. Cylinder not included unless
specified. See Quick Codes, page 32.
Warranty
Exit devices carry a five-year limited warranty. Electronic components carry a
two-year limited warranty. Trim carries a
one-year limited warranty.

ED4000.21

Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
M61 Option and ED40AK Alarm Kit

Activation
Alarm is armed by turning key clockwise.
Low audible chirp indicates alarm has been
activated. 20-second delay allows egress
before alarm is set (selectable, 7, 10, 15
and 20) Alarm will sound when the exit
device pushpad is depressed.
Continuous Alarm Mode
Alarm sounds continuously when the exit
device pushpad is depressed. Alarm must
be manually reset by keyswitch. Dip switch
setting allows auto reset from 2, 5 or 10
minutes. LED flashes after device has reset.
Low Battery Warning
Audible chirp every 30 seconds.
Warning Decal
“EMERGENCY EXIT–ALARM WILL SOUND”
provided.
REX and Passage Delay
A 7, 10, 15 or 20-second delay (after
arming) permits egress (by turning key
clockwise).

Device Status
A Red LED indicator will illuminate every
30 seconds when the alarm is armed. DIP
switch allows LED to be changed to green
if desired.

Please note, in accordance with Corbin
Russwin’s standard limited warranty,
any attempt to retrofit the ED40AK to a
surface vertical rod exit device will void the
warranties for these products.

Tamper Resistant
Built-in safety monitor sounds alarm when
tampering occurs.

Surface vertical rod exit devices with M61
alarm option cannot be ordered with M91,
M92 or M93 monitors.

Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 32.

M61 alarm option is not available with
delayed egress (D).

Door Width
Available for 36"-48" devices only. Not
available with devices less than 36".
Quick Code
M61
Kit
Available in kit form for field retrofit. Order
ED40AK.

Alarm Strength
105db @ 10 feet.

Hard Wired Option
A hard wired option is available by using a
9VDC output power supply and a remote
power harness. Specify 784 to order the
9VDC output power supply. See page
42 for 784 power supply information.
Specify 709F989 to order the remote
power harness for a 36” device and
specify
709F999 to order the remote power
harness for a 48” device.

Arm/Disarm
Requires one 1-1/8" mortise cylinder
with an A02 cam. Clockwise turn arms
the alarm, counterclockwise turn disarms
or silences the alarm. Low audible chirp
indicates alarm has been activated.

Exceptions
Dogging not available with M61 option
and ED40AK alarm kit. The ED40AK for
the ED4000 series exit devices cannot be
retrofitted in the field to ED4400 series
surface vertical rod exit devices.

Alarm Shunt
Shunt alarm input for devices with signal,
outside trim monitors (M91 & M93)or card
access.
Power Requirements
One 9-volt battery (included).

The alarm option is available for the
surface vertical rod devices by factory
order only. To order, add the quick code
suffix M61 to the device number; for
example, ED4400 x M61.
ED4000.22

How to Order
Ordering example for Exit Device
ED4400

626

Device

Finish

M61

Quick Code
for Alarm Option

(Cylinder Not

Included)
Ordering Example for Alarm Kit Only
ED40AK

626

Alarm
Finish
Kit

W048

Door
Width
(Cylinder Not
Included)

Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
782 Series Controller

Operation
Designed to control one or two electric latch pullback M94 exit
devices. Equipped with two 20-second timers which can operate
the exit devices together or independently. Requires a momentary
or timed, dry contact input and can be interfaced with access
control systems, automatic door operators, “blow open”
applications and has provisions for Fire Alarm systems.
Features
• 2 control inputs. Accepts normally closed dry contacts for
device activation from a keyswitch, pushbutton, access
control or fire alarm system.
• 2 normally open control outputs for automatic door operators
• 2 M94 device outputs
• Fire Alarm Interface input
• 24VDC output for audible or LEDS .25 Amp
Wiring
Up to 40 feet: 16 AWG wire
Up to 60 feet: 14 AWG wire
Up to 100 feet: 12 AWG wire
Electrical Specifications
• 120VAC 60Hz 750mA (Max)
• 10 Amp inrush
Listings
UL 294
UL Class 2 Outputs

BPS-24-2 Power Supply
Provides 2 Amps of output current at 24VDC and can control a
total of 5 Electric Dogging Devices. A separate switching device
(key switch or push button) must be used to control the locking
device.
Specifications
• 120VAC Input Power
• 24VDC @ 2 Amp Output
• Fire Alarm Interface

BPS-24-4 Power Supply
Provides 4 Amps of output current at 24VDC and can control a
total of 10 Electric Dogging Devices. A separate switching device
(keyswitch or push button) must be used to control the locking
device.
Specifications
• 120VAC Input Power
• 24VDC @ 4 Amp Output
• Fire Alarm Interface

EPTL
Concealed power transfer for over 120° swing doors. Installs in
door and frame edges. Supports wires up to .25" (6mm) thick,
and works with doors hung with butt hinges, continuous hinges
and pivots. To order, specify Part No. 704F288.

Note: The 782 is the only power source to be used with the M94
option. Using any other power supply will void the warranty and
cause possible damage to the exit device.
Ordering
782 Controller

EPT
Doors up
to 120º
swing.

EPTL

782 Series Controller

ED4000.23

Electrified Options & Accessories
ED4000
Monitors - M91, M92, M93
Operation
Monitors are used to indicate the authorized and unauthorized use of an opening or to signal and control other opening hardware,
such as magnetic locks. Each monitoring device is equipped with one internal single-pole double-throw (SPDT) switch per monitor.

Bolt Position Monitoring - M91

Touchbar Monitoring - M92

Outside Monitoring or Signaling - M93

Provides indication of the position of
the deadlatch or vertical rods. Used with
security systems to monitor the deadlatch
in rim, SecureBolt® devices and rods in
CVR & SVR devices.

Provides indication of the pushpad
being depressed. Used as a request to
exit to shunt alarm systems, release
electromagnetic locks or monitor egress.

Provides indication of the device being
operated from the outside. Used as a
request to enter signal switch to shunt
alarms; also used to monitor entry.

Application
See chart on page 16.

Listings
UL listed for Panic Exit Hardware.

Electrical Specifications
4 Amps @ 250 VAC SPDT contacts.

Electrical Specifications
5 Amps @ 28VDC SPDT contacts.

Ordering
Specify quick code M92.

Ordering
Specify quick code M93.

Application
See chart on page 16.
Listings
UL listed for Panic Exit Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
5 Amps @ 28VDC SPDT contacts.
Ordering
Specify quick code M91.

Orange

Yellow

Tan

White

COM

Blue

COM

Gray

COM

Green

Brown

Pink

ED4000.24

Electrified Options & Accessories
ED4000
BPS Power Supply

Operation
Power supplies are designed to provide
reliable filtered and regulated power for
long life to a variety of electrified hardware
components. All modular power supplies
are designed to meet UL 1481 Standards.
Recommended for the SAF, SEC, M97,
delayed egress exit devices and electric trim.
Features
• Fire panel emergency release input
• PC Board mounted system LED indicator
• Regulated and filtered with input
and output protection
• Battery charging is provided from a
separate output terminal
Electrical Specifications
• Inputs: 115VAC @600mA
• Outputs: 12/24 VDC @ 1 Amp, 1.5
Amp or 4 Amp, Filtered and
regulated output

Listings
• UL & cUL listed 1012 General
Purpose Power Supply
• Fire & Burglar Alarm Power Supply
Unit URT2
• Releasing device Accessory SYSW
• Access Control Systems Units ALVY
• Burglar Alarm Systems Power Supply
APHY
Applications
• D – Delayed Egress
• M97 – Electric Dogging
• SAF – Fail Safe mortise device trim
control
• SEC – Fail Secure mortise device
trim control
Note: Batteries are not included with the
BPS power supply.

Model

Enclosure

Input

Output

BPS-24-1

12” (304mm) x 9” (229mm) x 4” (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-24-2

14” (356mm) x 14” (356mm) x 4” (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-24-4

15” (381mm) x 18” (457mm) x 6” (152mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

4.0 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-12-1

12" (304mm) x 9" (229mm) x 4" (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

1 amp @ 12 VDC

BPS-12-3

14" (356mm) x 14" (356mm) x 4" (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

3 amp @ 12 VDC

784 Power Supply

Features
• Provides a filtered and regulated 9 VDC
remote power
• Requires raceway through the door*
• Optional 12 VDC gel cell battery. Provides
continuous operation of in the event of a
power failure. To order, specify 793F089.
Includes:
• Plug-In Wall Transformer with
approximately12’ (3.6m) of shielded wire
that provides input power to the power
supply
• Includes 12’ (3.6m) of shielded wire for
connection between power transfer and
power supply
• To order separately, specify 793F039
*Recommended for new opening. Retrofit
application may require surface mounted
wire mold and transfer loop by others.

BPS Power Supply

784 Power Supply

Exit Controls and Switches
Key Switches

MKA

MKA - (1) SPDT Maintained
MK - (1) SPDT Momentary
MKN - (1) SPDT Momentary NS
MK2 - (1) DPDT Momentary
MKPZ x MKS - (1) SPDT Momentary with
audio Double Gang x Additional Switch
Note: All key switches come standard with
12/24 VDC bi-color LED.
Specifications
• Keyswitch for operation using a
standard 1-1/8" mortise cylinder (A02
cam) (cylinder not included).
• Contact Rating 5 Amps @ 12-24VDC
• SPDT 3-position.

Push Buttons

PB2

Audible/Visual Annunciators

PB3

PB2 - (1) SPDT Momentary
PB2 - (1) DPST Remote Momentary
PB3 - (1) DPST Momentary
PB3A - (1) DPST Maintained (Alt. Action)
PB3EA - (1) DPST Alternate
Specifications
• 3 Amps @ 12-24 VDC

PZ1

PZ1 - Sonalert 90db @ 2ft. 12-24VDC.
Mounted on one gang stainless steel plate.
Digital Entry
DK-12 - Digital Keypad - 4 User
DK-26SS - Digital Keypad NS - 59 User SS Finish
DK-26BK - Digital Keypad NS - 59 User Black Finish
Power Transfers
TSB B-C - Door Cord

ED4000.25

Electrified Applications
ED4000
Latch Pullback - M94 Option

Components
ED4200 x M94 Latch Pullback Exit Device - Corbin Russwin
782 Controller - Corbin Russwin
6000 Operator - Norton
501 Push Pad - Norton
Power Transfer Hinge

782
6000

Operation
Operation of Push Pads from either side of door will activate the
782 Controller for the Latch Pullback Exit Device. An internal
timer on the 6000 will also provide length of time door is open
and latch being retracted. Door operator also acts like standard
closer when opened manually.
501
501

Electric Dogging & Touchbar Monitoring
Switch - M97 & M92
BPS
6000

MKA
EPTL

ED4000.26

501
501

Components
ED4800 x M92 x M97 with Cyl. + Bar Monitor &
Electric Dogging - Corbin Russwin
6000 Operator - Norton
501 Push Pad - Norton
Power Transfer Hinge
BPS Power Supply - Corbin Russwin
Key Switch - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of Electric Dogging combined with the Door Monitor
Switch will enable Push Pads for operation of the 6000. A
maintained keyswitch will control the activation of the electric
dogging which is powered by the Power supply. A Fire Alarm TieIn, if required, will release the dogging and let the operator work
in manual mode when activated. (NOTE: Electric Dogging is not
automatic like Latch Pullback. It requires the bar to be pushed in
manually the first time after applying power.)

Electrified Applications
ED4000
Latch Pullback - M94 Option with Norton®
6000 Door Operator

Components
ED4400 x M94 Latch Pullback Exit Device – Corbin Russwin
782 Controller – Corbin Russwin
6000 Operator – Norton
501 Push Pad – Norton
Power Transfer Hinge
Keyswitch – Corbin Russwin

782
6000

6000

501
501

Rim Device with Electric Strike
BPS

Operation
Activation and operation of Push Pads from either side of door
will be controlled by the FAMKA Maintained Keyswitch. The Push
Pads will in turn activate the 782 Controller for the Latch Pullback
Exit Device. An internal timer on the 6000 will coordinate and
prevent the door from being opened before latch retraction takes
place. Standard timers on the 6000 will also provide length of
time door is open and latch being retracted. Door operator also
acts like standard closer when opened manually.
9232

Components
ED4200 Exit Device – Corbin Russwin
DK-12 – Digital Keypad
310-4 Electric Strike – Folger Adam®
BPS Power Supply – Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of DK-12 Digital Keypad will allow keyless entry
from the non-protected side of opening. Free exit using the exit
device from the protected side of the door.

DK-12

ED4000.27

Electrified Applications
ED4000
Rim Exit Device with Delayed Egress Option on
“Exit Only” Door

BPS

Rim Exit Device - High Security Application
M91, M92 and M93 Monitoring Switch Options
With FAMSS-1C Door Position Switch

DPS

PTH-12

ED4000.28

Components
ED4200D Delayed Egress Exit Device – Corbin Russwin
Power Transfer Hinge
BPS Power Supply – Corbin Russwin
Surface Door Closer – Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of the ED4200D Exit Device will sound an alarm and
activate either a 15- or 30-second alarm sequence inside of the
exit device. After this time period, the device will release the
pushbar, making it active, and egress is possible. When the fire
alarm is activated, power to the exit device will be interrupted,
allowing free egress and mechanical latching. Authorized alarm
bypass and reset is done through the built-in keyswitch located in
the exit device.

Components
ED4200 - A855 Nightlatch Trim – Corbin Russwin
M91 Bolt Monitor Switch
M92 Touchbar Monitor Switch
M93 Trim Monitor Switch
Door Position Switch
Power Transfer Hinge
Surface Door Closer – Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of the ED4200 Exit Device with the M91, M92, M93
and a door position switch can be used together or individually to
sound an alarm, shunt an alarm, monitor the door’s security or as
a “Request to Exit” in conjunction with a magnetic lock.

Mullions
ED4000
808 Mullion
Used to install two Rim Exit Devices in a double door
opening. May be quickly and easily removed when a full
double door opening is temporarily required.
Materials and Finish
Extruded aluminum mullion,
1-1/4" x 3-1/2" x 8'2" (for 8'0" doors), supplied with
two integral strikes, top and bottom mounting brackets,
two sets of mullion stabilizers, and zinc-plated fasteners
for metal frames and concrete floors. May be cut, drilled
and tapped in the field for Rim Exit Devices. Available in
628 and 695 finishes.
Ordering
To order, specify Part No. 808 x Finish.
Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controls the movement of the mullion. Recommended
for openings over 7' high or whenever door movement
must be minimized. Available in 628 and 695 finishes.
Two sets supplied standard with all 808 mullions. To
order separately, specify Part No. 653F11-1 x Finish.

UPPER
MOUNTING
BRACKET

EXTRUDED
ALUMINUM

STRIKES (2)
(INTEGRAL WITH
MULLION)

MULLION
STABILIZER

LOWER
MOUNTING
BRACKET

ED4000.29

Options and Accessories
ED4000
Shim Kits
Designed for mounting an exit device over
raised vision light molding. Each kit contains two sets of 1/8" thick shims to shim
a device 1/8" (3mm) or 1/4" (6mm). Black
finish. To order with exit device, specify
M58. To order separately, specify Part No.
Exit Device Type

Shim Kit Part No.

ED4200, ED4200S,
ED4800

697F35-8

ED4400

697F36-8

Cylinder Dogging Kits
Designed to convert a panic device from
hex key dogging to cylinder dogging. To
order cylinder dogging kit, specify Part
No. x Finish below. Cylinder not included.
Bar Length

Cylinder Dogging Kit
Part No.

36" (914mm)

653F13 x Finish

48" (1219mm)

653F14 x Finish

ED5000DB Inactive Bar
Non-operating dummy pushbar available for
doors up to 48" wide. May be field cut for
narrower doors. To order, specify ED5000DB
x Finish.
Surface and Concealed Vertical Rod
Extension Kits
Used to extend the height of standard length
rods supplied with ED4400 and ED4800
Series exit devices. Available in 2", 6" and
12" sizes. To order with exit device, see How
to Order, page 31. To order separately, specify
Part No. x Finish.
Rod Extension

Rod Extension Kit
Part No.

2" (50mm

653F13 x Finish

6" (152mm)

653F14 x Finish

12" (305mm)

655F17 x Finish

ED4000.30

Options and Accessories
ED4000
Rim Strike
(Screws Included)
End Cap Reinforcement**
A solid steel plate, welded to the end
bracket, evenly distributes impact forces
over a larger surface area, eliminating
point loading. To order with an exit
device, specify M109. To order separately
specify 705F09 x finish.
Flush End Cap
Durable heavy-duty cast steel or stainless
steel, sits flush on the exit device rail
and has a low profile which eliminates
catch points. To order with a device,
specify M110. To order separately specify
710F00M x finish.

Rim Strike
Standard on ED4200 and ED4200S devices,
Supplied with two 1/16" (2mm) shims.
For doors with 1/2" (13mm) or 5/8"
(16mm) stop. Adjustable to compensate
for shrinkage and swelling of door. 3" x 2"
(76mm x 51mm). Black finish only. To order
separately, specify 650F31-8.

Flush Transom Top Strike Bracket
Optional for use with ED4400 devices. Used
to mount top strike on openings with flush
transom. 2-1/2" x 1-5/8" (64mm x 41mm).
Black finish only. To order with exit device,
specify M67. To order separately, specify
650F87-8.
Bottom Strike for 1/2" Thresholds
Optional for use with ED4400 and ED4800
devices. Required for 1/2" (13mm) threshold
or for flush mount. 2-5/8" x 1-1/16" (67mm
x 27mm). Black finish only. To order with
exit device, specify S09. To order separately,
specify 650F88-8.

Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controls the movement of the mullion. Two
sets supplied standard with all 808 mullions.
Available in 628 and 695 finishes. To order
separately, specify Part No. 653F11-1 x
Finish.

Filler Plates

Surface and Concealed Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screws Included)
Top Strike
Standard on ED4400 and ED4800 devices.
Supplied with two 1/16" (2mm) shims
and one 1/16" (2mm) locking plate.
Adjustable to compensate for shrinkage
and swelling of door. 1-9/16" x 15/16"
(40mm x 24mm). Black finish only. To
order separately, specify 650F548.
Bottom Strike
Standard on ED4400 and ED4800 devices.
1-1/16" (27mm) diameter x 1/16" (2mm)
lip x 11/16" (17mm) high. Black finish
only.
Both top and bottom strikes are included
in the vertical rod parts packet. To order
parts packet, specify 650F57-8.

Optional for use on stock metal doors when
required. To order, specify Part No. x Finish.
Front: 334F99-8 600

Optional for use on stock metal doors when
required. To order, specify Part No. x Finish.
Strike: 236L708018 x Fin

Optional for use on stock metal doors when
required. To order, specify Part No. x Finish.
Front: 077F19-8 600

Photoluminescent Touchpad Cover
The PathLite™ patent pending technology offers a number of benefits:
• Requires no wiring or maintenance
• Recharges with exposure to ambient light
• Unaffected by heat or cold
• Non-toxic, will not rub or fade
• Vandal resistant
**Note: Six 1/4 x 20 screws come standard with either M109 option or 705F09 kit. Only two screws required to fasten end cap assembly to door for retrofit. Other four screws are used with SecureBolt® Latch
Head if ordered as an M109 option with complete device. When the kit is ordered a new end cap is also supplied.

ED4000.31

Cylinders
ED4000
Rim (Trim Only)

Description

Part Number

Cylinder Ring

Part Number

Cylinder Ring**
57 Function Only

6-pin

3000-058

270F15

3000-200N*

270F15

7-pin

3000-058-7

654F07

3000-200-7

654F07

6-pin, IC

3080-058

654F07

3080-178

654F07

7-pin, IC

3080-058-7

654F08

3080-178-7

654F08

6-pin, IC, less core

3070-058

654F07

3070-178

654F07

7-pin, IC, less core

3070-058-7

654F08

3070-178-7

654F08

6-pin, Security

3010-058

654F07

3010-200

654F07

6-pin, Security IC

3090-058

654F07

3090-178

654F07

7-pin, Pyramid

3020-058

654F07

3020-200

654F07

7-pin, Pyramid IC

3030-058

654F07

3030-178

654F07

*For K157, substitute -200
**K157 uses the 270F15 cylinder ring

Mortise (Cylinder
Dogging Only)

ED4000.32

Description

Part Number

6-pin

1000-118-A02

Cylinder Ring
N/A

7-pin

1000-114-A02-7

270F15

6-pin, IC

1080-114-A02

270F15

7-pin, IC

1080-112-A02-7

654F07

6-pin, IC, less core

1070-114-A02

270F15

7-pin, IC, less core

1070-112-A02-7

654F07

6-pin, Security

1010-118-A02

270F15

6-pin, Security IC

1090-114-A02

270F15

7-pin, Pyramid

1020-114-A02

270F15

7-pin, Pyramid IC

1030-114-A02

270F15

How to Order
ED4000
Where to find ordering
information and Quick Codes

Ordering Examples
Exit Device Only
Quantity

Series/
Function

Finish

Hand

Misc.
Options

ED4200S

626

RHR

M51-M54

Trims and Functions
Removable Mullion
Handing
Door Thickness
Strike
Door Width
Door Height
Miscellaneous Options
Cylinder and Keying

Removable Mullion
Quantity

Mullion

Finish

808

695

Page 14
Page 27
Page 32
Page 32
Page 32
Page 32
Page 32
Page 32
Page 32

Exit Device with Trim
Quantity

Exit Device

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door Thickness

Door Width

Door Height

Misc. Options

ED4400

N855

605

LHR

D200

W048

H0706

M51-M54

Trim Only
Quantity

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door Thickness

Cylinder
Option

N855

625

RHR

D214

Contract/Detailed Order – Exit Device with Trim
Quantity

Keyset

Exit Device

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door Height

Optional
Strike

Door Width

Misc. Options

Cylinder Option

AA1

ED4400

C855

626

LHR

H0800

S09

W048

M52-M54

ED4000.33

Quick Codes
ED4000
Cylinder and Keying
Description
Less cylinder(s)

Finish
Specify
(standard)

Conventional 6-pin

Conventional 7-pin

Security

Security interchangeable core (IC)
IC 6-pin

CHS
C6

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Red)

CT6R

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Blue)

CT6B

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Green)
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
IC 6-Pin with temporary disposable core

CT6G

CL6
CLS6

IC 7-pin (rim only)

605

US4

Satin Brass

606

US9

Bright Bronze

611

US10

Satin Bronze

612

US10B

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed

613

US14

Bright Nickel Plated

618

US15

Satin Nickel Plated

619

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

626

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

626C

CT6D

SFIC 6-pin with less core

Specify

Bright Brass

CT6

IC 6-pin less core

SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core

Description
US3

US32

Bright Stainless Steel

629

US32D

Stain Stainless Steel

630

Stain Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

630C

CT6SD
C7

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Red)

CT7R

Satin Aluminum, Clear Anodized
(mullions only)

628

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Blue)

CT7B

Dark Bronze Coated (mullions only)

695

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Green)

CT7G

Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed

722

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
IC 7-Pin with temporary disposable core

CT7
CT7D

IC 7-pin less core (rim only)

CL7

SFIC 7-pin with less core

CLS7

SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core3
Pyramid Security fixed core
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid Fixed Core
Pyramid IC

(standard)
H0702

PCS

7'6"

H0706

PHS

8'0"

H0800

PCHS

9'0"

H0900

10'0"

H1000

8'0"

(standard)

8'2"

H0802

CLP

Construction master keyed

ED4000.34

Specify

7'2"

Pyramid less core

Keyed random

Door Height
ED4400 devices
7'0"

CTP

0-bitted with 2 blank keys

Door Height

CT7SD

Pyramid with temporary construction core

Blockout function

—

BO
(standard)
KR
CMK

ED4800 devices

8'6"

H0806

9'0"

H0900

10'0"

H1000

Quick Codes
ED4000
Door Width
Door Width
24" (610mm)

Miscellaneous Options
Specify
W024

36" (914mm)

(standard)

48" (1219mm)

W048

Handing

Description

Specify

Torx head screws

M04

Knurling outside and inside (embossed touchbar device side)

M20

Knurling outside only (trim side)

M21

Knurling inside only (embossed touchbar device side)

M22

Abrasive coat outside and inside (trim and device)

M23

Abrasive coat inside only (device side)

M24

Abrasive coat outside only (trim side)

M25

Hand

Specify

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

24", 36" and 48" PathLite™ Photoluminescent Touchbar
Cover

M49

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

Less dogging

M51

Cylinder dogging

M52

Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)

M54

Shim kit (for vision light)

M58

Flush transom top strike bracket (ED5400 and
ED5400A only)

M67

High Impact End Clamp

M109

Flush End Cap

M110

Door Thickness
Door

Specify

1-3/4" (44mm)

(standard)

2" (51mm)

D200

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

Electrical Options
Description

Strike
Description
Surface and concealed vertical rod Bottom
strike for 1/2" thresholds

Specify
S09

Removable Mullion

Alarm Option

M61

Bolt Position Monitor

M91

Touchbar Monitor

M92

Trim Monitor

M93

Latch Pullback

M94

Electric Dogging

M97

Delayed Egress

Door Height

Specify

Up to 8'0" (ED4200 & ED4200S)

808

Specify

ED4000.35

Facts and Figures
ED4000
ED4000 Series
(all variables)
Series

"A"

"B"

ED4000

34-5/8"
(880mm)

18"
(457mm)

ED4000 x W024

22-5/8"
(575mm)

12"
(305mm)

ED4000 x W048

46-5/8"
(1184mm)

24"
(610mm)

Dimensions are shown in: inches
mm

ED4000.36

Helpful Terms
ED4000
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to provide
a non-slip tactile surface for the visually
impaired.
Active Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is operable
from the trim side.
Astragal
A vertical member applied to one or both
sides of a pair of doors at the meeting
edges. The astragal closes the gap between the two doors.
Coordinator
A device used on a pair of doors to ensure
that the inactive door closes before the
active door.
Deadlocking Latch
A supplemental latch that automatically
deadlocks the latchbolt when pressure is
applied to it.

Inactive Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is inoperable from the trim side.
Latchbolt
A lock component that has a beveled end
and projects into a strike, holding the door
in a closed position.
Mullion
A fixed or removable vertical member that
divides a door opening and provides a
latch surface for a pair of rim exit devices.
Open Back Strike
For mortise exit devices, used on the inactive door (usually the vertical rod door) of a
pair of doors that swing in the same direction. It permits the inactive door to open or
close independently.
Reversible
Pertains to a product that may be changed
in the field to accommodate any hand of
the door.

Dogging
A mechanism that allows the latchbolt to
remain retracted, permitting the door to
operate as if it were a push-pull; it cannot
be used on fire-rated exit devices.

Shim Kit
Pieces of metal that permit mounting of
an exit device on a door that has a surface
projecting vision light (glass bead) molding.

Double Egress
A pair of doors of the same hand that
swing in opposite directions, commonly
found in corridors.

Split Astragal
An astragal that is split through the middle
on a pair of doors, allowing both doors to
operate independently.

Dummy Trim
Trim only. Usually used on the inactive
door of a pair of doors for design balance.

Threshold
A strip fastened to the floor beneath a
door. It serves as a stop, prevents heat loss,
and provides a strike location for latching the bottom rod of a vertical rod exit
device.

Exit Device (Panic Hardware)
A door locking device with a pushbar or
crossbar which, when pressed, allows
instant exit (egress).
Fire Exit Hardware
An exit device listed by an independent
testing laboratory as meeting panic, fire
and hose stream test standards; used on
fire-rated openings.
Hand
The direction a door swings.

Trim
A knob, lever, pull, or thumbpiece used
on the outside of an exit device door to
control access to an area.
Universal Exit Device
An exit device that may be used on doors
of either hand without any modifications.

Keying and Cylinder Terms
Blockout Cylinder
A cylinder which allows all keys to be temporarily blocked from operating. It is set by
a blockout key.
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols on
a cylinder in a location that is not visible
once the cylinder is installed.
Construction Master Keying (CMK)
A cylinder preparation that allows temporary access by construction personnel.
Control key
A key used to remove and install interchangeable cores.
Cylinder
A lock component containing the combination that determines which keys will
operate.
Security Cylinder
A cylinder which provides extra resistance
to picking and unauthorized duplication
of keys.
Interchangeable Core (IC)
A cylinder which can be removed and
installed quickly with a control key by
non-skilled personnel when rekeying is
required.
Key Symbol
A letter/number combination in standard
industry format (e.g., 1AA, AA1, etc.)
which indicates exactly how a key or cylinder fits into a keying system.
Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug through
which the key enters.
Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate with
keys of different levels of access.
Visual Key Control (VKC)
The marking of standard key symbols on
keys and on the visible portion of the front
of a cylinder.

ED4000.37

Suggested Specification
ED4000
Suggested Specification
Exit devices shall be ED4000 Series Narrow Stile Pushpad Exit Devices.
The exit device chassis shall be cold forged steel, electroplated for corrosion resistance, and shall be architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel. The pushpad mechanism shall be constructed of extruded aluminum and shall be scalped with architecturally finished brass, bronze or stainless steel. The maximum projection shall be 3-1/4" when the pushpad is active and
2-3/4" when the pushpad is dogged down. Nylon bearings and stainless steel springs shall be used for long life and durability; only
torsion springs are acceptable. Rear and active case covers shall be wrought brass or bronze and shall be plated to match the exit bar.
Plastic or painted covers are not acceptable. Latchbolts shall be steel and shall incorporate a deadlocking latch feature for increased
security. Devices without deadlocking latches are not acceptable. Mounting screws shall be concealed to deter tampering. Devices
shall be closed on all sides with no pinch points. All exit devices shall be easily field sized to accommodate various door widths.
Exit devices shall have single point, one quarter turn hex key dogging standard. Optional cylinder dogging shall be available. Devices
with hex key dogging shall be easily field converted to cylinder dogging. Panic listed devices shall be available less dogging. Trims
shall be throughbolted with concealed fasteners. Escutcheon and pull type trims shall be constructed of brass or bronze. All lever
trims shall use cast or forged levers. On trims with cylinders, the mechanism that locks and unlocks the trim shall be housed in the
trim and not in the active case of the exit device. Lever trims shall match those on Corbin Russwin Mortise and Cylindrical Locksets.
Exit devices and trims shall be furnished in BHMA standard architectural finishes.
Exit devices shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for safety as panic hardware.
Certification:
ANSI/BHMA A156.3, Grade 1
Exit devices, trims and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
Trims and electronic components shall carry a two-year limited warranty.
Exit devices shall carry a five-year limited warranty.

ED4000.38

Notes
ED4000

ED4000.39

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® and SecureBolt® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Norton® is a registered trademark of Yale
Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for
reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group
company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2001, 2013 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an
ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45060-2/13

ED5000 Series
Pushpad Exit Devices

Overview
ED5000
Table of Contents
Overview............................. 2
Product Series Features........ 3
Applications and Listings...... 4
SecureBolt® Features............ 6
Rim Features........................ 8
Surface Vertical
Rod Features................. 10
Concealed Vertical
Rod Features.................. 14
Rim/SecureBolt/SVR & CVR
Functions...................... 18
Trims and Functions...... 20
Mortise Features................ 26
Mortise Functions.............. 28
Mortise Trims and
Functions...................... 30
Electrified Exit Devices........ 36
Mullions and
Surface Bolt Kit............. 48
Options and Accessories.... 49
Facts and Figures............... 52
Cylinders............................ 53
Quick Codes...................... 55
How to Order.................... 58
Helpful Terms.................... 61
How to Specify.................. 62

www.corbinrusswin.com

ED5000.2

Applications
Corbin Russwin’s history is rich with architectural hardware designed to meet life
safety and security requirements. That tradition continues with ED5000 Series exit
devices. Designed to allow safe and easy egress, the ED5000 is ideal for frequent use
applications such as schools, factories, hotels, theaters, office, retail complexes and
government buildings.

Quality
All exit devices manufactured by Corbin Russwin undergo rigorous testing, both in
the lab and field. Testing procedures go beyond industry standards; the ED5800
concealed vertical rod exit device was witnessed and certified to 3.25 million
successful cycles, more than 6 times the requirement. Abuse and cycle tests prove
time and again the durability of the entire ED5000 series, which is backed by a 5-year
warranty.

Aesthetics
Over the past 100 years, Corbin Russwin has been well-known for weaving pleasing
aesthetics and inventive designs into architectural door hardware, and today’s wide
stile exit device line is no exception. The ED5000 Series offers smooth lines in the exit
device bar and a full range of trim designs with visual diversity, including the Muséo®
and Vineyard™ Collections.

Vandal Resistance
Today’s door hardware must fulfill life-safety and security needs, two areas in which
ED5000 series exit devices and trim excel. The ED5200S SecureBolt® features a
deadbolt style latchbolt that significantly resists pull from the exterior, thus reducing
door and frame separation, preventing the door from being forced open. 900
series heavy-duty trim deters vandals with a thick 13/16" beveled escutcheon, Free
Wheeling lever (excluding mortise trim), and flush cylinder. High security Pyramid
cylinders offer an additional barrier against picking and drilling. These components
can all be combined for high quality, high security applications.

Electronics
If electronic access control is required, or just a simple monitoring switch, the ED5000
series offers a full range of electrified options, including a delayed egress exit device
and electrically controlled trim. All options can be tied into existing security and fire
alarm systems for easy monitoring.

Product Series Features
ED5000
As Corbin Russwin continues to offer the latest technology and architectural hardware, an additional option is also presented to
architects, distributors, and end-users. The power of choice. With a wide variety of devices, trims, lever designs, and electrified
hardware, a locking system can be designed for any building and any application. Below are some highlights of the ED5000 Series.
These are but a few of the options that can be combined to meet the aesthetic and security requirements of today.

SecureBolt® Delayed
Egress Exit Device

SecureBolt®

Delayed Egress Exit Device

• Deadbolt-style latch design provides
increased security by resisting unauthorized
entrance from credit cards, crowbars, door
rattling, etc.

• Increases security in many applications such
as retail stores and health care facilities

• Is more resistant to vector forces, which
results in less force against the frame, thus
eliminating door/frame separation

• 15 or 30-second delay available

• Features an LED indicator and a nuisance
delay
• UL and BHMA listed

• Provides increased stability of openings
with mullions

Photoluminescent Touchpad Cover

• Fire resistant and non-radioactive

The PathLite™ patent pending technology
offers a number of benefits:

• Green contrasting word “EXIT” centered on
touchbar in 1-1/4" high lettering

• Requires no wiring or maintenance

• Cost effective; especially suited for existing
buildings

• Recharges with exposure to ambient light
• Unaffected by heat or cold
• Non-toxic, will not rub or fade
• Vandal resistant

PathLite™ photoluminescent exit devices meet
New York City’s newly adopted standards for
requirement of photoluminescent signage
and stairwell markings in all office buildings in
excess of 75 feet in height.

Heavy-Duty Trim
Heavy-Duty
Trim with
Vineyard lever

• Free Wheeling levers for vandal resistance (excluding mortise trim)
• Heavy-duty threaded posts provide additional strength
• Beveled sides for increased attack resistance
• Flush cylinder when used with 6-pin applications and mortise trim functions

Heavy-Duty Trim
with Muséo® lever

Muséo® and Vineyard™ Collections
• Available in 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 618, 619, 625, 626, 722 finishes
• Allows for design continuum when matched with the ML2000 series mortise lock Muséo and
Vineyard Collection trims
• Heavy-duty vandal-resistant escutcheon increases security
Parabolic Trim with Vineyard™ Lever

Parabolic Trim with
Vineyard™ lever
Specify M60

• Specify M60

ED5000.3

Applications and Listings
ED5000

UL Listing

Maximum
Opening
(W x H)

ED5200

Panic

4' x *

ED5200A

3 Hr.

4' x 8'

ED5200S

Panic

4' x *

ED5200SA

3 Hr.

4' x 8'

ED5200S x M107

Panic

4' x 8'

ED5200SA x M107

3 Hr.

4' x 8'

Panic

4' x *

ED5600A

1-1/2 Hr.

4' x 9'

ED5600A

3 Hr.

4' x 8'

Single Door

Application

Rim
Surface applied; single-point latching.

SecureBolt®
Surface applied; single-point latching.
Surface applied; single-point latching.
Used as components in swinging door
windstorm-rated assemblies (refer to local
codes).

Mortise
ED5600

Mortised in door; single-point latching.

Surface Vertical Rod
ED5400

Panic

4' x 8'

ED5470

Panic

4' x 10'

ED5470 x M55

Panic

4' x 10'

Surface applied; one-point latching.

4' x 8'

Surface applied; two-point latching.
Used as components in swinging door
windstorm-rated assemblies (refer to local
codes).

ED5470 x M107

Panic

Surface applied; two-point latching.

Concealed Vertical Rod
ED5800

Panic

4' x 8'

ED5860

Panic

4' x 10'

Rods concealed in door; two-point
latching.

ED5860 x M55

Panic

4' x 10'

Rod concealed in door; one point latching.

UL Listing

Maximum
Opening
(W x H)

Application

ED5200 x ED5200 x 900 Series

Panic

8' x 10'

ED5200A x ED5200A x 900 Series

3 Hr.

8' x 8'

ED5200S x ED5200S x 900 Series

Panic

8' x 10'

ED5200SA x ED5200SA x 900 Series

3 Hr.

8' x 8'

ED5200S x ED5200S x M107

Panic

8' x 8'

ED5200SA x ED5200SA x M107

3 Hr.

8' x 8'

Pair of Doors with
Removable Mullion
Rim x Rim

Two independent active doors with
removable mullion.

SecureBolt® x SecureBolt®

*UL does not set a door height limitation on panic applications.

ED5000.4

Two independent active doors with
removable mullion.
Two independent active doors with
removable mullion. Used as components in
swinging door windstorm-rated assemblies
(refer to local codes).

Applications and Listings
ED5000
Pairs of Doors

UL Listing

Maximum
Opening
(W x H)

Application

Surface Vertical Rod

ED5400 x ED5400

Panic

8' x 8'

ED5400A x ED5400A

3 Hr.

8' x 8'

ED5470 x ED5470

Panic

8' x 10'

ED5470B x ED5470B

1-1/2 Hr.

8' x 10'

ED5470 x ED5470 x M107

Panic

8' x 8'

ED5470B x ED5470B x M107

1-1/2 Hr.

8' x 8'

Two independent doors with two-point
latching, swinging in the same direction.
Two independent doors with one or twopoint latching, swinging in the same direction.
Two independent doors with two-point
latching, swinging in opposite directions. Used
as components in swinging door windstormrated assemblies (refer to local codes).

Surface Vertical Rod (Double Egress)

ED5400 x ED5400

Panic

8' x 8'

ED5400A x ED5400A

3 Hr.

8' x 8'

ED5470 x ED5470

Panic

8' x 10'

ED5470B x ED5470B

1-1/2 Hr.

8' x 10'

Two independent doors with two-point
latching, swinging in opposite directions.
Overlapping astragal required for 3-hour
openings.
Two independent doors with one or
two-point latching, swinging in opposite
directions. Overlapping astragal not required.

Surface Vertical Rod x Mortise

ED5400 x ED5600

Panic

8' x 8'

ED5400A x ED5600A

3 Hr.

8' x 8'

ED5400A x ED5600A x Open Back Strike

1-1/2 Hr.

8' x 8'

ED5470 x ED5600

Panic

8' x 10'

ED5470B x ED5600A

1-1/2 Hr.

8' x 9'

Overlapping astragal required for 3-hour
openings. Coordinator required with standard
ANSI strike.
Overlapping astragal required for fire-rated
openings. Coordinator required with standard
ANSI strike.

Concealed Vertical Rod

ED5800 x ED5600

Panic

8' x 8'

ED5800 x ED5800

Panic

8' x 8'

ED5800A x ED5600A

3 Hr.

8' x 8'

ED5800A x ED5800A

3 Hr.

8' x 8'

ED5800A x ED5600A x Open Back Strike

1-1/2 Hr.

8' x 8'

ED5860 x ED5600

Panic

8' x 10'

ED5860 x ED5860

Panic

8' x 10'

ED5860B x ED5600A

1-1/2 Hr.

8' x 10'

ED5860B x ED5860B

1-1/2 Hr.

8' x 10'

Two independent metal doors with two-point
latching, swinging in the same direction.

Two independent metal or wood doors with
one or two-point latching, swinging in the
same direction.

Concealed Vertical Rod (Double Egress)

ED5800 x ED5800

Panic

8' x 8'

ED5800A x ED5800A

3 Hr.

8' x 8'

ED5860 x ED5860

Panic

8' x 10'

ED5860B x ED5860B

1-1/2 Hr.

8' x 10'

Two independent metal doors with two-point
latching, swinging in opposite directions.
Overlapping astragal required for 3-hour
openings.
Two independent metal or wood doors
with one or two-point latching, swinging in
opposite directions. Overlapping astragal not
required.

*UL does not set a door height limitation on panic applications.

ED5000.5

SecureBolt® Features
ED5000
ED5200S
ED5200SA
ED5202S
ED5202SA

Panic-Listed SecureBolt® Exit Device
3-Hour Fire-Listed SecureBolt® Exit Device
Panic-Listed Listed SecureBolt® Double Cylinder Exit Device
3-Hour Fire-Listed SecureBolt® Double Cylinder Exit Device

Features
Handing
Standard device is non-handed.
Double Cylinder Device is handed.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Latchbolt
Full 3/4" (19mm) projection, 1" (25mm) wide,
positive deadlocking by auxiliary bolt.

Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws and
wood door fasteners.
Standard on fire-rated devices: sex nuts and
bolts.
Optional on devices: sex nuts and bolts for
use on wood, composite or unreinforced
metal doors; specify M54.
Optional wood screws for use on approved
fire-rated solid wood or wood core doors.
Specify M64.
Strike
Surface mounted 3/8"
(10mm) diameter roller
strike, complete with
positive locking plate
and shims, assuring low
friction relocking for a
long, trouble-free life.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted
Roller Strike
lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide range
of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages
20-25.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.

Cut Away Side View
Materials
Latchbolt: Nickel steel. Slide-action deadbolt
with positive deadlocking by auxiliary bolt. Twopiece deadbolt mechanism utilizing a roll back
lever which eliminates any contact (friction)
with the strike during relocking.
Device: Heavy duty cold forged steel chassis;
heavy gauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm) dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic-rated devices; single-point
1/4 turn hex key dogging.
Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.
Mechanical dogging not available on firerated devices.

ED5000.6

Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 48.

Any retrofit or other field modification to a
fire-rated opening can potentially impact the
fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire-rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health and
Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply with
NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.

Finishes
BHMA 605
BHMA 606

Bright Brass
Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

Applications and Listings
See page 4.

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

Warranty
Five-year limited.

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

Certification/Compliance

Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised vision
light molding; specify M58.

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 28, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

UL /cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devices comply with UL 305 standards for panic
hardware. Three-hour fire-rated devices listed
as fire exit hardware for A label and lesser class
4' x 8' single or 8' x 8' double doors; UL symbol
on active case cover indicates listing.

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C
BHMA 722

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

SecureBolt® Features
ED5000
ED5200S and ED5200SA
SecureBolt Exit Devices
®

Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel

Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover
Low profile; no pinch points,
closed on all sides

Heavy-duty chassis

3/4" (19mm) projection x 1"
wide deadbolt- style latchbolt
with positive deadlocking by
auxiliary bolt

Single point, 1/4 turn hex key
dogging
(ED5200S Series Panic Devices)

ED5202S(A)
SecureBolt® Double
Cylinder Exit Devices

In terms of an exit device, vector forces mean that pressure
applied to the door results in a force against the stop and
the frame, resulting in door/frame separation. The standard
pullman latchbolt applies 280 pounds of force against the
frame from a 400- pound pull on the door.
The SecureBolt® exit device only applies 63 pounds of force
against the frame from a 400-pound pull on the door. Less
force means the door and frame do not separate, providing a
higher level of security, as the door cannot be pulled open.

ED5000.7

Rim Features
ED5000
ED5200
ED5200A
ED5202
ED5202A

Panic-Listed Rim Exit Device
3-Hour Fire-Listed Rim Exit Device
Panic-Listed Listed Rim Double Cylinder Exit Device
3-Hour Fire-Listed Rim Double Cylinder Exit Device

Features
Handing
Standard device is non-handed.
Double Cylinder Device is Handed.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Latchbolt
3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel pullmantype with stainless steel deadlocking latch.
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavygauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm) dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging.
Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.
Mechanical dogging not available on firerated devices.
Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws
and wood door fasteners. Standard on firerated devices: sex nuts and bolts. Optional
on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts for use
on wood, composite, or unreinforced metal
doors; specify M54. Optional wood screws for
use on approved fire-rated solid wood or wood
core doors. Specify M64.

ED5000.8

Strike
Surface-mounted 3/8" (10mm) diameter roller
strike, complete with positive locking plate and
shims, assuring low friction relocking for a long,
trouble-free life.

California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health and
Safety Code.

Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide range
of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages
20-25.

NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
with NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.

Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.
Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 48.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised vision
light molding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 4.
Warranty
Five-year limited.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 1, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL /cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devices comply with UL 305 standards for panic
hardware. Three-hour fire-rated devices listed
as fire exit hardware for A label and lesser class
4' x 8' single or 8' x 8' double doors; UL symbol
on active case cover indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire
rated opening can potentially impact the fire
rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and

ratings.

ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605
BHMA 606

Bright Brass
Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C
BHMA 722

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

Rim Features
ED5000
ED5200 and ED5200A
Rim Exit Devices

Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel
Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover

Heavy-duty chassis

Low profile; no pinch points —
closed on all sides

Single point, 1/4 turn hex key
dogging
(ED5200 Series Panic Devices)

3/4" (19mm) throw stainless
steel pullman-type latchbolt
with stainless steel auxiliary
deadlocking latch standard
ED5202(A) Rim
Double Cylinder
Exit Devices

ED5000.9

Surface Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5400
ED5400A

Panic-Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
3-Hour Fire-Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device

Features
Handing
Device is handed but easily field reversible.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Door Height
Standard top rod for 7' door.
All rods easily field cut to size.
Optional door heights up to 8’ available; see
Quick Codes, page 55.
For door heights above 8’0” refer to
ED5470(B).
Latchbolt
Top: 3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel
pullman-type with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom: 5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt, held
retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2" O.D. tubular brass, bronze or stainless
steel with rod guides.
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavygauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm) dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging. Optional: less dogging,
specify M51. Optional: cylinder dogging,
specify M52. Optional: electric dogging;
specify M97. Mechanical dogging not
available on fire-rated devices.

ED5000.10

concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply with
NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Lever trims and pulls comply with Americans
with Disabilities Act.

Finishes
BHMA 605
BHMA 606

Bright Brass
Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

Applications and Listings
See page 4.

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

Warranty
Five-year limited.

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised vision
light molding; specify M58.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 2, Grade 1.
UL /cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devices comply with UL 305 standards for panic
hardware. Three-hour fire-rated devices listed
as fire exit hardware for A label and lesser class
8’ x 8’ double doors; UL symbol on active case
cover indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a
fire- rated opening can potentially impact the
fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties

630C
BHMA 722

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

Surface Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5400 and ED5400A Surface
Vertical Rod Exit Device
3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
stainless steel latchbolt

Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel
Low profile; no pinch
points – closed on all
sides

Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover

Heavy-duty chassis

Single point 1/4 turn hex key
dogging
(ED5400 Series Panic Devices)

5/8" (16mm) throw
bottom deadbolt

ED5000.11

Surface Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5470 Panic-Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED5470B 1-1/2 Hour Fire-Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
Features
Handing
Device is handed but easily field reversible.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"- 48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (14mm).
Door Height
Standard top rod for 7' door.
All top rods easily field cut to size.
Optional door heights up to 10’ available; see
Quick Codes, page 55.
Latchbolt
Top: 3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel,
pullman-type with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom: 5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt, held
retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2" O.D. tubular brass, bronze or stainless
steel with rod guides.
Less Bottom Rod
Optional on ED5470 & ED5470B devices
only; specify M55.
Heat Activated Door Bolt (Popper)
Standard on all fire-rated devices with M55
option (less bottom rod).
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavygauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.

ED5000.12

Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging. Optional: less dogging,
specify M51. Optional: cylinder dogging,
specify M52. Optional: electric dogging;
specify M97. Mechanical dogging not
available on fire-rated devices.
Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws
and wood door fasteners. Standard on firerated devices: sex nuts and bolts. Optional
on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts for use
on wood, composite, or unreinforced metal
doors; specify M54. Optional wood screws
for use on approved fire-rated solid wood or
wood core doors. Specify M64.
Strike
Top: surface mounted interlocking.
Bottom: flush mounted.
Optional strikes available; see Options and
Accessories, page 50.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide range
of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages
20-25.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.

Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire
rated opening can potentially impact the fire
rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
All fire-rated devices comply with NFPA 80
Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices with M55 option, lever trims and
pulls comply with Americans with Disabilities
Act.

Finishes

Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light molding; specify M58.

BHMA 605
BHMA 606

Bright Brass
Satin Brass

Applications and Listings
See page 4.

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

Warranty
Five-year limited.

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

Certification/Compliance

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 2, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code when
ordered with M55 option only.
UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devices comply with UL 305 standards for
panic hardware. 1-1/2 hour fire-rated devices
listed as fire exit hardware for B label and lesser
class 8’ x 10’ double doors; UL symbol on
active case cover indicates listings.

630C
BHMA 722

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

Surface Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5470 and ED5470B
Surface Vertical Rod
Exit Devices

Heat-activated door bolt
(Popper) – Used when bottom
rod is omitted from fire exit
devices (M55).

3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
stainless steel latchbolt

ED5470B
M55 (Less Bottom Rod)

Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel

Low profile; no pinch
points – closed on all
sides

Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover

Heavy-duty chassis

Single point 1/4 turn hex key dogging
(ED5470 Series Panic Devices)

5/8" (16mm) throw
deadbolt

ED5000.13

Concealed Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5800 Panic-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED5800A 3-Hour Fire-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device
For use with metal doors only
Features
Handing
Device is handed but easily field reversible.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Door Height
Standard: top rod for 8' door.
Telescoping rod assembly to accommodate
various door heights. For door heights above
8’0”, refer to ED5860(B).
Latchbolt
Top: 3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel
pullman-type with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom: 5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt, held
retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2" O.D. tubing, electroplated for corrosion
resistance.
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavygauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging. Optional: less dogging,
specify M51. Optional: cylinder dogging,
specify M52. Optional: electric dogging;
specify M97. Mechanical dogging not
available on fire-rated devices.

ED5000.14

Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws.
Standard on fire-rated devices: sex nuts and
bolts.
Optional on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts
for use on unreinforced metal doors; specify
M54.
Strike
Top: roller type.
Bottom: flush mounted.
Optional strikes available; see Options and
Accessories, page 50.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide range
of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages
20-25.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light molding; specify M58.

consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
All fire-rated devices comply with NFPA 80
Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.

Finishes
BHMA 605
BHMA 606

Bright Brass
Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

Certification/Compliance

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 8, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devices comply with UL 305 standards for panic
hardware. Three-hour fire-rated devices listed
as fire exit hardware for A label and lesser class
8' x 8' double doors; UL symbol on active case
cover indicates listing.

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

Applications and Listings
For use on metal doors only. See page 4.
Warranty
Five-year limited.

630C
BHMA 722

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

Concealed Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5800 and ED5800A Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
For use with metal doors only

3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
stainless steel latchbolt

Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel

Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover

Low profile; no pinch points –
closed on all sides
Heavy-duty chassis

Single point 1/4 turn hex key dogging
(ED5800 Series Panic Devices)

5/8" (16mm) throw
bottom deadbolt

ED5000.15

Concealed Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5860 Panic-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED5860B 1-1/2 Hour Fire-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device
For use with metal or wood doors
Features
Handing
Device is handed but is easily field reversible.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (14mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Door Height
Standard: top rod for 8' door.
Telescoping rod assembly to accommodate
various door heights.
Optional door heights up to 10' available; see
Quick Codes, page 55.
Latchbolt
Top: 3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel,
pullman-type with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom: 5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt, held
retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2" O.D. tubing, electroplated for corrosion
resistance.
Less Bottom Rod
Optional on ED5860 and ED5860B devices
only; specify M55.
Heat-Activated Door Bolt (Popper)
Standard with all fire-rated devices with M55
option (less bottom rod).
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavygauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.

ED5000.16

Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging.
Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging, specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.
Mechanical dogging not available on firerated devices.
Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws
and wood door fasteners.
Standard on fire-rated devices: sex nuts and
bolts.
Optional on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts
for use on wood, composite, or unreinforced
metal doors; specify M54.
Optional wood screws for use on approved
fire-rated solid wood or wood core doors.
Specify M64.
Strike
Top: mortise. Bottom: flush mounted.
Optional strikes available; see Options and
Accessories, page 50.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide
range of functions; see Trims and
Functions, pages 20-25.

Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire
rated opening can potentially impact the fire
rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
All fire-rated devices comply with NFPA 80
Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.

Finishes

Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.

BHMA 605
BHMA 606

Bright Brass
Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light molding; specify M58.

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

Warranty
Five-year limited.

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

Certification/Compliance

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 7 and 8, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devices comply with UL 305 standards for
panic hardware. 1-1/2 hour fire-rated devices
listed as fire exit hardware for B label and lesser
class 8' x 10' double doors; UL symbol on
active case cover indicates listings.

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

Applications and Listings
For use with metal or wood doors. See page 4.

630C
BHMA 722

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

Concealed Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5860 and ED5860B
Concealed Vertical
Rod Exit Devices

Heat-activated door bolt
(Popper) – Used when bottom
rod is omitted from fire exit
devices (M55).

For use with metal or
wood doors
3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
stainless steel latchbolt

ED5860B
M55 (Less Bottom Rod)

Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel

Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover

Low profile; no pinch points –
closed on all sides
Heavy-duty chassis

Single point 1/4 turn
hex key dogging
(ED5860 Series Panic Devices)

5/8" (16mm) throw
deadbolt
ED5000.17

Functions
ED5000
Pull and Thumbpiece Trim
Rim/
SecureBolt®
ED5200(A)
ED5200S(A)
Inside

Outside

Surface
Vertical Rod
ED5400(A)
ED5470(B)
Inside

Outside

Concealed
Vertical Rod
ED5800(A)
ED5860(B)
Inside

Type

ANSI
No.

Exit Only

Exit only; no trim.

Dummy

Entrance by trim when actuating
bar is dogged down.

Nightlatch

Entrance by trim when latchbolt is
retracted by key.

Classroom*

Entrance by thumbpiece. Key locks
or unlocks thumbpiece.

Passage

Entrance by trim when latch
is retracted by thumbpiece.
Thumbpiece is always active, no
cylinder.

Storeroom
(Thumbpiece
Active)

Entrance by thumbpiece only when
released by key. Key removable only
when locked.

Outside

*Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.

ED5000.18

Function Description

Functions
ED5000
Lever and Knob Trim
Rim/
SecureBolt®
ED5200(A)
ED5200S(A)
Inside

Outside

Surface
Vertical Rod
ED5400(A)
ED5470(B)
Inside

Outside

Concealed
Vertical Rod
ED5800(A)
ED5860(B)
Inside

Type

ANSI
No.

Function Description

Exit Only

Exit only; no trim.

Dummy

Entrance by trim when actuating
bar is dogged down.

Nightlatch

Entrance by trim when latchbolt is
retracted by key.

Classroom*

Entrance by knob or lever. Key locks
or unlocks knob or lever.

Passage

Entrance by trim when latchbolt is
retracted by knob or lever. Knob or
lever always active, no cylinder.

Storeroom
(Grip Active)

Entrance by knob or lever only when
released by key. Key removable only
when locked.

Outside

*Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.

ED5000.19

Heavy-Duty Trims & Functions
ED5000
Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod
Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges

• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 5-year limited warranty

Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

A910

A950

A9551

A9572

A959

C910

C950

C9551

C9572

C959

Dirke
D9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

D910

D950

D9551

D9572

D959

Essex
E9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

E910

E950

E9551

E9572

E959

Lustra
L9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

L910

L950

L9551

L9572

L959

Newport
N9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

N910

N950

N9551

N9572

N959

Pull Trim Design

Armstrong
A9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

Citation
C9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
2. Active lever, knob or thumbpiece trim recommended for use with surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices.

ED5000.20

Classroom Nightlatch Storeroom
ANSI No.
ANSI No.
ANSI No.
08
03
09

Heavy-Duty Trims & Functions
ED5000
Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod
Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges

• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 5-year limited warranty

Trim/Function
Pull Trim Design

Regis
R9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

Princeton
PR9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

Escutcheon
F9
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom Nightlatch Storeroom
ANSI No.
ANSI No.
ANSI No.
08
03
09

R910

R950

R9551

R9572

R959

PR910

PR950

PR9551

PR9572

PR959

N/A

F950

N/A

F9572

N/A

ED5000.21

Utility Trims and Functions
ED5000
Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod
Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges

• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 5-year limited warranty

Trim/Function
Pull Trim Design

Frascati
FR9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

Merlot
M9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

Tuscany
TS9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

Zinfandel
Z9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

FR910

FR950

FR9551

FR9572

FR959

M910

M950

M9551

M9572

M959

TS910

TS950

TS9551

TS9572

TS959

Z910

Z950

Z9551

Z9572

Z959

ED5000.22

Classroom Nightlatch Storeroom
ANSI No.
ANSI No.
ANSI No.
08
03
09

Utility Trims and Functions
ED5000
Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod
Features:

• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 5-year limited warranty

• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges

Trim/Function
Pull Trim Design

G900 Trim
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

Passage
ANSI No.
14/15

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
05/08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03

Storeroom
ANSI No.
09

G910

G950

G9551

G9572

G959

TH910

TH950

TH9551

TH9572

TH959

N/A

P950

N/A

P9572

N/A

VT950

N/A

VT9572

N/A

VTL9503

N/A

VTL9572, 3

N/A

K1572

N/A

10-1/4"

3-1/2"

TH900 Trim
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
Projection: 2-11/16"

10-1/4"
16-1/2"

2-1/2"
1-5/8"

Offset Pull
P9
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
Specify Hand.

10-1/4"

3-3/16"

VT9 Trim
Plate: Formed
Stainless Steel
Cylinder: Rim
Handed: Specify RHR
or LHR

7.25"

9.26

7.94"
9.26"

Key Only
K12
Note: Available with
cylinder option only.
Ex: K157 x 6P.
1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
2. Not recommended for use on ED5400 or ED5800 series exit devices.
3. VTL has a lip that covers door gap and protects the latch.

ED5000.23

Utility Trims and Functions
ED5000
Offset
P13, P14*P14
P12 Pull Trim: P12,
P13

Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2"

Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P13

10-3/4"

10"

1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
*Available on 1-3/4" thick doors only.

ED5000.24

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F51M x Finish1

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

11"

Specify Part Number, 716F50M x Finish1

Clearance

P14

2-1/2"

10"

19"
18"
P14

11"
10"

Offset Pull P12
P14
4"
Clearance: 2-1/2"

11"
10"

P12

Clearance

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F52M x Finish1

Utility Trims and Functions
ED5000
Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges
• Through-bolted to exit device

• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 5-year limited warranty

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

Trim/Function
Pull Trim Design

Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03

Storeroom
ANSI No.
09

Muséo®
Georgia

salvador

Marc

PABLO

JACKSON

PIET*

102

102910

102950

102955

102957

102959

103

103910

103950

103955

103957

103959

104

104910

104950

104955

104957

104959

124

124910

124950

124955

124957

124959

125

125910

125950

125955

125957

125959

106

106910

106950

106955

106957

106959

107

107910

107950

107955

107957

107959

108

108910

108950

108955

108957

108959

109

109910

109950

109955

109957

109959

110

110910

110950

110955

110957

110959

123

123910

123950

123955

123957

123959

128

128910

128950

128955

128957

128959

129

129910

129950

129955

129957

129959

111

111910

111950

111955

111957

111959

112

112910

112950

112955

112957

112959

113

113910

113950

113955

113957

113959

114

114910

114950

114955

114957

114959

115

115910

115950

115955

115957

115959

116

116910

116950

116955

116957

116959

130

130910

130950

130955

130957

130959

131

131910

131950

131955

131957

131959

132

132910

132950

132955

132957

132959

117

117910

117950

117955

117957

117959

126

126910

126950

126955

126957

126959

119

119910

119950

119955

119957

119959

121

121910

121950

121955

121957

121959

122

122910

122950

122955

122957

122959

127

127910

127950

127955

127957

127959

21L

21L910

21L950

21L955

21L957

21L959

21M

21M910

21M950

21M955

21M957

21M959

21S

21S910

21S950

21S955

21S957

21S959

21W

21W910

21W950

21W955

21W957

21W959

23M

23M910

23M950

23M955

23M957

23M959

25M

25M910

25M950

25M955

25M957

25M959

102

103

104

124

125

106

107

108

109

110

123

128

129

111

112

113

114

115

116

130

131

132

117

126

119

121

122

21L

21M

21S

21W

23M

25M

127

*See pages 59-60 for how to order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection.

ED5000.25

Mortise Features
ED5000
ED5600
ED5600A
ED5602L
ED5602AL

Panic-Listed Mortise Exit Device
3-Hour Fire-Listed Mortise Exit Device
Panic-Listed Listed Mortise Double Cylinder Exit Device
3-Hour Fire-Listed Mortise Double Cylinder Exit Device

Features
Handing
Device is non-handed.
Mortise lock body is handed, but field
reversible.
Lever trim may be handed.
Bar length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical, 3/4" (19mm) throw,
stainless steel with auxiliary deadlocking
latch.
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavygauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging.
Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging, specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.
Mechanical dogging not available on firerated devices.

Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws
and wood door fasteners.
Standard on fire-rated devices: sex nuts and
bolts.
Optional on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts
for use on wood, composite, or unreinforced
metal doors; specify M54.
Optional wood screws for use on approved
fire-rated solid wood or wood core doors.
Specify M64.
Strike
Non-handed. ANSI curved lip standard.
4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" lip to center.
Optional strikes available; see Options and
Accessories, page 51.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide range
of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages
30-35.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light molding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 4.

Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire
rated opening can potentially impact the fire
rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
All fire-rated devices comply with NFPA 80
Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.

Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

Certification/Compliance

BHMA 612

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 3, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

BHMA 613

Satin Bronze
Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devices comply with UL 305 standards for
panic hardware. Three-hour fire-rated devices
listed as fire exit hardware for A label and
lesser class 4' x 8' single or 8' x 8' double
doors; UL symbol on active case cover indicates
listings.

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel
Satin Chromium Plated
with Microshield®
Satin Stainless Steel
Satin Stainless Steel
with Microshield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

Warranty
Five-year limited.

626C
BHMA 630
630C
BHMA 722

ED5000.26

Mortise Features
ED5000
ED5600K, ED5657K
ED5600L, ED5602L, ED5657L,
ED5602L, ED5600T, ED5657T
Mortise Panic-Listed Exit Devices
ED5600AK, ED5657AK
ED5600AL, ED5602AL, ED5657AL,
ED5602AL, ED5600AT, ED5657AT
Mortise Fire-Listed Exit Devices

How to Order/Specify
Mortise Exit

Trim Type Functions
Passage
Knob

Classroom
Nightlatch
Dummy
Passage
Classroom

Lever or
Flat Plate

Double Cylinder
(Classroom function
Trim only)
Nightlatch

ED5602L,
ED5602AL
Mortise
Double Cylinder
Exit Devices

Dummy
Passage
Thumbpiece

Classroom
Nightlatch
Dummy

Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel

Panic

Fire

ED5600K

ED5600AK

ED5657K

ED5657AK

ED5600L

ED5600AL

ED5602L

ED5602AL

ED5657L

ED5657AL

ED5600T

ED5600AT

ED5657T

ED5657AT

Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover

Heavy-duty chassis
2-piece mechanical 3/4” throw
deadlocking stainless steel latchbolt

Low profile; no pinch points –
closed on all sides

Single point 1/4 turn
hex key dogging
(ED5600 Series Panic Devices)

ED5000.27

Mortise Functions
ED5000
Exit Only, Pull and Thumbpiece Trim
Mortise
ED5600L
ED5600AL
Inside

ANSI No.

Exit Only

Type

ANSI No.

Mortise
ED5657T
ED5657AT

Function Description

Entrance by thumbpiece. Key
locks or unlocks thumbpiece.
Specify Thumbpiece - ED5600T or
ED5600AT.

Passage

Entrance by trim when latch
is retracted by thumbpiece.
Thumbpiece always active, no
cylinder. Specify Thumbpiece ED5600T or ED5600AT.

Type

ANSI No.

Dummy

Entrance by trim when actuating
bar is dogged down. Specify
ED5657T or ED5657AT.

Entrance by trim when latchbolt
is retracted by key. Key removable
only when locked. Specify ED5657T
or ED5657AT.

Function Description

Outside

Nightlatch

ED5000.28

Exit only; no trim.

Outside

Classroom

Inside

Function Description

Outside

Mortise
ED5600T
ED5600AT
Inside

Type

Mortise Functions
ED5000
Lever and Knob Trim
Mortise
ED5600L
ED5600AL
ED5600K
ED5600AK

Inside

ANSI No.

Classroom**

Entrance by knob or lever. Key locks
or unlocks knob or lever.

Passage*

Entrance by trim when latchbolt is
retracted by knob or lever. Knob
or lever always active, no cylinder.
Specify K, AK, L or AL.

Type

ANSI No.

Dummy*

Entrance by trim when actuating
bar is dogged down.

Entrance by trim when latchbolt
is retracted by key. Key removable
only when locked. Specify ED5657L,
ED5657AL, ED5657K, ED5657AK.

Outside

Mortise
ED5657L
ED5657AL
ED5657K
ED5657AK

Inside

Function Description

Type

Function Description

Outside

Nightlatch**

*Dummy and passage function trims are the same.
**Classroom and Nightlatch function trims are the same. Trim function must be specified when ordered with an exit to
ensure that the correct lock body is supplied with the device.

ED5000.29

Heavy-Duty Mortise Trims & Functions
ED5000
Features:
• Beveled edges
• Rigid lever when locked
• Flush cylinder
• Through-bolted to exit device
• 5-year limited warranty
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Armstrong
A9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2”
Mortise A02

A9M10

A9M50

A9M55

A9M57

Citation
C9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2”
Mortise A02

C9M10

C9M50

C9M55

C9M57

Dirke
D9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2”
Mortise A02

D9M10

D9M50

D9M55

D9M57

Essex
E9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2”
Mortise A02

E9M10

E9M50

E9M55

E9M57

Lustra
L9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2”
Mortise A02

L9M10

L9M50

L9M55

L9M57

Newport
N9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2”
Mortise A02

N9M10

N9M50

N9M55

N9M57

Trim Design

ED5000.30

Classroom Nightlatch
ANSI No.
ANSI No.
08
03

Regis
R9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
Princeton
PR9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
Escutcheon
F9
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02

Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03

R9M10

R9M50

R9M55

R9M57

PR9M10

PR9M50

PR9M55

PR9M57

N/A

F950

N/A

F9M57

ED5000.31

Frascati
FR9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
Merlot
M9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
Tuscany
TS9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
Zinfandel
Z9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02

ED5000.32

Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03

FR9M10

FR9M50

FR9M55

FR9M57

M9M10

M9M50

M9M55

M9M57

TS9M10

TS9M50

TS9M55

TS9M57

Z9M10

Z9M50

Z9M55

Z9M57

Mortise Utility Trims & Functions
ED5000
Mortise

• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 5-year limited warranty

Features:
• Vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges

Trim/Function
Pull Trim Design

G9M00 Trim
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise A02

Passage
ANSI No.
14/15

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
05/08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03

G9M10

G9M50

G9M55

G9M57

TH9M10

TH9M50

TH9M55

TH9M57

N/A

P950

N/A

P9M57
(03)

N/A

VT950

N/A

VT9M57

N/A

VTL9503

N/A

VTL9M573

N/A

K1M57

10-1/4"

3-1/2"

TH9M00 Trim
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise A02
Projection: 2-11/16"

10-1/4"
16-1/2"

2-1/2"
1-5/8"

Offset Pull
P9M
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise A02

10-1/4"

3-3/16"

VT9M Trim
Plate: Formed Stainless
Steel
Cylinder: Mortise
Handed: Specify RHR or LHR

7.25"

9.26

7.94"
9.26"

Key Only
K1M
Note: Available with cylinder
option only.
Ex: K1M57 x 6P.
3. VTL has a lip that covers door gap and protects the latch.

ED5000.33

Mortise Utility Trims & Functions
ED5000
Offset
P13, P14*P14
P12 Pull Trim: P12,
P13

Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2"

Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P13

10-3/4"

10"

1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
* Available on 1 3/4" thick doors only.

ED5000.34

19"
18"

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F51M x Finish1

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

2-1/2"

10-3/4"

11"

Specify Part Number, 716F50M x Finish1

Clearance

P14

2-1/2"

10"

19"
18"
P14

11"
10"

Offset Pull P12
P14
4"
Clearance: 2-1/2"

11"
10"

P12

Clearance

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F52M x Finish1

Mortise Utility Trims & Functions
ED5000
Mortise Features:
• Beveled edges
• Rigid lever when locked
• Through-bolted to exit device

• Flush cylinder
• 5-year limited warranty

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2”
Mortise A02

Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03

102

1029M10

1029M50

1029M55

1029M57

103

1039M10

1039M50

1039M55

1039M57

104

1049M10

1049M50

1049M55

1049M57

124

1249M10

1249M50

1249M55

1249M57

125

1259M10

1259M50

1259M55

1259M57

106

1069M10

1069M50

1069M55

1069M57

107

1079M10

1079M50

1079M55

1079M57

108

1089M10

1089M50

1089M55

1089M57

109

1099M10

1099M50

1099M55

1099M57

110

1109M10

1109M50

1109M55

1109M57

123

1239M10

1239M50

1239M55

1239M57

128

1289M10

1289M50

1289M55

1289M57

129

1299M10

1299M50

1299M55

1299M57

111

1119M10

1119M50

1119M55

1119M57

112

1129M10

1129M50

1129M55

1129M57

113

1139M10

1139M50

1139M55

1139M57

114

1149M10

1149M50

1149M55

1149M57

115

1159M10

1159M50

1159M55

1159M57

116

1169M10

1169M50

1169M55

1169M57

130

1309M10

1309M50

1309M55

1309M57

131

1319M10

1319M50

1319M55

1319M57

132

1329M10

1329M50

1329M55

1329M57

117

1179M10

1179M50

1179M55

1179M57

126

1269M10

1269M50

1269M55

1269M57

119

1199M10

1199M50

1199M55

1199M57

121

1219M10

1219M50

1219M55

1219M57

122

1229M10

1229M50

1229M55

1229M57

127

1279M10

1279M50

1279M55

1279M57

Pull Trim Design

Muséo®
Georgia

salvador

Marc

PABLO
JACKSON

PIET*

21L

21L9M10

21L9M50

21L9M55

21L9M57

21M

21M9M10

21M9M50

21M9M55

21M9M57

21S

21S9M10

21S9M50

21S9M55

21S9M57

21W

21W9M10

21W9M50

21W9M55

21W9M57

23M

23M9M10

23M9M50

23M9M55

23M9M57

25M

25M9M10

25M9M50

25M9M55

25M9M57

102

103

104

124

125

106

107

108

109

110

123

128

129

111

112

113

114

115

116

130

131

132

117

126

119

121

122

21L

21M

21S

21W

23M

25M

127

*See pages 59-60 for how to order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection.

ED5000.35

Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
Electrified Exit Devices
The Corbin Russwin ED5000 series
electrified exit devices offer a
complete range of options that may
be integrated into the monitoring
security and alarm systems of
most buildings. The continuum of
appearance is maintained, as well
as the security and function of the
ED5000 mechanical exit device.

Exit Device
Description

List No.

Available options
M61

M91

M92

M93

M94

M97

ED5200 (A) Rim Exit Device

ED5200S (A) Rim SecureBolt Device

ED5400 (A) Surface Vertical Rod

ED5470 (B)

Surface Vertical Rod

SAF

SEC

9903 9905

ED5600 (A) Mortise Exit Device

ED5800 (A) Concealed Vertical Rod

ED5860 (B)

Concealed Vertical Rod

Electrified Hardware Option Descriptions
M61

Alarm Option

M91

Bolt Monitor

M92

Touchbar Monitor

M93

Trim Monitor

M94

Latch Retraction

M97

Electric Dogging

SAF

Fail Safe Operation

SEC

Fail Secure Operation

Delayed Egress2

9903

Fail Safe Electrified Trim

9905

Fail Secure Electrified Trim

* Add as suffix to exit device.
Example: ED5200D x 630 x RHR

Note 1: The following options cannot be ordered together on the same
device:
a) M94 or M97 & D
b) M94 x M97
c) M52 x M97
d) M97 x M107
e) M61 or M92 & D
f) M61 x M92
g) M61x M52
h) M52 & D
i) ED5600 x M91 & M93
j) ED5600 SAF or SEC x M91 or M93
k) Surface vertical rod exit devices with M61 x M91, M92 or M93.
Note 2: When ordering a surface vertical rod exit device with the D
option, rod and latch guards (provided by other) must be used.
Note 3: M88 (NFPA30) M89 (BOCA-15) and M90 (BOCA-30) are
available only as options for suffix “D” Delayed Egress Exit
Devices. See page 36 for details.

ED5000.36

Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
Electric Latch Pullback M94

Continuous-duty solenoid retracts
the latch bolt(s) for momentary or
maintained periods of time. Latch
Pullback provides a remote means of
unlocking exit devices.
Application
SecureBolt® Exit Devices
Rim Exit Devices
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Mortise Exit Devices
Listings
UL listed for both Panic and Fire Exit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
Requires 782 Controller (120VAC
input, output sequencer for one or
two devices). No substitutes; using
other power sources voids warranty.
Requires a 4-wire electrical transfer
pivot or hinge. See page 43 for
controller information.
Solenoid
A dual retraction/holder-type solenoid.
6-9 Amp in rush @ 24VDC to 28VDC
(.25 Amp holding-continuous duty.)
Device bolts remain retracted for
as long as the device is energized.
Removal of power returns the
device to the life safety, self-latching
mechanical mode.

Electric Dogging M97

This electronic feature will provide
continuous dogging when power is
applied and the push bar is depressed
manually. Interruption or removal of
the power will release the pushbar
and return the exit device back to
normal operation.
Application
SecureBolt® Exit Devices
Rim Exit Devices
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Mortise Exit Devices
Listings
UL listed for both Panic and Fire Exit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
.35 Amps @ 24VDC continuous duty
(2) 36 volt holding magnets holding
force (86 lbf. total)
Note: This feature is not available
with Electric Latch Pullback (M94) or
delayed egress (D) on the same device.
How to Order

Specify Quick Code M97.

Mortise Device Trim
Control
Safe or Secure

Mortise device trim control provides
a remote means of locking and
unlocking the outside lever trim. This
feature is provided by continuous duty
solenoids in the device mortise lock.
Application
Mortise exit devices.
Listings
UL listed for both Panic and Fire Exit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
24VDC 330 milliamperes
Fail Safe units maintain the door
locked as long as the device is
energized.
Fail Secure units maintain the door
unlocked as long as the device is
energized.
Regulated 24VDC power supply
required.
Note: SAF & SEC options are
only available with ED5600L and
ED5600(A)L version lock body
functions and may not be combined
with either the M91 or M93
monitoring options.
How to Order

Specify Quick Code “SAF” for Safe or
“SEC” for Secure.

Interface with central or local fire
alarm system, automatic door
operators, access control systems,
security alarm systems, and blow open
door systems.
Note: This feature is not available
with Electric Dogging (M97) or
delayed egress (D) on the same device.
How to Order

Specify Quick Code M94.

ED5000.37

Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
Delayed Egress Exit Device
The delayed egress option provides
additional security and safety in a strong
line of exit hardware. The delayed egress
exit device is an electromechanical
device used to secure interior or exterior
openings.
Operation
The exit door is normally closed and
latched. The Delayed Egress Exit Device
“D” secures the door in the locked mode
with the solid Red LED indicating locked
mode status. Depressing the pushpad
for less than 3 seconds will sound the
nuisance beep without initiating the alarm.
Depressing the pushpad for 3 seconds
or longer will initiate an irreversible local
audible beeping tone and a visual amber
indicator until the device releases. The
person depressing the exit bar is denied
egress for 15 or 30 seconds and security
personnel are alerted. After the delay time
of 15 or 30 seconds the device releases,
the LED changes to Green, and the alarm
changes to a steady tone which continues
to alarm until manually reset by key. The
remote monitoring contact outputs can be
used to alert security personnel.
Note: The 15-second time delay is
standard. 30-second time delay is optional
(may be accepted by local jurisdiction).
Applications
• For use on hollow metal, wood or
composite interior or exterior doors.
• Available for rim, SecureBolt®,
surface vertical rod, concealed
vertical rod and mortise panic and
fire-rated exit devices. For surface
vertical rod exit devices, rod and
latch guards (provided by other)
must be used.
• Complies with NFPA 101 “Code For
Safety To Life From Buildings And
Structures” by National Fire
Protection Association.
• BOCA options available to comply
with National Building Code
requirements. BOCA option is not
suitable for installations in
accordance with NFPA 101.

ED5000.38

• 1-3/4” (45mm) door thickness
standard; 2” (51mm) and 2-1/4”
(57mm) optional; specify D200 or
D214 when ordering.
• Standard 36” device fits 36” doors
only. Device cannot be cut less than
36”.
• Option W048 fits doors 42” – 48”.
Devices cannot be cut less than 42”.
Listing
• UL/cUL Listed
– Fire Exit Hardware
(GXHX/GXHX7)
– Controlled Exit Panic Device
(FUKD/FUKD7)
– Special Locking Arrangements
(FWAX/FWAX7)
• BHMA (ANSI A156.3 and ANSI A156.24)
Directory of Certified Exit Devices
Specifications
Input Voltage: 24VDC (+/- 10%) Regulated
and filtered.
Power Consumption
• Standard Device: 500 mA
• Device with Electric Trim Control:
1.5 Amp
• Mortise Device with “Safe” or
“Secure” option: 1.5 Amp
Standard Features
Key Switch Operation:
• Normal: The system is armed by
applying power to the device (solid
Red LED). Depressing the pushpad
for more than the nuisance delay
time starts the exit delay cycle.
• Bypass: Turning the key switch
clockwise to the bypass position
allows immediate egress without
alarming. The bar functions as a
standard exit device. (Red LED
flashes slow.)

• Reset/Delay: Used to reset device
after the factory set 15 or optional
30 second delay cycle has timed
out. If the device is armed, turning
the key switch counterclockwise to
the reset mode will release the
device without alarm for egress and
will rearm after 10 seconds. (Red
LED flashes quickly.)
• Alarm Strength: 85 Db @ 10’.
Local Visual Status Indicator:
• RED: The exit device is secure and
the delayed egress circuitry is
energized.
• AMBER: The egress cycle has
started, indicated by an irreversible
local audible beeping tone.
• GREEN: Exit device is in alarm and
has released.
Nuisance Delay Time:
Depressing for 3 seconds or less sounds
an audible beep without activating the
irreversible alarm sequence. (Immediate
alarm can be selected by removing a
jumper on the control board.)
Internal Alarm Siren:
When the exit device is armed, depressing
the push pad initiates the internal 85db
alarm siren.
Remote Control Inputs:
• Remote Reset: Accepts a momentary
contact (keyswitch, pushbutton, etc.) to
reset the unit during alarm or allows
momentary egress (10 seconds) when
the unit is armed.
• Remote Bypass: Accepts a momentary
contact to put the unit in a maintained
bypass operation. The exit device
functions as a standard device.

Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
Alarm Outputs:
Two sets of normally open and normally
closed contacts. Contacts change only
during alarm status. One set of contacts
changes when device delay cycle has started
(Alarm). One set of contacts changes when
device has released (Secure).
Door Sign:
Door sign per code included.
How to Order
Specify “D” suffix after device.
Example: ED5200SD
Options
Bolt Position Monitor M91:
SPDT (Single Pole Double Throw) switch
that monitors the position of the latchbolt
or vertical rods. To order, specify M91.
Outside Trim Monitor M93:
Used when outside trim is desired to
be used with an external door position
switch (by others) input. This switch
will allow Bypass (disarms device) when
the trim is used for ingress. The device
requires setting after entry by means of
the keyswitch on the device or a remote
switch. To order, specify M93.
Note: If an external DPS is not used,
standard trim will allow entry without
affecting the device in an armed mode.
The device will only be affected when the
touchbar is depressed.
Mortise Electric Trim Control SAF/SEC:
The mortise delayed egress exit device can
be ordered with Fail Safe or Fail Secure
outside trim operation. In a fire condition
the Fail Safe trim will release for entry.
When access control is used the Fail Secure
trim allows entry by means of a remote
card reader, keyswitch, pushbutton, etc. To
order, specify SAF or SEC.
Note: The trim will open the door without
affecting the device in an armed mode if
a door position switch (by others) is not
used.

30-Second Delay M88:
Device released after 30 seconds. The
device will provide visual and audible
indication that the delayed egress cycle has
been activated. After the device has been
released, the siren changes to a steady tone
which continues until reset by keyswitch
or remote inputs on the device. Required
signage must indicate 30 seconds for
release. To order, specify M88.
Note: 30 seconds may be accepted by
local jurisdiction.

Trims
Utilizes heavy-duty and utility trims. See Trims
and Functions, pages 20-25 and 30-35.
Cylinders
Utilizes a 1-1/8” mortise cylinder; A02
cam. Cylinder not included unless
specified. See Quick Codes, page 53.
Warranty
Exit devices and heavy-duty trim carry
a five-year limited warranty. Electronic
components carry a two-year limited
warranty.

BOCA 15-Second Delay M89:
BOCA 30-Second Delay M90:
Upon pressing the touchpad for 3 seconds
or more, the device will sound an audible
beeping tone and release for egress after
a total of 15 or 30 seconds, sounding
the alarm. When the door is re-secured,
the device will automatically rearm after
30 seconds. A door position switch (by
others) is required for this option. Required
signage must indicate 15 or 30 seconds for
release. To order, specify M89 for BOCA 15
seconds or M90 for BOCA 30 seconds.
Note: BOCA option is not suitable for
installations in accordance with NFPA 101.
Required Accessories
Power Supply:
A regulated and filtered power supply with
a Fire Alarm interface is required.
1 Amp minimum @ 24VDC per device.
Special options will require more
amperage. Consult factory.
To order, specify:
• BPS-24-1 – 1 Amp @ 24VDC power
supply (controls 1 “D” device)
• BPS-24-2 – 1.5 Amp @ 24VDC power
supply (controls 2 “D”s or 1 “D” with
SAF or SEC options)

EPTL
Power Transfer

Power Transfer:
Allows the power to make the transition
from frame to door without pinching or
removal of insulation. Optional power
transfer: EPTL – concealed transfer for up
to and over 120° swing doors. To order
specify Part No. 704F28. Consult catalog
for additional recommended power supplies
and accessories.

ED5000.39

Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
M61 Exit Alarm

surface vertical rod exit device will void the
warranties for these products.
Surface vertical rod exit devices with alarm kit
cannot be ordered with M91, M92 or M93.

Activation
Alarm is armed by turning key clockwise.
Low audible chirp indicates alarm has
been activated. Alarm will sound when the
exit device pushpad is depressed. Factory
preset for standard alarm mode which
automatically resets after 5 minutes.
Continuous Alarm Mode
Alarm sounds continuously when the exit
device pushpad is depressed. Alarm must be
manually reset by keyswitch. (This feature is
selected by a switch on the circuit board.)
Low Battery Warning
Audible chirp. Every 30 seconds.
Warning Decal
“EMERGENCY EXIT-ALARM WILL SOUND”
provided.
Nuisance Alarm
Units are factory preset for instant alarm.
Selectable feature for alarm to sound when
exit device touchbar is depressed for more
than 2 seconds. (This feature is selected by a
switch on the circuit board.)
Kit
Available in kit form for field retrofit except
surface vertical rods. Order ED50AK.
Arming Delay/Authorized Egress
A 10-second delay (after arming) permits
egress (by turning key clockwise).
Alarm Shunt
Ingress shunt alarm input for devices with
signal & outside trim monitors (M91 & M93).
Power Requirements
One 9-volt battery (included).
Alarm Strength
90db @ 10 feet.
Arm/Disarm
Requires one 1-1/8" A02 cam mortise
cylinder. Clockwise turn arms the alarm,
counterclockwise turn disarms or silences
the alarm. Low audible chirp indicates alarm
has been activated.
ED5000.40

Device Status
A Red LED indicator will illuminate every 30
seconds when the alarm is armed.
Tamper Resistant
Built-in safety monitor sounds alarm when
tampering occurs.

How to Order
Ordering example for Exit Device
ED5400

626

M61

Cylinders
Mortise 1-1/8” A02 Cam. Cylinder not
included unless specified. See Quick Codes,
page 53.

Device
Finish

Door Width
Available for 36”-48” devices only. Not
available with devices less than 36”.
36" device can be cut to fit 34"-36" door.
48" device can be cut to fit 38-1/2"-48"
door.

Ordering Example for Alarm Kit Only

Quick Code
M61
Alarm Kit
ED50AK
ED50AK x W048 (48” devices) optional
Hard Wired Option
A hard wired option is available by using a
9VDC output power supply and a remote
power harness. Specify 784 to order the
9VDC output power supply. See page
44 for 784 power supply information.
Specify 709F989 to order the remote
power harness for a 36" device and specify
709F999 to order the remote power
harness for a 48" device.
Exceptions
The ED50AK for the ED5000 series exit
devices cannot be retrofitted in the field to
the ED5400/5470 series surface vertical rod
exit devices.
The alarm option is available for the surface
vertical rod devices by factory order only. To
order, add the quick code suffix M61 to the
device number; for example, ED5470 x M61.
Please note, in accordance with Corbin
Russwin’s standard limited warranty,
any attempt to retrofit the ED50AK to a

Quick Code
for Alarm Option
(Cylinder Not

Included)

ED50AK

626

Alarm
Finish
Kit

W048

Door
Width
(Cylinder Not
Included)

NOTE: Dogging not available with M61
option and ED50AK alarm kit.

Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
Electrically Controlled
Heavy-Duty Trim

Electrically controlled trim provides electric locking and
unlocking of the 900 Series heavy-duty lever trim. It easily
retrofits into existing applications and is ideal for door
control.
Advantages
• Available in Fail Safe or Fail Secure operation
• 24VAC/VDC
• Internal rectifier accepts AC or DC voltage
• Free Wheeling lever when locked
• Key override (specify cylinder)
• Plug connector with 4' wire lead (Exit device can be used
as the wire raceway)

Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Options
• M98 – Security Monitor. A SPDT switch that monitors
the position of the solenoid (lock and unlock status).
• M99 – Trim gasket for exterior applications.
Cylinder
Cylinder not included unless specified. See Quick Codes,
page 53.
How to Order
N9903 626 RHR M98, 6P

Applications
• ED5200(A) Rim
• ED5200S(A) SecureBolt®
• ED5400(A) Surface Vertical Rod
• ED5470(B) Surface Vertical Rod
• ED5800(A) CVR
• ED5860(B) CVR
Trim
Utilizes all 900 series trim lever designs including the
Muséo® and Vineyard™ Collections

Electrically Controlled
Heavy-Duty Trim

Electrical Specifications
• Solenoid: 330 mA @ 24 volts continuous duty
• Security Monitor Switch (M98): 4 AMP @ 250VAC

ED5000.41

Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
Functions
Fail Safe
The x9903 trim is locked when power is on and unlocked when power is off.

Function Description
• Lever is locked when power is on (Free Wheeling)
x9903
(Fail Safe)

• Power off allows entry from trim
• Inside device is always active for egress
• Mechanical key override (09 Function – Key allows lever to retract latch bolt.
Key can only be removed in locked position.)

Fail Secure
The x9905 trim is locked when power is off and unlocked when power is on.
Function Description
• Lever is locked when power is off (Free Wheeling)

x9905
(Fail Secure)

• Power on allows lever activation for entry
• Inside device is always active for egress
• Mechanical key override (09 Function – Key allows lever to retract latch bolt.
Key can only be removed in locked position.)

x = Lever trim design - Standard, Vineyard™ and Muséo®

ED5000.42

Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
782 Controller

Operation
Designed to control one or two electric
latch pullback M94 exit devices. Equipped
with two 20-second timers which can
operate the exit devices together or
independently. Requires a momentary
or timed, dry contact input and can be
interfaced with access control systems,
automatic door operators, “blow open”
type scenarios and has provisions for N/C
fire alarm systems.
Features
• 2 control inputs. Accepts normally
closed dry contacts for device activation
from a key switch, push button, access
control or fire alarm system.
• 2 normally open control outputs for
automatic door operators
• 2 M94 device outputs
• Fire Alarm Interface input
• 24VDC output for audible or LEDS
.25 AMP

Wiring
Up to 40 feet: 16 AWG wire
Up to 60 feet: 14 AWG wire
Up to 100 feet: 12 AWG wire
Electrical Specifications
• 120VAC 60 Hz 750mA (Max)
• 9 Amp inrush for 100 milliseconds

EPTL

Concealed power transfer for over 120°
swing doors. Installs in door and frame
edges. Supports wires up to .25” (6mm)
thick, and works with doors hung with
butt hinges, continuous hinges and pivots.
To order, specify Part No. 704F288.

Listings
UL294
UL Class 2 Outputs

782 Controller

Note: The 782 is the only power source to
be used with the M94 option. Using any
other power supply will void the warranty
and cause possible damage to the exit
device.
Ordering
782 Controller

EPTL

Monitors - M91, M92, M93
Operation
Monitors are used to indicate the authorized and unauthorized use of an opening or to signal and control other opening hardware,
such as magnetic locks. Each monitoring device is equipped with one internal single-pole double-throw (SPDT) switch per monitor.
Bolt Position Monitoring - M91
Provides indication of the position of the
latch bolt. Used with security systems
to monitor the latch bolt; also used to
activate automatic door operators upon
latch retraction.

Touchbar Monitoring - M92
Request to Exit - REX
Provides indication of the pushpad
being depressed. Used as a request to
exit to shunt alarm systems, release
electromagnetic locks or monitor egress.

Application
See chart on page 36.

Listings
UL listed for both Panic and Fire Exit
Hardware.

Electrical Specifications
5 Amps @ 28VDC SPDT contacts

Electrical Specifications
4 Amps @ 250 VAC contacts

Ordering
Specify Quick Code M91.

Ordering
Specify Quick Code M92.

Outside Monitoring or Signaling - M93
Provides indication of the device being
operated from the outside. Used as a
request to enter signal switch to shunt
alarms; also used to monitor entry.
Application
See chart on page 36.
Listings
UL listed for both Panic and Fire Exit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
5 Amps @ 28VDC SPDT contacts
Ordering
Specify Quick Code M93.

Orange

Yellow

Tan

White

COM

Blue

COM

Gray

COM

Green

Brown

Pink

NO
ED5000.43

Electrified Options & Accessories
ED5000
BPS Power Supply

Operation
Power supplies are designed to provide
reliable filtered and regulated power for
long life to a variety of electrified hardware
components. Recommended for the SAF,
SEC, M97, delayed egress exit devices and
electric trim.
Features
• Individual output circuit breakers
• Regulated and filtered fuse protected
outputs
• LEDs monitor zone status (voltage or no
voltage)
• Slide switches connect or disconnect
load from power (Not available on 1
Amp supplies)
• Internal Back-Up battery charging circuit
• Rugged steel enclosure
• Fire alarm interface
Model

Electrical Specifications
• Inputs: 120VAC
• Outputs: 12/24 VDC @ 1 Amp, 2 Amp or
4 Amp, Filtered and regulated outputs
Listings
• UL-cUL CLASS 2
- Signal Appliances
- Access Control System Units
- Special Locking Arrangements Component
• CE
Applications
• D – Delayed Egress
• M97 – Electric Dogging
• SAF – Fail Safe mortise device trim
control
• SEC – Fail Secure mortise device trim
control
Note: Batteries are not included with the BPS power
supply.

Enclosure

Input

Output

BPS-24-1

12" (304mm) x 9” (229mm) x 4” (102mm)

120VAC

1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-24-2

14" (356mm) x 14” (356mm) x 4” (102mm)

120VAC

2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-24-4

15" (381mm) x 18” (457mm) x 6” (152mm)

120VAC

4.0 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-12-1

12" (304mm) x 9" (229mm) x 4" (102mm)

120VAC

1 amp @ 12 VDC

BPS-12-3

14" (356mm) x 14" (356mm) x 4" (102mm)

120VAC

3 amp @ 12 VDC

784 Power Supply

Features
• Provides a filtered and regulated 9 VDC
remote power
• Requires raceway through the door*
• Optional 12 VDC gel cell battery.
Provides continuous operation of in
the event of a power failure. To order,
specify 793F089.
Includes:
• Plug-In Wall Transformer with
approximately12' (3.6m) of shielded wire
that provides input power to the power
supply
• Includes 12' (3.6m) of shielded wire for
connection between power transfer and
power supply
• To order separately, specify 793F039
*Recommended for new opening. Retrofit application
may require surface mounted wire mold and transfer
loop by others.

Exit Controls and Switches
Key Switches

Push Buttons

MKA

PB2

PB2 - (1) SPDT Momentary
PB2 - (1) DPST Remote Momentary
PB3 - (1) DPST Momentary
PB3A - (1) DPST Maintained (Alt. Action)
PB3EA - (1) DPST Alternate

Specifications
• Keyswitch for operation using a
standard 1-1/8" mortise cylinder (A02
cam) (cylinder not included).
• Contact Rating 5 Amps @ 12-24VDC
• SPDT 3-position.
ED5000.44

Audible/Visual Annunciators

PB3

Specifications
• 3 Amps @ 12-24 VDC

PZ1
PZ1 - Sonalert 90db @ 2ft. 12-24VDC.
Mounted on one gang stainless steel plate.
Digital Entry
DK-12 - Digital Keypad - 4 User
DK-26SS - Digital Keypad NS - 59 User - SS
Finish
DK-26BK - Digital Keypad NS - 59 User Black Finish
Power Transfers
TSB B-C - Door Cord

Electrified Applications
ED5000
Requirements for Electrical and Data Transfer

Latch Pullback - M94 Option

To answer the demand for “smart” electronic access control and
locking solutions that require fast, easy, and cost-effective installation,
ASSA ABLOY Group brands use the ElectroLynx® standardized plug-in
connectors and color-coded wiring system.
With ElectroLynx, doorway components come pre-wired for easy hookup
to the power source. Key to the system is the transfer device hinge that
carries power from the frame to the locking hardware.

782
6000

Features of ElectroLynx:
• Makes it easy to bring power to the locking hardware
• Wires have connectors that snap together, like plugging a telephone
into a jack
501

To connect an electrified ED5000 series exit device to the electronic
access control system, the following items are required:
• Electrified ED5000 series exit device
• ASSA ABLOY Door Group pre-wired door, or ElectroLynx retrofit cable
(order from McKinney)
• Electronic transfer device (ElectroLynx electronic transfer hinge or
Electrical Power Transfer with standard hinge, from McKinney)
• ElectroLynx cable from the hinge to above the ceiling (order from
McKinney)
Information regarding cable selection, hinge requirements and order
strings can be found in the McKinney Transfer Device Solutions
catalog. Consult 800-810-WIRE (9473) with questions on application
specifications and requirements.
The McKinney QC8 ElectroLynx Hinge is recommended for
the 9903 function, the 9905 function and all options with the
exception of M61 and M93. The McKinney QC12 ElectroLynx Hinge is
recommended for the M61 and M93 options.

501

Components
ED5200 x M94 Latch Retraction Exit
Device - Corbin Russwin
782 Controller - Corbin Russwin
6000 Operator - Norton
501 Push Pads - Norton
Power Transfer Hinge
Operation
Operation of Push Pads from either side
of door will activate the 782 Controller
for the Latch Retraction Exit Device.
An internal timer on the 6000 will also
provide length of time door is open
and latch being retracted. Door
operator also acts like standard closer
when opened manually.

ED5000.45

Electrified Applications
ED5000
Electric Dogging & Touchbar
Monitoring Switch - M97 & M92

BPS

Rim Device with Electric Strike

Latch Pullback - M94 Option
with Norton® 6000 Door
Operator

BPS
6000
782
6000

6000

DK-12

MKA
501
501

501 9232
501

Components
ED5800 x M92 x M97 with Cyl. + Bar
Monitor & Elect. Dogging - Corbin
Russwin
6000 Operator - Norton
501 Push Pads - Norton
Power Transfer Hinge
BPS Power Supply - Corbin Russwin
Key Switch - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of Electric Dogging combined
with the Door Monitor Switch will
enable Push Pads for operation of the
6000. A maintained keyswitch will
control the activation of the electric
dogging which is powered by the Power
supply. A Fire Alarm Tie-In, if required,
will release the dogging and let the
operator work in manual mode when
activated. (NOTE: Electric Dogging is
not automatic like Latch Retraction.
It requires the bar to be pushed in
manually the first time after
applying power.)

ED5000.46

Components
ED5200 Exit Device - Corbin Russwin
Digital Keypad
310-4 Electric Strike
Power Supply - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of DK-12 Digital Keypad
will allow keyless entry from the nonprotected side of opening. Free exit
using the exit device from the protected
side of the door.

Components
ED5400 x M94 Latch Retraction Exit
Device - Corbin Russwin
782 Controller - Corbin Russwin
6000 Operator - Norton
501 Push Pads - Norton
Power Transfer Hinge
Keyswitch - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Activation and operation of Push
Pads from either side of door will be
controlled by the Maintained Keyswitch.
The Push Pads will in turn activate the
782 Controller for the Latch Retraction
Exit Device. An internal timer on the 6000
will coordinate and prevent the door from
being opened before latch retraction
takes place. Standard timers on the 6000
will also provide length of time door is
open and latch being retracted. Door
operator also acts like standard closer
when opened manually.

Electrified Applications
ED5000
Rim Exit Device with Delayed
Egress Option on “Exit Only”
Door

Electric Trim

Rim Exit Device High-Security Application
M91, M92 and M93 Monitoring
Switch Options With Door
Position Switch

Rim Exit Device with
Electrified Trim

BPS

DPS

DK-12
M91, M92, M93

Components
ED5200D - Delayed Egress Exit Device Corbin Russwin
Power Transfer Hinge
BPS Power Supply - Corbin Russwin
Surface Door Closer - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of the ED5200 D Exit Device
will sound an alarm and activate either a
15- or 30-second alarm sequence inside of
the exit device. After this time period, the
device will release the push bar, making
it active, and egress is possible. When
the fire alarm is activated, power to the
exit device will be interrupted, allowing
free egress and mechanical latching.
Authorized alarm bypass and reset is done
through the built-in keyswitch located in
the exit device.

Components
ED5200 - A957 Nightlatch Trim - Corbin
Russwin
M91 Bolt Monitor Switch
M92 Touchbar Monitor Switch
M93 Trim Monitor Switch
Door Position Switch
Power Transfer Hinge
Surface Door Closer - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of the ED5200 Exit Device with
the M91, M92, M93 and a door position
switch can be used together or individually
to sound an alarm, shunt an alarm, monitor
the door’s security or as a “Request to Exit”
in conjunction with a magnetic lock.

Components
9905 Electrified Trim - Corbin Russwin
ED5200 Rim Exit Device - Corbin Russwin
DK-12 Digital Keypad by Corbin Russwin
Electrified Hinge
BPS-24-1 Power Supply - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of the 917 Digital Keypad
will allow keyless entry from the nonprotected side of the opening. When a
valid code is entered into the keypad,
voltage will be applied to the trim,
making the lever active and allowing
ingress. Free exit is allowed by using the
exit device from the protected side of
the door.

ED5000.47

Mullions and Surface Bolt Kit
ED5000
Mullions

Options

Used to install two Rim Exit Devices in
a double door opening. May be quickly
and easily removed when a full double
door opening is temporarily required.
Materials and Finish
Steel mullions, 2" x 3" with malleable
iron top and bottom retainers; furnished
with zinc-plated fasteners for metal
frames and concrete floors. May be
cut, drilled and tapped in the field for
Rim Exit Devices. Mullion and Mullion
retainers are prime coat red paint.

How to Order

Spacer Block
Recommended for double rabbeted frames where the stop face
width is less than the mounting hole spacing and also for door
frames 5-3/4" (176mm) or less. To order with a mullion, specify
M95. To order separately, specify Part No 744F328.
Angle Bracket
Recommended for any header configuration with less than 3"
(76mm) of mounting surface. To order with a mullion, specify
M96. To order separately, specify
Part No 655F63-8.
Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controls the movement of the mullion. Recommended for
openings over 7’ high, or whenever door movement must
be minimized. To order with mullion, specify M57. To order
separately, specify Part No. 653F11-1 x 628 (aluminum).
Surface Bolt Kit
Designed for severe windload (Hurricane Code) environments
where surface bolts are required (e.g., on
inactive doors). To order separately, specify
Part No 988CR.

Removable Mullions
Up to 7'0"

Steel Mullion - Panic Rated

Specify
Quick Code
907

Up to 8'0"

Steel Mullion - Panic Rated

908

Up to 10'0" (ED5200, ED5200S only)

Steel Mullion - Panic Rated

910

Up to 7'0"

Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated

907A

Up to 8'0"

Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated

908A

Up to 7'0"

Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified

FE707A1

Up to 8'0"

Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified

FE708A1

Door Height

Description

Key Removable Mullions

Up to 7'0"

Steel Mullion - 1-1/2 Hour Fire Rated

Specify
Quick Code
907BKM2

Up to 8'0"

Steel Mullion - 1-1/2 Hour Fire Rated

908BKM2

Up to 10'0" (ED5200, ED5200S only)

Steel Mullion - Panic Rated

910KM2

Up to 7'0"

Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified

WS707AKM2

Up to 8'0"

Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified

WS708AKM2

Door Height

Description

Notes:
1. For use with UL listed door assemblies that comply to FEMA 361 and FEMA 320 guidelines.
For the latest listings on compliant door assemblies visit our website at corbinrusswin.com
2. Cylinder and collars not included, specify separately. See page 53.

Parts - Key Removable Mullion
Top Retainer and Screw Packet and Bottom Retainer and
Screw Packet
Mullion
Series

Top Retainer and
Screw Packet

Bottom Retainer
and Screw Packet

Locking
Mechanism Packet

907BKM
908BKM
910KM

713F948

713F988

744F258

WS707AKM
WS708AKM

713F958

713F908

744F208

ED5000.48

Parts - Removable Mullion
Top Retainer and Screw Packet and Bottom Retainer and
Screw Packet
Mullion
Series

Top Retainer and
Screw Packet

Bottom Retainer
and Screw Packet

907
908
910
907A
908A

713F518

713F528

FE707A
FE708A

713F938

713F998

Options & Accessories
ED5000
Shim Kits
Designed for mounting an exit device over raised vision light molding.
Each kit contains two sets of 1/8" thick shims to shim a device 1/8"
(3mm) or 1/4" (6mm). Black finish. To order with exit device, specify
M58. To order separately, specify Part No.
Exit Device Type

Shim Kit Part No.

ED5200 (A)
ED5200S(A)

697F33-8

ED5600 (A)
ED5800 (A)
ED5860(B)
ED5400 (A)

697F34-8

ED5470(B)

Cylinder Dogging

Cylinder Dogging Kit

To order Cylinder Dogging with exit device, specify M52. Cylinder
not included unless specified. Cylinder dogging not available for
fire-rated devices. See Quick Codes, page 53.

Designed to convert a panic device from hex key dogging to
cylinder dogging. To order Cylinder Dogging Kit, specify Part
Number x Finish below. Cylinder not included.

Surface and Concealed Vertical Rod
Extension Kits
Used to extend the height of standard length rods supplied with
vertical rod exit devices. Available in 2", 6" and 12" sizes. To order
with exit device, see Quick Codes, page 53. To order separately,
specify Part No. x Finish.
Rod Extension

Rod Extension Kit
Part No.

2" (50mm)

655F15 x Finish

6" (152mm)

655F16 x Finish

Bar Length

Cylinder Dogging Kit
Part No.

12" (305mm)

655F17 x Finish

Standard (W036)

653F12 x Finish

24" (610mm)

684F42 x Finish

W048

653F14 x Finish

1000-118-A02
Cylinder

Note: Cylinder dogging not available for fire-rated devices.

ED5000DB Inactive Bar
Non-operating dummy pushpad available for doors up to 48" wide. May be
field cut for narrower doors. To order, specify ED5000DB x Finish.

46” (117cm)

ED5000.49

Options & Accessories
ED5000
End Cap
Reinforcement**
A solid steel plate,
welded to the end
bracket, evenly
distributes impact
forces over a larger
surface area,
eliminating point loading.
To order with an exit
device, specify
M109. To order separately
specify 705F09 x finish.
Flush End Cap
Durable heavy-duty cast
steel or stainless steel, sits
flush on the
exit device rail and has
a low profile which
eliminates catch points.
To order with a device,
specify M110. To order
separately specify
710F00M x finish.
11/16"
(18mm)

3-1/2"
(99mm)

1-1/4"
(32mm)

SecureBolt® and FireRated Rim Strike and
Rim Strike
ED5200S, ED5200SA and
ED5200A devices. Supplied
with locking plate and two
1/16" (1.6mm) shims. For
doors with 1/2" (13mm)
or 5/8" (16mm) stop.
Adjustable to compensate
for shrinkage and swelling
of door. 3-1/2" x
1-1/4" (89mm x 32mm).
Black finish only. To order
separately specify 650F308 ED5200(A) or 730F77-8
ED5200S(A).
Rim x Vertical Rod Strike
Required for ED5200 and
ED5200S devices when
used on pair of doors with
vertical rod devices. Black
finish only. To order with
device, specify S02.
To order separately, specify
655F71-8.

Surface and Concealed Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screws Included)
Top Strike
Standard on ED5400(A)
and ED5800(A) devices.
Supplied with two 1/16"
(1.6mm) shims and
one 1/16" (1.6mm)
locking plate. Adjustable
to compensate for
shrinkage and swelling
of door. 1-9/16" x
15/16" (40mm x 24mm).
Black finish only. To
order separately, specify
650F54-8.

Bottom Strike
Standard on ED5400(A)
and ED5800(A) devices.
1-1/16" (27mm)
diameter x 1/16"
(1.6mm) lip x 11/16"
(17mm) high. Black
finish only.
Both top and bottom
strikes are included in
the vertical rod parts
packet. To order parts
packet, specify 650F57-8.
Top Strike
Standard for ED5470 and
ED5470B devices. Supplied
with one 1/16" (27mm)
shim. Adjustable to
compensate for shrinkage
and swelling of door. 2"
x 1" (51mm x 25mm).
Black finish only. Top strike
is included in SVR parts
packet. To order parts
packet, specify 654F158
(M55) or 697F978. To
order strike separately,
specify 681F70-8.

Top Strike
Standard for ED5860
and ED5860B devices.
Recessed strike. 2" x
1-5/8" (51mm x 41mm).
Black finish only. Top strike
is included in CVR parts
packet. To order parts
packet, specify 698F058
or 698F048 (M55). To
order separately, specify
681F77-8.
Flush Transom Top
Strike Bracket
Optional for use with
ED5400 and ED5400A
devices. Used to mount
top strike on openings
with flush transom.
2-1/2" x 1-5/8" (64mm
x 41mm). Black finish
only. To order with exit
device, specify M67. To
order separately, specify
650F87-8.
Bottom Strike for 1/2"
Thresholds
Recommended for use
with vertical rod devices.
Required in fire-rated
openings with 1/2"
(13mm) threshold or for
flush mount. 2-5/8" x
1-1/16" (67mm x 27mm).
Black finish only. To order
with exit device, specify
S09. To order separately,
specify 650F88-8.

**Note: Six 1/4 x 20 screws come standard with either M109 option or 705F09 kit. Only two screws required to fasten end cap assembly to door for retrofit. Other four screws are used
with SecureBolt® Latch Head if ordered as an M109 option with complete device. When the kit is ordered a new end cap is also supplied.

ED5000.50

Options & Accessories
ED5000
Mortise Strikes

Filler Plates

Mortise Strike
Standard on ED5600 and
ED5600A. Non-handed,
ANSI curved lip, 4-7/8" x
1-1/4" x 1-1/4" (124mm
x 32mm x 32mm) lip to
center. Black finish. To
order separately, specify
650L657020.

Mortise Strike for Pairs of
Doors with Astragal
Optional for use with
ED5600 and ED5600A
devices where an astragal is
to be installed. Non-handed,
ANSI straight lip, 4-7/8" x
1-1/4" x 7/8" (124mm x
32mm x 22mm) lip to center.
Black finish. To order with
exit device, specify SS078.
To order separately, specify
653L157014.
Open Back Strike
Optional for use with
ED5600 x vertical rod devices
on a pair of doors. Nonhanded, 4-7/8" x 1-1/4"
(124mm x 32mm). Black
finish. To order with exit
device, specify SB134 for
1-3/4" doors, SB214 for
2-1/4" doors. To order
separately, specify Part No.
Door
Thickness
1-3/4"
(44mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)

Type

Part No.

Curved lip

653L183016

Straight lip

653L163016

Curved lip

653L183020

Straight lip

653L163020

Mortise Strike
Standard on ED5600
and ED5600A devices
on 2" (51mm) (D200)
and 2-1/4" (57mm)
(D214) thick doors.
Handed ANSI curved
lip, 4-7/8" x 1-1/4"
x 1-1/2" (124mm x
32mm x 38mm) lip to
center. Black finish.
To order separately,
specify 656L677024
for LHR doors,
656L687024 for RHR
doors.

ANSI Wrought
Strike Box
Optional for use
with ED5600 and
ED5600A devices. To
order with exit device,
specify M17. To order
separately, specify
120F76-8.

Optional for use on
stock metal doors when
required. To order,
specify 334F99-8 600.

Optional for use on
stock metal doors when
required. To order, specify
236L708018 x Fin.

Optional for use on
stock metal doors when
required. To order,
specify 077F19-8 600.

ED5000.51

Facts & Figures
ED5000
ED5000 Series
(all variables)
Series

“A”

“B”

ED5000
ED5000A

32-7/8"
(835mm)

18"
(457mm)

ED5000 x W048
ED5000A x W048

44-7/8"
(1140mm)

24"
(610mm)

ED5000 x W024
ED5000A x W024

20-7/8"
(530mm)

12"
(305mm)

ED5000.52

Cylinders
ED5000
700 Series KRM* &
Cylinder Dogging
Mortise cylinders

Description

Cylinder
Dogging
Collars

Part Number

6-pin

1000-118-A02

N/A

Key Removable Mullions*
Part Number

Cylinder Ring

1000-118-A02

None Required

7-pin

1000-114-A02-7

270F15

1000-114-A02-7

None Required

6-pin, IC

1080-114-A02

270F15

1080-114-A02

None Required

7-pin, IC

1080-112-A02-7

654F07

1080-112-A02-7

6-pin, IC, less core

1070-114-A02

270F07

1070-114-A02

654F07

1070-112-A02-7

447F42
None Required

7-pin, IC, less core

1070-112-A02-7

6-pin, Security

1010-118-A02

N/A

1010-118-A02

None Required

447F42

6-pin, Security IC

1090-114-A02

270F15

1090-114-A02

None Required

7-pin, Pyramid Security

1027-114-A02

270F15

1027-114-A02

None Required

7-pin, Pyramid Security IC

1037-114-A02

270F15

1037-114-A02

None Required

7-pin, Pyramid High Security

1020-114-A02

270F15

1020-114-A02

None Required

7-pin, Pyramid IC High Security

1030-114-A02

270F15

1030-114-A02

None Required

*The 700 series key removable mullion was discontinued on January 1, 2010. The cylinders and cylinder rings are listed for reference only.

900 Series Trim
Rim cylinders

Part Number

Cylinder Ring

6-pin

Description

3000-058

None Required

57 Function Part Number
3000-200N*

Cylinder Ring**
None Required

7-pin

3000-058-7

422F88

3000-200-7

422F88

6-pin, IC

3080-058

422F88

3080-178

422F88

7-pin, IC

3080-058-7

686F98

3080-178-7

686F98

6-pin, IC, less core

3070-058

422F88

3070-178

422F88

7-pin, IC, less core

3070-058-7

686F98

3070-178-7

686F98

6-pin, Security

3010-058

None Required

3010-200

422F88

6-pin, Security IC

3090-058

422F88

3090-178

422F88

7-pin, Pyramid

3020-058

422F88

3020-200N

422F88

7-pin, Pyramid IC

3030-058

422F88

3030-178

422F88

7-pin, Pyramid Security

3027-058

422F88

3027-200N

422F88

7-pin, Pyramid Security

3037-058

422F88

3037-178

422F88

*For K157, substitute -200
**K157 uses the 270F15 cylinder ring

900 Series Mortise
Trim
Mortise cylinders

Description
6-pin
7-pin
6-pin, IC
7-pin, IC
6-pin, IC, less core
7-pin, IC, less core
6-pin, Security
6-pin, Security IC
7-pin, Pyramid High Security
7-pin, Pyramid IC High Security
7-pin, Pyramid Security
7-pin, Pyramid Security IC

Part Number
1000-112-A02
1000-112-A02-7
1080-112-A02
1080-112-A02-7
1070-112-A02
1070-112-A02-7
1010-112-A02
1090-112-A02
1020-112-A02
1030-112-A02
1027-112-A02
1037-112-A02

Cylinder Ring
None Required
None Required
None Required
None Required
None Required
None Required
None Required
None Required
None Required
None Required
None Required
None Required

ED5000.53

Cylinders
ED5000

Inside Cylinder For
ED5602 Double Cylinder
Exit Device
Rim cylinders
Description

ED5602 Double Cylinder Exit Device
Rim cylinders

Part Number

ED5202 Double Cylinder
Exit Device
Rim cylinders

Cylinder Ring

Description

ED5202 Double Cylinder Exit Device
Rim cylinders

Part Number

Cylinder Ring

6-pin

3000-200

270F15

6-pin

3000-138

270F15

7-pin

3000-200-7

654F07

7-pin

3000-138-7

654F07

6-pin, IC

3080-178

654F07

6-pin, IC

3080-114

654F07

7-pin, IC

3080-178-7

654F08

7-pin, IC

3080-114-7

654F08

6-pin, IC, less core

3070-178

654F07

6-pin, IC, less core

3070-114

654F07

7-pin, IC, less core

3070-178-7

654F08

7-pin, IC, less core

3070-114-7

654F08

6-pin, Security

3010-200

654F07

6-pin, Security

3010-138

654F07

6-pin, Security IC

3090-178

654F07

6-pin, Security IC

3090-114

654F07

7-pin, Pyramid

3020-200

654F07

7-pin, Pyramid

3020-138

654F07

7-pin, Pyramid IC

3030-178

654F07

7-pin, Pyramid IC

3030-114

654F07

7-pin, Pyramid Security

3027-200

654F07

7-pin, Pyramid Security

3027-138

654F07

7-pin, Pyramid Security

3037-178

654F07

7-pin, Pyramid Security

3037-114

654F07

Rim Thumbturn
Description

900 Series KRM
Mortise cylinders
Description

900 Series KRM
Mortise cylinders

Rim Thumbturn - 1-3/8"

3300 -138

Rim Thumbturn - 1-3/8" - Ergonomic

3300-138-M34

Rim Thumbturn - 2"

3300-200

Rim Thumbturn - 2" - Ergonomic

3300-200-M34

Part Number

6-Pin

1000-118-A62

7-Pin

1000-114-A62-7

6-Pin, IC

1080-114-A62

7-Pin, IC

1080-112-A62-7

7-pin, Pyramid High Security

1020-114-A62

7-pin, Pyramid Security

1027-114-A62

7-pin, Pyramid High Security IC

1030-114-A62

7-pin, Pyramid Security IC

1037-114-A62

Security

1010-118-A62

Security IC

1090-114-A62

6-pin, IC, less core

1070-114-A62

7-pin, IC, less core

1070-112-A62-7

ED5000.54

Part Number

900 Series
KRM Cylinder
Collar Packet
Mullion Series

Cylinder Length and Type
1-1/8"

1-1/4"

1-1/4" IC

1-1/2" IC

WS707AKM
WS708AKM

447F42*

610F01*

609F36*

907BKM
908BKM
910KM

610F01*

447F43*

609F37*

Note: Cylinder collar packets contain a collar and spring washer.
*Specify finish when ordering packets.

Quick Codes
ED5000
Cylinder and Keying
Description
Less cylinder(s)

Cylinder and Keying (cont)
Description

Specify
(standard)

Specify

Visual key control (VKC)

Conventional 6-pin

No keying data stamped on key or cylinder

VKC0

Conventional 7-pin

Keys only

VKC1

Security

Cylinders and keys (not for HS or CHS)

VKC2

Cylinders only (not for HS or CHS)

VKC3

Security interchangeable core (IC)
IC 6-pin
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Red)
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Blue)
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Green)
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
IC 6-Pin with temporary disposable core

CHS
C6

Concealed key control (CKC)

CT6R

CKC cylinders with VKC keys
CKC cylinders only

CKC3

CT6B

2 keys per cylinder

(standard with cylinder)

Other than 2 keys

KY# (e.g., KY6)

CT6G
CT6
CT6D

IC 6-pin less core

CL6

SFIC 6-pin with less core
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary
core
IC 7-pin (rim only)

CLS6

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Red)
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Blue)
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Green)
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
IC 7-Pin with temporary disposable core

CT6SD
C7
CT7R
CT7B
CT7G
CT7
CT7D

IC 7-pin less core (rim only)

CL7

SFIC 7-pin with less core

CLS7

SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary
core3

CKC2

Strikes
Description

Specify

Rim x vertical rod on pairs of doors

S02

Surface and concealed vertical rod
Bottom strike for 1/2" thresholds or flush
mount

S09

Mortise ANSI strike for pairs of doors with
astragal

SS078

Open back strike for 1-3/4" doors

SB134

Open back strike for 2-1/4" doors

SB214

Door Height
Door Height

Specify

ED5400(A) and ED5470(B) devices

CT7SD

7'0"

(standard)

7'2"

H0702

Pyramid Security IC

PCS

7'6"

H0706

Pyramid Fixed Core

PHS

8'0"

H0800

Pyramid Security fixed core

Pyramid IC

PCHS

Pyramid with temporary construction core

CTP

Pyramid less core

CLP

Blockout function

0-bitted with 2 blank keys
Keyed random
Construction master keyed

(standard)
KR
CMK

ED5800(A) devices
8'0"

(standard)

ED5470(B), ED5860(B) devices only
9'0"

H0900

10'0"

H1000

Door Width
Door Width

Specify

24" (610mm)

W024

36" (914mm)

(standard)

48" (1219mm)

W048
ED5000.55

Quick Codes
ED5000
Door Thickness
Door

Miscellaneous Options
Description

Specify

Torx® head screws

M04

1-3/4" (44mm)

(standard)
D200

ANSI wrought strike box (mortise)
Knurling outside and inside (embossed touchbar device side)1

M17

2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

Knurling outside only (trim side)

M21

Knurling inside only (embossed touchbar device side)

M22

Finish
Description

M20

Abrasive coat outside and inside (trim and device)

M23

Specify

Abrasive coat inside only (device side)

M24

US3

Bright Brass

605

Abrasive coat outside only (trim side)

M25

US4

Satin Brass

606

US9

Bright Bronze

611

24", 36" and 48" PathLite™ Photoluminescent
Touchbar Cover

M49

US10

Satin Bronze

612

Less dogging

M51

US10B

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed

613

Cylinder dogging

M52

Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)

M54

US14

Bright Nickel Plated

618

US15

Satin Nickel Plated

619

Less bottom vertical rod (ED5470(B)/ED5860(B) Only)

M55

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

Narrow Stile Cover

M56

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

626

Mullion stabilizer

M57

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

626C

Shim kit (for vision light)

M58

Parabolic escutcheon

M60

Wood screws for use on fire-rated solid wood or
wood core doors

M64

Flush transom top strike bracket (ED5400 and
ED5400A only)

M67

Door frame filler block for double rabetted frames

M95

Door frame angle bracket for aluminum frames

M96

Windstorm Certified products for ED5200S(A) and
ED5470(B) Only2, 3, 4, 5

M107

High Impact End Clamp

M109

Flush End Cap

M110

US32

Bright Stainless Steel

629

US32D

Stain Stainless Steel

630

Stain Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

630C

—

Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed

722

Handing

ED5000.56

Hand

Specify

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

Notes:
1. Not available with VT9, VTL9, VT9M and VTL9M trim.
2. ED5200S(A) x M107 requires through bolts.
3. ED5470(B) maximum opening height is 8'0".
4. Contact Ceco, Curries® or Fleming for detailed frame/door requirements and limitations.
5. Not available with electric dogging (M97).

Quick Codes
ED5000
Key Removable Mullions
Description

Removable Mullions
Specify

Description

Specify

Up to 7'0" Steel Mullion - 1-1/2 Hour Fire Rated 907BKM1

Up to 7'0" Steel Mullion - Panic Rated 907

Up to 8'0" Steel Mullion - 1-1/2 Hour Fire Rated 908BKM1

Up to 8'0" Steel Mullion - Panic Rated 908

Up to 10'0" (ED5200, ED5200S only) Steel Mullion
- Panic Rated

910KM1

Up to 10’0” (ED5200, ED5200S only) Steel Mullion
- Panic Rated

Up to 7'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated,
Windstorm Certified

WS707AKM1

Up to 7'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated 907A

Up to 8'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated,
Windstorm Certified

WS708AKM1

Note:
1. For use with UL listed door assemblies that comply to FEMA 361 and FEMA 320 guidelines.
For the latest listings on compliant door assemblies visit our website at corbinrusswin.com

910

Up to 8'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated 908A
Up to 7'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated,
Windstorm Certified

FE707A1

Up to 8'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated,
Windstorm Certified

FE708A1

Note:
1. Cylinder and collars not included, specify separately. See page 53.

Electrified Options for Exit Devices
Description

Specify

Description

Part Number

M91

Controller (Required for Electric Latch
Pullback(M94))
Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output

BPS-12-1

M92

Power supply 3.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output

BPS-12-3

Power Supply 1 Amp @ 24 VDC Output

BPS-24-1

Power Supply 2 Amp @ 24 VDC Output

BPS-24-2

Power Supply 4 Amp @ 24 VDC Output

BPS-24-4

Exit Alarm Device (cylinder not included)

M61

Bolt Position Monitoring
Request to Exit/Touchbar Monitoring or Signaling
Outside Trim Monitoring or Signaling

M93

Electric Latch Pullback

M94

Electric Dogging

M97

Mortise Device Lock with Outside Trim Control (Fail
Safe)

SAF*

Mortise Device Lock with Outside Trim Control (Fail
Secure)

Electrified Accessories

SPDT Maintained Switch
SPDT Momentary Switch
SPDT Momentary NS Switch

SEC*

Delayed Egress (15 second delay standard)

30 second delay (may be accepted by local
jurisdiction) (with “D” option only)

M88

BOCA 15-second delay (with “D” option only)

M89

BOCA 30-second delay (with “D” option only)

M90

Security Monitor

M98^

Trim Gasket

M99

DPDT Momentary Switch
DPST Maintained (Al. Action) Switch
Sonalert 90lbs. @ 2 ft. 12-24VDC mounted on one
gang stainless steel plate
Alarm Kit (cylinder is not included)*
Concealed transfer for over 120° swing doors

782

MKA
MK
MKN
MK2
PB3EA
PZ1
ED50AK
EPTL

*Only available with ED5600L and 5600(A)L
^9903/9905 trims only.

ED5000.57

How to Order
ED5000
Where to find ordering
information and Quick Codes

Ordering Examples
Exit Device Only*
Quantity

Series/
Function

Finish

Hand

Misc.
Options

ED5200S

626

RHR

M51

Functions and Trims
Rim and
Vertical Rod............ Pg 20
Mortise....................... Pg 30
Cylinders and Keying... Pg 55
Door Height................ Pg 55
Door Width................. Pg 55

*To order mortise exit device only, see Mortise Exit Only below.

Trim Only

Strike.......................... Pg 55
Finish.......................... Pg 56
Door Thickness............ Pg 56
Handing...................... Pg 56
Miscellaneous
Options....................... Pg 56
Removable Mullion..... Pg 57

LHR

Quantity

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

N955

625

RHR

D214

RHR

LHR

Left Hand Reverse

Note: Arrow (

RHR

Right Hand Reverse

) indicates secure side of door.

Exit Device with Trim

Left Hand Reverse

Right Hand Reverse

Quantity

Exit Device

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door Thickness

Optional Strike

Door Width

Misc. Options

ED5600L

N9M55

605

LHR

D214

SB214

W048

M51-M54

Contract/Detailed Order – Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device with Trim
Quantity

Keyset

Exit Device

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door Height

Door Width

Misc. Options

Cylinder
Option

AA1

ED5470

C955

626

LHR

H1000

W048

M52-M54

Removable Mullion

Mortise Exit Only
Trim Type

Functions
Passage

Knob

Lever or Flat
Plate

Classroom
Nightlatch
Dummy
Passage
Classroom
Double Cylinder
(Classroom function lever
Trim only)
Nightlatch

Panic

Fire

ED5600K

ED5600AK

ED5657K

ED5657AK

ED5600L

ED5600AL

ED5602L

ED5602AL

ED5657L

ED5657AL

ED5600T

ED5600AT

ED5657T

ED5657AT

Dummy
Passage
Thumbpiece

Classroom
Nightlatch
Dummy

ED5000.58

Quantity

Mullion

Misc. Options

908A

M96

How to Order the Muséo® Piet Levers
ED5000
Muséo® Piet Lever Collection Trim and Finish Options

Leather Insert
21L

Santoprene™ Insert
21S

Wood Insert
21W

Plain
25M

Trim

Lever Finish Options

Lever Style

Shank Finish

Specify

Insert Finish

Specify

Grip Finish*

Specify

21L

629 or 630

29 or 30

Black or Brown

BK or BN

629 or 630

29 or 30

21S

629 or 630

29 or 30

Black

629 or 630

29 or 30

21W

629 or 630

29 or 30

Birch

629 or 630

29 or 30

25M

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

Polished with Satin
Insert
21M

With Raised Band
23M

Trim

Lever Finish Options

Lever Style

Shank
Finish

Specify

Insert
Finish

Specify

Grip Finish

Specify

21M

629

630

629

23M

629

N/A

630

*Grip finish must match shank finish

ED5000.59

How to Order the Muséo® Piet Levers
ED5000
How to Order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection

Grip

Insert

21L, 21M, 21S, 21W
Shank

Grip

23M
Shank

25M

Shank

Trim Only
Quantity

Trim/
Function

Lever
Finish

Lock
Finish

Hand

21M910

293029

629

RHR

Exit Device with Trim
Quantity

Exit Device

Trim/Function

Lever
Finish

Lock
Finish

Hand

Cylinder
Option

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Door
Width

ED5600LN

21W9M10

29BH29

629

LHR

D200

SB214

W048

ED5000.60

Helpful Terms
ED5000
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to
provide a non-slip tactile surface for
the visually impaired.

Inactive Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is
inoperable from the trim side.

Active Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is
operable from the trim side.

Latchbolt
A lock component that has a beveled
end and projects into a strike, holding
the door in a closed position.

Astragal
A vertical member applied to one or
both sides of a pair of doors at the
meeting edges. The astragal closes the
gap between the two doors.

Mullion
A fixed or removable vertical member
that divides a door opening and
provides a latch surface for a pair of
rim exit devices.

Coordinator
A device used on a pair of doors to
ensure that the inactive door closes
before the active door.

Open Back Strike
For mortise exit devices, used on the
inactive door (usually the vertical rod
door) of a pair of doors that swing
in the same direction. It permits
the inactive door to open or close
independently.

Deadlocking Latch
A supplemental latch that
automatically deadlocks the latchbolt
when pressure is applied to it.
Dogging
A mechanism that allows the latchbolt
to remain retracted, permitting the
door to operate as if it were a pushpull; it cannot be used on fire-rated
exit devices.
Double Egress
A pair of doors of the same hand
that swing in opposite directions,
commonly found in corridors.
Dummy Trim
Trim only. Usually used on the inactive
door of a pair of doors for design
balance.
Exit Device (Panic Hardware)
A door locking device with a pushpad
or crossbar which, when pressed,
allows instant exit (egress).
Fire Exit Hardware
An exit device listed by an
independent testing laboratory as
meeting panic, fire and hose stream
test standards; used on fire-rated
openings.
Hand
The direction a door swings.

Reversible
Pertains to a product that may be
changed in the field to accommodate
any hand of the door.
Shim Kit
Pieces of metal that permit mounting
of an exit device on a door that has
a surface projecting vision light (glass
bead) molding.
Split Astragal
An astragal that is split through the
middle on a pair of doors, allowing
both doors to operate independently.
Threshold
A strip fastened to the floor beneath a
door. It serves as a stop, prevents heat
loss, and provides a strike location for
latching the bottom rod of a vertical
rod exit device.
Trim
A knob, lever, pull, or thumbpiece
used on the outside of an exit device
door to control access to an area.
Universal Exit Device
An exit device that may be used on
doors of either hand without any
modifications.

Keying and Cylinder Terms
Blockout Cylinder
A cylinder which allows all keys to be
temporarily blocked from operating. It
is set by a blockout key.
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on a cylinder in a location that is not
visible once the cylinder is installed.
Construction Master Keying (CMK)
A cylinder preparation that allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.
Control Key
A key used to remove and install
interchangeable cores.
Cylinder
A lock component containing the
combination that determines which
keys will operate.
Security Cylinder
A cylinder which provides extra
resistance to picking and unauthorized
duplication of keys.
Interchangeable Core (IC)
A cylinder which can be removed and
installed quickly with a control key by
non-skilled personnel when rekeying is
required.
Key Symbol
A letter/number combination in
standard industry format (e.g., 1AA,
AA1, etc.) which indicates exactly how
a key or cylinder fits into a keying
system.
Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug through
which the key enters.
Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate
with keys of different levels of access.
Visual Key Control (VKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on keys and on the visible portion of
the front of a cylinder.

ED5000.61

How to Specify
ED5000

Suggested Specification for Panic and Fire-Rated Exit Devices
Exit devices shall be ED5000 Series Pushpad Exit Devices as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
The exit device chassis shall be cold forged steel, electroplated for corrosion resistance, and shall be architecturally finished
brass, bronze or stainless steel. The pushpad mechanism shall be constructed of extruded aluminum and shall be scalped with
architecturally finished brass, bronze or stainless steel. The maximum projection shall be 3-1/4" when the pushpad is active and
2-3/4" when the pushpad is dogged down. Nylon bearings and stainless steel springs shall be used for long life and durability; only
torsion springs are acceptable. Rear and active case covers shall be wrought brass or bronze and shall be plated to match the exit bar.
Plastic or painted covers are not acceptable. Latchbolts shall be steel and shall incorporate a deadlocking latch for increased security.
Devices without deadlocking latches are not acceptable. Mounting screws shall be concealed to deter tampering. Devices shall be
closed on all sides with no pinch points. All exit devices shall be easily field sized to accommodate various door widths.
Panic-listed exit devices shall have single-point, one quarter turn hex key dogging standard. Optional cylinder dogging shall be
available on panic listed devices only. Devices with hex key dogging shall be easily field converted to cylinder dogging. Panic-listed
devices shall be available less dogging.
Trims shall be through-bolted with concealed fasteners. Escutcheon and pull type trims shall be constructed of brass or bronze. All
lever trims shall use cast or forged levers. On trims with cylinders, the mechanism that locks and unlocks the trim shall be housed in
the trim and not in the active case of the exit device. Rim and vertical rod lever trims shall be Free Wheeling with clutch mechanism
allowing lever to rotate 60° when locked to prevent vandalism. Lever trims shall match those on Corbin Russwin Mortise and
Cylindrical Locksets.
Exit devices and trims shall be furnished in BHMA standard architectural finishes.
Exit devices shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for safety as panic hardware. Fire-rated devices shall be listed for A label
and lesser class doors.
Certification:
ANSI A156.3, Grade 1
Devices, trims and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
Devices and 900 series trim shall carry a five-year limited warranty.
Electronic components shall carry a two-year limited warranty.

ED5000.62

How to Specify
ED5000

Suggested Specification for Delayed Egress Exit Devices
Delayed egress exit devices shall be ED4000/ED5000 series (rim, SecureBolt®, mortise or concealed vertical rod) with the “D” suffix,
manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
The delayed egress exit device secures the door in the locked mode. Depressing the pushpad for less than three seconds will sound the
device nuisance beep without initiating the alarm. Depressing the pushpad longer than three seconds will initiate an irreversible local
audible beeping tone and allow the device to release for egress after 15 seconds (or 30 seconds may be accepted by local jurisdiction)
and sound the alarm. The alarm will continue until reset by the mechanical key switch located on the device.
Devices shall be 24 volts DC.
The exit device chassis shall be cold forged steel, electroplated for corrosion resistance, and shall be architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel. The pushpad mechanism shall be constructed of extruded aluminum and shall be scalped with architecturally
finished brass, bronze or stainless steel. The maximum projection shall be 3-1/4" when the push pad is active and 2-3/4" when the
push pad is depressed. Nylon bearings and steel springs shall be used for long life and durability. Active case and alarm end cover
shall be wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel and shall be plated to match the exit bar. Painted or plastic covers or end caps are
not acceptable. Latch bolts shall be steel and shall incorporate a deadlocking latch for increased security. Devices without deadlocking
latches are not acceptable. Mounting screws shall be concealed to deter tampering. Devices shall be closed on all sides with no pinch
points. Device active cover and end cap attaching screws shall be security Torx® pin.
Trims shall be through-bolted with concealed fasteners. Escutcheon and pull-type trims shall be constructed of brass, bronze or
stainless steel. All lever trims shall use cast or forged levers. On trims with cylinders, the mechanism that locks and unlocks the trim
shall be housed in the trim and not in the active head of the Exit Device. Rim and vertical rod lever trims shall be Free Wheeling with
clutch mechanism allowing lever to rotate 60° when locked to prevent vandalism. Lever trims shall match those on Corbin Russwin
mortise and cylindrical locksets.
Devices shall be listed by UL/cUL as Controlled Exit Panic Devices or Special Locking Arrangement and meet all requirements for
NFPA 101.
Certification:
ANSI 156.3, Grade 1/ANSI 156.24
UL/cUL FUKD/FUKD7 - Controlled Panic Device
UL/cUL FWAX/FWAX7 - Special Locking Arrangements
Exit devices, trims and cylinders must be from one manufacturer.
Exit devices and heavy-duty trims shall have a five-year warranty. Electronics shall have a two-year warranty.

ED5000.63

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

ElectroLynx®
As part of their promise to provide innovative, fast and effective high security solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands
offer ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening.
ElectroLynx® is a registered trademark of ASSA ABLOY Inc.
MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology,
a silver-based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria. MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc.,
an ASSA ABLOY Group company.

Corbin Russwin and Design®, SecureBolt® and Muséo®are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. PathLite™ and Vineyard™ are
trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners
and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US c opyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc.,
an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2000, 2013
Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is
prohibited.

45063-2/13

ED6000 Series
Crossbar Exit Devices

Introduction
ED6000
ED6000 Series
Applications

Table of Contents
Introduction................................... 2
Applications and Listings................ 3
Rim Exit Features............................ 5
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Features... 7
Rim/Surface Vertical Rod
Trims and Functions.................. 9.
Fire-Rated Rim Exit Features......... 13
Fire-Rated Rim Trims
and Functions......................... 15
Mortise Exit Features.................... 18
Mortise Trims and Functions........ 20
Concealed Vertical Rod
Exit Features........................... 24
Concealed Vertical Rod
Trims and Functions................ 26
ED66900 ECE Applications........... 27
ECE Features................................ 28
ECE Functions.............................. 29
Options and Accessories.............. 30
Mullions....................................... 33
Cylinders...................................... 34
How to Order.............................. 35
Quick Codes................................ 36
Helpful Terms.............................. 38
How to Specify............................ 39

www.corbinrusswin.com

ED6000.2

Since patenting some of the first exit devices nearly a century ago, Corbin Russwin has
met rigorous life safety and security requirements, while offering pleasing aesthetics
and trouble-free operation. Designed for applications in high-use, high-abuse situations,
ED6000 Crossbar Exit Devices can be teamed with a variety of Corbin Russwin trims
to provide desired functions, styles and finishes in new construction and renovations,
including:
• Schools and universities
• Health care facilities
• Government and municipal buildings
• Commercial and industrial
• Office and retail complexes
• Transportation facilities
• Hotels and conference centers
• Religious facilities

Advantages
• Meets ANSI Grade 1 requirements
• Heavy-duty construction
• Base metals (brass, bronze and stainless steel) for durability
• Easy-to-use crossbar operation for quick egress and ADA compliance
• Dogging standard on all panic listed devices
• Thru-bolted trims for strength and security
• Wide range of finishes, trims and styles to match other Corbin Russwin products
• Devices available to satisfy panic and fire opening requirements

Applications and Listings
ED6000
UL UL listed as fire exit hardware by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
Single Door
Fire Door Ratings
Max. Door
Opening

B, D

C, E

Application

3 Hr.

90 Min.

45 Min.

30 Min.

20 Min.

Rim
ED6200

4'*

ED6200A

4' x 7'2"

Devices are panic listed only.
UL

Surface applied; single
point latching.

Vertical Rod
ED6400

4' x 10'

Devices are panic listed only.

ED6400A

4' x 7'2"

Fire ratings do not apply for single door applications.

4'*

Devices are panic listed only.

Surface applied; two point
latching.

Mortise
ED6600
ED6600A

4' x 7'2"

Mortised in door; two
point latching.

Concealed Vertical Rod
ED6800

4' x 10'8"

Devices are panic listed only.

ED6800A

4' x 7'2"

Fire ratings do not apply for single door applications.

Rods concealed in door;
two point latching.

Pair of Doors with Removable Mullion
Fire Door Ratings
Max. Door
Opening

B, D

C, E

Application

3 Hr. 90 Min. 45 Min. 30 Min. 20 Min.
Rim x Rim
ED6200 x ED6200 x 507

8' x 7'2"

Devices are panic listed only.

ED6200 x ED6200 x 510

8' x 10'

Fire ratings do not apply.

ED6200A x ED6200A x 507

8' x 7'2"

2 independent, active
doors with removable
mullion.
UL

*UL does not set a door height limitation on panic applications.
ED6000.3

Applications and Listings
ED6000
Pair of Doors
Fire Door Ratings
Max. Door
Opening

B, D

C, E

3 Hr.

90
Min.

45
Min.

Application
30
Min.

20
Min.

Vertical Rod (Swinging in the Same Direction)
ED6400 x ED6400
ED6400A x ED6400A

8'*
8' x 7'2"

Devices are panic listed only.
UL

—

2 independent doors with 2
point latching – overlapping
astragal not required.

Vertical Rod (Swinging in Opposite Directions)
ED6400 x ED6400
ED6400A x ED6400A

8'*
8' x 7'2"

Devices are panic listed only.
UL

2 independent doors with 2
point latching – overlapping
astragal required for 3 hour
openings.

Vertical Rod x Mortise
ED6400 x ED6600

8'*

Devices are panic listed only.

ED6400A x ED6600A

8' x 7'2"

ED6400A x ED6600A
x Open back strike

8' x 7'2"

—

Overlapping astragal required
for 3 hour openings.
Coordinator required with
standard strike.

Vertical Rod x Rim

ED6400 x ED6200 x S02

8'*

Non-prepped doors only; S02
strike required on inactive door;
coordinator recommended.

Devices are panic listed only.

Concealed Vertical Rod (Swinging in the Same Direction)
ED6800 x ED6800
ED6800A x ED6800A

8'*
8' x 7'2"

Devices are panic listed only.
—

2 independent doors with 2
point latching – overlapping
astragal not required.

Concealed Vertical Rod (Swinging in Opposite Directions)
ED6800 x ED6800
ED6800A x ED6800A

8'*
8' x 7'2"

Devices are panic listed only.
UL

*UL does not set a door height limitation on panic applications.

ED6000.4

2 independent doors with 2
point latching – overlapping
astragal required for 3 hour
openings.

Rim Exit Features
ED6000
ED6200 Panic Listed Rim Exit Device
Features
Handing
Field reversible; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits up to 36"
(914mm) door.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits up to 48"
(1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Backset
2-5/8" for 1/2" stop, 2-3/4" for 5/8" stop.
(Backset changes when mullion is used.)
Stile
Minimum width with 1/2" stop and standard
strike 4" (102mm).
Latchbolt
3/4" (19mm) pivoted.

Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 33.
Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide
range of functions; see Trims and
Functions, page 9.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol on
active case cover indicates listing.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.

Materials
Brass, bronze or stainless steel.
Cases
Heavy wrought, 7-1/4" (184mm) x 2-9/16"
(65mm).

Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

Dogging
Standard on ED6200 devices.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.

BHMA 622

Flat Black Coated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts or spanner
head screws; specify M54.

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

Projection
5-3/4" (146mm); 4-1/2" (114mm)
depressed.
Crossbar
Standard: 13/16" (1mm) x 1-3/8" (35mm)
oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar or stainless
steel crossbar; see Quick Codes, page 36.

Strike:
See Options and Accessories, page 30.

ED6000.5

Rim Exit Features
ED6000
ED6200 Rim Exit Device

Field reversible, durable heavy wrought cases
Brass, bronze or stainless steel exterior
Dogging standard

Oval seamless crossbar design with
interlocking expansion collects and
roll pins to reduce chance of crossbar
loosening

Durable drop forged lever arms
3/4" throw pivoted latchbolt

ED6000.6

Surface Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED6000
ED6400 Panic Listed Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED6400A 3-Hour Fire Listed Vertical Rod Exit Device
Features
Handing
Device handed but easily field reversible; specify
hand.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits up to 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits up to 48"
(1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/8" (105mm).
Door Height
All top rods easily field cut to size.
Standard on ED6400 devices; top rod for doors
up to 7'6".
Optional on ED6400 devices; top rod for doors
up to 10'; see How to Order, page 35.
Standard on ED6400A devices; top rod for 7'2"
door.
Latchbolt
ED6400 devices:
Top: 5/8" throw.
Bottom: 3/4" throw; acts independently,
allowing top latch to remain engaged even
when bottom latch is not projected.
ED6400A devices:
Top: 3/4" steel, jamb mounted; projects into
pusher on device.
Bottom: 3/4" throw steel.
Latchbolt Operation
Standard on ED6400 and ED6400A devices:
latchbolts held in retraced position until door
closes.
Optional on ED6400 devices: free-latching
latchbolts; see How to Order, page 35.
Vertical Rods
Inverted U-shaped rectangular.
Materials
Brass, bronze or stainless steel.

Cases
Heavy wrought, 7-1/4" (184mm) x 2-9/16"
(65mm).
Crossbar
Standard: 13/16" (1mm) x 1-3/8" (35mm)
oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar or stainless steel
crossbar; see Quick Codes, page 36.
Dogging
Standard on ED6400 devices.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.
Dogging not available on ED6400A devices.
Projection
5-3/4" (146mm); 4-1/4" (108mm) depressed.
Fasteners
Standard on ED6400 devices: machine
screws.
Optional on ED6400 devices: sex nuts and
bolts; specify M54.
Standard on ED6400A devices; sex nuts and
bolts.
Optional on ED6400 and ED6400A devices;
spanner head screws; specify M02.

Any retrofit or other field modification to a
fire-rated opening can potentially impact the
fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire-rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health and
Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply with
NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Lever trims and pulls comply with Americans
with Disabilities Act.

Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 31.
Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, knob, pull and thumbpiece
trims available with wide range of functions;
see Trims and Functions, page 9.

Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

Warranty
One-year limited.

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 622

Flat Black Coated

Certification/Compliance

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Grade 1.

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.

C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devices comply with UL 305 standards for panic
hardware. 3-hour fire-rated devices listed as fire
exit hardware for A label and lesser class 8' x
7'2" double doors. UL symbol on active head
indicates listing.

630C
BHMA 722

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed
ED6000.7

Surface Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED6000
ED6400 Vertical Rod Surface
Exit Device

3/4" throw, jamb-mounted
stainless steel top latchbolt

5/8" throw
top latchbolt

ED6400A Vertical Rod Surface
Exit Device

Brass, bronze or
stainless steel
exterior

Field reversible, durable heavy wrought case
Dogging standard (ED6400)
Durable drop forged lever arms

Durable drop forged lever arms
Oval seamless crossbar design
with interlocking expansion
collects and roll pins to reduce
chance of crossbar loosening
3/4" throw
bottom
latchbolt
3/4" throw steel
bottom latchbolt
ED6000.8

Rim/SVR Trims and Functions
ED6000
Device Only
Rim Exit Device

ANSI Type

Type

ANSI No.

Function Description

ED6200

Exit Only

Exit only; no trim. (Accepts all trims listed on
pages 9-12).

Vertical Rod
Exit Device

ANSI Type

Type

ANSI No.

Function Description

ED6400

Exit Only

Exit only; no trim.

ED6400A

Exit Only

3-hour fire-rated exit only; no trim.

Device with Trim
Accepts Trim/Function

Vertical Rod
Exit Device

Function Description
(See Trim Designs Below)

ANSI Type

Type

ANSI No.

ED6410

Passage (10)

—

- Free at all times.

ED6410A

Passage (10)

—

- 3-hour fire-rated; free at all times.

ED6450

Dummy (50)

- Always rigid.

ED6450A

Dummy (50)

- 3-hour fire-rated; always rigid.

ED6410

Classroom (55)

05/08

- Free at all times, except when locked by key.

ED6410A

Classroom (55)

05/08

- 3-hour fire-rated; free at all times, except when locked by
key.

ED6457

Classroom (55)

03/04/06

ED6458

Latch Hold-Back x
Nighlatch Trim (57)

04/06

- Free only when key is turned. Key removable only when
locked.
- Not available fire-rated.
- Always inactive. Locked except when latch is held in
retracted position by key. (Outside cylinder dogging)
- Not available on fire-rated devices.
Trim/Function

Pull Trim Design

Armstrong
A3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

Citation
C2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No. 02

Classroom
ANSI No.
08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03

A310

A350

A355

A357

C210

C250

C255

C257

ED6000.9

Rim/SVR Trims and Functions
ED6000
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No. 02

Classroom
ANSI No.
08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03/04

D210

D250

D255

D257

Essex
E2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

E210

E250

E255

E257

Lustra
L2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

L210

L250

L255

L257

Newport
N3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

N310

N350

N355

N357

Regis
R2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

R210

R250

R255

R257

Princeton
PR2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

PR210

PR250

PR255

PR257

Pull Trim Design

Dirke
D2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

ED6000.10

Rim/SVR Trims and Functions
ED6000
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No. 02

Classroom
ANSI No.
08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03/04

Belmont
B3
Knob: Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

B310

B350

B355

B357*

Global
G4
Knob: Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

G410

G450

G455

G457*

D Grip
T3
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

T310

T350

T355

T357*

Round Grip
T4
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

T410

T450

T455

T457*

T510

T550

T555

T557*

T610

T650

T655

T657*

Pull Trim Design

D Grip Sectional
T5
Grip: Extruded
Cylinder: Rim

Round Grip Sectional
T6
Grip: Extruded
Cylinder: Rim

*When used with ED6458 device, provides latch hold-back for ANSI No. 04 function.

ED6000.11

Offset Pull Trims
ED6000
Offset Pull Trim:
P12P12, P13, P14
P13

Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2"

Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P12

P13

10-3/4"

1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.

ED6000.12

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F51M x Finish1

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

19"
18"

10"

P14

11"
10"

2-1/2"

Specify Part Number, 716F50M x Finish1

P14

11"
10"

P12

Clearance

11"
10"

Offset Pull
P14
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P14

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F52M x Finish1

Fire-Rated Rim Exit Features
ED6000
ED6200A

3-Hour Fire Listed Rim Exit Device

Features
Handing
Handed; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits up to 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits up to 48"
(1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm) with 6/8" (19mm) stop.
(Backset changes when mullion is used.)
Stile
Minimum width with 5/8" stop and standard
strike: 4-1/8" (105mm).
Latchbolt
3/4" (19mm) throw stainless steel, with
stainless steel deadlocking plunger.
Materials
Brass, bronze or stainless steel.
Cases
Heavy wrought, 8-3/8" (213mm) x 2-5/8"
(67mm).
Crossbar
Standard: 13/16" (1mm) x 1-3/8" (35mm)
oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar or stainless
steel crossbar; see Quick Codes, page 36.
Dogging
Not available.
Projection
5-3/4" (146mm); 3" (76mm) depressed.
Fasteners
Sex nuts and bolts standard.
Optional: spanner head screws; specify M02.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 30.
Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 33.

Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide
range of functions; see Trims and
Functions, page 15.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. 3-hour
fire-rated devices listed as fire exit hardware
for A label and lesser class 8' x 7'2" double
doors. UL symbol on active head indicates
listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.

NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
with NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 622

Flat Black Coated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C
BHMA 722

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.

ED6000.13

Fire-Rated Rim Exit Features
ED6000
ED6200A Rim Exit Device

Durable heavy wrought case

Brass, bronze or stainless steel exterior

Durable drop-forged lever arms
3/4" throw pivoted latchbolt with
deadlocking steel plunger

ED6000.14

Oval seamless crossbar design with interlocking
expansion collects and roll pins to reduce chance of
crossbar loosening

Fire-Rated Rim Trims and Functions
ED6000
Device Only
Rim Exit Device

ANSI Type

Type

ANSI No.

Function Description

ED6200A

Exit Only

3-hour fire-rated exit only; no trim. (Accepts
all trims listed on pages 15-17.)

Device with Trim
Accepts Trim/Function

Rim Exit
Device

ANSI Type

Type

ANSI No.

Function Description
(See Trim Designs Below)

ED6200A

Passage (10)

—

- 3-hour fire-rated; free at all times.

ED6200A

Dummy (50)

—

- 3-hour fire-rated; always free wheeling.

ED6200A

Classroom (55)

05/08

- 3-hour fire-rated; free at all times, except when locked by
key.

ED6257A

Nightlatch (57)

03/04/06/06

- 3-hour fire-rated; always rigid. Entrance by trim when
latchbolt is retracted by key. Key removable only when
locked.

Trim/Function
Pull Trim Design

Armstrong
A4
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

Citation
C3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

Passage

Dummy
ANSI No.
F02

Classroom
ANSI No.
F08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03/F04/F06

A410

A450

A455

A457

C310

C350

C355

C357

ED6000.15

Fire-Rated Rim Trims and Functions
ED6000
Trim/Function
Passage

Dummy
ANSI No.
F02

Classroom
ANSI No.
F08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03/F04/F06

D310

D350

D355

D357

Essex
E3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

E310

E350

E355

E357

Lustra
L3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

L310

L350

L355

L357

Newport
N4
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

N410

N450

N455

N457

Regis
R3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

R310

R350

R355

R357

Princeton
PR3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

PR310

PR350

PR355

PR357

Pull Trim Design

Dirke
D3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

ED6000.16

Fire-Rated Rim Trims and Functions
ED6000
Trim/Function
Passage

Dummy
ANSI No.
F02

Classroom
ANSI No.
F08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03/F04/F06

Belmont
B4
Knob: Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

B410

B450

B455

B457

Global
G5
Knob: Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim

G510

G550

G555

G557

D Grip
T7
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

T710

T750

T755

T757

Round Grip
T8
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

T810

T850

T855

T857

T910

T950

T955

T957

T1010

T1050

T1055

T1057

Pull Trim Design

D Grip Sectional
T9
Grip: Extruded
Cylinder: Rim

Round Grip Sectional
T10
Grip: Extruded
Cylinder: Rim

ED6000.17

Mortise Exit Features
ED6000
ED6600
ED6600A

Panic-Listed Mortise Exit Device
3-Hour Fire-Listed Mortise Exit Device

Features
Handing
Device handed but easily field reversible;
specify hand. Strike is not field reversible.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits up to 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits up to 48"
(1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Stile
Minimum width 5" (127mm).
Projection
5-3/4" (146mm); 4-1/2" (114mm)
depressed.
Latchbolt
Brass, 3/4"(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latch
Brass.
Front
8" x 1-1/4" (203mm x 32mm) heavy gauge
steel.
Accommodates flat doors and doors beveled
1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Latch Hold-Back
On ED6600 devices with keyed function
trim, latchbolt may be held in retracted
position by pushing in latchbolt and
turning key.
Not available on ED6600A devices.
Materials
Brass, bronze or stainless steel.
Cases
Heavy wrought, 7-1/4" (184mm) x 2-9/16"
(65mm).
Crossbar
Standard: 13/16" (1mm) x 1-3/8" (35mm)
oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar or stainless
steel crossbar; see Quick Codes, page 36.
ED6000.18

Dogging
Standard on ED6600 devices.
Optional less dogging; specify M51.
Dogging not available on ED6600A devices.
Fasteners
Standard on ED6600 devices: machine
screws.
Optional on ED6600 devices: sex nuts and
bolts; specify M54.
Standard on ED6600A devices; sex nuts
and bolts.
Optional on ED6600 and ED6600A
devices; spanner head screws; specify
M02.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 32.
Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide
range of functions; see Trims and
Functions, page 20.

and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.

California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
with NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

Certification/Compliance

BHMA 622

Flat Black Coated

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.

C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. 3-hour firerated devices listed as fire exit hardware for
A label and lesser class 4'x7'2" double doors.
UL symbol on active head indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a
fire-rated opening can potentially impact the
fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire-rated opening, or specifying

630C
BHMA 722

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

Mortise Exit Features
ED6000
ED6600 and ED6600A
Mortise Exit Devices

Field reversible, durable heavy wrought cases
Brass, bronze or stainless steel exterior
Dogging standard on ED6600 devices
Oval seamless crossbar design with interlocking
expansion collects and roll pins to reduce chance
of crossbar loosening

Durable drop-forged lever arms
3/4" throw latchbolt

ED6000.19

Mortise Trims and Functions
ED6000
Mortise Exit
Device

Accepts Trim/Function

Function Description
(See Trim Designs Below)

ANSI Type

Type

ANSI No.

ED6600

Exit Only

F01

- Exit only; no trim. (Accepts all trims listed on
pages 20-23.)

ED6600A

Exit Only

F01

- 3-hour fire-rated exit only; no trim.
(Accepts all trims listed on pages 20-22.)

Passage (10)

—

- Free at all times.

Dummy (50)

F02

- Always free wheeling.

Classroom (55)

F05/F08

Nightlatch (57)

F03

- Entrance by trim when latchbolt is retracted by key.
Key removable only when locked.

Latch hold back

—

- Latchbolt held in retracted position by pushing in
latchbolt and turning key.

For Passage, Dummy,
Classroom and Nightlatch
functions, see Trim Designs
below.

ED6600

—

- Free at all times, except when locked by key.

Device with Trim
Trim/Function

Passage

Dummy
ANSI No.
F02

Classroom
ANSI No.
F05/F08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03

Armstrong
A4M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

A4M10

A4M50

A4M55

A4M57

Citation
C3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

C3M10

C3M50

C3M55

C3M57

Pull Trim Design

ED6000.20

Mortise Trims and Functions
ED6000
Trim/Function

Passage

Dummy
ANSI No.
F02

Classroom
ANSI No.
F05/F08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03

Dirke
D3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

D3M10

D3M50

D3M55

D3M57

Essex
E3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

E3M10

E3M50

E3M55

E3M57

Lustra
L3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

L3M10

L3M50

L3M55

L3M57

Newport
N4M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

N4M10

N4M50

N4M55

N4M57

Regis
R3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

R3M10

R3M50

R3M55

R3M57

Princeton
PR3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

PR3M10

PR3M50

PR3M55

PR3M57

Pull Trim Design

ED6000.21

Mortise Trims and Functions
ED6000
Trim/Function

Passage

Dummy
ANSI No.
F02

Classroom
ANSI No.
F05/F08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03

Belmont
B4M
Knob: Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02 Cam

B4M10

B4M50

B4M55

B4M57

Global
G5M
Knob: Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02 Cam

G5M10

G5M50

G5M55

G5M57

D Grip
T7M
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

T7M10

T7M50

T7M55

T7M57

Round Grip
T8M
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

T8M10

T8M50

T8M55

T8M57

D Grip Sectional
T9M
Grip: Extruded
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

T9M10

T9M50

T9M55

T9M57

Round Grip Sectional
T10M
Grip: Extruded
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02 Cam

T10M10

T10M50

T10M55

T10M57

Knob or Thumbpiece Trim Design

ED6000.22

Offset Pull Trims
ED6000
Offset Pull Trim:P12P12, P13, P14P13

Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2"

Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P12

P13

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F51M x Finish1

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

1
Specify
10"Part Number, 716F50M x Finish

P14

11"
10"

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

P14

11"
10"

P12

Clearance

11"
10"

Offset Pull
P14
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P14

Specify Part Number, 716F52M x Finish1

10"

1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.

ED6000.23

Overview Vertical Rod Exit Features
Concealed
ED6000
ED6800

Panic-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod
Exit Device
ED6800A 3-Hour Fire-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod
Exit Device
For use with metal doors only.

Features
Handing
Field reversible; specify hand.
Bar length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard 36" bar fits doors up to 36"
(914mm).
Optional 48" bar fits up to 48" (1219mm)
doors; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) only (properly reinforced
doors).
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/8" (108mm).
Door Height
All top rods easily field cut to size.
Standard on ED6800 devices: top rod for
doors up to 8'6".
Optional on ED6800 devices: top rod for
doors up to 10' x 8"; see Quick Codes,
page 36.
Standard on ED6800A devices: top rod for
7'2" door.
Projection
5-3/4" (150mm); 4-1/2" (114mm)
depressed.
Latchbolts
Top: 3/4" (19mm) pivoted and deadlocking.
Bottom: 13/16" (20mm) throw rounded
steel.
Rods
Top: 3/8" (10mm) solid steel.
Bottom: 1/2" (13mm) O.D. steel tubing.
Materials
Brass, bronze or stainless steel.
Cases
Heavy wrought, 7-1/4" x 2-9/16" (184mm
x 65mm)
Crossbar
Standard: 13/16" x 1-3/8" (20mm x
35mm) oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar or stainless
steel crossbar; see Quick Codes, page 36.
ED6000.24

Dogging
Standard on ED6800 devices.
Optional on ED6800 devices: less dogging,
specify M51.
Dogging not available on ED6800A
devices.
Fasteners
Standard on ED6800 devices: machine
screws.
Optional on ED6800 devices: sex nuts and
bolts; specify M54.
Optional on ED6800 and ED6800A
devices: spanner head screws; specify
M02.
Strikes
See Options and Accessories, page 31.

and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.

NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. Fire-rated devices comply
with NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

Warranty
One-year limited.

BHMA 622

Flat Black Coated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

Certification/Compliance

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

Trims and Functions
Through-bolted knob and operator trims
available with wide range of functions. See
Trims and Functions, page 26.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.

C-UL US
All exit devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. 3-hour firerated devices listed as fire exit hardware for
A label and less class 8' x 7'2" double doors.
UL symbol on active head indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a
fire-rated opening can potentially impact the
fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire-rated opening, or specifying

Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED6000
ED6800 and ED6800A
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
For use with metal doors only.
1-3/4" door thickness only.

3/4" throw pivoted
deadlocking top latchbolt

Field reversible, durable heavy wrought cases
Brass, bronze or stainless steel exterior

Dogging standard on ED6800 devices
Durable drop-forged lever arms

Oval seamless crossbar design with
interlocking expansion collects and roll pins to
reduce chance of crossbar loosening

13/16" throw rounded steel bottom deadbolt

ED6000.25

CVR Trims and Functions
ED6000
Concealed
Vertical Rod
Exit Device

ANSI Type

Type

ANSI No.

ED6800

Exit Only

F01

- Exit only; no trim. (Accepts all trims listed below.)

ED6800A

Exit Only

F01

- 3-hour fire-rated exit only; no trim.
(Accepts all trims listed below.)

Passage (10)

—

- Free at all times.

Dummy (50)

F02

- Always free wheeling.

Classroom (55)

F08/F11

- Free at all times, except when locked by key.

Nightlatch (57)

F03/F04/
F09/F12

- Always rigid. Entrance by trim when latchbolt is retracted by
key. Key removable only when locked.

Latch hold back

F04

Accepts Trim/Function

For Passage, Dummy, Classroom
and Nightlatch functions, see
Trim Designs below.

ED6800

Function Description
(See Trim Designs Below)

- Latchbolt held in retracted position by depressing bar and
turning key. (Outside Cylinder Dogging.)
Trim/Function

Passage

Dummy
ANSI No.
F02

Classroom
ANSI No.
F08/F11

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03/F04/
F09/F12

B510

B550

B555

B557

G610

G650

G655

G657

D Grip Operator
01
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise with
A92 cam

N/A

0150

0155

Round Grip Operator
02
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise with
A92 cam

N/A

Pull Trim Design

Belmont
B5
Knob: Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02 Cam
Global
G6
Knob: Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02 Cam

0157
0156*

0257

*Key also holds top and bottom latchbolts in retracted position for ANSI No. 04 function. Not available with ED6800A devices.
ED6000.26

0250

0255
0256*

ED66900 ECE Applications
Overview
ED6000
ED66900 Series Electrically Controlled Mortise Exit Devices
Applications

Advantages

ElectroLynx®

This series offers the safety features of a
heavy-duty mortise crossbar exit devices
with the added security of an electrically
controlled exit (ECE). Solenoid-operated units
are designed for optimum versatility and
flexibility, providing both power lock (fail
safe) and power unlock (fail secure) functions
in AC as well as DE systems. This devices is
best used in:
• Stair tower doors
• Perimeter doors
• Security areas
• Computer areas
• Controlled environments

• Proven reliability and durability of the
Corbin Russwin Mortise Lockset
• Available as fail safe or fail secure
• Key always retracts latchbolt
• Integral solenoid
• Low voltage AC or DC systems available
• Accepts wide range of trims

ElectroLynx, a new quick-connect feature
of ASSA ABLOY Group companies, takes
the guesswork out of installing electrified
door hardware products.
It’s ... hardwiring Made Easy. By using
standard “plug and play” connectors,
a simple “click” links power from the
incoming source to electrified locking
products, including hinges, locks, exit
devices, magnetic holders, and strikes.
What normally takes an hour or more can
be connected in virtually minutes.

ED6000.27

ECE Features
ED6000
ED66900

Panic-Listed ECE Mortise Exit Device

Features
Handing
Field reversible device; specify hand.
Mortise lock and strike are not reversible.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard 36" bar fits doors up to 36"
(914mm).
Optional 48" bar fits doors up to 48"
(1219mm); specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm).
Optional: 2" (51mm) and 2-1/4" (57mm); to
order specify D200 or D214.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Stile
Minimum width: 5" (127mm).
Latchbolt
Brass, 3/4" (19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latch
Brass.
Front
8" x 1-1/4" (203mm x 32mm) heavy gauge
steel.
Accommodates flat doors and doors beveled
1/8" to 2" (3mm to 51mm).
Materials
Brass, bronze or stainless steel.
Cases
Heavy wrought, 7-1/4" x 2-9/16"
(184mm x 65mm).
Crossbar
Standard: 13/16" x 1-3/8" (20mm x
35mm) oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar
or stainless steel crossbar; see
Quick Codes, page 36.

Utilizes industry proven
Corbin Russwin ML2200
Series Mortise Lockset

Dogging
Dogging standard.
Optional: less dogging. Specify M51.
Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts; specify M54.
Optional: spanner head screws; specify
M02.
Strike
Standard: ANSI strike.
Optional: open back strike and ANSI wrought
strike box available; see Options and
Accessories, page 32.
Trim
Accepts trims listed on pages 20-22.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Operating Current
12VAC
0.8 AMPS
12VDC
0.8 AMPS
24VAC
0.4 AMPS
24VDC
0.4 AMPS
See How to Order, page 35.
Warranty
One-year limited.

6-pin solid
bass cylinder
standard;
Corbin
Russwin and
competitive
cylinder
compatibility
available
Can
accommodate
knob, lever or
thumbpiece
trim

Fits standard door prep
Self-contained solenoid

ED6000.28

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Grade 1.
C-UL US
All exit devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol on
active head indicates listing.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 622

Flat Black Coated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed

ECE Functions
ED6000
The following functions are locked when power is on (Fail Safe).
Inside

Outside

Function

Function Description

ED66902

- When energized, solenoid locks outside trim; thumbpiece is then free-acting and
disengaged.
- Key retracts latchbolt at all times.
- Mortise Lock No. MLE10.

ED66904

- When energized, solenoid locks outside trim; knob or lever is then free-acting and
disengaged.
- Key retracts latchbolt at all times.
- Mortise Lock No. MLE10.

The following functions are unlocked when power is on (Fail Secure).
Inside

Outside

Function

Function Description

ED66901

- When energized, solenoid unlocks outside trim.
- Thumbpiece retracts latchbolt.
- Key retracts latchbolt at all times.
- Mortise Lock No. MLE11.

ED66903

- When energized, solenoid unlocks outside trim.
- Knob or lever retracts latchbolt.
- Key retracts latchbolt at all times.
- Mortise Lock No. MLE11.

ED6000.29

Options and Accessories
ED6000
Rim Strikes
(Screws Included)

Rim Strike
Standard on ED6200
devices. For doors
with 1/2" (13mm)
or 5/8" (16mm)
stop. Adjustable
to compensate
for shrinkage and
swelling of door.
Nylon anti-friction
inserts for quieter
operation. 3-1/4" x
1-1/16" (82mm x
27mm). To order
separately, specify
145F55. 1/8" (3mm)
shim available for 1/2"
(13mm) stop; specify
184F82.

Mortised
Adjustable Rim
Strike
Optional for
ED6200 devices
only. Adjustable
to compensate for
shrinkage and swelling
of door.
3-3/4" x 1-9/16"
(95mm x 40mm). To
order with device,
specify option S04.
To order separately
specify 142F43.

Open Rim Strike
Optional for ED6200
devices. Adjustable
to compensate
for shrinkage and
swelling of door.
Nylon anti-friction
inserts for quieter
operation. 3-1/4" x
1-3/32" (82mm x
28mm). To order with
device, specify S05.
To order separately,
specify 145F56.
ED6000.30

Rim x Vertical Rod
Strike
Required for ED6200
devices when used with
ED6400 device on a pair
of doors. To order with
device, specify option
S02. To order separately,
specify 467F73.

Fire-Rated Rim
Strike
Standard on ED6200A
devices. Steel with black
nylon coating. Surface
application; reversible,
adjustable. 4-3/8" x
1-9/32" (111mm
x 32mm). To order
separately, specify
499F59.

Options and Accessories
ED6000
Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screws Included)

Top Strike for
Latch HoldBack

Surface
Projecting
Bottom Strike

Standard on ED6400
devices with latch
hold-back. 2-3/32" x
1-3/4" x 2-5/32"
(53mm x 44mm x
55mm) high. To
order separately,
specify 392F24.

Standard on ED6400
devices.
2-9/16" x 19/32"
x 5/8" (65mm x
15mm x 16mm)
high. To order
separately, specify
502F96.

Non-Hold-Back
Top Strike

Flush Bottom
Strike

Standard on ED6400
devices without latch
hold-back. 1-1/2" x
1-3/4" x 7/8" (38mm
x 44mm x 22mm)
high. To order
separately, specify
392F22.

Flush Transom
Strike Bracket
Optional for ED6400
devices when
mounting top strike
on flush transom. To
order with device,
specify option M67.
To order separately,
specify 176F65.

Bottom Strike
for Threshold
Optional on ED6400A
devices. For use with
threshold. To order
with device, specify
option S06. To order
separately, specify
304F34.

Optional for ED6400
devices. 3-1/2" x
1-3/4" x 7/8" (99mm
x 44mm x 22mm)
deep. To order with
devices, specify
option S03. To order
separately, specify
392F28.

Bottom Strike
Standard on
ED6400A devices.
To order separately,
specify 502F75.

Concealed Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screws Included)

Top Strike
Standard on ED6800
devices. To order
separately, specify
503F55.

Bottom Strike

Standard on ED6800
and ED6800A devices.
To order separately,
specify 503F52.

Fire-Rated Top
Strike
Standard on ED6800A
devices. To order
separately, specify
503F56.
ED6000.31

Options and Accessories
ED6000
Mortise Strikes
Open Back
Strike

Straight Lip
ANSI Strike

Optional for use with
ED6400 x ED6600
devices on a pair of
doors. See How to
Order, page 35. To
order separately,
specify Part No. x
Door Thickness x
Finish.

Standard on ED6600
and ED6600A. On
stainless steel exit
devices, stainless
steel strike furnished
standard. 4-7/8" x
1-1/4" x 1-1/8"
(124mm x 32mm x
28mm) lip to center,
for 1-3/4" (44mm)
doors. To order
separately, specify Part
No.
Hand
RHR
LHR

Hand

Part No.
405L14

LHR

240L51 (stainless steel)
405L13
240L50 (stainless steel)

RHR

Filler Plates
Optional for use on stock metal doors when
required. To order, specify Part No. x Finish.

Front
334F99-8 600

ED6000.32

Strike
236L708018

ANSI Wrought
Strike Box

Front
077F19-8 600

Optional for use with
Mortise Strike on
ED6600 and ED6600A
devices; specify
option M17. To order
separately, specify
120F76-8.

Door Thickness

Part No.

1-3/4"

411L62 016 FIN

411L62 018 FIN

2-1/4"

411L62 020 FIN

1-3/4"

411L63 016 FIN

411L63 018 FIN

2-1/4"

411L63 020 FIN

Mullions
ED6000
500 Series and 900 Series Removable Mullions
The 500 series and 900 series mullions are used to install two ED7200 Rim Exit Devices
in a double door opening. They may be quickly and easily removed, then reinstalled,
when a full double door opening is temporarily required. The 500 series and 900
series mullions meet ANSI A156.3, Type 22.

500 Mullion

Materials and Finish
Steel mullion with malleable iron top and bottom plates; furnished with zinc plated
fasteners for metal frames and concrete floors. May be cut, drilled and tapped in the
field for Rim Exit Devices. The 500 series mullions are primed for painting, BHMA 600,
grey and the 900 series mullions are primed for painting, BHMA 600, red.

500 Series Mullions - How to Order
Removable Mullions
UL Fire Rating1

Mullion Opening
Height2

Catalog
Number
507

3-Hour

Up to 7'2"

Panic Only

Up to 8'0"

508

Panic Only

Up to 10'0"

510

Notes:
1. UL label on mullion indicates listing.
2. May be field cut for doors.

900 Series Mullions - How to Order
Removable Mullions
UL Fire Rating1

Mullion Opening
Height2

Catalog
Number

Panic Only

Up to 7'0"

907

Panic Only

Up to 8'0"

908

Panic Only

Up to 10'0"

910

3-Hour

Up to 7'0"

907A

3-Hour

Up to 8'0"

908A

Key Removable Mullions
UL Fire Rating1

Mullion Opening
Height2

Catalog
Number

1-1/2 Hour

Up to 7'0"

907BKM3

1-1/2 Hour

Up to 8'0"

908BKM3

Panic Only

Up to 10'0"

910KM3

Notes:
1. UL label on mullion indicates listing.
2. May be field cut for doors.
3. Cylinder and collars not included, specify separately.
See Cylinders on page 34.

900 Series Mullions - Options
M95- Spacer Block
Recommended for double
rabbeted frames where the
stop face width is less than the
mounting hole spacing and also
for door frames 5-3/4" (176mm)
or less. To order with a mullion,
specify M95. To order separately,
specify Part No. 683F29-8.

900 Mullion

Top Plate

M96- Angle Bracket
Recommended for any header
configuration with less than 3"
(76mm) of mounting surface. To
order with a mullion, specify M96.
To order separately, specify Part
No. 655F63-8.
M57- Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controls the movement of the
mullion. Recommended for
opening over 7' high, or whenever
door movement must be
minimized. To order with mullion,
specify M57. To order separately,
specify Part No. 653F11-1 x 695
or 628.

Bottom Plate

ED6000.33

Cylinders
ED6000
Cylinders
• L4 keyway standard; specify other keyways.
• Specify Collar.
• To order with Exit Device, see How to Order, page 35.
Cylinder Type

Rim

Mortise

900 Series Key
Removable Mullion
Mortise Cylinders

ED6000.34

• To order separately, specify Part No. x Keyways Finish (e.g.,
3000-200 x L4 x 626).

Part No.
3000-200
3000-200-7
3010-200
3012-178
3020-200
3027-200
3027-178
3030-178
3040-178
3040-178-7
3060-200
3070-178
3070-178-7
3080-178
3080-178-7
3090-178
1000-112-A02
1000-112-A02-7
1000-114-A02-7
1000-114-A92-7
1000-118-A02
1000-118-A92
1000-134-A02
1000-134-A02-7
1010-112-A02
1010-118-A02
1010-118-A92
1010-134-A02
1012-114-A02
1012-114-A92
1020-112-A02
1020-114-A02
1027-112-A02
1027-114-A02
1030-114-A02
1037-114-A02
1040-112

Description
6-pin, horizontal tailpiece
7-pin, horizontal tailpiece
6-pin, horizontal tailpiece, Security
6-pin, blockout function, Security
7-pin, Pyramid High Security
7-pin Pyramid Security
7-pin Pyramid IC Security
7-pin, Pyramid IC High Security
6-pin SFIC Rim Housing
7-pin SFIC Rim Housing
6-pin, master ring
6-pin, interchangeable core (IC) less core
7-pin, IC less core
6-pin, IC
7-pin, IC
6-pin, Security IC
6-pin, 1-1/2” straight cam
7-pin, 1-1/2” straight cam
7-pin, 1-1/4” straight cam
7-pin, 1-1/4” (O1 and O2 trims only)
6-pin, 1-1/8” straight cam
6-pin, 1-1/8” (O1 and O2 trims only)
6-pin, 1-3/4” straight cam
7-pin, 1-3/4” straight cam
6-pin, 1-1/2” Security straight cam
6-pin, 1-1/8” Security, straight cam
6-pin, 1-1/8” Security (O1 and O2 trims only)
6-pin, 1-3/4” Security straight cam
6-pin, 1-1/4” Security with blockout
6-pin, 1-1/4” Security blockout (O1 and O2 trims only)
7-pin, Pyramid High Security 1-1/2”
7-pin, Pyramid High Security 1-1/4”
7-pin, Pyramid Security IC 1-1/2”
7-pin, Pyramid Security 1-1/4”
7-pin, Pyramid IC High Security 1-1/4”
7-pin, Pyramid Security IC 1-1/4”
7-pin, 1-1/2" SFIC Mortise Housing

1040-114

6-pin, 1-1/4" SFIC Mortise Housing

1040-134

7-pin 1-3/4" SFIC Mortise Housing

1040-138

7-pin, 1-3/8" SFIC Mortise Housing

1070-114-A02

6-pin, 1-1/4” IC less core

1080-112-A02

6-pin, 1-1/2” IC straight cam

1080-112-A02-7

7-pin, 1-1/2” IC straight cam

1080-114-A02

6-pin, 1-1/4” IC straight cam

1080-134-A02

6-pin, 1-3/4” IC straight cam

1080-134-A02-7

7-pin, 1-3/4” IC straight cam

1090-112-A02

6-pin, 1-1/2” IC Security straight cam

1090-114-A02

6-pin, 1-1/4” IC Security straight cam

1090-134-A02

6-pin, 1-3/4” IC Security straight cam

1000-118-A62

6-Pin

1000-114-A62-7

7-Pin

1080-114-A62

6-Pin, IC

1080-112-A62-7

7-Pin, IC

1020-114-A62

7-pin, Pyramid High Security

1027-114-A62

7-pin, Pyramid Security

1030-114-A62

7-pin, Pyramid High Security IC

1037-114-A62

7-pin, Pyramid Security IC

1010-118-A62

Security

1090-114-A62

Security IC

1070-114-A62

6-pin, IC, less core

1070-112-A62-7

7-pin, IC, less core

900 Series Key Removable Mullion
Cylinder Collar Packet
Mullion
Series
907BKM
908BKM
910KM

Cylinder Length and Type
1-1/8"
610F01*

1-1/4"

1-1/4" IC 1-1/2" IC

447F43*

609F37*

Note: Cylinder collar packets contain a collar and spring washer.
*Specify finish when ordering packets.

How to Order
ED6000
Where to find ordering
information and Quick Codes

Rim Exit Device
Quantity

Exit Device

Finish

Hand

Misc. Options

ED6200

630

RHR

M51-M54

Removable Mullion
Quantity

Mullion

507

Trim Only (For Rim ExitDevice)
Quantity

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

L210

625

RHR

D214

Functions and Trims
Rim and Vertical Rod
Fire-Rated Rim
Mortise
Concealed Vertical Rod
Removable Mullion
Cylinder and Keying
Miscellaneous Options
Finish
Handing
Door Thickness
Strike
Door Width
Door Height

Pages 9-12
Pages 15-17
Pages 20-23
Page 26
Page 33
Page 36
Page 36
Page 37
Page 37
Page 37
Page 37
Page 37
Page 37

Rim Exit Device with Trim
Quantity

Exit Device

Trim/Function

Finish

Hand

Door Thickness

Optional Strike

Door Width

Misc. Options

ED6200

N355

605

LHR

D200

S04

W048

M53

Contract/Detailed Order - Rim Exit Device with Trim
Quantity

Keyset

Exit Device

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Door
Width

Door
Options

Misc.
Options

Cylinder
Keying

Keyway

AA1

ED6200

C255

626

RHR

D200

W048

M50-M54

VKC3

59A1

Ordering Examples - ED66900 Series
Lock Only (Includes lock case, armored front,
strike and screw pack)

Handing

Quantity

Mortise
Lock

Finish

Hand

Voltage

MLE10

626

LHR

24D

Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door.

Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Exit Device

Trim/Function

Finish

Hand

Voltage

Options

Misc. Options

Cylinder Keying

Keyway

AA1

ED66904

C3M55

626

RHR

12A

M53-M54

VKC3

59A1

ED6000.35

Quick Codes
ED6000
Cylinder and Keying
Description
Conventional 6-pin
Conventional 7-pin
Pyramid Security fixed core 4
Pyramid Security IC 1
Pyramid High Security fixed core 4
Pyramid High Security IC 1
Pyramid IC with temporary construction core 1
Pyramid IC with temporary disposable core 1
Pyramid IC less core 1
Security
Security IC1
Blockout function cylinder
IC 6-pin 1
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Red)1
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Blue)1
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Green)1
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core1
IC 6-pin with temporary disposable core1
IC 6-pin less core1
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core
IC 7-pin 1, 2
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Red)1
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Blue)1
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Green)1
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core 1, 2
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core
IC 7-pin with temporary disposable core 1, 2
IC 7-pin less core 1, 2
Less master ring cylinder 3
Master Ring 3
0-bitted with 2 blank keys
Keyed random
Construction master keyed
No keying data stamped on key or cylinder
Keys only
Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)
Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys
- CKC cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys

Miscellaneous Options
Specify
6P
7P
PS
PCS
PHS
PCHS
CTP
CTPD
CLP
HS
CHS
BO
C6
CT6R
CT6B
CT6G
CT6
CT6D
CL6
CLS6
CT6SD
C7
CT7R
CT7B
CT7G
CT7
CLS7
CT7SD
CT7D
CL7
MR-LC
MR
(standard)
KR
CMK
(not available for Pyramid)
VKC0
VKC1
VKC2
VKC3
CKC2
CKC3
(standard)
KY# (e.g., KY6)

1. Not available on O1 and O2 trim.
2. Rim only.
3. Complete rim and vertical rod devices are available with master ring trim. However, complete master ring
mortise devices are discontinued. Master ring mortise trim is available to support old master ring mortise
devices in the field.
4. Not available in ED6600, A4M, C3M, D3M, E3M, L3M, N4M, PR3M, R3M, B4M, G5M trims.
ED6000.36

Description

Specify

Spanner head screws

M02

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Knurling outside & inside (trim
& device; not available with
M50)

M20

Knurling outside only (trim
side)

M21

Knurling inside only (device
side; not available with M50)

M22

Abrasive coat outside and
inside (trim and device)

M23

Abrasive coat inside only
(device side)

M24

Abrasive coat outside only
(trim side)

M25

Stainless steel crossbar (not
available with M20 or M22)

M50

Less dogging

M51

Steel reinforced crossbar

M53

Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)

M54

Mullion stabilizer kit

M57

Shim for 2-3/4" backset on
doors with 1/2" stop (rim
devices only)

M59

Freelatching latchbolts
(ED6400 devices only)

M65

Flush transom bracket

M67

Quick Codes
ED6000
Strike

Door Height
Description

Specify

Rim

Door

Specify

Mortised adjustable

S04

7'2" (ED6400A and ED6800A
devices)

(standard)

Open

S05

7'6" (ED6400 devices)

(standard)

Rim x Vertical Rod

S02

8'6" (ED6800 devices)

(standard)

Vertical Rod
Flush bottom (ED6400 devices only)

S03

3-hour fire-rated bottom for use with threshold

S06

Mortise

10'0" (ED6400 devices only)

H1000

10'8" (ED6800 devices only)

H1008

Handing

Open back strike

Hand

Specify

1-3/4" door thickness

SB134

2" door thickness

SB200

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

2-1/4" door thickness

SB214

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

Straight Lip ANSI Strike
1-3/4" door thickness

(standard)

2" door thickness

SS114

2-1/4" door thickness

SS138

Finish
Description

Specify

US3

Bright Brass

605

US4

Satin Brass

606

US9

Bright Bronze

611

US10

Satin Bronze

612

US10B

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, oil
rubbed

613

US14

Bright Nickel Plated

618

US15

Satin Nickel Plated

619

US19

Flat Black Coated

622

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

626

—

Satin Chrome Plated
with MicroShield®

626C

US32

Bright Stainless Steel

629

US32D

Satin Stainless Steel

630

—

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

630C

—

Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed

Door Width
Door

Specify

36" (914mm)

(standard)

48" (1219mm)

W048

Door Thickness
Door

Specify

1-3/4" (44mm)

(standard)

2" (51mm) (except ED6800)

D200

2-1/4" (57mm) (except ED6800)

D214

Voltage
Door

Specify

12 volt alternating current

12A

12 volt direct current

12D

24 volt alternating current

24A

24 volt direct current

24D

722
ED6000.37

Helpful Terms
ED6000
Abrasive Coat

Hard granular material applied to provide
a non-slip tactile surface for the visually
impaired.

Active Door

In a pair of doors, the door that is operable
from the trim side.

Astragal

Latchbolt

A lock component that has a beveled end
and projects into a strike, holding the door
in a closed position.

Mullion

A fixed or removable vertical member that
divides a door opening and provides a
latch surface for a pair of rim exit devices.

A vertical member applied to one or both
sides of a pair of doors at the meeting
edges. The astragal closes the gap
between the two doors.

Narrow Stile Door

Coordinator

Open Back Strike

A device used on a pair of doors to ensure
that the inactive door closes before the
active door.

Deadlocking Latch

A supplemental latch that automatically
deadlocks the latchbolt when pressure is
applied to it.

Dogging

A mechanism that allows the latchbolt to
remain retracted, permitting the door to
operate as if it were a push-pull; it cannot
be used on fire-rated exit devices.

Double Egress

A pair of doors of the same hand that
swing in opposite directions, commonly
found in corridors.

Dummy Trim

Trim only. Usually used on the inactive
door of a pair of doors for design balance.

Usually a door having a stile of less than
2-3/4" wide, commonly seen on aluminum
or glass front applications.
For mortise exit devices, used on the
inactive door (usually the vertical rod door)
of a pair of doors that swing in the same
direction. It permits the inactive door to
open or close independently.

Reversible

Pertains to a product that may be changed
in the field to accommodate any hand of
the door.

Shim Kit

Pieces of metal that permit mounting
of an exit device on a door that has a
surface projecting vision light (glass bead)
molding.

Split Astragal

An astragal that is split through the middle
on a pair of doors, allowing both doors to
operate independently.

Threshold

A door locking device with a pushpad
or crossbar which, when pressed, allows
instant exit (egress).

A strip fastened to the floor beneath a
door. It serves as a stop, prevents heat
loss, and provides a strike location for
latching the bottom rod of a vertical rod
exit device.

Fire Exit Hardware

Trim

Exit Device (Panic Hardware)

An exit device listed by an independent
testing laboratory as meeting panic, fire
and hose stream test standards; used on
fire rated openings.

Hand

The direction a door swings.

Inactive Door

In a pair of doors, the door that is
inoperable from the trim side.

ED6000.38

A knob, lever, pull, or thumbpiece used
on the outside of an exit device door to
control access to an area.

Universal Exit Device

An exit device that may be used on doors
of either hand without any modifications.

Keying and Cylinder Terms
Blockout Cylinder

A cylinder which allows all keys to be
temporarily blocked from operating. It is
set by a blockout key.

Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols on
a cylinder in a location that is not visible
once the cylinder is installed.

Construction Master Keying (CMK)
A cylinder preparation that allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.

Control Key
A key used to remove and install
interchangeable cores.

Cylinder
A lock component containing the
combination that determines which keys
will operate.

Security Cylinder
A cylinder which provides extra resistance
to picking and unauthorized duplication
of keys.

Interchangeable Core (IC)
A cylinder which can be removed and
installed quickly with a control key by
non-skilled personnel when rekeying is
required.

Key Symbol
A letter/number combination in standard
industry format (e.g., 1AA, AA1, etc.)
which indicates exactly how a key or
cylinder fits into a keying system.

Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug through
which the key enters.

Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate with
keys of different levels of access.

Visual Key Control (VKC)
The marking of standard key symbols on
keys and on the visible portion of the front
of a cylinder.

How to Specify
ED6000
Suggested Specification
ED6000 Series

Suggested Specification
ED66900 Series

All exit devices shall be ED6000 Series Crossbar Exit Devices as
manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.

All exit devices shall be ED66900 Series Electrically Controlled
Exit Devices, as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural
Hardware.

The maximum projection shall be 5-3/4", and 4-1/2" when
crossbar is depressed. Exit devices shall have matched twin
cases mounted with concealed fastening screws and shall be
constructed of brass, bronze or stainless steel. Non-matched
twin cases shall not be acceptable. Crossbar lever arms shall be
drop forged. Devices shall be field reversible.
Crossbars shall be oval-shaped and shall be a minimum of .065"
thick. Crossbars shall interlock into the lever arms by expansion
collects and interlocking roll pins. Crossbars attached with rivets
shall not be acceptable. Reinforced crossbars and stainless steel
crossbars shall be available. All exit devices shall be easily field
sized to accommodate various door widths.
Panic listed exit devices shall have dogging standard. Dogging
screws shall seat into heat-treated pivots for long life and
minimum wear. Panic listed devices shall be available less
dogging.

All mortise lock functions shall be available in one size case,
manufactured from heavy-gauge steel, minimum thickness
3/32", completely chrome plated for corrosion resistance and
lubricity of parts. Cases shall be closed on all sides to protect
internal parts. Locks shall have adjustable, beveled and armored
fronts, standard 2-3/4" backset, a full 3/4" throw two-piece
mechanical anti-friction latchbolt, and shall be available for
1-3/4", 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors. Internal parts shall be heavy
gauge steel, zinc dichromate plated for corrosion resistance.
Devices shall fit ANSI standard strike preparation. Other than for
wiring, no special door or frame preparation shall be required.
Devices shall be available 12 or 24 volt, AC or DC, and fail safe
or fail secure.
Mechanical cylinder override shall be available. Optional cylinders
shall include interchangeable core, security and blockout types.

All exit devices shall have ample allowances for easy alignment.
Trims shall be through-bolted with concealed fasteners.
Escutcheon, rose and pull trims shall be constructed of brass,
bronze or stainless steel. All lever trims shall use cast levers.
Wrought levers shall not be acceptable. Lever trims shall match
those on Corbin Russwin Mortise and Cylindrical Locksets.
All devices and trims shall be furnished in architectural finishes.
All devices shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for
safety as panic hardware. Fire-rated devices shall be UL listed for
A label and lesser class doors, 4' x 7'2" single and 8' x 7'2" pair.
Certification:
ANSI A156.3, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code.

Lock trim (knob, lever or thumbpiece) shall be through-bolted
through the lockcase to ensure correct alignment and proper
operation.
Certification:
ANSI A156.3, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code (lever handle trim)
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code.
All devices, trims and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All mechanical devices and trims shall carry a one-year limited
warranty.
All electro-mechanical devices shall carry a two-year limited
warranty.

All devices, trims and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All mechanical devices and trims shall carry a one-year limited
warranty.
All electro-mechanical devices shall carry a two-year limited
warranty.

ED6000.39

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All
contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design,
construction, and/or its materials. Other products brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference
purposes only. Copyright© 2003, 2011 Corbin Russwin Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express
written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45066-4/11R

ED7000 Series
Narrow Stile Crossbar Exit Devices

Applications
ED7000
Narrow Stile Crossbar Exit
Devices ED7000 Series
Applications

Table of Contents
Applications......................... 2
Applications and Listings..... 3
Features, Trims and Functions
Rim Exit............................. 4
Mullions............................. 7
Vertical Rod Exit................. 8
Mortise Exit...................... 12
Concealed Vertical
Rod Exit........................... 16
Options and Accessories.... 19
How to Order..................... 22
Helpful Terms.................... 25
How to Specify.................. 26

www.corbinrusswin.com

ED7000.2

Since patenting some of the first exit
devices nearly a century ago, Corbin
Russwin has met rigorous life safety and
security requirements, while offering
pleasing aesthetics and trouble-free
operation. ED7000 Series Crossbar Exit
Devices are designed for high-use, highabuse applications on narrow and regular
stile doors in new construction and
renovations including:
• Schools and universities
• Health care
• Government
• Commercial and industrial
• Office and retail
• Transportation and utilities
• Hotels and conference centers
• Religious

Advantages

• Meets or exceeds all ANSI Grade 1
requirements
• Heavy-duty construction
• Base metals (brass, bronze and stainless
steel) for durability
• Easy-to-use crossbar operation assures
quick egress and ADA compliance
• Dogging standard on all panic listed
devices
• Through-bolted trims for strength and
security
• Wide range of trim styles and finishes
to match other Corbin Russwin
products
• Devices available to satisfy panic and
fire opening requirements

Applications and Listings
ED7000
UL Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as fire exit hardware
Fire Door Ratings
Single Door

Max. Door
Opening

B, D

C, E

3 Hr.

1-1/2 Hr.

3/4 Hr.

Application
1/2 Hr.

1/3 Hr.

Rim
ED7200

None

Devices are panic listed only.

Surface applied; single
point latching

Vertical Rod
ED7400

4' x 10'

Devices are panic listed only.

Surface applied; two point
latching

Mortise
ED7600

None

Devices are panic listed only.

ED7600A
Concealed Vertical Rod
ED7800
ED7800A

4' x 7'2"

4' x 10'8"
4' x 7'2"

Mortised in door; single
point latching
UL

Devices are panic listed only.
UL

Rods concealed in door;
two point latching
UL

Pair of Doors with Removable Mullion
Rim x Rim
ED7200 x ED7200 x 507

8' x 7'2"

Devices are panic listed only.

ED7200 x ED7200 x 510

8' x 10'

Devices are panic listed only.

Vertical Rod (Swinging in the
same direction)
ED7400 x ED7400

8' x 10'

Devices are panic listed only.

2 independent doors with
2 point latching — do not
use overlapping astragal

Vertical Rod (Swinging in
Opposite Directions)
ED7400 x ED7400

8' x 10'

Devices are panic listed only.

2 independent doors with
2 point latching

Vertical Rod x Mortise
ED7400 x ED7600

8' x 10'

Devices are panic listed only.

Coordinator recommended
with standard strike

ED7400 x ED7600 x
Open Back Strike

8' x 10'

Devices are panic listed only.

Concealed Vertical Rod
(Swinging in same direction)
ED7800 x ED7800

8' x 10'8"

Devices are panic listed only.

ED7800A x ED7800A

8' x 7'2"

—

8' x 10'8"

—

8' x 7'2"

—

2 independent, active
doors with removable
mullion

Pair of Doors

Concealed Vertical Rod
(Swinging in opposite directions)
ED7800 x ED7800
ED7800A x ED7800A

Devices are panic listed only.
UL

2 independent doors with
2 point latching — do not
use overlapping astragal.
2 independent doors
with 2 point latching
— overlapping astragal
required for 3 hour openings
ED7000.3

Rim Exit Features
ED7000
ED7200 Panic Listed Rim Exit
Device
Features
Handing
Field reversible; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard 36" (914mm) bar fits doors up to
36" (914mm).
Optional 48" (1219mm) bar fits doors up
to 48" (1219mm) doors; see How to Order
page 24.
Door Thickness
Standard: 1-3/4" (44mm).
Optional: 2" (51mm) and 2-1/4" (57mm);
see How to Order, page 24.
Backset
1-3/4" (44mm) with standard strike and
1/2" (13mm) stop. (Backset changes when
mullion is used).
Stile
Minimum width 2-1/2" (64mm) with
standard strike and 1/2" (13mm) stop.
Projection
4-7/8" (124mm); 3-1/8" (79mm)
depressed.

Crossbar
Standard: 13/16" (21mm) x 1-3/8"
(35mm) oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar and stainless
steel crossbar; see How to Order, page 23.

UL /ULC
All exit devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol
on active head indicates listing.

Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts or spanner
head screws; see How to Order, page 23.

NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.

Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 19.

Trims and Functions
Through-bolted pull trims available; see
Trims and Functions, page 6.
Cylinders
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see How to
Order, page 23.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.

Latch Hold-Back
Standard: latch remains in hold-back
position by full rotation of key outside.
Optional: less latch hold-back; see How to
Order, page 23.

Warranty
One-year limited.

ED7000.4

ADA
Exit devices and pull trims comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.

Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 7.

Applications and Listings
See page 3.

Cases
Heavy cast, 7-1/2" (191mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm).

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

Dogging
Standard on ED7200 devices.
Optional: less dogging; see How to Order,
page 23.

Latchbolt
5/8" (16mm) throw pivoted.

Materials
Brass, bronze or stainless steel.

Certification/Compliance

Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chrome Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black oxidized bronze, oil
rubbed

Rim Exit Features
ED7000
ED7200 Rim Exit Device

Field reversible, durable cast cases
Brass, bronze or stainless steel exterior
Dogging standard
Oval seamless crossbar design
with interlocking expansion
collets and roll pins to reduce
chance of crossbar loosening

Durable drop forged lever arms

5/8" throw pivoted latchbolt

ED7000.5

Rim Trims and Functions
ED7000
Function
Description

Rim Exit Device

ANSI Type

Type

ANSI No.

ED7200

Exit Only

• Exit only; no trim. (Accepts all trims listed below)

Dummy

• Always rigid.

Nightlatch

03/04/09

For Dummy and Nightlatch functions, see
Trim Designs below.
• Always rigid. Key removable only when locked.

Trim/Function
Pull Trim Design

D Grip Pull
P4
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

Nightlatch
ANSI No. 03/04/09

P450

P457

P560

P557

P650

P657

N/A

P757

1-5/8"
(41mm)

12-1/8"
(305mm)

1-5/8"
(26mm)

Round Grip Pull
P5
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

Dummy
ANSI No. 02

12-1/8"
(305mm)
5-7/8"
(149mm)

2"
(51mm)

1-5/8”
(41mm)

Pull
P6
Grip: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

7”
(178mm)

2-1/2”
(64mm)
1-5/8"
(26mm)

Plate
P7
Escutcheon: Wrought
Cylinder: Rim

ED7000.6

7"
(178mm)

Offset Pull Trims/Mullions
ED7000
P12
Offset Pull Trim:
P12, P13, P13
P14

Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2"

Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P12

P13

P14

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F51M x Finish1

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

Specify
Part Number, 716F50M x Finish1
10"

19"
18"

P14

11"
10"

2-1/2"

10-3/4"

11"
10"

P12

Clearance

11"
10"

Offset Pull
P14
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P14

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F52M x Finish1

1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.

500 Series Removable Mullions

500 Mullion

The 500 series mullions are used to install two ED7200 Rim Exit Devices
in a double door opening. They may be quickly and easily removed, then
reinstalled, when a full double door opening is temporarily required. The 500
series mullions meet ANSI A156.3, Type 22.
Materials and Finish
Steel mullion with malleable iron top and bottom plates; furnished with zinc
plated fasteners for metal frames and concrete floors. May be cut, drilled and
tapped in the field for Rim Exit Devices. Primed for painting, BHMA 600, grey.
Mullion Opening Height
• 507 - Accommodates fire-rated door openings up to 7'2" high. May be
field cut for doors under 7'2".
• 508 - Accommodates panic-listed door openings up to 8'0" high. May be
field cut for doors under 8'0".
• 510 - Accommodates panic-listed door openings up to 10'0" high. May be
field cut for doors under 10'0".
How to Order
UL Fire Rating2

Mullion Opening Height

Catalog Number

3-Hour

Up to 7'2"

507

Panic Only

Up to 8'0"

508

Panic Only

Up to 10'0"

510

Note:
2. UL label on mullion indicates listing.

ED7000.7

Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED7400
ED7400 Panic Listed Vertical
Rod Exit Device
Features
Handing
Field reversible; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard 36" (914mm) bar fits doors up to
36" (914mm).
Optional 48" (1219mm) bar fits doors up
to 48" (1219mm) doors; see How to Order
page 24.
Door Thickness
Standard: 1-3/4" (44mm).
Optional: 2" (51mm) and 2-1/4" (57mm);
see How to Order, page 24.
Backset
1-1/8" (26mm) minimum for 1/2" (13mm)
stop
1-1/4" (32mm) minimum for 5/8" (16mm)
stop.
Stile
Minimum width 1-7/8" (47mm) for 1/2"
(13mm) stop; 2" (51mm) for 5/8" (16mm)
stop.
Door Height
All top rods easily field cut to size.
Standard; top rod for 7'6" door.
Optional; top rod for doors up to 10'; see
How to Order, page 24.
Projection
4-7/8" (124mm); 3-1/8" (79mm)
depressed.
Latchbolts
Top: 1/2" (13mm) throw pivoted.
Bottom: 5/8" (16mm) throw pivoted.
Bottom latch acts independently, allowing
top latch to remain engaged even when
bottom latch is not projected.
Vertical Rods
Inverted U-shaped rectangular with
concealed rod guides.
Materials
Brass, bronze or stainless steel.

ED7000.8

Cases
Heavy cast.
Active case: 8" x 1-1/4" (203mm) x
(32mm).
Inactive case: 7-1/2" x 1-1/4" (191mm) x
(32mm).
Top latch: 5-11/16" x 1-1/4" (144mm) x
(32mm).
Bottom latch: 5-5/8" x 1-1/4" (143mm) x
(32mm).
Crossbar
Standard: 13/16" x 1-3/8" (21mm) x
(35mm) oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar and stainless
steel crossbar; see How to Order, page 23.
Dogging
Standard on ED7400 devices.
Optional: less dogging; see How to Order,
page 23.
Strikes
See Options and Accessories, page 19.
Trims and Functions
Through-bolted lever, pull and operator
trims available; see Trims and Functions,
page 10.

(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)

Levers with returns comply.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, pull trims and lever trims
comply with Americans with Disabilities
Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

Cylinders
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see How to
Order, page 23.

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

Keys
Two nickel silver standard.

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

Applications and Listings
See page 3.

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chrome Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black oxidized bronze, oil
rubbed

Warranty
One-year limited.

Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED7400
ED7400 Panic Listed Vertical Rod Exit Device
1/2" throw pivoted
top latchbolt

Durable drop forged lever arms

Oval seamless crossbar designs with interlocking
expansion collets and roll pins to reduce chance
of crossbar loosening

ED7000.9

Vertical Rod Trims and Functions
ED7400
Vertical Rod
Exit Device

ANSI Type

Type

ANSI No.

Function
Description

ED7400

Exit Only

• Exit only; no trim. (Accepts operator trim. )

ED7401

Exit Only

• Exit only; no trim. (Accepts lever trim. 1-3/4"
door only.)

Classroom

08/11

• Free at all times, except when locked by key.

Nightlatch

03/04/09/12

For Dummy and Nightlatch functions, see
Trim Designs below.
• Always rigid. Key removable only when locked.
1-3/4"
(44mm)

1-3/4"
(44mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)

7-1/4"
(184mm)

Trim/Function

Lever Trim Design
(Available with ED7401 devices only.)

5"
(127mm)
3"
(76mm)

1-3/4"
(44mm)

7-1/4"
(184mm)

C455
5"
(127mm)

C457
3-1/2"
(89mm)

3"
(76mm)

7-1/4"
(184mm)

D455

7-1/4"
D457
(184mm)

4-1/2"
(114mm)
3-3/8"
(86mm)

2-7/8"
(73mm)

7-1/4"
(184mm)

7-1/4"
(184mm)
4-1/2"
(114mm)

3-3/8"
(86mm)

2-7/8"
(73mm)

1-3/4"
(44mm)

7-1/4"
(184mm)

2-1/4"
(57mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)

1-3/4"
(44mm)

ED7000.10

2-1/4"
(57mm)

1-3/4"
(44mm)

Dirke
D4
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise A02
MR Cylinder: 4266-001-A02
*1-3/4 thick door only

(57mm)
3-1/2"
Nightlatch
(89mm)
ANSI No. 03/04/09

1-3/4"
(44mm)

Citation
C4
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise A02
MR Cylinder: 4266-001-A02
*1-3/4 thick door only

2-1/4"

Classroom
ANSI No. 08

4-1/2"
(114mm)

2-1/4"
(57mm)

Vertical Rod Trims and Functions
ED7400
Trim/Function
Operator Trim Design
(Available with ED7400 devices only.)

D Grip Operator
03
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise A02
MR Cylinder: 4266-001-A02

Nightlatch
ANSI No. 03/04/12

0355

0357
0356*

0455

0457
0456*

1-3/4"
(44mm)

12-1/4"
(311mm)
1-7/8"
(48mm)

Round Grip Operator
04
Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise A02
MR Cylinder: 4266-001-A02

Classroom
ANSI No. 11

5-7/8"
(149mm)

1-3/4"
(44mm)

12-3/4"
(324mm)

6-1/2"
(165mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)

*Key also used to hold top and bottom latchbolts in retracted position for ANSI No. 4 function.

ED7000.11

Mortise Exit Features
ED7600
ED7600 Panic Listed Mortise
Exit Device
ED7600A 3 Hour Fire Rated
Mortise Exit Device
Features
Handing
Device is field reversible, but strike is not;
specify hand.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard 36" (914mm) bar fits doors up to
36" (914mm).
Optional 48" bar fits doors up to 48"
(1219mm) doors; see How to Order page
24.

Crossbar
Standard: 13/16" (21mm) x 1-3/8"
(35mm) oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar and stainless
steel crossbar; see How to Order, page 23.
Dogging
Standard on ED7600 devices.
Optional: less dogging; see How to Order,
page 23.
Dogging not available on ED7600A
devices.

Door Thickness
Standard: 1-3/4" (44mm).
Optional: 2" (51mm) and 2-1/4" (57mm);
see How to Order, page 24.

Fasteners
Standard on ED7600 devices: machine
screws.
Optional on ED7600 devices: sex nuts and
bolts: see How to Order, page 23.
Standard on ED7600A devices: sex nuts
and bolts.
Optional on ED7600 and ED7600A
devices: spanner head screws; see How to
Order, page 23.

Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).

Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 20.

Stile
Minimum width 5" (127mm).

Trims and Functions
Through-bolted lever, knob and
thumbpiece trims available; see Trims and
Functions, page 14.

Projection
4-7/8" (124mm); 3-1/8" (79mm)
depressed.
Latchbolt
Stainless Steel, 3/4"(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Stainless Steel.
Latch Hold-Back
Standard on ED7600 devices with keyed
function trim; latchbolt may be held in
retracted position by pushing in latchbolt
and turning key.
Optional: less latch hold-back; see How to
Order, page 23.
Latch hold-back not available on ED7600A
devices.
Front
Heavy gauge steel, 8"(203mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm). Accommodates flat doors and
doors beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2"(51mm).
Materials
Brass, bronze or stainless steel.
Cases
Heavy cast, 7-1/2"(191mm) x 1-1/4"
(44mm).

ED7000.12

Cylinders
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see How to
Order, page 23.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL /ULC
All exit devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol
on active head indicates listing.
3 hour fire-rated devices listed as fire exit
hardware for A label and lesser class 4'
x 7'2" single doors. UL symbol on active
head indicates listing.

(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)

Levers with returns comply.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. Fire-rated devices comply
with NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices and lever trims comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chrome Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black oxidized bronze, oil
rubbed

Mortise Exit Features
ED7600
ED7600 and ED7600A Mortise Exit Devices

Field reversible, durable cast cases
Brass, bronze or stainless steel exterior
Dogging standard on ED7600 devices

Oval seamless crossbar designs with interlocking
expansion collets and roll pins to reduce chance
of crossbar loosening

Durable drop forged lever arms

3/4" throw latchbolt with
deadlocking auxiliary latch

ED7000.13

Mortise Trims and Functions
ED7600
Mortise Exit Device

ANSI Type

Type

ANSI No.

Function Description

ED7600

Exit Only

• Exit only; no trim. (Accepts all trims listed on pages 14 and 15)

ED7600A

Exit Only

• 3-hour fire-rated exit only; no trim. (Accepts all
trims listed on pages 14 and 15.

Passage

—

• Free at all times.

Dummy

• Always rigid.

Classroom

05/08

Nightlatch

03/04/06/09

For Passage, Dummy, Classroom and
Nightlatch functions, see Trim Designs
below and on page 15.

• Free at all times, except when locked by key.
• Always rigid. Key removable only when locked.
Trim/Function

Lever or Knob Trim Design

Citation
C4M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02
(For 1-3/4" Doors)

Passage

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
05/08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03/04/06/09

C4M10

N/A

C4M55

N/A

D4M10

N/A

D4M55

N/A

B5M10

B5M50

B5M55

N/A

G6M10

G6M50

G6M55

N/A

1-3/4"
(44mm)

7-1/4"
(184mm)
5"
(127mm)
3"
(76mm)

Dirke
D4M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02
(For 1-3/4" Doors)

1-3/4"
(44mm)

7-1/4"
(184mm)
4-1/2"
(114mm)
2-7/8"
(73mm)

Belmont
B5M
Knob: Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02
(For 1-3/4" Doors)

1-3/4"
(44mm)

7-1/4"
(184mm)

3-1/2"
(89mm)

Global
G6M
Knob: Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02
(For 1-3/4" Doors)

ED7000.14

2-1/4"
(57mm)

1-3/4"
(44mm)

7-1/4"
(184mm)

3-3/8"
(86mm)

2-1/4"
(57mm)

Mortise Trims and Functions
ED7600
Trim/Function
Thumbpiece Trim

D Grip
T11M

Passage

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
05/08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03/04/06/09

T11M10

T11M50

T11M55

T11M57

T12M10

T12M50

T12M55

T12M57

1-3/4"
(44mm)

Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02
(For 1-3/4" Doors)

12-1/4"
(311mm)
5-7/8"
(149mm)

1-7/8"
(48mm)

Round Grip
T12M

1-3/4"
(44mm)

Grip: Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02
(For 1-3/4" Doors)

12-1/4"
(311mm)
6"
(152mm)

2-1/2"
(64mm)

P12
Offset Pull Trim:
P12, P13, P13
P14

Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P12

P13

P12

P13

10-3/4"

2-1/2"

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F51M x Finish1

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

Clearance

10-3/4"
19"
18"

11"
10"

10"

P14

2-1/2"

Specify Part Number, 716F50M x Finish1

19"
18"

P14

11"
10"

Offset Pull
P14
4"
Clearance: 2-1/2"

Clearance

11"
10"

Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P14

Specify Part Number, 716F52M x Finish1

10"

1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
ED7000.15

Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED7800
ED7800 Panic Listed Concealed
Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED7800A 3 Hour Fire Rated
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit
Device
FOR USE WITH METAL DOORS
ONLY
Features
Handing
Field reversible; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard 36" (914mm) bar fits doors up to
36" (914mm).
Optional 48" (1219mm) bar fits doors up
to 48" (1219mm) doors; see How to Order
page 24.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) only (requires properly
reinforced door).

Cases
Heavy cast, 7-1/2" (191mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm).
Crossbar
Standard: 13/16" (21mm) x 1-3/8"
(35mm)oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar and stainless
steel crossbar; see How to Order, page 23.
Dogging
Standard on ED7800 devices.
Optional: less dogging; see How to Order,
page 23.
Dogging not available on ED7800A
devices.
Fasteners
Standard on ED7800 devices: machine
screws.
Optional on ED7800 and ED7800A
devices: spanner head screws; see How to
Order, page 23.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 20.

Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. Fire-rated devices comply
with NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices and lever trims comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes

Backset
1-3/8" (35mm) on single door with
5/8"(16mm) stop. 1" (25mm) on pair of
doors.

Trims and Functions
Operator trim available with nightlatch
function; see Trims and Functions, page
18.

BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

Stile
Minimum width: 2-1/8" (54mm) on single
door; 1-3/4" (44mm) on pair of doors.

Cylinders
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see How to
Order, page 23.

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chrome Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black oxidized bronze, oil
rubbed

Door Height
All top rods easily field cut to size.
Standard on ED7800 devices; top rod for
doors up to 8'6".
Optional on ED7800 devices; top rod for
doors up to 10'8"; see How to Order, page
24.
Standard on ED7800A devices; top rod for
7'2" doors.
Projection
4-7/8" (124mm); 3-1/8" (79mm)
depressed.
Latchbolts
Top: 3/4" (19mm) throw pivoted and
deadlocking.
Bottom: 13/16" (21mm) throw rounded
steel.
Vertical Rods
Top: 3/8" (10mm) solid steel.
Bottom: 1/2" (13mm) O.D. steel tubing.
Materials
Brass, bronze or stainless steel.
ED7000.16

Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL /ULC
All exit devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol
on active head indicates listing.
3 hour fire-rated devices listed as fire exit
hardware for A label and lesser class 4' x
7'2" single and 8' x 7'2" double doors.
UL symbol on active head indicates listing.

Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED7800
ED7800 and ED7800A Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
FOR USE WITH METAL
3/4" throw pivoted
DOORS ONLY
deadlocking top latchbolt

Field reversible, durable cast cases
Brass, bronze or stainless steel exterior
Dogging standard on ED7800 devices

Durable drop forged lever arms

Oval seamless crossbar designs with interlocking
expansion collets and roll pins to reduce chance
of crossbar loosening

13/16" throw rounded steel
bottom deadbolt

ED7000.17

Concealed Vertical Rod Trim and Function
ED7800
Concealed Vertical
Rod Exit Device

ANSI Type

Type

ANSI No.

ED7800

Exit Only

• Exit only; no trim. (Accepts 05 operator trim.)

ED7800A

Exit Only

• 3-hour fire-rated exit only; no trim. (Accepts 05
operator trim.)

Nightlatch

• Always rigid. Key removable only when locked.

For Nightlatch function, see Trim Design
below.

Function
Description

Trim/Function
Operator Trim Design

Nightlatch
ANSI No. 09
1-11/16"
(43mm)

Operator
05
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Special Mortise

2-5/8"
(67mm)
1-1/4"
(32mm)

ED7000.18

0557

Options and Accessories
ED7000
Rim Strikes

(Screws included)
Open Rim Strike
Standard on ED7200 devices, 3-1/4"
x 1-3/32" (83mm) x (28mm).
Includes nylon anti-friction inserts
for quieter operation. To order
separately 145F56.

Rim Strike for Aluminum Frame
with Blade Stop
Optional on ED7200 devices. Blade
strike with wear plate. Includes
nylon anti-friction inserts for quieter
operation. To order with exit
device, specify option S08. To order
separately, specify 300F71 strike
packet. Packet includes wear plate
213F05-7 and 1/8" (3mm) shim
184F82 for door with 1/2" (12.7mm)
stop.

Rim Strike
Optional on ED7200 devices.
Includes nylon anti-friction inserts
for quieter operation. 3-1/4" x
1-1/16" (83mm) x (27mm), for
doors with 5/8" (16mm) or 1/2"
(12.7mm) stop. To order with exit
device, specify option S07. To order
separately, specify 145F55. To order
with 1/8" (3mm) shim for door with
1/2" (12.7mm)stop, specify 145F55
x 184F82.

Mortised Adjustable Rim Strike
Optional on ED7200 devices;
adjustable to compensate for
shrinkage and swelling of door.
3-3/4" (95mm) x 1-9/16" (40mm). To
order with exit device, specify option
S04. To order separately specify
142F43.

Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screws included)

Top Strike
Standard on ED7400
devices. 1-1/2" x
1-3/16" (38mm) x
(30mm) with 15/16"
(24mm) projection.
To order separately,
specify 446F21.

Bottom Strike
Standard on ED7400
devices. 2-1/4" x 1"
(57mm) x (25mm)
with 9/16" (14mm)
projection. To order
separately, specify
packet 446F22.

Flush Bottom Strike
Optional on ED7400
devices. To order with
exit device, specify
option S03. To order
separately specify
361F91.

ED7000.19

Options and Accessories
ED7000
Mortise Strikes
Mortise Strike

Open Back Strike

Standard on ED7600 and
ED7600A devices. Heavy gauge
steel, nylon coated; stainless
steel standard for stainless steel
devices. 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x
1-1/8" (124mm) x (32mm) x
(29mm) lip to center standard;
specify other lip lengths from
1-1/4" to 3" (32mm) x (76mm).
To order separately, specify Part
No.

(Screws included)
Optional for use with ED7400
x ED7600 devices on pair
of doors. To order with exit
device, see How to Order, page
24. To order separately, specify
Part No. x Door Thickness x
Finish.

Hand

Door Thickness

Part No.

Description

Hand

Part No.

LHR

1-3/4", 2", 2-1/4"

411L62

Heavy gauge
steel

LHR

405L13

RHR

1-3/4", 2", 2-1/4"

411L63

RHR

405L14

LHR

240L50

RHR

240L51

Stainless steel

Concealed Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screws included)

Top Strike

Bottom Strike

Standard on ED7800 devices.
To order separately, specify
503F55.

Standard on ED7800 and
ED7800A devices. To order
separately, specify; 503F52
for ED7800 devices; 503F53
for ED7800A devices (includes
stainless steel screws).

3-Hour Fire-Rated Top
Strike
Standard on ED7800A devices.
To order separately, specify
503F56.

ED7000.20

Options and Accessories
ED7000
Cylinders
L4 keyway standard; specify other keyways.
Collar not included.
To order with Exit Device, see How to Order, page 23.
To order separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish (e.g., 3000-200-7 x L4 x 605).
Cylinder Type

Rim

Mortise

Part No.

Description

3000-200
3000-200-7
3010-200
3012-178
3070-178
3070-178-7
3080-178
3080-178-7
3090-178
3020-200
3027-200
3030-178
3037-178

6-pin, horizontal tailpiece
7-pin, horizontal tailpiece
6-pin, horizontal tailpiece, high security
6-pin, blockout function, high security
6-pin, interchangeable core (IC) less core
7-pin, IC less core
6-pin, IC
7-pin, IC
6-pin, high security IC
Pyramid High Security fixed core
Pyramid Security fixed core
Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid Security IC

1000-118-A02
1000-114-A02-7
1010-118-A02
1012-114-A02
1070-114-A02
1080-114-A02
1090-114-A02
1000-118-A91
1000-114-A91-7
1000-138-A01
1000-138-A01-7
1010-138-A01
1070-138-A01
1080-138-A01
1090-138-A01
1000-112-A02
1000-112-A02-7
1010-112-A02
1080-112-A02
1080-112-A02-7
1090-112-A02
1020-114-A02
1020-112-A02
1027-114-A02
1027-112-A02
1030-114-A02
1030-138-A02
1030-112-A02
1037-114-A02
1037-138-A02
1037-112-A02

6-pin, 1-1/8" straight cam
7-pin, 1-1/4" straight cam
6-pin, 1-1/8" high security straight cam
6-pin, 1-1/4" high security with blockout
6-pin, 1-1/4" IC less core
6-pin, 1-1/4" IC straight cam
6-pin, 1-1/4" IC high security straight cam
6-pin, 1-1/8" (for 02 and 03 trims only)
7-pin, 1-1/4" (for 02 and 03 trims only)
6-pin, 1-3/8"
7-pin, 1-3/8"
6-pin, 1-3/8" high security
6-pin, 1-3/8" IC less core
6-pin, 1-3/8" IC
6-pin, 1-3/8" IC high security
6-pin, 1-1/2" straight cam (for B4M, C4M and E4M trims only)
7-pin, 1-1/2" straight cam (for B4M, C4M and E4M trims only)
6-pin, 1-1/2" high security straight cam (for B4M, C4M and E4M trims only)
6-pin, 1-1/2" IC straight cam (for B4M, C4M and E4M trims only)
7-pin, 1-1/2" IC straight cam (for B4M, C4M and E4M trims only)
6-pin, 1-1/2" IC high security straight cam (for B4M, C4M and E4M trims only)
Pyramid High Security fixed core
Pyramid High Security fixed core
Pyramid Security fixed core
Pyramid Security fixed core
Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid Security IC

ED7000.21

How to Order
ED7000
Where to find ordering
information and Quick Codes

Ordering Examples

Trims and Functions
Rim
Vertical Rod
Mortise
Concealed
Vertical Rod
Removable Mullion
Finish
Miscellaneous Options
Cylinder and Keying
Handing
Door Thickness
Strike
Door Width
Door Height

Rim Exit Device
Quantity

Exit Device

Finish

Misc. Options

ED7200

606

RHR

M51-M54

Pages 4-7
Pages 8-11
Pages 12-15
Pages 16-18
Page 22
Page 23
Page 23
Page 23
Page 24
Page 24
Page 24
Page 24
Page 24

Removable Mullion
Quantity

Mullion

507

Rim Exit Device with Trim
Quantity

Exit Device

Trim/Function

Finish

Hand

Door Thickness

Optional Strike

Door Width

Misc. Options

ED7200

P457

630

LHR

D214

S08

W048

M53

Trim Only
(For Rim Exit Device)

Contract/Detailed Order Rim Exit Device with Trim

Quantity

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Quantity

Keyset

Exit Device

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Door
Width

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

P657

630

LHR

AA1

ED7200

P557

625

LHR

D200

W048

M54

VKC3

ED7000.22

How to Order
ED7000
Cylinder and Keying
Description
Conventional 6-pin
Conventional 7-pin
Pyramid Security fixed core
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid High Security fixed core
Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid IC with temporary construction
core
Pyramid IC less core
Less cylinder(s)
High security
High security interchangeable core (IC)
IC 6-pin
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Red)
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Blue)
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Green)
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
IC 6-pin less core
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary
core
IC 7-pin (rim only)
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Red)
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Blue)
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Green)
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
IC 7-pin less core (rim only)
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary
core
SFIC 6- or 7-pin Small Format Disposable C
ore
Master ring (ED7400 only)
Blockout function
0-bitted with 2 blank keys
Keyed random
Construction master keyed
Visual key control (VKC)
No keying data stamped on key or cylinder
Keys only
Cylinders and keys (not for HS or CHS)
Cylinders only (not for HS or CHS)
Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys
CKC cylinders only
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys

Finish
Specify
(standard)
7P
PS
PCS
PHS
PCHS

Description

Specify

US3

Bright Brass

605

US4

Satin Brass

606

US9

Bright Bronze

611

US10

Satin Bronze

612

CTP

US10B

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed

613

CLP
LC
HS
CHS
C6

US14

Bright Nickel Plated

618

US15

Satin Nickel Plated

619

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

CT6R

—

CT6B

626

Satin Chrome Plated with MicroShield

Bright Stainless Steel

629

US32D

Stain Stainless Steel

630

CT6G

—

Satin Stainless Steel with MicroShield®

CT6
CL6

—

Black oxidized bronze, oil rubbed

CT6SD
C7

626C

US32

630C
722

Miscellaneous Options
Description

CT7R

Specify

Spanner head screws

M02

CT7B

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

CT7G

Knurling outside and inside (trim and device; not
available with M50)

M20

Knurling outside only (trim side)

M21

CT7SD

Knurling inside only (device side; not available with
M50)

M22

CTSD

Abrasive coat outside and inside (trim and device)

M23

Abrasive coat inside only (device side)

M24

Abrasive coat outside only (trim side)

M25

Stainless steel crossbar (not available with M20 or M22)

M50

Less dogging

M51

Steel reinforced crossbar

M53

Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)
(Not available with ED7800(A) devices)

M54

Shim for 2-3/4" backset on doors with 1/2" stop (rim
devices only)

M59

Less latch hold-back (ED7200 and ED7600 devices only)

M66

CT7
CL7

MR
BO
(standard)
KR
CMK
VKC0
VKC1
VKC2
VKC3
CKC2
CKC3
(standard)
KY# (e.g., KY3)

ED7000.23

How to Order
ED7000
Strikes

Door Width
Description

Specify

Door Width

Specify

36"

(standard)

48"

W048

Rim
Open rim (ED7200 devices)

(standard)

Rim

S07

For aluminum frame with blade stop

S08

Mortised adjustable

S04

Vertical Rod
Top (ED7400 devices)

(standard)

Surface projecting bottom (ED7400
devices)

(standard)

Flush bottom (ED7400 devices only)

S03

Concealed vertical rod
Top (ED7800 devices)

(standard)

3-hour fire-rated top (ED7800A devices)

(standard)

Bottom (ED7800 and ED7800A devices)

(standard)

Mortise
ANSI strike

(standard)

Open back
1-3/4" door thickness

SB134

2" door thickness

SB200

2-1/4" door thickness

SB214

ED7000.24

Door Height
Door Height

Specify

7'6" (ED7400 devices)

(standard)

7'2" (ED7400A and ED7800A
devices)

(standard)

10'0" (ED7400 devices only)

H1000

10'8" (ED7800 devices only)

H1008

Handing
Hand

Specify

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

Door Thickness
Door Thickness

Specify

1-3/4"

(standard)

2" (except ED7401 x lever trim
and ED7800)

D200

2-1/4" (except ED7401 x lever trim
and ED7800)

D214

Helpful Terms
ED7000
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to a
knob or lever to provide a non-slip
tactile surface for the visually impaired.
Active Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is
operable from the trim side.
Astragal
A vertical member applied to one or
both sides of a pair of doors at the
meeting edges. The astragal closes the
gap between the two doors.
Coordinator
A device used on a pair of doors to
ensure that the inactive door closes
before the active door.
Deadlocking Latch
A supplemental latch that
automatically deadlocks the latchbolt
when pressure is applied to it.
Dogging
A mechanism that allows the latchbolt
to remain retracted, permitting the
door to operate as if it were a pushpull. It cannot be used on fire-rated
exit devices.
Double Egress
A pair of doors of the same hand
that swing in opposite directions,
commonly found in corridors.
Dummy Trim
Trim only, without a lock. Usually used
on the inactive door of a pair of doors.
Exit Device (Panic Hardware)
A door locking device with a pushbar
or crossbar which, when pressed,
allows instant exit (egress)
Hand
The direction a door swings.

Inactive Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is
inoperable from the trim side.
Latchbolt
A lock component that has a beveled
end and projects into a strike, holding
a door in a closed position.
Mullion
A fixed or removable vertical member
that divides a door opening and
provides a latch surface for a pair of
rim exit devices.
Narrow Stile Door
Usually a door having a stile of less
than 2-3/4" wide, commonly seen on
aluminum or glass front applications.
Open Back Strike
For mortise exit devices, used on the
inactive door (usually the vertical rod
door) of a pair of doors that swing
in the same direction. It permits
the inactive door to open or close
independently.
Reversible
Pertains to a product that may be
changed in the field to accommodate
any hand of the door.
Shim Kit
Pieces of metal that permit mounting
of an exit device on a door that has
a surface projecting vision light (glass
bead) molding.
Split Astragal
An astragal that is split through the
middle on a pair of doors, allowing
both doors to operate independently.
Threshold
A strip fastened to the floor beneath a
door. It serves as a stop, prevents heat
loss, and provides a strike location for
latching the bottom rod of a vertical
rod exit device.
Trim
A knob, lever, pull, or thumbpiece
used on the outside of an exit device
door to control access to an area.
Universal Exit Device
An exit device that may be used on
doors of either hand without any
modifications.

Keying and Cylinder Terms

Blockout Cylinder
A cylinder which allows all keys to be
temporarily blocked from operating. It
is set by a blockout key.
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on a cylinder in a location that is not
visible once the cylinder is installed.
Construction Master Keying (CMK)
A cylinder preparation that allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.
Control Key
A key used to remove and install
interchangeable cores.
Cylinder
A lock component containing the
combination that determines which
keys will operate.
Flex Head Cylinder
A cylinder with built-in adjustment
for minor variations in door and trim
thickness.
High Security Cylinder
A cylinder which provides extra
resistance to picking and unauthorized
duplication of keys.
Interchangeable Core (IC)
A cylinder which can be removed and
installed quickly with a control key by
non-skilled personnel when rekeying is
required.
Key Symbol
A letter/number combination in
standard industry format (e.g., 1AA,
AA1, etc.) which indicates exactly how
a key or cylinder fits into a keying
system.
Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug
through which the key enters.
Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate
with keys of different levels of access.
Master Ring Cylinder
A cylinder which offers a wider range
of keying.
Visual Key Control (VKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on keys and on the visible portion of
the front of a cylinder.
ED7000.25

How to Specify
ED7000
Suggested Specification

All exit devices shall be ED7000 Series Narrow Stile Crossbar Exit Devices as manufactured by Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware, Berlin, Connecticut, USA.
The maximum exit device projection shall be 4-7/8", and 3-1/8" when crossbar is depressed. Exit devices shall have
matched twin cases mounted with concealed fastening screws, and shall be constructed of brass, bronze or stainless
steel. Non-matched twin cases shall not be acceptable. Crossbar lever arms shall be drop forged. Devices shall be field
reversible.
Crossbars shall be oval shaped and shall be a minimum of .065" thick. Crossbars shall interlock into the lever arms by
expansion collets and interlocking roll pins. Crossbars attached with rivets shall not be acceptable. Reinforced crossbars
and stainless steel crossbars shall be available. All exit devices shall be easily field sized to accommodate various door
widths.
Panic listed exit devices shall have dogging standard. Dogging screws shall seat into heat-treated pivots for long life and
minimum wear. Panic listed devices shall be available less dogging.
All devices shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for safety as panic hardware. Fire-rated devices shall be
UL listed for A label and lesser class doors, 4' x 7'2" single and 8' x 7'2" pair.
All exit devices shall have ample allowances for easy alignment.
Trims shall be through-bolted with concealed fasteners. Escutcheon, rose and pull trims shall be constructed of brass,
bronze or stainless steel. All lever trims shall use cast levers. Wrought levers shall not be acceptable. Lever trims shall
match those on Corbin Russwin Mortise and Cylindrical Locksets.
All devices and trim shall be furnished in architectural finishes and shall match the trims and finishes on corresponding
locksets.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-1820
ANSI A156.3 Grade 1
All devices, trims, and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All devices and trims shall carry a one-year limited warranty.

ED7000.26

Notes
ED7000

ED7000.27

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a silver-based antimicrobial coating
designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA
ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2000, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY
Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45072-3/11R

ED8000 Series
Pushpad Exit Devices

Introduction
ED8000
Applications

Table of Contents
Introduction............................2
Applications and Listings........ 3
Rim Exit Features.....................4
Surface Vertical Rod
Exit Features......................6
Rim/Vertical Rod Trims
and Functions....................8
Options & Accessories...........11
Cylinders...............................12
Mullions................................13
Electrified Options.................14
How to Order.......................15
Quick Codes.........................16
Helpful Terms.......................18
How to Specify.................... 19

www.corbinrusswin.com

ED8000.2

Heavy-duty steel construction and Grade 1 performance, priced for outstanding value.
Meets rigorous life safety and security requirements, while offering pleasing aesthetics and
trouble-free operation. Designed for high-use, high-abuse situations, ED8000 Pushpad Exit
Devices can be teamed with a variety of Corbin Russwin trims to provide desired functions,
styles and finishes in new construction and renovations, including these settings:
• School and University
• Health Care
• Government and Public
• Commercial and Industrial
• Office and Retail
• Transportation and Utilities
• Hotels and Conference Centers
• Religious

Advantages
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Meets ANSI Grade 1 requirements
Easy-to-use pushpad for quick egress and ADA compliance
Heavy-duty steel construction
3/4" latchbolt standard on rim device
Low profile and projection for barrier-free code compliance
No projecting parts to inhibit egress
Devices accommodate various trim functions for flexibility
Wide range of trim styles and finishes to match other Corbin Russwin products
One-point dogging standard on panic-listed devices
Devices available to satisfy C-UL US safety and fire requirements

Applications and Listings
ED8000
WHI
C-UL US

Listed by Warnock Hersey International Inc., as fire exit hardware.
Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as fire exit hardware.

Single Door
Rim
ED8200
ED8200B
ED8200A

Surface Vertical Rod
ED8400

Listing

Maximum Opening

Panic
1-1/2 Hr. WHI
3Hr. UL

4' x *
4' x 8'
4' x 8'

Surface applied; single point
latching.

Panic

4' x 10'

Surface applied; two point latching.

Pair of Doors with Removable
Mullion
Rim x Rim
ED8200 x ED8200 x 510/910
ED8200B x ED8200B x 508/908A
ED8200A x ED8200A x 508/908A

Pair of Doors
Surface Vertical Rod
x
Surface Vertical Rod
ED8400 x ED8400
ED8400A x ED8400A
Surface Vertical Rod
x
Surface Vertical Rod
(Double Egress)
ED8400 x ED8400
ED8400A x ED8400A

Surface Vertical Rod x Rim
ED8400 x ED8200 x S02

Listing

Maximum
Opening

Panic
1-1/2 Hr. WHI
3Hr. UL

8' x 10'
8' x 8'
8' x 8'

Listing

Panic
1-1/2 Hr. UL

Maximum Opening

8' x 10'
8' x 8'

Panic
3 Hr. UL

8' x 10'
8' x 8'

Panic

8' x 10'

Application

2 independent active doors with
removable mullion.

Application
2 independent doors with 2 point
latching, swinging in the same
direction. Overlapping astragal may
not be required.

2 independent doors with 2 point
latching, swinging in opposite
directions. Overlapping astragal
required for 3-hour openings.

S02 strike required on inactive door;
coordinator recommended.

Note: All ED8000 Series Pushpad Exit Devices are UL305 panic listed.
*UL does not set a door height limitation on panic applications.

ED8000.3

Rim Exit Features
ED8000
ED8200
Panic Listed Rim Exit Device
ED8200B 1-1/2 Hour Fire Listed Rim Exit Device
ED8200A 3-Hour Fire Listed Rim Exit Device
Features
Handing
Non-handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" bar fits 31" - 36"
(787mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 30" bar fits 28" - 30"
(711mm-762mm) door; specify W030.
Optional: 42" bar fits 37" - 42"
(940mm-1067mm) door; specify W042.
Optional: 48" bar fits 43" - 48"
(1092mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.

Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 11.
Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, pull and knob trims
available with wide range of functions; see
Trims and Functions, pages 8-10.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 16.
Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 13.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over glass
bead vision light; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.

Backset
2-3/4" (70mm). Device and trim cover
standard ANSI A115.2 (Type 161) cylindrical
lock preparation. (Backset changes when
mullion is used.)

Exit Alarm
Optional on ED8200 and ED8200B devices,
with and without delay feature. See
Electrified Options, page 14, or Quick Codes,
page 17.

Stile
Minimum width 5" (127mm).

Warranty
One-year limited.

Projection
2-1/2" (64mm) low profile for barrier-free
access.

Certification/Compliance

Latchbolt
3/4" (19mm) stainless steel pullman-type
with stainless steel deadlocking latch.

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 1, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

Materials
Heavy-duty wrought steel chassis and
pushpad; aluminum front and rear bar
covers; stainless steel springs; nylon
bearings.

C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol on
rear cover label indicates listing. Three-hour
fire-rated devices listed as fire exit hardware
for A label and lesser class 4' x 8' single or 8'
x 8' double doors; UL symbol on rear cover
label indicates listing.

Dogging
Standard on ED8200 devices: single point
1/4 turn dogging.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.
Dogging not available on ED8200A and
ED8200B devices.
Fasteners
Standard on ED8200 devices: machine
screws and wood door fasteners.
Optional on ED8200 devices: sex nuts and
bolts; specify M54.
Standard on ED8200A and ED8200B
devices: sex nuts and bolts.
ED8000.4

with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Warnock Hersey International Inc.
ED8200B listed as fire exit hardware for
installation on up to 1-1/2 hour fire doors,
up to 8' x 8'.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
with NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
Painted finishes available on devices and some trims.

BHMA 689

Silver Aluminum Painted

BHMA 690

Dark Bronze Painted

BHMA 691

Light Bronze Painted

Plated finishes available on trims only.

BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 622

Flat Black Coated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C*

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black oxidized bronze, oil
rubbed

*G10, A6, N6 & PR6 trims are available with MicroShield®.

Rim Exit Features
ED8000
ED8200 and ED8200B
Rim Exit Devices

One-point, 1/4 turn dogging standard
on ED8200 devices

Closed on all sides
Heavy-duty wrought steel
construction
Low profile - 2-1/2" projection
Easy to use - 7/16" action gains exit
3/4" throw stainless steel
pullman-type latchbolt
with stainless steel auxiliary
deadlocking latch standard

ED8200A Rim
Exit Device

ED8000.5

Vertical Rod Features
ED8000
ED8400
Panic Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED8400A 3-Hour Fire Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
Features
Handing
Handed; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" bar fits 31"- 36"
(787mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 30" bar fits 28" - 30"
(711mm-762mm) door; specify W030.
Optional: 42" bar fits 37" - 42"
(940mm-1067mm) door; specify W042.
Optional: 48" bar fits 43" - 48"
(1092mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm). Device and trim cover
standard ANSI A115.2 (Type 161) cylindrical
lock preparation.

Dogging
Standard on ED8400 devices: single point
1/4 turn dogging.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.
Dogging not available on ED8400A devices.
Fasteners
Standard on ED8400 devices: machine
screws and wood door fasteners.
Optional on ED8400 devices: sex nuts and
bolts; specify M54.
Standard on ED8400A devices: sex nuts
and bolts.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 11.
Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, pull and knob trims
available with wide range of functions; see
Trims and Functions, pages 8-10.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 16.

Stile
Minimum width 5" (127mm).

Applications and Listings
See page 3.

Door Height
All top rods easily field cut to size.
Standard on ED8400 devices: top rod for
7'6" door.
Optional on ED8400 devices: top rod for
doors up to 10'; specify H1000.
Standard on ED8400A devices: top rod for
8' door.

Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over glass
bead vision light; specify M58.

Projection
2-1/2" (64mm) low profile for barrier-free
access.
Latchbolts
ED8400 devices:
Top: 1/2" interlocking drop latch.
Bottom: 5/8" pivoted.
ED8400A devices:
Top: 3/4" (19mm) steel pullman type with
steel deadlocking latch. Bottom: 3/4"
(19mm) deadbolt.
Vertical Rods
Inverted U-shaped rectangular.
Materials
Heavy-duty wrought steel chassis and
pushpad; steel vertical rods; aluminum bar
and latch covers; stainless steel springs;
nylon bearings.
ED8000.6

Warranty
One-year limited.

rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
with NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Lever trims and pulls comply with Americans
with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
Painted finishes available on devices and some trims.

BHMA 689

Silver Aluminum Painted

BHMA 690

Dark Bronze Painted

BHMA 691

Light Bronze Painted

Plated finishes available on trims only.

BHMA 605

Bright Brass

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

Certification/Compliance

BHMA 612

Satin Bronze

ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 2, Grade 1.

BHMA 613

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 622

Flat Black Coated

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626C*

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black oxidized bronze,
oil rubbed

C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol
on rear cover label indicates listing. Threehour fire-rated devices listed as fire exit
hardware for A label and lesser class 8' x 8'
double doors; UL symbol on rear cover label
indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire

*G10, A6, N6 & PR6 trims are available with MicroShield®.

Vertical Rod Features
ED8000
ED8400 Surface Vertical
Rod Exit Device

1/2" interlocking drop latch

Easy to use - 7/16" action gains exit
Heavy-duty wrought
steel construction

3/4" throw steel
pullman-type top
latchbolt with steel
auxiliary deadlocking
latch standard

Low profile - 2-1/2"
projection

No pinch points – closed
on all sides

ED8400A Surface Vertical
Rod Exit Device

One-point, 1/4 turn dogging standard
on ED8400 devices

Easy to use - 5/8" action
gains exit
Heavy-duty wrought steel
construction

5/8" pivoted

Low profile - 2-1/2" projection

3/4" bottom
deadbolt
standard

ED8000.7

Functions
ED8000
Rim
ED8200
ED8200B
ED8200A
Inside

Outside

Surface Vertical Rod
ED8400
ED8400A
Inside

Type

ANSI No.

Exit Only

F01

• Exit only; no trim.

Dummy

F02

• Entrance by trim when actuating bar is locked
down.

Nightlatch

F03

• Entrance by trim when latch bolt is retracted by
key. Key removable only when locked.

Classroom

F08

• Entrance by knob or lever. Key locks or unlocks
knob or lever.

Passage

—

• Latch bolt retracted by knob or lever.

Storeroom
(Lever
Active)

F09

• Entrance by knob or lever only when released by
key. Key removable only when locked.

Outside

Indicates rigid grip when locked.

Note: Trims shown are for function representation only. See pages 9 and 10 for available trims.

ED8000.8

Function Descriptions

Functions
ED8000
Trim/Function
Trim Design
Passage
Armstrong
A6
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass
or bronze
Cylinder: Key-in-lever

Dummy
Classroom
Nightlatch Storeroom
ANSI No. F02 ANSI No. F08 ANSI No. F03 ANSI No. F09

A610

A650

A655

A6572

A659

N610

N650

N655

N6572

N659

PR610

PR650

PR655

PR6572

PR659

G1010

G1050

G1055

G10572

G1059

N/A

F1501

N/A

F1572

N/A

P150

N/A

P1572

N/A

Available in plated finishes
only.

Newport
N6
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass
or bronze
Cylinder: Key-in-lever
Available in plated finishes
only.

Princeton
PR6
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass
or bronze
Cylinder: Key-in-lever
Available in plated finishes
only.

Global
G10
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought brass
or bronze
Cylinder: Key-in-knob
Available in plated finishes
only.

Flat Plate
F1
Plate: Steel
Cylinder: R
im
Available in plated and
painted finishes.

Z-Pull
P1
Pull: Extruded
Cylinder: R
im

Available in plated finishes
only.

3-1/2"

4-1/2"

Notes:
1. Blank plate with no ANSI function.
2. Not recommended for use with ED8400 or ED8400A Surface Vertical Rod devices.

ED8000.9

Functions
ED8000
Trim/Function
Trim Design

Passage

Dummy
ANSI No.
F02

Classroom
ANSI No.
F08

Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03

N/A

P850

N/A

P8572

N/A

P250

N/A

P2572

N/A

KO572

Wing Pull
P8
Pull: Extruded
Cylinder: Rim
Available in painted
finishes only.

Offset Pull
P2
Pull: Extruded
Cylinder: Rim

4-13/16"

Available in plated finishes only.
5-3/4"

2-1/4"

Key Only
KO
Cylinder: Rim
Note: Available with
cylinder option only.
Ex: K057 x 6P
2. Not recommended for use with ED8400 or ED8400A Surface Vertical Rod devices.

P13
Offset P12
Pull Trim: P12,
P13, P14

Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2"

Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"

P13

10-3/4"

10"

1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
ED8000.10

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F51M x Finish1

Clearance

2-1/2"

10-3/4"
19"
18"

19"
18"

P14

Offset Pull
4"
4"
P14
Clearance: 2-1/2"
11"

2-1/2"

Specify
Part Number, 716F50M x Finish1
10"

P14

11"
10"

P12

Clearance

11"
10"

P12

P14

10"

Specify Part Number, 716F52M x Finish1

Options and Accessories
ED8000
1-5/8"
(41mm)
1-5/8"
(Screws Included)
1-5/8"
(41mm)
1-1/8"
1-5/8"
(41mm)
(29mm)
(41mm)
1-1/8"
1-1/8"
(29mm)
Rim Strike
1-1/8"
(29mm)
1-5/8"
3-1/4"
Standard on ED8200 and
ED8200B devices.
1-5/8"
(29mm)
3-1/4"
(41mm)
(83mm)
1-5/8" To order
1-5/8"
3-1/4"
3-1/4"
separately, specify
386F45.
(41mm)
(83mm)
(41mm)
(41mm)
(83mm)
(83mm)
1-1/8"
(29mm)
1-1/8"
1-1/8"
1-1/8"
(29mm)
(29mm)
(29mm)

Rim Strikes

3-1/4"
(83mm)
3-1/4"
3-1/4"
(83mm)
3-1/4"
(83mm)
(83mm)

Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screws Included)

Top Strike
Standard on ED8400 devices. To order
separately, specify 446F21.

Surface Projecting Bottom Strike
Standard on ED8400 devices. To order
separately, specify 446F22.

Rim x Vertical Rod Strike
Required for ED8200 devices when used
on pair of doors with ED8400 device. To
order with exit device, specify S02. To order
separately, specify 468F30 x finish.

3-Hour Fire-Rated Rim Strike
Standard on ED8200A devices. To order
separately, specify 518F06.

Flush Bottom Strike
Optional for ED8400 devices only. To order
with exit device, specify S03. To order
separately, specify 463F92.

Fire-Rated Top Strike
Standard on ED8400A devices. To order
separately, specify 526F52.

Fire-Rated Bottom Strike
Rim Strike Shim
For doors with 1/2" stop, specify M59. To
order separately, specify 391F575

Shim Kits

Standard on ED8400A devices. To order
separately, specify 526F53.

For ED8200A
Part No. 557F938 622

For ED8200 & ED8200B
Part No. 557F928 622

For ED8400
Part No. 557F948 622

For ED8400A
Part No. 557F958 622

ED8000.11

Cylinders
ED8000
Cylinders

L4 keyway standard. To order with Exit Device, see Quick Codes, page 16. To order
separately, specify Part No. x keyway x Finish (e.g., 2000-033-7 x L4 x 626).
Cylinder Type

Part No.

Description

Key-in-Lever
for A6, N6 and PR6
trim

2000-033
2000-033-7
2010-033
2020-033
2027-033

6-pin
7-pin
6-pin, Security
7-pin, Pyramid High Security
7-pin, Pyramid Security

Key-in-Knob
for G10 trim

2000-033H
2010-033H
2020-033H
2027-033H

6-pin, horizontal tailpiece
6-pin, Security, horizontal tailpiece
Pyramid High Security, horizontal tailpiece
Pyramid Security, horizontal tailpiece

Interchangeable
Core
Optional for A6, N6,
PR6 trim

8000
8000-7
8010
8020
8027

6-pin
7-pin
6-pin, Security
7-pin, Pyramid High Security
7-pin, Pyramid Security

Rim
for all other trim

3000-200
3000-138
3000-200-7
3010-200
3012-178
3080-178
3070-178
3070-178-7
3080-178-7
3090-178
3020-200
3027-200
3027-138
3030-178
3037-178
3037-114
3080-114
3070-114
3080-114-7
3070-114-7
3020-138
3030-114
3040-178
3040-178-7

6-pin
6-pin, horizontal tailpiece for exit alarm supplied when M61 or M62 is ordered
7-pin, horizontal tailpiece
6-pin, horizontal tailpiece, Security
6-pin, blockout function, Security
6-pin, interchangeable core (IC)
6-pin, IC less core
7-pin, IC less core
7-pin, IC
6-pin, Security IC
Pyramid High Security
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security for M61, M62
7-pin Pyramid, IC High Security
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid Security IC for M61,M62
6-pin, IC for exit alarm supplied when M61 or M62 is ordered
6-pin, IC less core for M61 or M62
7-pin, IC for M61 or M62
7-pin, IC less core for M61 or M62
7-pin Pyramid High Security, horizontal tailpiece for exit alarm supplied when M61 or
M62 is ordered
7-pin Pyramid High Security, IC for exit alarm supplied when M61 or M62 is ordered
6-pin, SFIC with Less Core
7-pin, SFIC with Less Core

1000-118-A62
1000-114-A62-7
1080-114-A62
1080-112-A62-7
1020-114-A62
1027-114-A62
1030-114-A62
1037-114-A62
1010-118-A62
1090-114-A62
1070-114-A62
1070-112-A62-7

6-Pin
7-Pin
6-Pin, IC
7-Pin, IC
7-pin, Pyramid High Security
7-pin, Pyramid Security
7-pin, Pyramid High Security IC
7-pin, Pyramid Security IC
Security
Security IC
6-pin, IC, less core
7-pin, IC, less core

900 Series Key
Removable Mullion
Mortise Cylinders

900 Series Key Removable Mullion Cylinder Collar Packet
Mullion Series
907BKM
908BKM
910KM

Cylinder Length and Type
1-1/8"
610F01*

1-1/4"

1-1/4" IC

447F43*

Note: Cylinder collar packets contain a collar and spring washer.
*Specify finish when ordering packets.

ED8000.12

1-1/2" IC
609F37*

Cylinders/Mullions
ED8000
Compatibility with Competitive Cylinders (N6 and PR6 trims only)
Competitive Cylinder

Complete Trim

Tailpiece for Optional Cylinders

Schlage® conventional 21-002, 23-001 or 23-013

Specify M06

682F39-8 Tailpiece

Schlage Primus 20-548, 20-550, 20-748 or 20-750

Specify M06

682F39-8 Tailpiece

Best® style core, 6 or 7-pin

Specify M08

682F958 Tailpiece

Sargent® 13-3266

Specify M09

682F96-9 Tailpiece kit and Special Lever

Schlage IC Core

Specify M69

697F94-2 Tailpiece

IC 6-Pin

Specify C6

682F918 Tailpiece kit

IC 7-Pin

Specify C7

682F918 Tailpiece kit

For Assa and Medeco retrofit cylinders, consult those manufacturers' catalogs.

500 Series and 900 Series Removable Mullions

The 500 series and 900 series mullions are used to install two ED7200 Rim Exit Devices
in a double door opening. They may be quickly and easily removed, then reinstalled,
when a full double door opening is temporarily required. The 500 series and 900 series
mullions meet ANSI A156.3, Type 22.

500 Mullion

500 Series Mullions - How to Order
Removable Mullions
UL Fire
Rating1

Mullion Opening Height2

Catalog
Number
507

3-Hour

Up to 7'2"

Panic Only

Up to 8'0"

508

Panic Only

Up to 10'0"

510

Notes:
1. UL label on mullion indicates listing.
2. May be field cut for doors.

900 Series Mullions - How to Order
Removable Mullions
UL Fire
Rating1

Mullion Opening Height 2

Catalog
Number

Panic Only

Up to 7'0"

907

Panic Only

Up to 8'0"

908

Panic Only

Up to 10'0"

910

3-Hour

Up to 7'0"

907A

3-Hour

Up to 8'0"

908A

Key Removable Mullions
UL Fire
Rating1

Mullion Opening Height2

Catalog
Number

1-1/2 Hour

Up to 7'0"

907BKM3

1-1/2 Hour

Up to 8'0"

908BKM3

Panic Only

Up to 10'0"

910KM3

Notes:
1. UL label on mullion indicates listing.
2. May be field cut for doors.
3. Cylinder and collars not included, specify separately. See
Cylinders on page 12.

900 Series Mullions - Options

M95- Spacer Block
Recommended for double rabbeted
frames where the stop face width is
less than the mounting hole spacing
and also for door frames 5-3/4"
(176mm) or less. To order with
a mullion, specify M95. To order
separately, specify Part No. 683F29-8.

900 Mullion

Top Plate

M96- Angle Bracket
Recommended for any header
configuration with less than 3"
(76mm) of mounting surface. To order
with a mullion, specify M96. To order
separately, specify Part No. 655F63-8.
M57- Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controls the movement of the
mullion. Recommended for opening
over 7' high, or whenever door
movement must be minimized. To
order with mullion, specify M57. To
order separately, specify Part No.
653F11-1 x 695 or 628.

Bottom Plate

ED8000.13

Electrified Options
ED8000
Exit Alarm
Optional on ED8200 and ED8200B devices;
emits audible alarm, signaling emergency
or unauthorized use of door. To order,
specify option M61.

Exit Alarm With 20-Second Delay
Optional on ED8200 and ED8200B
devices; permits controlled authorized
entrance or egress. For authorized exit,
turn inside key to OFF, then back to ON.
This allows 20-second interval to exit
without sounding alarm. To enter, use key
outside. Alarm will not sound if door is
closed within 20 seconds. To order, specify
option M62.

Features

Solid state circuitry with adjustable
sensitivity.
Volume
85db at 10 feet.
Light Emitting Diode (LED)
Indicates power on, alarm on, delay
feature on.
No wiring required
Recommended power source: one
9-volt alkaline battery (not included).
One additional battery may be used for
extended alarm.
Tamper resistant design
Will not obstruct emergency exit; provides
easy access for battery changes.

ED8000.14

Size
3-7/8" (98mm) x 9-3/4" (248mm) x 2-5/8"
(67mm). 1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm) and
2-1/4" (57mm) door thickness; 2-3/4"
(70mm) backset.
Door Size
Standard 36" (914mm) exit device fits 31"
(787mm) - 36" (914mm) doors.
Optional: 30" (762mm) fits 28" (711mm)
- 30" (762mm) doors; 42" (1067mm)
fits 37" (940mm) - 42" (1067mm) doors;
48" (1219mm) fits 43" (1092mm) - 48"
(1219mm) doors.
Non-handed
Warning decal
EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY– ALARM WILL
SOUND. Applied in field; will not affect
handing.

Inside cylinder
Rim. For keying options see page 16. To
order cylinder separately, see page 12.
Keying
When alarm is ordered with exit device and
outside trim, inside and outside cylinders
will be keyed alike.
Trim
Available with all trims for ED8200 and
ED8200B devices; see pages 9 and 10.
Retrofitting
To add standard alarm to existing device,
order ED82AK x Finish.To add alarm
with time delay to existing device, order
ED82AK x M62 x Finish. To order time
delay switch separately, specify 490F71 for
all bar lengths.

How to Order
ED8000
Where to find ordering
information and Quick
Codes

Ordering Examples
Rim Exit Device
Quantity

Exit Device

Finish

ED8200

689

Functions and Trims
Rim and Vertical Rod
Removable Mullion
Finish
Handing
Door Thickness
Strike
Door Width
Door Height
Miscellaneous Options
Cylinders and Keying

Pages 8-10
Pages 13
Page 16
Page 16
Page 16
Page 17
Page 16
Page 16
Page 17
Page 16

Hand

Door
Thickness

Door Width

Misc.
Options

LHR

D200

W048

M58

Removable Mullion
Quantity

Mullion

508

Rim Exit Device with Trim
Finish

Quantity

Exit Device

Trim/
Function

Trim

Device

ED8200A

A610

613

690

Vertical Rod Exit Device with Trim
Finish

Quantity

Exit Device

Trim/
Function

Trim

Device

ED8400

N655

626

689

Hand

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Door
Width

Door
Height

Misc.
Options

RHR

D214

S03

W048

H1000

M54

Contract/Detailed Order - Rim Exit Device with Trim
Finish

Quantity

Keyset

Exit
Device

Trim/
Function

Trim

Device

AA1

ED8200

P857

626

689

Hand

Door
Thickness

Door
Width

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

LHR

D200

W048

M54

VKC3

Handing
LHR

RHR

Left Hand Reverse

Right Hand Reverse

Note: Arrow (

) indicates secure side of door.
ED8000.15

Quick Codes
ED8000
Cylinders and Keying
Description
Conventional 6-pin
Conventional 7-pin
IC 6-pin3
IC 7-pin3
Pyramid High Security fixed core
Pyramid Security fixed core
Pyramid High Security IC3
Pyramid Security IC3
Security
Security IC3
IC 6-pin less core3
IC 7-pin less core3
Pyramid IC with temporary construction core3
Pyramid IC with temporary disposable core3
Pyramid IC less core3
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Red)3
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Blue)3
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Green)3
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core3
IC 6-Pin with temporary disposable core3
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core3 (Rim Cylinder Only)
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core3
(Rim Cylinder Only)
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Red)3
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Blue)3
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Green)3
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core3
IC 7-Pin with temporary disposable core3
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core3 (Rim Cylinder Only)
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core3
(Rim Cylinder Only)
Blockout function
0-Bitted with 2 blank keys
Keyed random
Master Keyed (all cylinders except (8000, 8020, 8027
IC core)
Master Keyed Pyramid
Master Keyed Security
(including IC cylinder and core)
Master Keyed 8000, 8020, 8027 IC core
Master Keyed to customer bittings or sample key
Construction master keyed1
Visual key control (VKC)
- No Stamping
- Keys only
- Cylinders and Keys2
- Cylinders only2
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys
- CKC cylinders only2

Door Width
Specify
6P
7P
C6
C7
PHS
PS
PCHS
PCS
HS
CHS
CL6
CL7
CTP
CTPD
CLP
CT6R
CT6B
CT6G
CT6
CT6D
CLS6
CT6SD

W030

36" (914mm)

(standard)

42" (1067mm)

W042

48" (1219mm)

W048

Specify

7'6" (2.29m) (ED8400 devices)

(standard)

8'0" (2.44m) (ED8400A devices)

(standard)

10'0" (3.05m) (ED8400 devices only)

H1000

Handing
Hand

Specify

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

Finishes
Description

Specify

US3

Bright Brass

605

US4

Satin Brass

606

US9

Bright Bronze

611

US10

612

US14

Satin Bronze
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, oil
rubbed
Bright Nickel Plated

US15

Satin Nickel Plated

619

US19

Flat Black Coated

622

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

Satin Chromium Plated
Satin Chromium Plated with
MicroShield®*
Silver Aluminum Painted

626

CT7SD

specify keyset

30" (762mm)

Door

US10B

BO
(standard)
KR

Specify

Door Height

CT7R
CT7B
CT7G
CT7
CT7D
CLS7

US26D

specify keyset
specify keyset
specify keyset
specify keyset
CMK

613
618

626C
689

Dark Bronze Painted

690

Light Bronze Painted

691

Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed

722

*G10, A6, N6 & PR6 trims are available with MicroShield .
®

VKC0
VKC1
VKC2
VKC3
CKC2
CKC3

Notes:
1. CMK construction master keying is not available in Pyramid or Security Series.
2. VKC2, VKC3, CKC3 are not available in Pyramid or Security series.
3. Not available for G10 trim.
ED8000.16

Door

Door Thickness
Door

Specify

1-3/8" (35mm)*

D138

1-3/4" (44mm)

(standard)

2" (51mm)

D200

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

*G10, A6, N6, PR6 series trims only.

Quick Codes
ED8000
Miscellaneous Options

Strike

Description

Specify

Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage cylinder

M06

Lever to accept Best® type core (N6 and PR6 trims
only)

M08

Lever to accept Sargent® cylinder (N6 and PR6 trims
only)

M09

Lever to accept Schlage IC core

M69

Knurling outside only (trim side)

M21

Abrasive coat outside and inside (trim and device)

M23

Abrasive coat inside only (device side)

M24

Abrasive coat outside only (trim side)

M25

Less dogging

M51

Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)

Description

Specify

Rim
Rim x vertical rod

S02

Vertical Rod
Flush bottom
(ED8400 devices only)

S03

M54

Mullion stabilizer kit

M57

Shim kit (for vision light)

M58

Shim for 2-3/4" (70mm) backset on doors with 1/2"
(13mm) stop (rim devices only)

M59

Exit alarm (rim devices only)

M61

Exit alarm with delay (rim devices only)

M62

1. Not available with D138 option.

ED8000.17

Helpful Terms
ED8000
Abrasive Coat

Inactive Door

Hard granular material applied to provide
a non-slip tactile surface for the visually
impaired.

In a pair of doors, the door that is
inoperable from the trim side.

Active Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is operable
from the trim side.

A lock component that has a beveled end
and projects into a strike, holding the door
in a closed position.

Astragal

Mullion

Latchbolt

A vertical member applied to one or both
sides of a pair of doors at the meeting
edges. The astragal closes the gap
between the two doors.

A fixed or removable vertical member that
divides a door opening and provides a
latch surface for a pair of rim exit devices.

Coordinator

Usually a door having a stile less than
2-3/4" (70mm) wide, commonly seen on
aluminum or glass front applications.

A device used on a pair of doors to ensure
that the inactive door closes before the
active door.

Narrow Stile Door

Shim Kit

A supplemental latch that automatically
deadlocks the latchbolt when pressure is
applied to it.

Pieces of metal that permit mounting
of an exit device on a door that has a
surface projecting vision light (glass bead)
moulding.

Dogging

Split Astragal

Deadlocking Latch

A mechanism that allows the latchbolt to
remain retracted, permitting the door to
operate as if it were a push-pull; it cannot
be used on fire-rated exit devices.

An astragal that is split through the middle
on a pair of doors, allowing both doors to
operate independently.

Double Egress

A strip fastened to the floor beneath a
door. It serves as a stop, prevents heat
loss, and provides a strike location for
latching the bottom rod of a vertical rod
exit device.

A pair of doors of the same hand that
swing in opposite directions, commonly
found in corridors.

Dummy Trim
Trim only. Usually used on the inactive
door of a pair of doors for design balance.

Exit Device (Panic Hardware)
A door locking device with a pushpad
or crossbar which, when pressed, allows
instant exit (egress).

Fire Exit Hardware
An exit device listed by an independent
testing laboratory as meeting panic, fire
and hose stream test standards; used on
fire-rated openings.

Hand
The direction a door swings.

ED8000.18

Threshold

Trim
A knob, lever, pull, or thumbpiece used
on the outside of an exit device door to
control access to an area.

Universal Exit Device
An exit device that may be used on doors
of either hand without any modifications.

Keying and Cylinder Terms
Blockout Cylinder
A cylinder which allows all keys to be
temporarily blocked from operating. It is
set by a blockout key.

Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols on
a cylinder in a location which is not visible
once the cylinder installed.

How to Specify
ED8000
Suggested Specification
All exit devices shall be ED8000 Series Pushpad Exit Devices as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
The maximum exit device projection shall be 2-1/2" (64mm). The exit device bar shall be constructed of heavy wrought steel. The
pushpad shall be constructed of wrought steel; scalped pushpads or pushpads with plastic or Lexan coatings shall not be acceptable.
The pushpad shall cover the entire length of the devices. Pushpads which cover less than the entire length of the device shall not be
acceptable. Nylon bearings and stainless steel springs shall be used for long life and durability; only torsion springs are acceptable. All
device covers shall be of aluminum; plastic or metal stamping shall not be acceptable. Mounting screws shall be concealed to deter
tampering. All ferrous parts shall be zinc coated to prevent rusting.
Single point, one quarter turn hex key dogging shall be standard on non-fire-rated devices.
All devices shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for safety as panic hardware. Fire rated devices shall be UL/C-UL listed for A
label and lesser class doors, 4' x 8' single and 8' x 8' pair. The model number shall be located on the end cap; devices having the
model number located other than on the end cap shall not be acceptable.
On trims with cylinders, the locking and unlocking of the trim shall be housed in the trim and not in the active head of the device.
Trim shall be throughbolted and fasteners shall be concealed.
All trims shall be furnished in architectural finishes and shall match the trims and finishes on corresponding locksets.
Certification:
ANSI A156.3, Grade 1
All devices, trims and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All devices and trims shall carry a one-year limited warranty.

ED8000.19

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a silver-based antimicrobial
coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria. MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of
publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Other products brand
names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. Copyright© 2002, 2010 Corbin Russwin Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group
company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45075-3/11R

artful

An
approach to
every opening

One lever for

all openings

corbinrusswinMUSEO.com

Access Control

Exit Device Trim

Campus Access Control

Tubular Lock

Mortise Lock

For beautiful door hardware that helps to ensure life safety and
security, Corbin Russwin presents Muséo®. Designers and architects
will appreciate this aesthetic line of door levers that creates a cohesive
overall design, without compromising quality and functionality.
Whether your project is about constructing sleek, structured spaces or
creating bright, playful environments, Muséo art-inspired designer levers
carry your vision throughout the facility.
Backed by coordinating commercial grade Corbin Russwin door
hardware, Muséo opens up an expansive world of possibilities for
design excellence.

Unifying art

& performance

Muséo® is ideal for commercial projects such as offices, campuses, museums, and hotels as well as large
residential projects such as condominium complexes. Designed for use with a full complement of Corbin Russwin
commercial door hardware, Muséo levers coordinate seamlessly with our exit devices, tubular locks, mortise
locks and access control hardware, so specification is simple and unified.

Tubular locks for:
•

Hotel guest rooms

•

High-end apartments

•

Condominiums

•

Office buildings

Mortise locks for:
•

Healthcare buildings

•

School & university
applications

•

Government facilities

corbinrusswinMUSEO.com

Exit Devices for:

Access Control for:
•

Corporate institutions

•

Healthcare facilities

•

Any door that requires
electronic security control
Campus Access
Control for:
•

Dorm rooms

•

Library

•

Computer rooms

•

Book store

•

Conference rooms

•

Theaters

•

All egress doors

The art of

inspiration

Jumpstart your creativity with Inspire™
roseless trim. The harmonious union
of lever and door creates an artful
approach to every opening.
Is door hardware obvious? Sometimes.
But subtlety is key to good design. Select
a stunning Museo lever, combine it with
Inspire trim, and create a masterpiece!
Offered with most Museo levers, this
exquisite trim by Corbin Russwin will
inspire you and the door openings in
your facilities to be works of art.

Features:
•

•

Compatible with TL3700 tubular
locks, ML2000 mortise locks and
Benefits:
Access 600™ RNE1 mortise access
• Lever and trim fade into the door
control lock
for a subtle, refined look
13 architectural finishes available
including MicroShield® antimicrobial • Variety of decorative levers offered
to complement your design
coating

Maiman and Graham wood doors,
Ceco Door and Curries hollow metal
doors can be expertly prepared for
Inspire trim

•

• One lever on all openings creates

a consistent theme throughout
your building

corbinrusswinMUSEO.com

roseless trim

The Art of the Opening
Muséo® offers a wide variety of lever styles and finishes
for commercial door hardware, providing a solution
for any opening. The possibilities are endless.

Suggested
Thumbturn
Pairing: MT2

Georgia
5-3/8"
136.40mm

5"
127.03mm

4-13/16"
121.85mm
2-17/32"
64.52mm

2-1/4"
57.03mm

101*

102

2-1/2"
63.13mm

103

5-5/16"
134.94 mm

5-1/8"
130.18 mm

4-13/32"
111.76mm
2-3/4"
69.85 mm

2-3/16"
55.75mm

124

104*

2-11/16"
68.26 mm

3/8"
9.53 mm

125

Pablo
5-1/8"
130.16 mm

4-1/4"
108.08mm
2-7/8"
73.03 mm

2-15/32"
62.88mm

3/8"
9.53 mm

126

117

*Not available with Inspire roseless trim
®

corbinrusswinMUSEO.com

Salvador
4-3/8"
111.13mm

4-11/16"
118.80mm

5-3/8"
136.13mm

106

107

108
4-31/32"
126.21mm

5 13/32"
137.03mm

5-1/2"
139.83mm
2-15/32"
62.59mm

2-19/32"
65.79mm

7/16"
11.11mm

2-1/2"
63.5mm

123

110

109

4 19/32"
116.90mm

4 5/8"
117.86mm

3/8"
9.53mm

2-25/32"
70.99mm

2-17/32"
64.26mm

2-1/2"
63.75mm

2 13/16"
71.37mm

7/16"
11.02mm

2 15/32"
62.74mm

129

128

Suggested
Thumbturn
Pairing: MT3

Piet

5-1/4"
133.35mm

5 1/4"
133.35mm

Brown or black
leather insert

21G*

21M*

21L*
5-1/4"
133.35mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

Birch insert

Santoprene™ insert

3-3/32"
78.58mm

21S*
5-1/4"
133.35mm

5 1/4"
133.35mm

3-3/32"
78.58mm

*Not available with Inspire roseless trim

3 3/32"
78.58mm

27M*

3-3/32"
78.58mm

23M*

21W*

25M*

3-3/32"
78.58mm

3 3/32"
78.58mm

Jackson
5-3/8"
136.56mm

4-23/32"
119.99mm

5-3/32"
129.66mm
2-13/32"
61.34mm

105

120

119

5-3/8"
136.53 mm

5-1/8"
130.03mm

4-31/32"
125.94mm

122

121*

3/8"
9.53 mm

127

Suggested
Thumbturn
Pairing: MT1

Marc
2-1/8"
53.97mm

111*

5-1/16"
128.97mm

5-1/8"
129.85mm
3-1/16"
78.10mm

115

2-7/8"
73.02mm

116

5-1/4"
133.36 mm

3/8"
9.53 mm

2-3/4"
69.81mm

113*

112

2-15/32"
62.34mm

114

3"
76.08mm

2-3/4"
69.87mm

5-3/8"
136.28mm
2-21/32"
67.29mm

5-7/32"
132.25mm

5-5/32"
130.90mm

4-17/32"
115.09mm

130

2-15/16"
74.61

2-3/4"
69.87mm

2-17/32"
64.58mm

2-15/16"
58.74 mm

2-27/32"
71.88mm

2-5/16"
58.36mm

5-5/16"
134.94 mm

5-1/4"
133.35 mm
2-7/8"
73.03 mm

131

3/8"
9.53 mm

2-7/8"
73.03 mm

132

3/8"
9.53 mm

*Not available with Inspire roseless trim

corbinrusswinMUSEO.com

Muséo Trim
TL3700 Tubular Lock Roses

2-3/4"
69.85mm

U rose

T rose

2-11/16"
68.26mm

E2 Rose*

V rose

ML2000 Mortise Lock Roses

2-3/4"
69.85mm

U rose

T rose

2-3/16"
55.56mm

w rose

x rose

y rose

1-1/2"
38mm
dia

2-1/16"
52.39mm

E3 Rose*

1-3/4"
44.5mm

1-1/2"
38mm
dia

MT1

Inspire

ML2000 Mortise Lock Escutcheons
2-3/16"
55.56mm

ML2000 Mortise Lock
Thumbturns
Note: Thumbturn back plate will match
shape of rose chosen (i.e. round or square)

E2 Rose*

V rose

2-5/16"
55.63mm

2-1/8"
53.98mm

2-11/16"
68.26mm

2-3/4"
69.85mm

MT2

3/4"
19.05mm

J Collar

Compatible with:
TL3700 tubular locks,
ML2000 mortise locks and
Access 600™ RNE1 mortise
access control locks

8-1/2"
215.9mm

* Square cylinder collar and thumbturn plate
included when ordering E2 and E3 roses

L escutcheon

MT3

Roseless Trim

1-1/2"
38.10mm

9-3/16"
233.36mm

1-1/2"
38mm
dia

R escutcheon

Finishes
Muséo trim is available in 13 architectural finishes including MicroShield® antimicrobial coating.
Note: Piet Collection offered in stainless steel finishes (629/630) only.

605

Polished brass, clear coated

606

Satin brass, clear coated

611

613

Dark oxidized satin bronze,
oil rubbed Also available 613L Dark

Polished bronze, clear coated

612

Satin bronze, clear coated

613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated

722

Black oxidized bronze, oil rubbed

625

Polished chrome

oxidized satin bronze, clear coated

618

Polished nickel

619

Satin nickel

626

Satin chrome

629

Polished stainless steel

630

Satin stainless steel

corbinrusswinMUSEO.com

Georgia

Salvador

Pablo

Piet*

Jackson

Marc

101*

106

117

21G

105

111*

102

107

126

21L

119

112

103

108

21M

120

113*

104*

109

21S

121*

114

124

110

21W

122

115

125

123

23M

127

116

128

25M

130

129

27M

131

132

*Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim

GRAHAM Custom, multi-species
Sketch Door™

MAIMAN Wood
Frame and casing
McKINNEY
Hinges
Corbin Russwin
Mortise lock with Inspire™ roseless
trim and Museo decorative lever

ADAMS RITE

CECO DOOR
McKINNEY

CORBIN RUSSWIN
RIXSON

CURRIES

ROCKWOOD

GRAHAM

MAIMAN

SARGENT

With AssA Abloy, it’s not just about good looking door hardware…it’s about the entire opening.
beautiful wood doors and frames, pulls, hinges, coat hooks, door stops and of course…locks, access
control and exit devices with superbly stylized levers. AssA Abloy group companies offer suited
door openings in the epic pursuit of Good Design and the Total Aesthetic Opening.
Visit www.thegooddesignstudio.com to learn more.

corbinrusswinMUSEO.com

One of many collections offered through ASSA ABLOY Group
brands and showcased at The Good Design Studio.

Corbin Russwin, Inc.
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037-4004
Phone 800.543.3658
Fax 800.447.6714
corbinrusswin.com
corbinrusswinmuseo.com

corbinrusswinMUSEO.com

Corbin Russwin and Muséo® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY
Group company. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. Other products’ brand names may be
trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only.
All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the
right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright
© 2009, 2012 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole
or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45145-712R

corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

table of contents
levers
finishes, roses & escutcheons
mortise locksets
exit devices
access control devices
master key systems

2
6
7
8
9
9

distinctively styled lever trims

VINEYARD
The Vineyard Collection is made up of choice materials,
classical lines, curves and lush finishes. Elegantly designed
levers of rare quality are available for the finest commercial
openings. Vineyard Collection — Corbin Russwin’s
unparalleled level of creativity and achievement in decorative
door hardware.
select vineyard for your high-profile
commercial projects
Vineyard Collection levers blend beauty with security.
These levers are ideal for executive office areas, high-end
condominiums, airport business clubs, banking centers,
hotels, municipal buildings, exclusive retail shops, and
upscale theatres.

corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

Merlot

Frascati

Zinfandel

Tuscany

corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

T R I M

Merlot

Like its namesake, the
Merlot blends with
– and enhances – any
décor.

MSG

LEVER: CAST
ROSE: CAST

MSL
LEVERS | Merlot

LEVER: CAST

ESCUTCHEON: CAST

800.543.3658
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

D E S I GNS

T R I M

Frascati

D E S I GNS

Fresh yet classic, the
Frascati exudes the casual,
timeless elegance of the
Roman hills.

FSG

LEVER: Cast
ROSE: Cast

Specify Hand.

FSL

LEVER: Cast

LEVERS | Frascati

ESCUTCHEON: Cast
Specify Hand.

800.543.3658

3
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

T R I M

Zinfandel

Vigorous and complex in
design, the Zinfandel adds
finesse to any opening.

ZSG

LEVER: Cast
ROSE: Cast

Specify Hand.

ZSL
LEVERS | Zinfandel

LEVER: Cast

ESCUTCHEON: Cast
Specify Hand.

800.543.3658
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

D E S I GNS

T R I M

Tuscany

D E S I GNS

In true Renaissance spirit,
the Tuscany brings balance
and beauty to every
interior.

TSG

LEVER: Cast
ROSE: Cast

TSL

LEVER: Cast

LEVERS | Tuscany

ESCUTCHEON: Cast

800.543.3658

5
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

FINISHES, ROSES
& ESCUTCHEONS

605-E* Polished brass,
Infini-T®

606-E* Satin brass,

2-9/16”
65.09mm

Infini-T®

611

Polished bronze,
clear coated

612

Satin bronze,
clear coated

613

Dark oxidized satin
bronze, oil rubbed

G rose
2-3/16”
55.56mm

Finishes, Roses & Escutcheons

Also available 613L
Dark oxidized satin
bronze, clear coated

618

Polished nickel

619

Satin nickel

625

Polished
chrome

626

Satin chrome

722

Black oxidized bronze,
oil rubbed

9-3/16”
233.36mm

L escutcheon

*Infini-T® finish is a technologically advanced finish produced
by a coating technology called Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD).
Infini-T® provides the ultimate surface protection against the
elements and everyday wear and tear.

800.543.3658
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

MORTISE
LOCKSETS

ML2000 Series Mortise Locksets
The ML2000 series is a Grade 1 mortise lock designed to meet the
rigors of high-traffic commercial, institutional, industrial and government
applications. Constructed of heavy-gage steel, the lockbody features
our patented Quick Reversible latchbolt (Patent # 6,349,982) and
a 1" stainless steel deadbolt.
A wide variety of trim designs and functions and a 10-year warranty lend
to the ML2000’s versatility and reliability, making it the ideal choice for
projects requiring distinctive styling.

order example:

Trim

Finish

Series/Function

Outside

Inside

Outside

Inside

Hand

ML2055

ZSL

---

626

---

RHR

ML2051

MSG

605

625

Mortise Locksets

Qty

800.543.3658

7
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

EXIT DEVICES

ED5000 Series Exit Devices

Parabolic Trim
Specify M60

Standard Trim

VineyardTM offers the power of choice. With a wide variety of
devices, trims, lever designs, and electrified hardware, a high security,
aesthetically pleasing locking system can be designed for any building
and application. Design Suite: A parabolic design option to match our
Access 800® styling for a suited look. Electronics: The Corbin Russwin
ED5000 series electrified exit devices offer a complete range of options
that may be integrated into the monitoring security and alarm systems
of most buildings. The continuum of appearance is maintained, as well
as the security and function of the ED5000 mechanical exit device.
Heavy-Duty Trim: Patented lever release (free wheeling) mechanism for
vandal resistance (Patent # 4,920,773). SecureBolt™: Deadbolt-style latch
design provides increased physical security and vandal resistance. Delayed
Egress Exit Device: Increases security in many applications such as retail
stores and health care facilities.

order example:
Exit Device with Trim
Qty

Exit Device

Trim/Function

Finish

Hand

Cylinder Option

ED5600

FR9M55

626

RHR

ED5400

TS910

606

---

Door Thickness

Optional Strike

Door Width

Misc. Options

D200

SB134

WO48

---

M60

Trim Only

Exit Devices

Qty

Trim/Function Finish Hand Cylinder Option Door Thickness Misc Options

M957

605

---

D214

M60

M955

625

---

800.543.3658
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

ACCESS CONTROL
& PYRAMID

Access Control Devices
®

The Access 800® AC2 is a motor driven, battery powered stand-alone
system with no hardwiring required, but available if desired. Choose
from a variety of mortise and exit device versions for new or retrofit
applications.
• Stand-alone access control; no hardwiring necessary
• HID compatible; supports 26, 33, 34 & 35 bit formats
• Fully programmable for time zones, holidays and audit trail
• 9 volt hardwire option available
• Easy to use software
• Interior or exterior applications
• Supporting up to 2000 users

Pyramid®, Corbin Russwin’s patented cylinder
(Patent # 6,125,674), is the most secure locking
system available. Pyramid cylinders are available
in both High Security and Security versions. The
High Security version is certified by Underwriters
Laboratories to UL437 standards.
Pyramid High Security and Pyramid Security cylinders
can be combined on the same master key system and
one key can operate both cylinder types!

800.543.3658

Access Control & Pyramid

Master Key Systems

9
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

Corbin Russwin, Inc.
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037-4004
Phone 800.543.3658
Fax 800.447.6714
corbinrusswin.com
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc.
VineyardTM is a trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc. These materials are protected
under US copyright laws. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference
purposes only. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc.
reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design,
construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2007 Corbin Russwin, Inc. All rights
reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission
of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45065 0108

corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com

ML2000 Series
Mortise Locksets

Overview
ML2000
Table of Contents
ML2000 Overview....................2
ML2000 Features..................3-4
ML2000 Functions................5-9
ML20900 ECL Applications....10
ML20900 ECL Features..........12
ML20900 ECL Functions........13

Quality

Aesthetics

The ML2000 series is a Grade 1 mortise
lock designed to meet the rigors of
high-traffic commercial, institutional,
industrial and government applications.
Constructed of heavy-gauge steel, the
lockbody features our patented Quick
Reversible latchbolt, and a 1” stainless
steel deadbolt. A wide variety of trim
designs and functions and a 10-year
warranty lend to the ML2000’s versatility
and reliability, making it the ideal choice
for use in offices, schools, hospitals, hotels
and other high-use applications.

Complement any application with the full
range of trim designs and finishes offered
with ML2000 Series. From stainless steel
security trims to bright brass Vineyard™
levers, design continuum can be achieved
without forfeiting aesthetics. For
additional information regarding designer
trim, see the Corbin Russwin Vineyard™
Collection and Muséo® Collection
catalogs.

Trim Designs.....................14-35
Muséo® Trim..........................36
Muséo Inspire™
Roseless Trim.........................37
®

Muséo® Levers..................38-46
Vineyard™ Collection
Trim..................................47-50
High Security Series
Trim (HS)................................51
Vandal Resistant Trim (VR).......52
Behavioral Health
Trim (BHSS)............................53
Behavioral Health Lever
Trim (BLSS).............................54
Push/Pull Trim (HPSK).............. 55
Anti-Harm Trim (HSS).............. 56
Options and Accessories.....57-64
How to Order...................65-67
Quick Codes.....................68-70
How to Specify.................71-72
Reversing Handing.................73

www.corbinrusswin.com

ML2000.2

Security
Further discourage intrusion and abuse
with the ML2000HS (High Security) or
ML2000VR (Vandal Resistant) series
mortise lock. Both locks feature vandalresistant stainless steel escutcheons with
tapered edges and Torx® pin tamper
resistant screws. When matched with
Corbin Russwin patented high-security
Pyramid cylinders, any door can become a
formidable barrier to intruders.

Key Advantages
• Patented Quick Reversible feature
enables reversal of hands without
disassembling the lock case (Patent #
6,349,982)
• Security trims provide a vandal-resistant
barrier
• Can be used with new or existing
Corbin Russwin key systems, including
patented high-security Pyramid
cylinders. (Patent # 6,125,674) Also
accepts cylinders of most other
manufacturers.
• Provides life safety and security in a
single door prep, saving the additional
cost of a deadlock
• Through-bolted trim designs for proper
alignment and increased security

Features
ML2000
Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can
be re-handed without disassembling the
lock case; see page 66.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes, page 66.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7/8" (149mm) x 4"
(102mm) x 15/16" (24mm).
Optional: non-ferrous lockcase for
corrosion resistance; see Quick Codes,
page 66.
Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x -3/32" (2mm). Accommodates
flat doors and doors beveled 1/8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm). Furnished 1-1/16" (27mm),
optional D138, wide for 1-3/8" (35mm)
doors.
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
attached by machine screws to lockcase
front. ML2000HS & ML2000VR utilizes
security Torx® screws.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical with anti-friction
insert, 5/8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3/4"
(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and
3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.
Occupancy Indicator
Occupancy indicators for use with ML2000
x sectional trim. Design features option
for dual indicators on double cylinder
functions, confirming door is secured from
either side. Emergency override standard
for all non-keyed functions.

Hub
• Knob: stainless steel, 9/32" (7mm) x
9/32" (7mm). HS 3/8" (10mm)
stainless steel.
VR
• Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm). (Including )

Certification/Compliance

Spacing
C. to c. knob/lever to cylinder: 3-5/8"
(92mm).
C. to c. knob/lever to thumbturn: 2-7/16"
(62mm).

Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.

Strike
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel,
ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSI wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 66.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Brass, fixed 6-pin conventional fixed
core cylinder, L4 keyway standard for
ML2000HS.
Optional cylinders available; see
Quick Codes, page 65.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Plug only to show (concealed shell)
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Master ring cylinder
Blockout cylinder
Flex head cylinder

ANSI
Meets A156.13 Series 1000, Operational
and Security Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

UL /ULC-UL10C Positive Pressure
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' (122cm) x 10' (305cm) single or
8' (244cm) x 10' (305cm) pair (3 hour fire
door). Letter F and UL symbol on armored
front indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code

(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)

All levers with returns, return to within
1/2" (13mm) of door face.
Windstorm/Hurricane
Certified (refer to local codes).

Warranty
Ten-year limited.

Indicates ML2000HS (High Security) availability.

Indicates ML2000VR (Vandal Resistant) availability.
ML2000.3

Features
ML2000
Finishes
BHMA 605 (US3)

605-E*

Bright Brass
Bright brass, Infini-T® (Vineyard™ Trim Only)

606-E*

Satin brass, Infini-T® (Vineyard™ Trim Only)

BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612 (US10)

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613 (US10B)

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed, available lacquered

BHMA 618 (US14)

Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619 (US15)

Satin Nickel Plated

BHMA 625 (US26)

Bright Chromium Plated

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated with MicroShield®

BHMA 629 (US32)

Bright Stainless Steel

BHMA 630 (US32D)

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel with MicroShield®

BHMA 722

Black Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed

*Available with Vineyard™ Collection trim only.
Infini-T® finish is a technologically advanced finish
produced by a coating technology called Physical
Vapor Deposition (PVD). Infini-T® provides the
ultimate surface protection against the elements and
everyday wear and tear.

Patented latchtail
enables easy
handing changes
(Patent # 6,349,982)

Armored front conceals lock
mounting screws and onepiece heavy- gauge steel front

Deadbolt at 1"
throw will project
further than
latchbolt at 3/4"
throw

1" throw,
one-piece
deadbolt
meets
security
Grade 1

Heavy-gauge
internal parts provide
security, reliability,
and durability

Indicates ML2000HS (High Security) availability.

Indicates ML2000VR (Vandal Resistant) availability.

ML2000.4

Heavy-duty
3/4" throw
latchbolt with
stainless steel
insert provides
positive secure
latching

Functions
ML2000
Outside

Inside

A01

Series/Function

Type

ML2002

Classroom
Intruder

•

•
•
•

Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked
by key either side.
Outside grip locked or unlocked by cylinder either side.
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
Inside grip always free.

Classroom

•
•
•
•

Lock or unlock outside grip by key.
Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked.
Inside grip always free.
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latch.

A01

HSS

ML2003

A01

ANSI No.

HSS

Function Description

ML2010
HS

F01

• Latchbolt by grip either side.
• Both grips always free.

Deadlock

F18

• Deadbolt by key outside.
• No inside operation.

Deadlock

F16

• Deadbolt by key either side.

Deadlock

F17

• Deadbolt by key outside or by thumbturn grip inside.

F29

• Deadbolt by key outside.
• Thumbturn grip inside retracts deadbolt only; will not
project deadbolt.

HSS

ML2011

A01

Passage
or Closet

HSS

A01

ML2012

A01

HSS

ML2013

A01

HSS

ML2017

A01

HSS

ML2020
HS

Indicates Indicator
option is available
Indicates Indicator
option is available

HSS

Classroom
Deadlock

Privacy
Bedroom or
Bathroom

F02

•
•

•
•
•

Latchbolt by grip* either side, when deadbolt is retracted.
Deadbolt by thumbturn grip inside or by emergency
release tool outside.
No simultaneous deadbolt and latch retraction
Non-panic release
Not available with M19S ro M19SN

* When lever handles are furnished, both outside and inside are locked when deadbolt is projected.
HS Indicates function availability in ML2000HS.
VR Indicates function available in Vandal Resistant Trim.
HSS

Indicates function available in Anti-Harm Trim
ML2000.5

Functions
ML2000
Outside

Series/Function

Inside

A01

ML2022

A01

HSS

A01

(Hotel Cylinder)

ML2029
VR

A01

(Hotel Cylinder)

ANSI No.

ML2029HS

Store Door

F14

Entrance or
Storeroom

F21

•
•
•
•

F15

• Latchbolt by grip inside and by guest key or master key outside.
• Outside grip always rigid.
• Deadbolt by thumbturn grip inside or by emergency key outside.
• Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt.
• Emergency key shuts out all other keys.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only

—

• Latchbolt by grip inside and by guest key or master key outside.
• Outside grip always rigid.
• Emergency key throws deadbolt, shutting out all other keys and
preventing exit from inside.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only

F19

• Latchbolt by grip either side unless outside grip locked by thumbturn
• Deadbolt by thumbturn grip inside or by emergency release tool
outside.
• Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt and
unlocks outside grip.
• Not available with M19S or M19SN

F30

• Latchbolt by key either side.
• Both grips always rigid.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
Note: This function does not allow free egress and can pose a life
safety hazard in event of an emergency. Installation should be in
accordance with approved codes only.

F09

• Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by key
from inside.
• Latchbolt by key outside when outside grip is locked.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
• Inside grip always free.

Entrance
or
Apartment

F08
F10

• L atchbolt* by key outside or by grip either side, unless outside grip
is locked by toggle-action stop.
• Deadbolt by key outside or by thumbturn grip inside.
• Inside grip free when deadbolt is retracted.
• Non-panic release.
• No simultaneous deadbolt and latch retraction
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only

Half
Dummy
Trim

—

• Grip acts as pull only; no operation.

Hotel or
Motel

ML2030

A01

ML2032

A01

HSS

ML2042

A02

A01

HSS

ML2048
HS

ML2050

Indicates Indicator
option is available
Indicates Indicator
option is available
ML2000.6

Function Description
•
•
•
•

HSS

ML2024

A01

Type

Privacy
Bedroom or
Bathroom

Institution or
Utility

Entrance
or Public
Restroom

Latchbolt by grip* either side when deadbolt is retracted.
Deadbolt by key either side.
Non-panic release.
No simultaneous deadbolt and latch retraction

Latchbolt by grip* either side when deadbolt is retracted.
Deadbolt by key outside or by thumbturn grip inside.
Non-panic release.
No simultaneous deadbolt and latch retraction

Indicates function available in Anti-Harm Trim.
Indicates rigid grip.

Functions
ML2000
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

ANSI No.

Function Description
•

ML2051

A01

HSS

Entrance
or Office

F04

•
•
•

Latchbolt by key when outside grip locked by toggle action
stop.
Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by
toggle-action stop.
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
Inside grip always free.

•
A02

A02

ML2052

Classroom
Intruder

F32

HSS

Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by
key either side.
• Latchbolt by key when outside grip locked.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
• Inside grip always free.
• Outside grip remains locked unless unlocked by key either side.
Note: Not available with indicator, specify ML2002.
•

A02

ML2053

Entrance
or Office

—

HSS

ML2054

A01

HSS

Entrance
or Office

F04

•
•
•
•
•

Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked or
unlocked by key or thumbturn.
Unlocked by key or thumbturn.
Outside grip locked or unlocked by key or thumbturn.
Latchbolt by key when outside grip locked.
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
Inside grip always free.

•
•
•
•
•

Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked.
Outside grip locked or unlocked by thumbturn.
Latchbolt by key when outside grip locked.
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
Inside grip always free.

•
A02

ML2055
HS

Classroom

F05

HSS

Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by
key outside
• Latchbolt by key when outside grip unlocked
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt
• Inside grip always free
• Outside grip remains locked unless unlocked by key
Note: Not available with indicator, specify ML2003
•

ML2056

A02

HSS

A01

ML2057
HS

HSS

Classroom
Holdback

F06

L atchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked or
unlocked by key.
• Latchbolt by key outside when outside grip is locked.
• Latchbolt can be held in a retracted position by key, or
released by key.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
• Inside grip always free.
Note: Not approved for use on U.L. fire listed applications.

Storeroom
or Closet

F07

•
•
•
•

Latchbolt by grip inside or by key outside.
Outside grip always rigid.
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
Inside grip always free.

•
•
•
A02

ML2058
HSS

Indicates rigid grip.

Entrance or Office
Holdback

—

Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked.
Outside grip locked or unlocked by key or thumbturn.
Latchbolt retracted by key outside when outside grip is
locked.
• Latchbolt can be held in a retracted position by key or
thumbturn, or released by key or thumbturn.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
• Inside grip always free.
Note: Not approved for use on U.L. fire listed applications.

HS Indicates function availability in ML2000HS.
VR Indicates function available in Vandal Resistant Trim.
HSS

Indicates function available in Anti-Harm Trim.
ML2000.7

Functions
ML2000
Outside

Series/Function

Inside

ML2059

A01

Type

ANSI No.

Security
Storeroom
or Closet

—

• Latchbolt and deadbolt by grip inside or by key outside
• Inside grip simultaneously retracts deadbolt & latchbolt
• Outside grip always rigid
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt
• Inside grip always free
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only

F22

•

•
•

Latchbolt by grip either side, except when outside grip is
locked by thumbturn inside.
Operating inside grip, closing door or operating
emergency key outside unlocks outside grip.
Inside grip always free.
Not available with M19S or M19SN

F33

•

•
•

•

Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked
by projection of deadbolt
Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key from either side
Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt
and unlocks outside grip
Inside grip always free

F13

• Latchbolt by grip either side unless outside grip locked by
projection of deadbolt.
• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key outside or by thumbturn
grip inside.
• Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt
and unlocks outside grip.
• Inside grip always free.

F20

• Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked
by toggle-action stop or by projection of deadbolt.
• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key outside or by thumbturn
grip inside.
• Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt;
outside grip remains locked.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
• Outside grip unlocked by toggle-action stop
Note: Occupancy Indicator shows deadbolt position only

ML2060

Privacy

HSS

ML2062

A01

ML2065
HS

ML2067

A01

ML2068
HSS

ML2069

A02

HSS

ML2070

Indicates Occupancy Indicator
option is available
Indicates Indicator
option is available
ML2000.8

Dormitory or
Entrance

A01
HS

Intruder
Deadbolt

Apartment
or
Dormitory

Privacy
or
Apartment

•
•
•

•
•

Institutional
Privacy

F26

• Latchbolt by grip either side, except when outside is locked by
thumbturn inside.
• Operating inside grip or closing door unlocks outside grip.
• Key outside retracts latch at all times, even if thumbturn is
held in locked position.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.

Full
Dummy
Trim

—

• Grips act as pulls only; no operation.

HS Indicates function availability in ML2000HS.
VR Indicates function available in Vandal Resistant Trim.
HSS

Indicates function available in Anti-Harm Trim.
Indicates rigid grip.

Function Description

Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked
Outside grip locked or unlocked by key or thumbturn
Operating inside grip, closing the door or using key
unlocks outside grip
Inside grip always free
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latch

Functions
ML2000
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

A01

ML2072
HS

A01

ANSI No.

Function Description

—

• Latchbolt by grip from either side unless outside grip is locked by
projection of deadbolt
• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key from either side
• Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt;
outside grip remains locked
• Key either side unlocks outside grip; outside grip remains locked
unless unlocked by key
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only

—

• Latchbolt by grip from either side unless outside grip is locked by
projection of deadbolt
• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key
• Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt;
outside grip remains locked
• Key unlocks outside grip; outside grip remains locked unless
unlocked by key
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only

Security
Entrance
or Office

—

• Latchbolt by grip from either side unless outside grip is locked by
projection of deadbolt
• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by outside key or inside
thumbturn
• Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt;
outside grip remains locked
• Key unlocks outside grip; outside grip remains locked unless
unlocked by key
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only

Half Active
Dummy
Trim

—

• Non-latching operation
• Grip always active; acts as push or pull only

Classroom
Intruder

ML2073
HS

Type

Classroom
Security

A01

ML2075
HS

ML2080

A01

ML2082
HS

ML2090
HSS

A01

ML2092
HS

Indicates rigid grip.

HSS

Indicates Indicator option
is available

• Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked
by toggle-action stop or by projection of deadbolt
• Deadbolt thrown by key from either side
• Deadbolt and latchbolt retracted by outside key when
outside grip locked
• Outside grip unlocked by toggle-action stop
• Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt;
outside grip remains locked
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only

Dormitory
or Exit

F11

Full Active
Dummy
Trim

—

• Non-latching operation
• Both grips always active; acts as push or pulls only

—

• Latchbolt by key either side
• Deadbolt thrown and retracted by key either side
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt
• Inside and outside grips remain locked at all times
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only
Note: This function does not allow free egress and can pose a life
safety hazard in event of an emergency. Installation should be in
accordance with approved codes only.

Security
Institution
or Utility

HS Indicates function availability in ML2000HS.
VR Indicates function available in Vandal Resistant Trim.
HSS

Indicates function available in Anti-Harm Trim.

ML2000.9

Applications
ML20900 ECL
ML20900 ECL Series
Electrified Mortise Lockset
Simplicity

Security

Aesthetics

Combine simplicity and access control
with the Corbin Russwin ML20900
ECL series electrically controlled
mortise lock. Utilizing the proven
ML2000 Series mortise lockset
with the patented quick reversible
latchbolt, the ML20900 series provides
solenoid-operated remote locking and
unlocking. The self-contained
integral continuous-duty solenoid
allows installation in standard mortise
prep with slight modification by door
manufacturer. The ML20900 ECL is
ideal for use where increased security
is necessary at all times, such as tenant
space, pharmacies, computer rooms,
and high security areas.

In applications where increased
security is required, look no further
than the ML2000VR Vandal Resistant
Trim. This cast stainless steel trim
features tapered edges, double
through bolts, torx-pin tamper
resistant screws and the lever remains
attached to the escutcheon when
the spindle is broken. Also available is
the patented Pyramid cylinder from
Corbin Russwin, the most secure
locking system available. Pyramid
is especially recommended for
installations that require superior
protection against picking, drilling
and other surreptitious entry. See
the Pyramid catalog for additional
information.

Access control doesn’t mean a loss of
visual appeal. The Vineyard™
Collection and the Muséo® Collection
feature beautifully designed levers,
perfect for high-profile applications
where pleasing aesthetics is a must.

Typical Application
BPS
Supply
Series
Power
Supply

Power Input

Wires in Conduit
(If Frames Are Filled)
Door Cable

Mortar Guard
(If Frames Are Filled)

ML2000.10

Electric Thru
Wire Hinge
EPT
EPTL
Power Transfers

Door Control
PB Push Buttons

ML20900 ECL

Key Advantages
• Available in 12 or 24 volt AC/DC
• Fail Safe or Fail Secure
• Minimal power requirements – lock
is designed to lock or unlock as the
situation demands
• Mechanical key override
• Patented Quick Reversible latchbolt,
Patent # 6,349,982
• Full line of trims available, including
the Vineyard Collection, the Muséo
Collection and Vandal Resistant
• Increased security available by
adding Pyramid cylinders

Typical System Components (For Reference Only)
ML20900 ECL
Tower Stairwell

Access Control on Employee Entrance

BPS
To Fire Alarm

BPS

Power
Supply

115VAC
Input

Power
Supply

Wires in
Conduit
(If Frames
Are Filled)

2 x 18AWG
ML20903
Electric
Mortise Lock

2 x 18AWG
Access
Control
Reader
HID
Prox

Wire Transfer
Hinge
EPT
EPTL

Operation:
Free egress at all times. Door is locked at all times preventing
entry from the stairwell to a floor. Fire alarm activation will allow
re-entry from the stairwell to the floor. Power failure will allow
re-entry from the stairwell to the floor.

Controlled Entry With Alarm
BPS
Power
Supply

Alarm Horn

2 x 18AWG
6 x 22AWG
ML20905 x
M91 x M92
Electric
Mortise Lock

ML20905
Electric
Mortise Lock

Wire Transfer
Hinge
EPT
EPTL

Operation:
Free egress at all times. Door is locked at all times preventing
unauthorized entry. Authorized entry is permitted by presenting a
valid user card.
ElectroLynx®, a system of universal
Molex® plug-in connectors and
standardized color-coded wiring,
makes installing electrified doorway
components a snap!

Lock Schematics

115VAC
Input

Wires in
Conduit
(If Frames
Are Filled)

Access
Control
Reader
HID
Prox

115VAC
Input

Power Leads

Power Leads x M92
(Request to Exit)
Red +

Red +
AC/DC
Black+ Red
AC/DC
Black -

Wire Transfer
Hinge
EPT
EPTL

Power Leads x M91
(Latchbolt Monitor)
Operation:
Free egress at all times. User exits through the door which
triggers the M92 switch which shunts the alarm. Door is locked
at all times preventing unauthorized entry. Authorized entry is
permitted by presenting a valid user card. Forced entry will trigger
M91 switch and activate alarm. Alarm is deactivated by a valid
user card.

AC/DC
Black+ Red
AC/DC
Black White
Green
Orange
White
Green
Orange

Power Leads x M105
(Security Monitor)
Red +
Black -

Red +
Black Blue
Red +
Black
BrownBlue
Yellow
Brown

Blue
Red +
Black Brown
Blue
Yellow
Brown

Yellow

Consult factory for electrical system layouts, riser and wiring diagrams.
ML2000.11

Features
ML20900 ECL
Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can
be re-handed without disassembling the
lockcase.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard. Optional door
thicknesses available; see Quick Codes,
page 66.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7/8" (149mm) x 4"
(102mm) x 15/16" (24mm).
Front
Heavy gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 3/32" (2mm).
Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
attached by machine screws to lockcase
front.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical anti-friction insert,
5/8" (16mm) x l" (25mm) x 3/4" (19mm)
throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and
3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Hub
• Knob: stainless steel, 9/32" (7mm) x
9/32" (7mm).
• Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm). (Including )
VR
• 3/8"
(10mm) stainless steel.
HS
Spacing
C. to c. knob/lever to cylinder: 3-5/8"
(92mm)
C. to c. knob/lever to thumbturn: 2-7/16"
(62mm).
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8'' (29mm) lip to
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSI wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 66.
Trim
Available with all ML2000 Series trim
designs including the Vineyard™
Collection and the Muséo® Collection. See
pages 38-50.
ML2000.12

Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see Quick
Codes, page 65.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
Ten-year limited warranty on ML2000
mortise lockset. Two-year limited warranty
on electronic components.
See the Corbin Russwin Vineyard™
Collection catalog for warranty
information on the Infini-T® finish.
Electrical Specifications
(Fail Safe/Fail Secure)
12VAC/VDC @ 800mA
24VAC/VDC @ 390mA
Continuous duty solenoid.
Monitor Switch Rating: 4 amp @ 250 VAC
Note: Operating voltage not to exceed
+/- 10%.
See Quick Codes, page 67.
Monitor Options
M91 - Latchbolt Monitor
Latchbolt monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the full extension of the
main latch.
M92 - Request to Exit Monitor
Request to Exit monitoring is a SPDT
switch which monitors the activation of
the trim. (Both levers activate switch)
M105 - Security Monitor
Security Monitor is two switches in series
that monitors lock status (locked or
unlocked) and Auxiliary Latch position.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13 Series 1000, operational
Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
UL /ULC
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' x 10' single or 8' x 10' pair.
Letter F and UL symbol on armored front
indicate listing. Meets requirements of
UL1034.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code

(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)

All levers with returns comply; levers return
to within l/2" of door face.
6-pin solid brass cylinder;
Corbin Russwin and
competitive cylinder
compatibility available

Note: Monitoring One-piece, corrosionoptions may
resistant, heavy-gauge
only be ordered steel front
together as
follows:
Completely self-contained
solenoid; lock fits in
M91xM92,
standard mortise door
M92xM105.
prep

Heavy-gauge
internal parts

Auxiliary
latch

Available to match
Corbin Russwin trim
designs

Functions
ML20900 ECL
Fail Safe
The following functions are unlocked when power is off and locked when the power is on.
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

ML20910
VR

ML20920
VR

ML20901
A01

A01

ML20902
VR

ML20903
A01

Description
• Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by energizing solenoid.
• Inside grip always free.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.

• Latchbolt by grip either side, unless both grips are locked by energizing solenoid.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.

• Latchbolt by grip either side, unless both grips are locked by energizing solenoid.
• Latchbolt by key outside when solenoid is energized.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.

• Latchbolt by grip either side, unless both grips are locked by energizing solenoid.
• Latchbolt by key inside or outside when solenoid is energized.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
•
•
•
•

Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by energizing solenoid.
Latchbolt by key outside when solenoid is energized.
Inside grip always free.
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.

Fail Secure
The following functions are locked when power is off and unlocked when the power is on.
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

ML20930
VR

ML20940
VR

ML20904
A01

ML20912
A01

A01

ML20905
A01

Description
•
•
•
•

Latchbolt by grip either side only when solenoid is energized.
Outside grip locked when solenoid is not energized.
Inside grip always free.
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.

• Latchbolt by grip either side only when solenoid is energized.
• Both grips locked when solenoid is not energized.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.
•
•
•
•

Latchbolt by grip either side only when solenoid is energized.
Both grips locked when solenoid is not energized.
Latchbolt by key outside when solenoid is not energized.
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.

•
•
•
•

Latchbolt by grip either side only when solenoid is energized.
Both grips locked when solenoid is not energized.
Latchbolt by key inside or outside when solenoid is not energized.
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt

•
•
•
•
•

Latchbolt by grip either side only when solenoid is energized.
Outside grip locked when solenoid is not energized.
Latchbolt by key outside when solenoid is not energized.
Inside grip always free.
Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt.

HS Indicates function availability in ML2000HS.
VR Indicates function available in Vandal Resistant Trim.

ML2000.13

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Lustra

Complies with codes requiring lever to return to
within 1/2" (13mm) of door face. Brass, bronze or
stainless steel.

LWA

Lever: Wrought
Rose: Wrought

LWB

Lever: Wrought
Rose: Cast

2-1/4
(57)

LWA
LSA

2-1/2*
(64)

Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought

5-1/8
(130)

LSB

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

LWF

Lever: Wrought
Rose: Cast

LSF

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

2-7/8
(73)

LWF

5-1/8
(130)
2-1/2*
(64)

Dimensions:
inches
millimeters
ML2000.14

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
LWM

Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring

LSM

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring

LWN

Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought

LSN

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
*

LWP

Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought

LSP

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

*
*

LWR

Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel; forged
brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)

LSR

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or
escutcheon.

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel,
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)

*
*

ML2000.15

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Regis

Brass, bronze or stainless steel

RWA

Lever: Wrought
Rose: Wrought

RWB

Lever: Wrought
Rose: Cast

RSA

Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought

RSB

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

2-1/4
(57)

2-1/2*
(64)

4-7/8
(124)

2-1/4
(57)

2-1/2*
(64)

4-3/8
(111)

2-7/8
(73)

RWF

Lever: Wrought
Rose: Cast

RSF

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

2-1/2*
(64)

4-7/8
(124)

2-7/8
(73)

2-1/2*
(64)

4-3/8
(111)

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.16

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
RWM

Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: P lug only to show; master ring

4-7/8
(124)

RSM

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
4-7/8
Optional: P lug only to show; master
ring
(124)

4-7/8
4-3/8
4-7/8
(124)
(111)
(124)

RWN
*

Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought

4-7/8
(124)
*

4-3/8
4-7/8
(111)
(124)
*

4-7/8
(124)

4-7/8
4-7/8
(124)
4-3/8
(124)
(111)

*
*

RSN
*

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

RSM

4-7/8
(124)

4-3/8
(111)

4-7/8
(124)
*

Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought

*
4-7/8
(124)

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

4-7/8
(124)
4-7/8
(124)4-7/8
(124)
*

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or
escutcheon.

RS
R

RSN

4-7/8
(124)

4-3/8
4-7/8
(111)
(124)

4-3/8
(111)

4-7/8
(124)

4-3/8
4-7/8
(111)
(124)
4-3/8

4-3/8
4-7/8
(111)
(124)

4-7/8
(124)

(111)
4-7/8
(124)

* *
*

Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;4-7/8
forged brass
(124)
Optional: Plug only to show
*
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)

RSR

4-7/8
(124)

RWR

(124)
4-7/8
(124)
4-3/8
4-3/8
(111)
(111)

4-7/8
(124)

RSP

4-7/8
(124)
4-7/8
(124)
4-3/8
(111)
4-7/8

4-7/8
(124)

RWP

4-3/8
4-3/8
(111)
(111)
*

4-7/8
(124)
*

4-3/8
(111)

4-7/8
(124)

Lever: Cast
*
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel; forged brass
Optional: P lug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)

4-3/8
(111)
*

ML2000.17

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Citation

Brass, bronze or stainless steel

CSA

Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought

2-1/4
(57)

CSA/CSB
2-5/8*
(67)

CSB

4-3/8
(111)

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

CSF

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

2-7/8
(73)

CSF
2-5/8*
(67)

4-3/8
(111)

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.18

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
2-1/4
(57)

CSM

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring

7-1/2
(190)

4-3/8
(111)

2-5/8*
(67)

2-1/4
(57)

CSN

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

7-1/2
(190)

4-3/8
(111)

2-5/8*
(67)
1-5/8
(41)

CSP

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

7
(178)

4-3/8
(111)

2-5/8*
(67)

1-3/4
(44)

CSR

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)

CS
8-1/2
(216)

4-3/8
(111)

2-5/8*
(67)
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.19

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Newport

Complies with codes requiring lever to return to
within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
Brass, bronze or stainless steel

NSA

Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought

NSB

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

NSF

2-1/4
(57)

2-5/8*
(67)

4-13/16
(122)

2-7/8
(73)

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
2-5/8*
(67)

4-13/16
(122)

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.20

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
2-1/4
(57)

NSM

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring

7-1/2
(190)

NS
4-13/16
(122)

2-5/8*
(67)

2-1/4
(57)

NSN

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

7-1/2
(190)

4-13/16
(122)

2-5/8*
(67)
1-5/8
(41)

NSP

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

7
(178)

4-13/16
(122)

2-5/8*
(67)
1-3/4
(44)

NSR

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)

8-1/2
(216)

4-13/16
(122)

2-5/8*
(67)

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.21

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Armstrong

Brass, bronze or stainless steel

ASA

Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought

ASB

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

ASF

2-1/4
(57)

2-5/8*
(67)

4
(102)

2-7/8
(73)

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
2-5/8*
(67)

4
(102)

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.22

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
2-1/4
(57)

ASM

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring

7-1/2
(190)

A
4-1/2
(114)

2-5/8*
(67)
2-1/4
(57)

ASN

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

7-1/2
(190)

A
4-1/2
(114)

2-5/8*
(67)
1-5/8
(41)

ASP

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

7
(178)

4-1/2
(114)

2-5/8*
(67)
1-3/4
(44)

ASR

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)

8-1/2
(216)

4-1/2
(114)

2-5/8*
(67)
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.23

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Dirke

Brass, bronze or stainless steel
• Not reversible
• Handed levers

DSA

Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought
Specify hand

2-1/4
(57)

DSA
DSB

2-9/16*
(65)

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
Specify hand

DSF

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
Specify hand

4-1/2
(114)

2-7/8
(73)

DSF
2-9/16*
(65)

4-1/2
(114)

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.24

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
2-1/4
(57)

DSM

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
Specify hand

7-1/2
(190)

DSM
4-1/2
(114)

2-9/16*
(65)

2-1/4
(57)

DSN

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Specify hand

7-1/2
(190)

DSN
4-1/2
(114)

2-9/16*
(65)
1-5/8
(41)

DSP

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Specify hand

7
(178)

4-1/2
(114)

2-9/16*
(65)
1-3/4
(44)

DSR

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
Specify hand

8-1/2
(216)

4-1/2
(114)

2-9/16*
(65)
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.25

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Essex

Complies with codes requiring lever to return to
within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
Brass, bronze or stainless steel

ESA

Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought

2-1/4
(57)

ESA
ESB

2-3/8*
(60)

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

2-7/8
(73)

ESF

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

4-5/8
(117)

ESF

4-5/8
(117)
2-3/8*
(60)

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.26

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
2-1/4
(57)

ESM

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring

7-1/2
(190)

4-5/8
(117)

2-3/8*
(60)
2-1/4
(57)

ESN

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

7-1/2
(190)

4-5/8
(117)

2-3/8*
(60)
1-5/8
(41)

ESP

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

7
(178)

4-5/8
(117)

2-3/8*
(60)
1-3/4
(44)

ESR

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)

8-1/2
(216)

4-5/8
(117)

2-3/8*
(60)
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.27

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Princeton

Complies with codes requiring lever to return to
within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
Brass, bronze or stainless steel

PSA

Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought

2-1/4
(57)

PSA
PSB

2-1/2*
(64)

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

PSF

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

5-1/4
(133)

2-7/8
(73)

PSF

5-1/4
(133)
2-1/2*
(64)

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.28

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
2-1/4
(57)

PSM

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring

PSM

7-1/2
(190)

5-1/4
(133)

2-1/2*
(64)
2-1/4
(57)

PSN

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

7-1/2
(190)

PSN

5-1/4
(133)

2-1/2*
(64)
1-5/8
(41)

PSP

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

7
(178)

5-1/4
(133)

2-1/2*
(64)

1-3/4
(44)

PSR

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)

8-1/2
(216)

5-1/4
(133)

2-1/2*
(64)
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.29

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Global

Brass, bronze or stainless steel

GRC

2-7/8
(73)

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforcedGRC

GWC

Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced

3*
(76)

GWC

Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced

3-1/2
(89)

2-1/4
GWD
(57)
3*
(76)

GWD

2-1/8
(54)
2-7/8*
(73)

GRD

GSA

GWD

2-1/4
(57)

GWD
2-3/4*
(64)

GSB

Knob: Cast
Rose: Cast

2-1/8
(54)

2-7/8*
(73)

3-1/2
(89)

Knob: Wrought reinforced
GWD
Rose: Wrought reinforced

Knob: Cast
Rose: Wrought

2-1/4
GWC
(57)

GRC

GRD

2-7/8
(73)

GSF
2
(51)

GSA
GSB

2-7/8
(73)
2
(51)

2-3/4*
(64)

GSF

Knob: Cast
Rose: Cast

GRE

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced

2-1/4
GWE

GRE

GWE

Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced
ML2000.30

3
(76)

2-1/8
(54)

(57)

3*
(76)

GRE

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

2-7/8*
(73)

GWE

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
GRM1

2-1/4
(57)

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought

GSM1

GRM

Knob: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

GWM1

Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought

7-1/2
(190)

GSM
2-1/4

3*
(76)

2-7/8*
(73)

GRM

GSM
2-1/4
(57)

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought

GSN

GRN

Knob: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

GWN

Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought

7-1/2
(190)

GSN
2-1/4

GSR

GWR1, 2

Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Solid stainless
steel; forged brass

GWM
2-1/4
(57)

7-1/2
(190)
2
(51)

2-1/8
(54)

GRN

GSN

GWN

1-5/8
(41)

7
(178)

2-1/4
(57)

3*
(76)

1-5/8
(41)

7
(178)

GRR2

(51)

3*
(76)

GSR

7
(178)

GSP

2-1/8
(54)

GWP
1-3/4
(44)

8-1/2
(216)

GWR
2-1/4
(57)

1-3/4
(44)

8-1/2
(216)

2-1/8
(54)

2-7/8*
(73)

2-1/2*
(64)

GRR

GWR

1. Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
2. Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

GWN

1-5/8
(41)

2-3/4*
(70)

GSP
1-3/4
(44)

8-1/2
(216)

2
(51)

2-7/8*
(73)

GRP

Knob: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless
steel; forged brass
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Solid stainless
steel; forged brass

7-1/2
(190)

GWM

2-7/8*
(73)

GSR1, 2

GRR1, 2

2-1/8
(54)

2-3/4*
(70)

GWP

Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought

7-1/2
(190)

3*
(76)

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought
Knob: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought

2
(51)

2-1/4
(57)

(57)

GRP
GSP

7-1/2
(190)

(57)

GRN

2-1/4
(57)

ML2000.31

GWP

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Belmont

Brass, bronze or stainless steel

BRC

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced

2-7/8
(73)

BRC

Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced

BRD

2-1/8
(54)
2-3/4*
(70)

BRD

BRE

Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced

3-1/2
(89)

2-3/16
BWD
(55)
2-13/16*
(71)

Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced

BWE

BWC

3-1/2
(89)

BWD

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced

2-1/8
(54)

2-3/4*
(70)

BRC

BRD

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced

2-3/16
BWC
(55)

2-13/16*
(71)

BWC

2-7/8
(73)

BWD

3
(76)

3
(76)
2-3/16
BWE
(55)

BRE
2-13/16*
(71)

BRE

2-1/8
(54)
2-3/4*
(70)

BWE

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.32

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
2-1/4
(57)

2-1/4
(57)

BRM1

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought

BRM

7-1/2
(190)

BWM1

Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought

BWM

2-1/4
(57)

BRN

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought

BRN

7-1/2
(190)

2-1/4
(57)

BWN
2-3/16

BWN

7-1/2
(190)

(54)

Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought

2-13/16*
(71)

BWN

1-5/8
(41)

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought

BRP

7
(178)

2-3/16
(55)

BWP

Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought

2-13/16*
(71)

Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass

BRR

Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass

1-5/8
(41)

7
(178)

BWP
1-3/4
(44)

1-3/4
(44)

8-1/2
(216)

2-1/8
(54)

2-3/4*
(70)

BRP

BRR1, 2

2-1/8
(54)

2-3/4*
(70)

BRN

BRP

BWM

2-3/4*
(70)

2-13/16*
(71)

BRM

BWR1, 2

2-1/8
(54)

2-3/16
(55)

BWR

2-3/16
(55)

8-1/2
(216)

2-13/16*
(71)

2-1/2*
(64)

BRR

BWR

2-1/8
(54)

1. Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
2. Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.33

BWP

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Yankee

Brass, bronze or stainless steel

YWA

Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought

YWB

Knob: Wrought
Rose: Cast

YWF

2-7/8
73

Knob: Wrought
Rose: Cast

2-1/4
(57)

2-1/4*
(57)

YWM

Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.34

Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

YWN

Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought

YWP

Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought

YWR

Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel or
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
*

*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.

ML2000.35

Muséo® Trim
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Muséo® Collection Roses1 and Escutcheons

2-3/4"
69.85mm

2-3/16"
55.56mm

2-11/16
68.26mm

2-3/4"
69.85mm

9-3/16"
233.36mm

V Rose
Wrought

U Rose
Wrought

2-3/16"
55.56mm

E2 Rose2
Wrought

T Rose
Wrought

2-1/8"
53.98mm

2-5/16"
58.97mm

2-1/16
52.39mm

L Escutcheon
Cast Brass
1-3/4"
44.45mm

Y Rose
Wrought

W Rose
Wrought

E3 Rose2
Wrought

X Rose
Wrought

Thumbturns3

8-1/2"
215.9mm

1-1/2" dia
38.1mm

MT1

1-1/2"
38.1mm

MT2

1-1/2" dia
38.1mm

MT3

R Escutcheon
Solid Stainless Steel
or Forged Brass

Inspire™ Roseless Trim
3/4"
19mm

3/4"

1-1/2"
38.1mm

1-1/2"

Brass or Stainless Steel

ML2000.36

Notes:
1. Roses and Inspire trim are only available with
Muséo levers.
2. Square cylinder collar and thumbturn
backplate automatically supplied with E2 and
E3 roses.
3. Thumbturn back plate will match shape of
rose chosen (i.e. round or square).

Inspire™ Roseless Trim
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Inspire™ Roseless Trim

Inspire roseless trim blends the lever and the door creating an artful apprach to every opening. Offered with most Muséo®
decorative levers, this exquisite trim will inspire the creation of beautiful openings.
Features:
• Certified to and exceeds ANSI A156.13, Series 1000, Operational Grade 1 and Security Grade 1
• Attachment method similar to standard trim
• Available with all mortise lock functions
• Compatible with most Muséo Collection levers (except 104,111,113, 121 and Piet levers)
• Selected levers return within 1/2" of the door face
• All standard cylinder options are available

Exploded view of the
ML2000 lockbody with
Inspire roseless trim

How to Order
Inspire Roseless Trim
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim*

Finish

Hand

ML2055

102J

626

RHR

*Specify J for the rose when ordering Inspire roseless trim.

ML2000.37

Muséo Collection Trim Designs
®

50.72
2"

21.84
7/8"

50.72
2"

5"
127.0mm

ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

2 13/32"
61.34mm

50.72
2"

Georgia

23.75
15/16"

50.72
2"

4 7/8"
123.8mm

Timeless elegance in forms inspired by the
2 1/2"
natural world.
63.5mm

50.72
2"

50.7221.80
2"27/32"

6.94
9/32"
4 1/2"
114.3mm

1012/3

2 1/4"
57.03mm

Lever: Cast
50.72
Non-Handed
lever
2"

21.84
7/8"

50.72
2"

12.19
15/32"

50.72
2"

4 29/32"
124.6mm

5"
127.0mm

102

2 17/32"
64.52mm

2 13/32"
61.34mm

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

18.1421.97
23/32" 7/8"

50.72
2"

4 3/8"
111.1mm

103
50.72
2"

18.1421.97
23/32" 7/8"

50.72
2"

Lever: Cast
50.72
2"
Non-Handed
lever
4 7/8"

23.75
15/16"
21.92
7/8"

50.7217.69
2"11/16"

123.8mm
4 5/8"
117.5mm

4 3/8"
111.1mm

2 1/2"
63.5mm

104

2 3/4"
69.85mm

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

15.73
5/8"

1241
50.72
2"

50.72
2"

15.70
5/8"

2 3/4"
69.85mm

6.94
9/32"

3"
76.08mm
50.72
2"

50.7216.50
2"21/32"

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever
14.40
9/16"

ML2000.38

4 9/64"
105.2mm

50.72 19.83
2"25/32"

9.19
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of
door face.
3/8"
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
3. Contact factory for current lead times.
3 7/8"
98.4mm

15.73
5/8"

4 5/8"
117.5mm

2 9/16"
65.09mm
50.72
2"

4"
101.6mm

4 7/8"
123.8mm

4 9/64"
105.2mm
3/8"
9.5mm

50.72
2"

19.05
3/4"
20.96
13/16"

2 3/4"
69.85mm

2 13/16"
71.44mm

4 1/2"
114.3mm

2 1/4"
57.03mm

50.7216.50
2"21/32"

11.44
7/16"

2 3/16"
55.75mm

3/8"
9.5mm

2 1/8"
53.59mm

125

50.72
2"

4 5/8"
117.5mm

4 1/2"
114.3mm

4 3/16"
106.4mm

3"
76.08mm

4 5/16"
109.54mm

50.72
2"

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

4 5/8"
117.5mm

14.99
19/32"
2 1/2"
63.5mm

3 29/32"
99.2mm

2 1/2"
63.5mm

50.7221.80
2"27/32"
50.72
2"

50.72
2"

14.40
9/16"

50.72 19.83
2"25/32"
2 5/16"
58.36mm

2 11/16"
68.3mm

2 21/32"
67.80mm
8
5/16"

4 19/64"
109.1mm

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
18.1421.97
23/32" 7/8"

50.72
2"

ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
21.92
7/8"

50.72
2"

4 5/8"
117.5mm

4 3/8"
111.1mm

2 3/4"
69.85mm

2 1/2"
63.5mm

15.73
5/8"

50.72
2"

Pablo

15.70
Diminutive,
50.72 yet distinctive and5/8"
2"
striking in style.

4 5/8"
117.5mm

117

2 3/4"
69.85mm

14.40
9/16"

4 9/64"
105.2mm

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

50.72
2"

4 3/16"
106.4mm

3"
76.08mm

50.7216.50
2"21/32"

50.7217.69
2"11/16"

2 1/8"
53.59mm

50.72
2"

50.72 19.83
2"25/32"

9.19
3/8"
3 7/8"
98.4mm

2 21/32"
67.80mm

2 15/32"
62.47mm

4 3/4"
120.7mm

1261

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

3/8"
9.5mm

2 7/8"
73.02mm

1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

ML2000.39

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Jackson

Intuitive shapes, moving with the energetic
rhythm of modern life.
18.1421.97
23/32" 7/8"

50.72
2"

21.92
7/8"

50.72
2"
4 5/8"
117.5mm

4 3/8"
111.1mm

50.72
2"
2 3/4"
69.85mm

2 1/2"
63.5mm

50.72
2"

1053

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

15.73
5/8"

50.72
2"

50.7217.69
2"11/16"

5"
127.0mm

2 3/16"
55.75mm
25.49

20.96
13/16"

50.72
2"

3"
76.08mm

119

2 3/4"
69.85mm

14.40
9/16"

0.7216.50
2"21/32"

50.72
2"

Lever: Cast
2 1/8"
53.59mm
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
50.72 19.83
2"25/32"

1212

50.72
2"

9.19
3/8"

122

4 1/2"
114.3mm

50.72
2"

23.75
15/16"

4 7/8"
123.8mm

31.45
1 1/4"
2 1/2"
63.5mm

4 9/16"
115.89mm
8
5/16"

2 15/32"
21.97
18.14
62.47mm
7/8"
23/32"

50.72
2"

2 15/32"
62.34mm

2 5/16"
58.36mm

50.72
2"

Lever: Cast
3 7/8"
98.4mm
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

4 9/64"
105.2mm

2 21/32"
67.80mm

4 3/16"
106.4mm

50.72
2"
2 13/32"
61.34mm

2 21/32"
67.29mm
4 5/8"
117.5mm

50.72
2"

21.84
7/8"

3 29/32"
99.2mm

4 1/2"
114.30mm
15.70
5/8"

50.72
2"

11.44
7/16"

4 19/64"
109.1mm

2 27/32"
21.92
71.88mm
7/8"

50.7221.80
2"27/32"
50.72
2"

50.72
2"

4 3/8"
111.1mm

2 9/16"
65.09mm

Lever: Cast
2 1/2"
63.5mm
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

6.94
9/32"

4 5/8"
4 1/2"
117.5mm

114.3mm

50.7217.69
2"11/16"

29.03
1 5/32"
2 3/4"
69.85mm2 1/4"

4 5/16"
109.54mm

57.03mm

3 1/16"
78.10mm
50.72
2"

15.73
5/8"

1271

Lever: Cast
4 5/8"
Handed 117.5mm
- Specify hand
Non-Reversible
3"
76.08mm

ML2000.40

2 3/4"
69.85mm

1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
3. Contact factory for current lead times.

50.72
2"

4 3/4"
120.7mm

3/8"

4 3/16" 9.5mm
106.4mm

15.70
5/8"

50.72
2"

2 15/16"
74.6mm

2 1/8"
53.59mm

50.72
2"

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

50.72
2"

21.84
7/8"

Salvador

5"
127.0mm

Dreamlike beauty manifested in solid,
2 13/32"
familiar forms.
61.34mm
50.72
2"
50.72
2"

5"
127.0mm

21.84
7/8"

50.72
2"

21.84
7/8"

50.72
2"
50.72
2"

5"
127.0mm

2 13/32"
61.34mm

4 29/32"
124.6mm

12.19
15/32"

50.72
2"

12.19
15/32"

50.72
2"

2 17/32"
64.52mm

4 7/8"
123.8mm

2 13/32"
61.34mm

2 17/32"
64.52mm

106

2 1/2"
63.5mm

50.72
2"

Lever: Cast
23.75
Non-handed lever
15/16"

50.72
2"

23.75
15/16"

50.72
2"

4 7/8"
123.8mm

50.7221.80
2"27/32"

4 7/8"
123.8mm

2 1/2"
63.5mm

107

50.7221.80
2"27/32"

4 5/16"
109.54mm

4 1/2"
114.3mm
108

6.94
9/32"

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

50
6.94
9/32"
2 9/16"
65.09mm

4 1/2"
114.3mm

2 9/16"
65.09mm
2 1/4"
57.03mm

6.94
9/32"
4 1/2"
114.3mm

50.72
2"

14.99
19/32"

4 5/16"
109.54mm

50.72
2"

50.7221.80
2"27/32"

50.72
2"

14.99
19/32"

2 1/2"
63.5mm

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

23.75
15/16"

4 29/32"
124.6mm

50.72
2"

4"
101.6mm
4"
101.6mm

2 1/4"
57.03mm
2 1/4"
57.03mm

19.05
3/4"

50.72
2"

19.05
3/4"

50.72
2"

2 13/16"
71.44mm
2 13/16"
71.44mm

ML2000.41

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
21.84
7/8"

50.72
2"

12.19
15/32"

4 29/32"
124.6mm

5"
127.0mm

19.05
3/4"

4 3/4"
120.7mm

Salvador

2 17/32"
64.52mm

2 13/32"
61.34mm

2 15/32"
62.59mm

Dreamlike beauty manifested in solid,
familiar forms.
23.75
15/16"

4 7/8"
123.8mm

50.72
2"

14.99
19/32"

4 21/32"
118.3mm

4 5/16"
109.54mm
21.84
7/8"

50.72
2"

12.19
15/32"

2 1/2"
63.5mm

5"
127.0mm

50.72
2"
6.94
9/32"

23.75
15/16"

50.72
2"

110

Lever: Cast
4 5/16"
Non-handed
lever
109.54mm

2 1/4"
57.03mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm

2 3/4"
69.85mm

2 17/32"
64.52mm

2 15/32"
62.59mm
50.72
2"

19.05
3/4"

4"
101.6mm

4 1/2"
114.3mm

14.99
19/32"
2 13/16"
71.44mm

50.72
2"

2"
50.72mm

50.72
2"

4 21/32"
118.3mm

7/16"
11.11mm
19.05
3/4"

6.94
9/32"

1281
2 1/4"
57.03mm

5"
127.0mm

1231

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

4 1/2"
114.3mm

20.07
25/32"

4 1/2"
114.3mm

2 9/16"
65.09mm

2 1/2"
63.5mm

19.05
3/4"

4 3/4"
120.7mm

109

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

50.72
2"

2 9/16"
65.09mm

4 29/32"
124.6mm

2 13/32"
61.34mm

5.04 10.48
3/16" 13/32"

4"
101.6mm

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

50.72
2"

4-5/8"
117.86mm

5.04 10.48
3/16" 13/32"
2 19/32"
65.79mm
25/32"
20.07mm

2 3/4"
69.85mm

2 1/2"
63.5mm

20.07
25/32"

5"
127.0mm

2 13/16"
71.44mm

3/8"
9.53mm

2-13/16"
71.37mm

2 19/32"
65.79mm

4-19/32"
116.90mm

1291

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

ML2000.42

2-15/32"
62.74mm
7/16"
11.02mm

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

18.1421.97
23/32" 7/8"

50.72
2"

4 3/8"
111.1mm

Marc

21.92
7/8"

50.72
2"

Fluid lyricism expressed through whimsical
4 5/8"
lines and dynamic contours.
117.5mm
2 3/4"
69.85mm

2 1/2"
63.5mm

50.72
2"

21.84
7/8"

50.72
2"

12.19
15/32"

15.73
5/8"

50.72
2"

5"
127.0mm

50.72
2"

111

3"
76.08mm

23.75
15/16"

4 7/8"
123.8mm

50.72
50.72
16.50
2"
2"21/32"

2 1/8"
53.59mm

18.1421.97
23/32" 7/8"

50.72
2"

50.72 19.83
2"25/32"

4 3/8"
111.1mm

445/16"
9/64"
105.2mm
109.54mm

98.4mm

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

2 21/32"
2 9/16"
67.80mm

50.72
2"
6.94
9/32"

113

50.72
2"

2 1/2"
63.5mm

15.73
5/8"

50.72
2"

4 5/8"
117.5mm

50.7
2

20.07
25/32"

2
4"

Lever: Cast101.6mm
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

4 1/2"
114.3mm

50.7
2

2 15/32"2 3/4"
69.85mm
62.47mm

65.09mm

19.05
3/4"

5.04 10.48
3/16" 13/32"

9.19
3/8"

4 21/32"
3 118.3mm
7/8"

50.72
2"

7221.80
2"27/32"

2 15/32"
62.59mm

2 3/4"
69.85mm

14.99
14.40
19/32"
9/16"

112
2 1/2"
63.5mm

4 3/16"
106.4mm

2 17/32"
64.52mm

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

50.72
2"

4 3/4"
120.7mm

4 5/8"
117.5mm

2 13/32"
61.34mm

19.05
3/4"
15.70
5/8"

50.72
2"

4 29/32"
124.6mm

50.7217.6
2"11/16

2 1/4"
57.03mm

3"
76.08mm

2 13/16"
71.44mm

2 3/4"
69.85mm

25.49 2 19/32"
1" 65.79mm

50.72
2"
50.7216.50
2"21/32"

114

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

5"
127.0mm

4 1/2"
114.30mm

14.40
9/16"

50.72 19.8
2"25/3

4 9/64"
105.2mm

2 21/32"
67.29mm

2 15/32"
62.34mm

2 21/32"
67.80mm

2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
50.72
2"

ML2000.43
31.45
1 1/4"

Muséo Collection Trim Designs
®

25.49
1"

50.72
2"

4 1/2"
114.30mm

ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
2 21/32"
67.29mm

18.1421.97
23/32" 7/8"

72
2"

21.92
7/8"

50.72
2"
4 5/8"
117.5mm

4 3/8"
111.1mm

2 15/32"
62.34mm

50.72
2"

31.45
1 1/4"

50.7217.69
2"11/16"

Marc

4 9/16"
115.89mm

Fluid lyricism expressed3 29/32"
through whimsical
99.2mm
lines and dynamic contours.
2 9/16"
65.09mm

2 3/4"
69.85mm

2 1/2"
63.5mm

2 3/16"
55.75mm

50.72
2"

15.73
5/8"

72
2"

15.70
5/8"

50.72
2"

3"
08mm

2 3/4"
69.85mm

Lever: Cast
4 3/16"
Handed - 106.4mm
Specify hand
25.49
1"
50.72
Non-Reversible
2"

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
50.72 19.83 Non-Reversible
2"25/32"

14.40
9/16"

2 15/32"
62.34mm

4 5/16"
109.54mm

120

2 21/32"
67.80mm

3 1/16"
78.10mm

2 5/16"
58.36mm
4 11/16"
119.06mm

2 7/8"
73.02mm

50.72
2"

9.19
3/8"

4 9/64"
105.2mm

20.96
13/16"

23.46
15/16"

50.72
2"

4 1/2"
114.30mm

2 21/32"
67.29mm

29.03
1 5/32"

4 1/2"
114.3mm

2 1/8"
53.59mm

116

50
32"

50.72
2"

115

4 5/8"
117.5mm

11.44
7/16"

8
5/16"
4 19/64"
109.1mm

3 7/8"
98.4mm

50.72
2"

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
4 9/16"

31.45
1 1/4"
2 15/32"

2 27/32"
71.88mm

62.47mm

115.89mm

130

2 9/16"
65.09mm

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
50.72
2"

1311

3/8"
9.5mm

29.03
1 5/32"

2 15/16"
74.6mm

4 3/4"
120.7mm

4 5/16"

Lever: Cast109.54mm
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

3/8"
9.5mm

2 7/8"
73.02mm

3 1/16"
78.10mm

1321

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
ML2000.44

4 1/2"
114.3mm

1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
3. Contact factory for current lead times

4 15/16"
125.4mm

3/8"
9.5mm

2 7/8"
73.02mm

50.72
2"

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Piet
Striking levers with sleek, clean lines.
2

*Refer to page 62 for how to order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.

5 1/4"
133.35mm

21G

Grooved Insert
Lever: Stainless Steel
Non-Handed Lever

21L

3 3/32"
78.58mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

Leather Insert
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever

21M

3-3/32"
78.58mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

Polished with Satin Insert
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever

3-3/32"
78.58mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

21S

Santoprene™ Insert
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever

21W

Wood Insert
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever

3-3/32"
78.58mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

3-3/32"
78.58mm

ML2000.45

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Piet
Striking levers with sleek, clean lines.
2

*Refer to page 62 for how to order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.

5-1/4"
133.35mm

23M

With Raised Band
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever

3-3/32"
78.58mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

25M

Plain
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever

3-3/32"
78.58mm

5 1/4"
133.35mm

27M

Plain with Two Grooves
Lever: Stainless Steel
Non-Handed Lever

ML2000.46

3 3/32"
78.58mm

Vineyard™ Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Merlot

Like its namesake, the Merlot blends
with — and enhances — any decor.

MSG

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
2-5/8"
(67mm)
2-5/8"
(67mm)

MSL

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast

2-1/2"
(64mm)
2-1/2"
(64mm)

ML2000.47

Vineyard™ Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Frascati

Fresh yet classic, the Frascati exudes the
casual, timeless elegance of the Roman
hills.
• Non-Reversible
• Handed Levers

FSG

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
Specify hand.
2-5/8"
2-5/8"
(67mm)
(67mm)

FSL

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Specify hand.

2-1/2"
2-1/2"
(64mm)
(64mm)

ML2000.48

Vineyard™ Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Zinfandel

Vigorous and complex in
design, the Zinfandel adds
finesse to any opening.
• Non-Reversible
• Handed Levers

ZSG

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
Specify hand.

2-5/8"
(67mm)
2-5/8"
(67mm)

4-13/16"
(122mm)
4-13/16"
(122mm)

ZSL

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Specify hand.

4-13/16"
(122mm)
4-13/16"
(122mm)

2-1/2"
(64mm)
2-1/2"
(64mm)

ML2000.49

Vineyard™ Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Tuscany

In true Renaissance spirit, the
Tuscany brings balance and
beauty to every interior.

5-1/16"
(129mm)

TSG

Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast

2-5/8"
(67mm)

5-1/16"
(129mm)

2-5/8"
(67mm)

TSL

Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast

5-1/16"
(129mm)

2-1/2"
(64mm)

ML2000.50

5-1/16"
(129mm)

Trim Designs
ML2000
ML2000HS High Security
Mortise Trim
Applications

Advantages

Designed for high-traffic commercial,
industrial, institutional and government
buildings that require a greater degree
of security than traditional mortise trim
provide. Applications may include:
• Computer rooms
• Hospital pharmacies
• Banks
• Storage facilities
• Government installations
• Prisons and detention facilities
• Evidence rooms
• Weapons storage

• Flush-mounted conventional fixed core
cylinder
• Cast escutcheons and knobs, double
through-bolted
• Torx® pin tamper resistant security screws
• Armored front to protect against
tampering
• 1" throw 1-piece stainless steel deadbolt
• 10-year limited warranty

Surety

1-3/4
(44)

Brass or bronze

SST

Knob: Cast brass or bronze
Escutcheon: Cast brass or bronze
Optional: Blank inside escutcheon (M07)
Door thickness:1-3/4" (44mm),
2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)

8-1/2
(216)

2-3/16
(55)

2-1/8*
(54)

Note: This is the only trim that is available on the ML2000HS. It is not available on the standard ML2000 lockset.

ML2000.51

SST

Trim Designs
ML2000
ML2000VR Series VandalResistant Mortise Trim
Applications
Designed for high-traffic commercial,
industrial, institutional and government
buildings that require a greater degree of
security and vandal resistance not found
on other mortise trims. Applications may
include:

• Schools and universities
• Computer rooms
• Hospital pharmacies
• Banks
• Storage facilities
• Government installations
• Prisons and detention facilities
• Evidence rooms
• Weapons storage

Advantages
• Flush-mounted conventional fixed core
cylinder
• Cast escutcheons and levers; double
through-bolted
• Torx® pin tamper resistant security screws
• Armored front to protect against
tampering
• Free-floating spindle self-adjusts for door
thicknesses from 1-3/4" to 2-1/4"
• Levers remain attached if spindle is
broken

Newport
NSV

Lever: Cast stainless steel
Escutcheon: Cast stainless steel
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm) standard,
2" (51mm) specify D200, 2-1/4" (57mm)
specify D214
*

Citation
CSV

Lever: Cast stainless steel
Escutcheon: Cast stainless steel
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm) standard,
2" (51mm) specify D200, 2-1/4" (57mm)
specify D214
*

Notes: This trim only available for ML2000VR and ML20900VR locksets.
Only available in 32D/630 finish.

ML2000.52

Trim Designs
ML2000

BHSS*

Part of the Behavioral Health Series™ of products, the
ML2000 mortise lock with BHSS trim provides an innovative
solution for behavioral health environments. The unique
integrated lever and escutcheon combines aesthetics with
safety. Ease of operation, along with the strength and
versatility of the ML2000 mortise lock allows its use in many
applications.
Refer to the Specialty Hardware Catalog (45205) for more information.

2-1/4"
(56mm)

7-1/4"
(183mm)

BHSS

7-1/2"
(190mm)

Stainless Steel

Thumbturn - BHSS
Stainless Steel
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm)
through 2-1/4" (57mm)

2"
(51mm)

3/4"
(18mm)

How to Order
BHSS
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish*

Hand

100

ML2010

BHSS

630

RHR

* BHSS is not available in 625 (Bright Chrome) or 626 (Satin Chrome) finishes. Please order 629
(Bright Stainless Steel) or 630 (Satin Stainless Steel) instead.

*Although these products are better designed for behavioral health applications than traditional trim, they do not eliminate the risk that an object can
be affixed to, or around them.
ML2000.53

Trim Designs
ML2000

BLSS*

The BLSS trim is part of the Behavioral Health Series™ of
products. With an array of functions, this trim can be used
on virtually any opening in healthcare applications. Sloping
surfaces and overlapping rose and lever address safety
concerns common in behavioral health. Optimal for tough
environments, the ML2000 mortise lock provides impressive
strength and reliability.
Refer to the Specialty Hardware Catalog (45205) for more information.

6"
(152mm)
3"
(76mm)

BLSS

Stainless Steel
2-1/4"
(56mm)

1"
(25mm)

Thumbturn - BLSS
Stainless Steel
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm)
through 2-1/4" (57mm)

1-3/4"
(44mm)

How to Order
BLSS
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish*

Hand

100

ML2010

BLSS

630

RHR

* BLSS is not available in 625 (Bright Chrome) or 626 (Satin Chrome) finishes. Please order 629
(Bright Stainless Steel) or 630 (Satin Stainless Steel) instead.

*Although these products are a better design for behavioral health applications than traditional trim, they do not eliminate the risk that an
object can be affixed to, or around them.
ML2000.54

Trim Designs
ML2000

HPSK

The ML2000 mortise lock with push/pull paddle trim
provides an aesthetically pleasing alternative to products
with standard push/pull trim. Its heavy-duty design and ANSI/
BHMA Grade1 strength help it to withstand abuse from
rigorous environments. Multiple mounting orientations,
hands free operation and a sleek, aesthetic form, make the
ML2000 mortise lock ideal for use in healthcare facilities and
educational facilities.
Refer to the Specialty Hardware Catalog (45205) for more information.
U.S. Patent Numbers: D646,548S; D646,549S

6"
(152mm)

HPSK

Covers: Cast stainless steel or brass
Paddles: Cast stainless steel or brass
Specify hand.

2-3/4"
(70mm)

5-1/4"
(134mm)

2-4/5"
(71mm)

Thumbturn - HPSK

Brass or Stainless Steel
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm) through 2-1/4" (57mm).

2"
(50mm)

2-3/4"
(70mm)

7/8"
(22mm)

How to Order
HPSK Push/Pull
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish*

Hand

100

ML2010

HPSK

630

RHR

* HPSK is not available in 625 (Bright Chrome) or 626 (Satin Chrome) finishes. Please order 629
(Bright Stainless Steel) or 630 (Satin Stainless Steel) instead.

ML2000.55

Trim Designs
ML2000

Anti-Harm Knob HSS

The anti-harm knob is designed for safety and security by
eliminating catch points with a tapered knob recessed into the
rose, a tapered thumbturn (for mortise lock thumbturn functions)
with Torx® pin security screws, tapered cylinder collars and
concealed mounting screws. Available as sectional trim, the antiharm knob features recessed finger holes for a better grip and the
reliability of the ML2000 ANSI/BHMA grade 1 mortise lock. Ideal
for psychiatric or detention facilities.
Refer to the Specialty Hardware Catalog (45205) for more information.

Anti-Harm Knob
HSS

2-3/4"
(70)

Brass
Knob: Brass
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm) through 4" (102mm).
Finishes: 606, 626, and 626C
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
Notes: On lever trim x HSS Knob, the outside lever will be retained with a set screw.
HSS Knob is only available with the rose shown. No optional roses or escutcheons.

1-7/8"
(48)

1"
(25mm)

Thumbturn - HSS
Standard for all ML2000 x HSS
thumbturn functions

1-3/4"
(44mm)

How to Order
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS) Trim – HSS Knob x HSS Knob
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

ML2032

HSS

626

Finish

Hand

626C

Anti-Harm Knob (HSS) Trim – Lever Trim x HSS Knob
Quantity

ML2000.56

Series/Function

ML2055

Trim
Outside

Inside

NSA

HSS

Options & Accessories
ML2000
Standard Thumbturn

Cast brass or bronze. Standard on functions utilizing
thumbturn. Sectional Trim.
Turn Size: 1-1/4" (32mm)
Spindle Size: 3/16" (5mm)
Plate Size: 1-3/8" (35mm) diameter
Surface screw mounted To order separately, see table.
• Round backplate and standard turn default for all
round roses.
• Square backplate and standard turn default for
E2 and E3 roses.

Decorative Thumbturn MT1

Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order with lock and trim, specify Quick Code MT1.
To order separately, see table.
Turn Size: 1-3/10" (33mm)
Plate Size: 1-1/2" (38.1mm) diameter
• Rose design will designate shape of thumbturn
backplate.
• T, U, V, W, X, Y roses - round backplate
• E2 and E3 roses - square backplate

Decorative Square Thumbturn MT2

Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order with lock and trim, specify Quick Code MT2.
To order separately, see table.
Turn Size: 1-3/10" (33mm)
Plate Size: 1-1/2" (38.1mm) square
• Rose design will designate shape of thumbturn
backplate.
• T, U, V, W, X, Y roses - round backplate
• E2 and E3 roses - square backplate

Decorative Cylinder Thumbturn MT3
Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order with lock and trim, specify Quick Code MT3.
To order separately, see table.
Turn Size: 1-3/10" (33mm)
Plate Size: 1-1/2" (38.1mm) diameter
• Rose design will designate shape of thumbturn
backplate
• T, U, V, W, X, Y roses - round backplate
• E2 and E3 roses - square backplate

Door

Packet
Round

Square

1-3/8" (35mm)

519F09 x FIN

814F10 x FIN

1-3/4" (44mm)

519F10 x FIN

814F11 x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)
Up to 4"
(102mm)

519F11 x FIN

814F12 x FIN

581F96 x FIN

814F13 x FIN

Door

Packet
Round

Square

1-3/8" (35mm)

723F70M x FIN

723F71M x FIN

1-3/4" (44mm)

723F76M x FIN

723F77M x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)
Up to 4"
(102mm)

723F88M x FIN

723F89M x FIN

723F82M x FIN

723F83M x FIN

Door

Packet
Round

Square
723F73M x FIN

1-3/8" (35mm)

723F72M x FIN

1-3/4" (44mm)

723F78M x FIN

723F79M x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)
Up to 4"
(102mm)

723F90M x FIN

723F91M x FIN

723F84M x FIN

723F85M x FIN

Door

Packet
Round

Square

1-3/8" (35mm)

723F74M x FIN

723F75M x FIN

1-3/4" (44mm)

723F80M x FIN

723F81M x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)

723F92M x FIN

723F93M x FIN

Up to 4"
(102mm)

723F86M x FIN

723F87M x FIN

ML2000.57

Options & Accessories
ML2000

BHSS Thumbturn

Stainless steel. Used on functions utilizing a
thumbturn. Sectional trim only. To order, see table.
Plate Size: 2-1/4" (57mm) diameter

BLSS Thumbturn

Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 1-3/4" (44mm) diameter

HPSK Thumbturn

Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 2-3/4" (70mm) x 2" (50mm)

HSS Thumbturn

Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 1-3/4" (44mm) diameter

Emergency Turn

Stainless steel. Used on functions utilizing a
thumbturn. Sectional trim only. To order, see table.
Plate Size: 2-1/4" (57mm) diameter

ML2000.58

Door

Packet

1-3/4" (44mm)

813F177 x FIN

2" (51mm)

813F187 x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)

813F097 x FIN

Door

Packet

1-3/4" (44mm)

813F92M x FIN

2" (51mm)

813F93M x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)

813F94M x FIN

Door

Packet

1-3/8" (35mm)

723F72M x FIN

1-3/4" (44mm)

723F78M x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)

723F90M x FIN

Up to 4" (102mm)

723F84M x FIN

Door

Packet

1-3/4" (44mm)

723F04M x FIN

2" (51mm)

723F05M x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)

723F06M x FIN

Door

Packet

1-3/4" (44mm)

813F747 x FIN

2" (51mm)

813F757 x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)

813F767 x FIN

Options & Accessories
ML2000
Ergonomic Thumbturn

2-1/2"
(64mm)

Cast brass or bronze. Large profile
and offset center makes it easier
to grasp and rotate. Available on
both sectional and escutcheon
trim. To order with lock and trim,
specify Quick Code M34. To order
separately, see table.

Door

Packet

Escutcheon Trim up to 4" (102mm)

711F002

Sectional Trim
1-3/8" (35mm) - 1-5/8" (41mm)

Note: This lever is not available with the M19N,
M19SN, or M19VN indicators.

707F57 x FIN

1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm)

707F58 x FIN

2" (51mm - 2-1/4" (57mm)

707F59 x FIN

2-3/8" (60mm) - 3" (76mm)

707F60 x FIN

3" (76mm) - 4" (102mm)

706F70 x FIN

Key Plate

Cast brass or bronze. Standard for privacy function with emergency release only. Sectional Trim.
Plate Size: 1-3/8"(35mm) diameter. To order separately, specify Packet 438F90 x Finish.

Hotel Occupancy Indicators

For use with ML2029 hotel locks. Furnished only
Collar and Indicator Assembly
when ordered. When door is locked from inside,
Door
Packet
push button cannot be depressed, indicating that the
1-3/8" (35mm)
room is occupied. To order specify quick code M19.
429F08 x FIN
For use with sectional trim designs having 2-7/8"
1-3/4" (44mm)
416F84 x FIN
(73mm) maximum rose diameter. Cylinder collar and
2-1/4" (57mm)
484F74 x FIN
indicator combined.
Size: 3-1/16" (78mm) x 1-3/4" (44mm). To order
separately, see table. For use with escutcheon designs only. Indicator is fastened to escutcheon at
factory. It is included for illustration purposes only and is not sold separately.

Tapered Cylinder Collar

Furnished only for CSV or NSV trims with 1-1/4" cylinders, double cylinder functions or with 1-1/2"
cylinders, single cylinder functions.*
*1-3/4" thick doors. Only used with VR trims.

Square Cylinder Collar

Included when ordering Muséo® E2 and E3 square roses.
Used on all cylinder functions.
Size: 1.625" square
Contact TPS to determine correct collar size.

ML2000.59

Options & Accessories
ML2000
Occupancy Indicators
Occupancy indicators for use with ML2000 x sectional trim. Design features option for dual indicators on double cylinder
functions, confirming door is secured from either side. Emergency override standard for all non keyed functions.
Features:
• Design eliminates unauthorized entry via indicator tampering
• Non keyed indicators available with emergency slot turn override
• Use with both keyed and non-keyed functions
• For use outside, inside or both sides of door
• Choose outside indicator text: Vacant/Occupied or Secure/Unsecure
• Inside indicators always read Secure/Unsecure
• Torx pin security fasteners (standard with cylinder indicators)
Indicators – Keyed Functions
• Can be used on either side of door for double cylinder functions
• Compatible with select sectional trim rose designs: A, B, W, X, Y
Secure

Vacant

Door

Packet

Door

Packet

1-3/8" (35mm)

720F21 x Finish

1-3/8" (35mm)

741F21 x Finish

1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm)

720F22 x Finish

1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm)

741F22 x Finish

2-1/4" (57mm)

720F24 x Finish

2-1/4" (57mm)

741F23 x Finish

Over 2-1/4" (57mm)

720F25 x Finish

Over 2-1/4" (57mm)

741F24 x Finish

Indicators – Non Keyed Functions
• Inside Indicator always reads Secure/Unsecure
• Outside Indicator features slot-turn emergency override
• Compatible with all sectional trim rose designs: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, T, U, V, W, X, Y
Secure
Inside Indicator

Vacant

Door

Packet

Door

Packet

1-3/8" (35mm)

721F16 x Finish

1-3/8" (35mm)

720F61 x Finish

1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm)

721F17 x Finish

1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm)

720F62 x Finish

2-1/4" (57mm)

721F18 x Finish

2-1/4" (57mm)

720F64 x Finish

Over 2-1/4" (57mm)

721F19 x Finish

Over 2-1/4" (57mm)

720F65 x Finish

Outside Indicator
Thumbturn Indicator
• Located on the inside of the door and reads secure/unsecure
• Built into the occupancy indicator
• Only available in ML2013, ML2017, ML2020, ML2024, ML2029, ML2030, ML2048, ML2060, ML2065,
ML2067, ML2068, ML2069 and ML2075 functions

ML2000.60

Door

Packet

1-3/8" (35mm)

723F69 x Finish

1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm)

723F26 x Finish

2-1/4" (57mm)

791F59 x Finish

Over 2-1/4" (57mm)

791F60 x Finish

Options & Accessories
ML2000

M19N

—

Secure/Unsecure

M19VN Vacant/Occupied

Secure/Unsecure

ML2092

ML2082

ML2075

ML2073

ML2072

ML2069

—

ML2068

Vacant/Occupied

ML2067

M19V

ML2065

ML2062

ML2060

ML2059

ML2048

ML2017

ML2030

ML2013

ML2029

ML2012

—

Inside

ML2024

ML2011

Secure/Unsecure

Outside

ML2022

ML2003

M19S

Quick
Code

ML2020

ML2002

Occupancy Indicator Quick Codes and Functions

Single Indicator

Double Indicator
M19SN

How to Order:

ML2060 x NSA x 626 x RH x M19V
Non keyed function x sectional trim x outside indicator with slot turn (text reads Vacant/Occupied)
ML2072 x NSA x 626 x RH x M19SN x PHS x KA
Double cylinder x sectional trim x outside indicator (Secure/Unsecure) x inside indicator (Secure/Unsecure) x keyed alike

ML2000.61

Options and Accessories
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Pyramid

Cylinders

Conventional

Conventional (standard for ML2000)
Pyramid (optional)

Interchangeable Core
(I.C.)

2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: See Key Systems and Pyramid
catalogs.

Mortise
Cylinder Type
Pyramid HS

Pyramid
Shown

Quick Code

Hotel Function

42 (inside) 52, 53, 55, 56,
58, 69 Functions

All Other Keyed and 42
(outside)Functions

PHS

N/A

1020-114-A02

1020-114-A01

PCHS

N/A

1030-114-A02

1030-114-A01

N/A

1027-114-A02

1027-114-A01

Pyramid Security IC

PCS

N/A

1037-114-A02

1037-114-A01

Conventional 6-pin

N/A

1001-114-A01

1000-118-A02

1000-118-A01

Conventional 7-pin

N/A

1000-114-A02-7

1000-114-A01-7

6-pin IC

1081-138-A01

1080-114-A02

1080-114-A01

7-pin IC

N/A

1080-112-A02-7

1080-112-A01-7

Security

1011-114-A01

1010-118-A02

1010-118-A01

Security IC

CHS

1091-138-A01

1090-114-A02

1090-114-A01

Flex head 6-pin

FX6

1101-118-A01

1100-100-A02

1100-100-A01

Flex head 7-pin

FX7

N/A

1100-118-A02-7

1100-118-A01-7

Pyramid HS IC
Pyramid Security

Master ring**

N/A

1060-118-A62

1060-118-A61

Master ring flex head**

FXM

N/A

1160-100-A62

1160-100-A61

Blockout

N/A

1012-114-A02

1012-114-A01

Plug only to show-6-pin

P06

1201-114-A01

1200-118-A02

1200-118-A01

Plug only to show 7-pin

P07

N/A

1200-114-A02-7

1200-114-A01-7

To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 63.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
(e.g., 1000-118-A01 x L4 x 626).
Indicates cylinder is available with ML2000HS lockset.
Indicates function is available with vandal resistant ML2000VR lockset.
**Not available for ML2017, ML2029, ML2060, ML2061, ML2068, ML2069, ML2032 x MR,
ML2000HS, ML2000VR, ML20900 and P escutcheons (all functions).
Note: Master ring cylinder meets BHMA operational Grade 1.

ML2000.62

Plug only to show
(concealed shell)
Only the cylinder plug
face is visible when lock
trim is in place. Available with
“M”, “R”, and “L” escutcheons.
See individual trim designs
for availability.

Options and Accessories
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Strikes

ANSI Curved Lip

ANSI Straight Lip (standard)
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
Non-handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8"
(29mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 7/8" (22mm), 1"
(25mm), , 1-1/8" (29mm), 1-1/4" (32mm),
1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm), 1-3/4"
(44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm),
2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm)

Note: Only Available with ML2000

LH Shown

Brass, bronze or stainless steel
Handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-1/8" (29mm), 1-3/8"
(35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2"
(51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm),
2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm)

ANSI Wrought Strike Box
Strike Box
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 66.
To order separately, specify
120F76.

Open Back

Size: 5-1/4" (133mm) x 1/4" (32mm).

Part No.

Description

236L72

Straight Lip

340L60

Curved Lip for RH/LHR

340L61

Curved Lip for LH/RHR

236L73

Straight Lip

Latchbolt x Deadbolt

Hand

Door Thickness

Part

1-3/4" (44mm)

411L63 016

2" (51mm)

411L63 018

2-1/4" (57mm)

411L63 020

1-3/4" (44mm)

411L62 016

2" (51mm)

411L62 018

2-1/4" (57mm)

411L62 020

LHR

RHR

Open Back Strike

Latchbolt Only

LH Shown

340L62

Curved Lip for RH/LHR

340L63

Curved Lip for LH/RHR

236L74

Straight Lip

To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 66. To order
separately, specify Part No. x
Door Thickness x Finish (e.g.,
411L62 x 2" x 626).

Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze
For 1/2" (13mm) rabbet
No optional lip lengths

Deadbolt Only

236L70

Straight Lip

Part No.

Hand

Latchbolt x
Deadbolt

318F66
318F69

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Latchbolt only

318F64
318F67

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Deadbolt only

318F65
318F68

Blank Filler Plate

To order strike with lockset, see How to Order, page 66.
To order strike separately, specify Part No. x Lip Length x Finish
(e.g., 340L60 x 1-1/2" x 626).

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Rabbeted Front and Strike

To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 66.
To order separately,
specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 318F66 x 626).

ML2000.63

Options and Accessories
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
BPS Power Supply
Operation
Power supplies are designed to provide
reliable filtered and regulated power for
long life to a variety of electrified hardware
components. All modular power supplies
are designed to meet UL 1481 Standards.
Recommended for the ML20900, delayed
egress exit devices and electric trim.
Features
• Fire panel emergency release input
• PC Board mounted system LED
indicator
• Regulated and filtered with input
and output protection
• Battery charging is provided from a
separate output terminal

Electrical Specifications
• Inputs: 115VAC @600mA
• Outputs: 12/24 VDC @ 1 Amp, 1.5
Amp or 4 Amp, Filtered and
regulated output
Listings
• UL & cUL listed 1012 General
Purpose Power Supply
• Fire & Burglar Alarm Power Supply
Unit URT2
• Releasing device Accessory SYSW
• Access Control Systems Units ALVY
• Burglar Alarm Systems Power Supply
APHY

Applications
• D – Delayed Egress
• M97 – Electric Dogging
• SAF – Fail Safe mortise device trim
control
• SEC – Fail Secure mortise device
trim control
• ML20900

Note: Batteries are not included with the BPS power supply
Model

Enclosure

Input

Output

BPS-24-1

12" (304mm) x 9" (229mm) x 4" (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

1 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-24-2

14" (356mm) x 14" (356mm) x 4" (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

2 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-24-4

15" (381mm) x 18" (457mm) x 6" (152mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

4 Amp @ 24VDC

BPS-12-1

12" (304mm) x 9" (229mm) x 4" (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

1 Amp @ 12 VDC

BPS-12-3

14" (356mm) x 14" (356mm) x 4" (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

3 Amp @ 12 VDC

Requirements for Electrical and Data Transfer
To answer the demand for "smart" electronic access control
and locking solutions that require fast, easy, and cost-effective
installation, ASSA ABLOY Group brands use the ElectroLynx®
standardized plug-in connectors and color-coded wiring system.
With ElectroLynx, doorway components come pre-wired for easy
hookup to the power source. The key to the system is the transfer
device hinge that carries power from the frame to the locking
hardware.
Features of ElectroLynx:
• Makes it easy to bring power to the locking hardware
• Wires have connectors that snap together, like plugging
a telephone into a jack
To connect a ML20900 electrified mortise lock to the electronic
access control system, the following items are required:
• ML20900 electrified mortise lock
• ASSA ABLOY Door Group pre-wired door, or ElectroLynx
retrofit cable (order from McKinney)

ML2000.64

• Electronic transfer device (ElectroLynx electronic transfer
hinge or Electrical Power Transfer with standard hinge,
from McKinney)
• ElectroLynx cable from the hinge to above the ceiling
(order from McKinney)
Information regarding cable selection, hinge requirements and
order strings can be found in the McKinney Transfer Device
Solutions catalog. Consult 800-810-WIRE (9473) with questions
on application specifications and requirements.
The McKinney QC8 ElectroLynx Hinge is recommended for all
ML20900 functions and electrified options.

Electrified Options & Accessories
ML20900 ECL
Exit Controls and Switches
Key Switches

MKA

Push Buttons

PB2

Audible/Visual Annunciators

PB3

PB2 - (1) SPDT Momentary
PB2 - (1) DPST Remote Momentary
PB3 - (1) DPST Momentary
PB3A - (1) DPST Maintained (Alt. Action)
PB3EA - (1) DPST Alternate

Specifications
• Keyswitch for operation using a
standard 1-1/8" mortise cylinder (A02
cam) (cylinder not included).
• Contact Rating 5 Amps @ 12-24VDC
• SPDT 3-position.

Indicator
ZLP - (1) Red and Green LED on narrow
gang plate.

Specifications
• 3 Amps @ 12-24 VDC

PZ1
PZ1 - Sonalert 90db @ 2ft. 12-24VDC.
Mounted on one gang stainless steel plate.
Digital Entry
DK-11 - Digital Keypad - 4 User
DK-26SS - Digital Keypad NS - 59 User SS Finish
DK-26BK - Digital Keypad NS - 59 User Black Finish
Power Transfers
TSB B-C - Door Cord

ML2000.65

How to Order
ML2000
Where to find
ordering
information and
Quick Codes

Ordering Examples - ML2000 Series
LH

Left Hand

ML2000 Series/Function
5-9
ML20900 ECL Series/Function
13
Trim Designs
14-54
Cylinder and Keying
65
Finish
65
Strikes
65
Miscellaneous Options
66
Door Thickness
66
Handing
67

Right Hand

LHR

RHR

Right Hand Reverse

Left Hand Reverse

Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door.

Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

100

ML2055

LWA

626

RHR

ML2055HS

SST

626

LHR

Split Trim / Finish Order
Trim

Finish

Quantity

Series/
Function

Outside

Inside

Outside

Inside

ML2055

LWA

GRC

626

625

Hand
RHR

ML2055HS

SST

—

626

606

LHR

ML2055

ZSL

—

626

625

RHR

ML2051

MSG

—

605

625

ML2055

102U

—

626

606

RHR

ML2051

122R

110R

605

625

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

ML2055

LWA

626

RHR

D214

SA200

M17-M26

VKC3

AA1

ML2055HS

SST

626

LHR

D214

SS200

M07

VKC1

AA1

ML2055VR

NSV

630

D214

SS114

M17

PCHS

VKC1

Working Trim Only
Quantity

Function Only

Trim

Finish

Hand

ML2055

LWA

626

RHR

Door Thickness Misc. Options
D214

M31

ML2055HS

SST

626

LHR

D214

M31

ML2055VR

NSV

630

D214

M31

ML2000.66

(Includes grip and spindle,
rose or escutcheon,
thumbturn lever,
emergency key plate,
adapters and screws)

How To Order
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Lock Only (Includes lock case, armored front, strike and screw pack)
Quantity

Series/
Function

Trim*

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

ML2055

626

RHR

D138

SS078

M17

ML2055HS

626

LHR

D214

SA200

M29

*TRIM KEY
KK
LL
LK
KL
HL
HK

Knob x Knob
Lever x Lever
Lever x Knob
Knob x Lever
Lever Inside Only
Knob Inside Only

Ordering Examples - ML20900 ECL Series
Lock Only (Includes lock case, armored front, strike and screw pack)
Quantity

Series/
Function

Trim*

Finish

Hand

Voltage

Misc.
Options

Keying

ML20901

626

RHR

12AD

M105

VKC3

Contract / Detailed Order

*TRIM KEY
KK Knob x Knob
LL Lever x Lever
LK Lever x Knob
KL Knob x Lever
HL Lever Inside Only
HK Knob Inside Only

Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Voltage

Misc.Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

ML20904

LWA

626

RHR

12AD

M20

VKC3

ML2000.67

How to Order the Muséo® Piet Levers
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL

Grooved Insert
21G

Leather Insert
21L

Polished with
Satin Insert
21M

Santoprene™
Insert
21S

Wood Insert
21W

With Raised
Band
23M

Piet Finish Codes
BHMA Finish

Piet Code*

630

Satin Stainless Steel

Description

629

Bright Stainless Steel

N/A

Birch (wood insert)

N/A

Black (Santoprene™ or leather insert)

N/A

Brown (leather insert)

N/A

No Insert

*Code used to specify Piet Collection finishes only. Use available finishes list to specify desired finish when ordering.

Piet Lever Descriptions & Available Finishes
Lever Designation

Lever Description

Available Finishes (as ordered)

21G

Grooved Insert

292929 or 303030

21L

Leather Insert

29BK29, 29BN29 or 30BK30, 30BN30

21M

Metallic Insert

293029** only

21S

Santoprene Insert

29BK29 or 30BK30

21W

Wood Insert

29BH29 or 30BH30

23M

Raised Band

290029, 300030 or 290030**

25M

Plain

290029 or 300030

27M

Two Grooves

290029 or 300030

**Two-tone finish - grip of lever is 630, balance of lever is 629. Rose/escutcheon and lock finish will be 629.

Ordering Examples
Rose Options: E2, E3, T, U, V, W, X, Y
Escutcheon Options: L, R
Quantity

Series/
Function

Trim

Lever Finish

Lock Finish

Hand

Thumbturn
Options

ML2055

21LU

29BK29

629

MT3

ML2051

23ML

290030

629

MT3

ML2000.68

Plain
25M

Plain with Two
Grooves
27M

Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Cylinder and Keying
Description

Description

Specify

Conventional 6-pin

(standard)

Conventional 7-pin

Less cylinder(s)

Construction master keyed (not
available for Pyramid)

IC 6-pin

Visual key control

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core

Keyed random

KR
CMK

- No keying data stamped on key or
cylinder

VKC0

Red

CT6R

Blue

CT6B

- Keys only

VKC1

Green

CT6G

- Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS,
PHS or PCHS)

VKC2

- Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS)

VKC3

IC 6-pin less core

CL6

SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core

CT6SD
CLS6

SFIC 6-pin with Less Core

IC 7-pin

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
Red

CT7R

Blue

CT7B

Green

CT7G

SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core

CT7SD

IC 7-pin less core
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core1
Security

CL7

Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys

CKC2

- CKC cylinders only (not for PHS or
PCHS)

CKC3

2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys

(standard)
KY# (e.g., KY6)

1. Not available with ML2029.
2. Not available for ML2017, ML2029 or ML2032 x MR, ML2000HS or ML2000VR.

CLS7
HS

Finishes

Security IC

CHS

BHMA 605 (US3)

Pyramid High Security Fixed Core

PHS

605-E

Polished brass, Infini-T® (Vineyard™ Trim Only)

PCHS

606-E

Satin brass, Infini-T® (Vineyard™ Trim Only)

Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid IC Less Core
Pyramid with temporary
construction core
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security IC

Bright Brass

3
3

CLP

BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

CTP

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

BHMA 612 (US10)

Satin Bronze

BHMA 613 (US10B)

Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed, available
lacquered

PS
PCS

Pyramid Disposable Core

CTPD

6-Pin Disposable Core

CT6D

BHMA 619 (US15)

7-Pin Disposable Core

CT7D

BHMA 625 (US26)

Bright Chromium Plated

Satin Chromium Plated

BHMA 618 (US14)

Bright Nickel Plated
Satin Nickel Plated

Master ring2

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Blockout function cylinder
Flex head cylinder, 6-pin
(sectional trim)
Flex head cylinder, 7-pin
(sectional trim)
Flex head cylinder, master ring2
(sectional trim)
Plug only to show, 6-pin (concealed shell;
M and R escutcheons only, single cylinder
only)
Plug only to show, 7-pin (concealed shell;
M and R escutcheons only, single cylinder
only)

626C

FX6

BHMA 629 (US32)

BHMA 630 (US32D)

FX7
FXM
PO6

Satin Chromium Plated with MicroShield®
Bright Stainless Steel
VR

Satin Stainless Steel

630C

Satin Stainless Steel with MicroShield®

BHMA722

Black Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed

3. Available with Vineyard™ Collection trim only. Infini-T® finish is a technologically advanced finish
produced by a coating technology called Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD). Infini-T® provides the
ultimate surface protection against the elements and everyday wear and tear.

PO7

Indicates cylinder is available with ML2000HS lockset
Indicates availability with ML200VR lockset

ML2000.69

Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Miscellaneous Options
Description
Spanner head screws
Torx head screws (not available for “N” escutcheon
trims (Standard for ML2000HS and VR. Optional for
other trims)

Door Thickness
Specify
M02

M04

Blank Escutcheon Inside (only available
for ML2000HS and VR, not available
for ML2000)

M07

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Hotel occupancy indicator (Only available for
ML2029)
Single Occupancy Indicator - Secure/Unsecure
(Outside)
Single Occupancy Indicator - Vacant/Occupied
(Outside)

M19
M19S
M19V

Single Occupancy Indicator - Secure/Unsecure
(Inside)

M19N

Double Occupancy Indicator - Secure/Unsecure
(Outside) Secure/Unsecure (Inside)

M19SN

Double Indicator Vacant/Occupied (Outside) Secure/
Unsecure (Inside)

M19VN

*Knurling outside and inside

M20

Sectional
Trim - Specify

Door Thickness
1-3/8"(35mm)**

D138

1-3/4"(44mm)

(standard)

1-7/8"(48mm)

D178

2" (51mm)

D200

2-1/8" (54mm)

D218

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

2-3/8" (60mm)

D238

2-1/2" (64mm)

D212

2-5/8" (67mm)

D258

2-3/4" (70mm)

D234

2-7/8" (73mm)

D278

3" (76mm)

D300

3-1/8" (79mm)

D318

3-1/4" (83mm)

D314

3-3/8" (86mm)

D338

3-1/2" (89mm)

D312

3-5/8" (92mm)

D358

3-3/4" (95mm)

D334

3-7/8" (98mm)

D378

4" (102mm)

D400

* For 2-3/8" (60mm) to 4" (102mm) door thickness: throughbolts and
thumbturn lever spindle for 4" door will be provided; may be field cut. “R” &
“L” escutcheons only available 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), and 2-1/4"(57mm).
** 1-1/16" (27mm) front standard for 1-3/8" (35mm) door
Vandal Resistant trim accommodates doors 1-3/4" (44mm) to 2-1/4"(57mm).
Door thicknesses other than 1-3/4" (19mm) must be specified.

*Knurling outside only

M21

*Knurling inside only

M22

*Abrasive coat outside and inside

M23

*Abrasive coat inside only

M24

Strikes

*Abrasive coat outside only

M25

Available for ML2000HS and ML2000VR

Non-ferrous lockcase

M26

Lead-wrapped case

M29

Half trim (for ML2010, ML2020, ML2022, ML2024,
ML2029, ML2030, ML2032, ML2052, ML2053,
ML2055, ML2056, ML2057, ML2058, ML2059,
Ml2062, ML2065) (Supplied with inside trim only.
Includes cylinder)
Working trim only
Latch hold back (for ML2042, ML2052, ML2055,
ML2051, ML2057 only)
*Not available with Vineyard™ or Muséo® levers.
** Must use A02 cam when LHB is specified

M30

M31
LHB**

ANSI
Lip to Center
7/8" (22mm)
1-1/8" (29mm)
1-1/4" (32mm)
1-3/8" (35mm)
1-1/2" (38mm)
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)
2-1/2" (64mm)
2-3/4" (70mm)
3" (76mm)
Open Back Strike

ANSI
Straight Lip Specify
SS078
(standard)
SS114
SS138
SS112
SS134
SS200
SS214
SS212
SS234
SS300
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)

Rabbeted front and strike
ML2000.70

Escutcheon*
Trim - Specify

Curved Lip
Specify
N/A
SA118
SA114
SA138
SA112
SA134
SA200
SA214
SA212
SA234
SA300
Specify
SB134
SB200
SB214

– Specify SR118

Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Handing

Electric Accessories

Hand

Specify

Description

Specify

Right Hand

Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output

BPS-12-1

Left Hand

Power supply 3.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output

BPS-12-3

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output

BPS-24-1

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

Power supply 2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output

BPS-24-2

Power supply 4.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output

BPS-24-4

Electric Monitor Options
(ML20900 Series Only)

Voltage

Description

Specify

Description

Specify

Latchbolt Monitor

M91

12 volt alternating current/direct current

12AD

Request to Exit

M92

24 volt alternating current/direct current

24AD

Security Monitor

M105

These options may be ordered together only as follows:
M91xM92, M92xM105.

Thumbturns
Description

Specify

Ergonomic

M34

Decorative

MT1

Decorative Square

MT2

Decorative Cylinder

MT2

See page 36 for images of decorative thumbturns

ML2000.71

How To Specify
ML2000
ML2000 Series Suggested Specification
All locksets shall be ML2000 Series Mortise
Locksets as manufactured by Corbin
Russwin Architectural Hardware.
Locks shall have all functions available in
one size case, manufactured from heavy
gauge steel, minimum thickness 3/32"
(2mm). The handing of all locks shall be
reversible without the disassembly of the
lockcase. Cases are to be closed on all
sides to protect internal parts. Locks are
to have adjustable, beveled and armored
fronts, standard 2-3/4" (70mm) backset,
a full 3/4" (19mm) throw two-piece
mechanical anti-friction latchbolt, and
a one-piece stainless steel 1" (25mm)
throw deadbolt, and shall be available
for a minimum door thickness of 1-3/8"
(35mm). Internal parts shall be heavygauge
steel, zinc dichromate plated for
corrosion resistance.

All locksets with latchbolts, regardless
of trim, shall be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' x 10' single or 8' x 10' pair.
Locksets to be used on specified exterior
doors or doors subject to special
atmospheric conditions (roofs, pool areas,
chemical laboratories, sewage disposal
plants, etc.) shall have non-ferrous lock
cases and critical internal components.
Cylinder options shall include master
ring, flexible head, concealed shell,
interchangeable core, security, blockouts
and Pyramid types.

Certification:
UBC - 7 - 2(1997) and UL10C - Positive
Pressure
Federal Specification FF-H-106G
ANSI A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1, Accessibility Code, 1989
(formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard) (lever handle trim).
All locks, trim, and cylinders shall be from
one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a ten-year limited
warranty.

Lock trim (knob, lever, sectional or
escutcheon) shall be throughbolted
through the lockcase to ensure correct
alignment and proper operation.

ML2000 Series
Mortise Locks with BHSS and BLSS Trim
A.

Ligature Resistant, Mortise: ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1 mortise type manufactured to
accepted OMH requirements with ligature-resistant lever and escutcheon trim. Locksets to be manufactured with a corrosion
resistant, formed steel case. Levers and escutcheons are manufactured from stainless steel material. Provide optional lead-lining
(lock body), Torx® fasteners, and Antimicrobial coating as specified in Hardware Sets.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 8200 BHW Series
b. Corbin Russwin (RU) – ML2000 BHSS Series
c. Accurate Lock (AC) – CP Crescent Pull Series (with Teflon pad)
B. Ligature Resistant, Mortise: ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1 mortise type manufactured
to [accepted] [Use with caution] OMH requirements with ligature-resistant lever and rose trim. Locksets to be manufactured with a
corrosion resistant, formed steel case. Levers and roses are manufactured from stainless steel material. Provide optional lead-lining
(lock body), Torx® fasteners, and Antimicrobial coating as specified in Hardware Sets.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 8200 BHL Series
b. Corbin Russwin (RU) – ML2000 BLSS Series
c. Best Lock (BE) – SPSL Series
d. Town Steel (TS) – MRX-L Series

ML2000.72

How To Specify
ML2000
ML2000 Series Mortise Locksets with Vandal Resistant Trim
Suggested Specification
All locksets shall be ML2000VR Series
Mortise Locksets as manufactured by
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
Locks shall have all functions available in
one size case, manufactured from heavy
gauge steel, minimum thickness 3/32"
(2mm). The handing of all locks shall be
reversible without the disassembly of the
lockcase. Cases are to be closed on all
sides to protect internal parts. Locks are
to have adjustable, beveled and armored
fronts, standard 2-3/4" (70mm) backset,
a full 3/4" (19mm) throw two-piece
mechanical anti-friction latchbolt, and
a one-piece stainless steel 1" (25mm)
throw deadbolt, and shall be available
for a minimum door thickness of 1-3/4"
(44mm). Internal parts shall be heavy
gauge steel, zinc dichromate plated for
corrosion resistance.
High security escutcheon trim shall be
cast (stainless) steel with tapered design
top and bottom to resist forced entry,
excessive abuse and vandalism. Size to be
8-1/2" (216mm) high x 2-1/8" (54mm)

wide x 5/16" (8mm) thick with double
throughbolts and 2 post lugs to receive
torx® pin tamper-resistant security screws
through both escutcheons. Alignment
posts shall be located over and under the
spindle for rigidity and security and shall
project through the lock case to ensure
proper alignment. Escutcheons to accept
cast levers (Newport or Citation) which
accept free-floating spindles with a torque
resistance of 700 inch lbs. Size of spindle
to be 5/16" (8mm) and extend from both
sides of the escutcheon. Levers will remain
attached if spindle is broken. Lobular torx®
pin drive self-tapping screws and lobular
throughbolts furnished standard for vandal
resistance.
Locksets that are to be used on specified
exterior doors or doors subject to special
atmospheric conditions (roofs, pool areas,
chemical laboratories, sewage disposal
plants, etc.) shall have non-ferrous lock
cases and critical internal components.

Optional cylinders shall include IC,
blockout, security and Pyramid. Furnish
a tapered vandal-resistant cylinder collar
where necessary.
Certification:
UBC - 7 - 2(1997) and UL10C - Positive
Pressure
Federal Specification FF-H-106G
ANSI A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1, Accessibility Code, 1989
(formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard) (lever handle trim).
All locks, trim, and cylinders shall be from
one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a ten-year limited
warranty.

Locksets to be furnished standard with
conventional 6-pin fixed core cylinders.

Mortise Locksets ML2000HS High Security Series
Suggested Specification
All locksets shall be ML2000HS Series
High-Security Mortise Locksets as
manufactured by Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware.
Locks shall be manufactured from heavygauge steel, minimum thickness 3/32"
(2mm). Cases are to be closed on all sides
to protect internal parts. Locks are to have
adjustable, beveled and armored fronts,
standard 2-3/4" (70mm) backset, a full
3/4" (19mm) throw two-piece mechanical
anti-friction latchbolt, and a one-piece
stainless steel 1" (25mm) throw deadbolt.
Internal parts shall be heavy-gauge steel,
zinc dichromate plated for corrosion
resistance.

High-security trim shall be cast brass or
bronze, designed to resist forcible removal.
Knobs shall have 3/8" (10mm) spindles on
both sides and shall be attached to the
escutcheons. Escutcheons shall be 8-1/2"
(216mm) x 1-3/4" (44mm) x 3/8" (10mm)
thick, having a 30° chamfer at top and
bottom to resist forcible removal. Locksets
shall be furnished with 4 through bolts
and 2 post lugs to receive security screws
through both escutcheons. Alignment
posts shall be located over and under
the knob spindle for rigidity and security,
and shall project through the lockcase to
ensure proper alignment. Cylinders shall
be mounted flush with the escutcheon. All
exposed screws shall be security type.

Certification:
UBC - 7 - 2(1997) and UL10C - Positive
Pressure
Federal Specification FF-H-106G
ANSI A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1, Accessibility Code.
All locks, trim, and cylinders shall be from
one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a ten-year limited
warranty.

ML2000.73

How To Specify
ML2000
ML20900 ECL Series
Suggested Specification
Locksets shall be ML20900 ECL Series
Electrically Controlled Mortise Locksets
as manufactured by Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware.
Functions available shall be in one size
case, manufactured from heavy gauge
steel, minimum thickness 3/32". Cases
shall be closed on all sides to protect
internal parts. Locks shall have adjustable,
beveled and armored fronts, standard
2-3/4" backset and a full 3/4" throw twopiece mechanical anti-friction latchbolt,
and shall be available for a minimum door
thickness of 1-3/4". Internal parts shall be
heavy gauge steel, zinc dichromate plated
for corrosion resistance.
The locking solenoid shall be selfcontained in the mortise lockcase,
allowing the lockset to be installed in a
standard mortise door preparation

ML2000.74

with a slight modification by door
manufacturer.
ML20900 ECL shall be available 12 or 24
volt, AC/DC, and fail safe or fail secure.
Lockset shall include an internal rectifier.
Locksets with latchbolts, regardless
of trim, shall be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' x 10' single or 8' x 10' pair.
Mechanical cylinder override shall be
available. Optional cylinders shall include
flexible head, concealed cylinder shell,
interchangeable core, security and
blockout types. Lock trim (knob, lever,
sectional or escutcheon) shall be throughbolted through the lockcase to ensure
correct alignment and proper operation.

Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
ANSI A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code (lever
handle trim)
California State Reference Code, 1989
(formerly Title 19,
California State Fire Marshal Standard)
(lever handle trim)
Locks, trim and cylinders shall be from one
manufacturer.
Locksets shall carry a one-year limited
warranty.

Reversing Handing
ML2000
Instructions for reversing the hand of the ML2000.
Mortise Lock Handing Instructions
Step 1) Move the Red locking screw to
side of lock-body being locked (Fig. 1)

Catch Plate

Step 2) Push in latch then depress catch
plate with screw driver (Fig. 1)
Step 3) Pull latch out of lock-body
and turn latch over (Fig. 2)

RED Locking Screw

Figure 1

Figure 2

MAKE SURE CATCH PLATE IS
EVEN W/ TOP SURFACE

Step 4) Push in latch while holding
screw driver behind latch tail (Fig. 3)
Note: Push in latch until catch plate is
no longer depressed (Fig. 4)
Step 5) Rotate lock front to match
bevel of door as shown (Fig. 5)

GOOD

BAD

Figure 4

WARNING:

Figure 5

Figure 3

LOCK-IN CAN
OCCUR IF LATCH
IS NOT PROPERLY
INSTALLED
ML2000.75

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design®, Infini-T®, Infini-T and Design® and Muséo® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Vineyard™ is a
trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners
and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an
ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2001, 2012 Corbin
Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc.
is prohibited.

45300-10/12

FE5400S
Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System

Storm-Resistant Design
Helps Save Lives

Overview/Applications and Listings
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Table of Contents

The Corbin Russwin FE5400S is a robust three-point latching system engineered to help
protect lives by securing community shelter entries. Extra-heavy duty steel components
secure the door to the frame – at the top, bottom and center latch points – fortifying the
opening to withstand extreme wind speeds and flying debris.

Overview............................ 2
Applications and Listings..... 2
Features.............................. 3
Functions............................ 5
Trims and Functions............ 6

Features

Mullions............................ 15

Typical applications include
doors located in:

Options & Accessories....... 16

› Community Shelters and Safe Rooms

Cylinders........................... 16

› Corporate Campuses

› All three latching points are activated
automatically when the door is
closed

Facts & Figures.................. 17

› Schools

Quick Codes..................... 18

› Healthcare Facilities

› UL Listed and certified in accordance
with FEMA 361 and ICC 500

› Government Facilities

› UL 3-hour fire rating

Electrified Exit Devices....... 10

How to Order................... 21

› Three point auto deadlocking system

› Available with a variety of trim styles
and finishes

Architectural
Specifications.................... 22

› Through-bolts on door for solid
attachment
› Fortified with high tensile alloy HoloKrome® fasteners.

Applications and Listings
Single Door

UL Listing

Maximum Opening
(W x H)

SecureBolt® x Surface Vertical Rod
FE5400S
FE5400SA

Panic
3 Hr.

4' x 8'
4' x 8'

Pairs of Doors

UL Listing

Maximum Opening
(W x H)

SecureBolt® x Surface Vertical Rod
FE5400S x FE5400S
FE5400SA x FE5400SA

FE5400S.2

Panic
3 Hr.

8' x 8'
8' x 8'

Application

Surface applied; threepoint latching.

Application
Two independent doors
with three-point latching.
Swinging in the same
direction with mullion.

Features
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Handing
› Device is non-handed.
› Lever trim is handed.

Bar Length
› Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
›
›
›
›

(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 32" (813mm) bar fits 30"-32"
(762mm-813mm) door; specify W032
Optional: 42" (1067mm) bar fits 37"-42"
(940mm-1067mm) door; specify W042
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"48" (914mm-1219mm) door; specify
W048.
Consult factory for additional lengths.

Door Height
›
›
›
›

7'0" standard
Optional: 7'2"; specify H0702
Optional: 7'6”; specify H0706
Optional: 8'0"; specify H0800

Door Thickness
› 1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
› Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
› Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.

Stile
› Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).

Latchbolts
Top Latch
› 5/8" stainless steel latch housing.
Through hardened steel latchbolt, with
7/8" projection fortified with 1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome-mounting screws.

Center Bolt
› Full 3/4" (19mm) projection, 1" (25mm)
wide, positive deadlocking by auxiliary bolt.

Bottom Bolt
› 7/8" square stainless steel bolt with 5/8"
projection.

Materials
› Latchbolt: Nickel steel. Slide-action
deadbolt with positive deadlocking
by auxiliary bolt. Two-piece deadbolt
mechanism utilizing a roll back lever
which eliminates any contact (friction)
with the strike during relocking.

› Device: Heavy duty cold forged steel
chassis; heavy gauge steel mechanisms,
electroplated for corrosion resistance;
finished parts are brass, bronze or
stainless steel; stainless steel springs;
nylon bearings

Projection
› 3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.

Dogging
› Standard on panic-rated devices; singlepoint 1/4 turn hex key dogging.
› Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
› Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
› Mechanical dogging not available on
fire-rated devices.

Fasteners
› Standard on both panic devices and firerated devices: sex nuts and bolts.

End Cap Reinforcement
(Standard)
› A solid steel plate, welded to the end
bracket, evenly distributes impact forces
over a larger surface area, eliminating
point loading.

Strikes
Center Bolt Roller Strike
› Surface mounted 3/8" (10mm) diameter
roller strike, complete with positive locking
plate and shims, assuring low friction
relocking for a long, trouble-free life.
› Supplied with locking plate and two
1/16" (1.6mm) shims. For doors with
1/2" (13mm) or 5/8" (16mm) stop.
Adjustable to compensate for shrinkage
and swelling of door. 3-1/2" x 1-1/4"
(89mm x 32mm).
Bottom Strike
› Black nylon coated stainless steel
› 2-3/4" (70mm) x 2-5/16" (58mm) x 1/2"
(13mm)

Interlock Bracket
› Black powder coated
› Complies with all life safety, fire, and
windstorm codes while increasing security
› Works on single and pairs of doors with
removable mullion
› No additional door or frame preparation
or reinforcement required

Functions and Trims
› Through-bolted lever, knob, pull,
thumbpiece and electrified trims
available with wide range of functions;
see Trims and Functions, pages 6-11.

Electronics
› The FE5400S series offers electrified
options, including electrically controlled
trim. All options can be tied into existing
security and fire alarm systems for easy
monitoring. See page 11.

Mullion
› Removable Mullion
› See Mullions, page 15.

Cylinders
› Cylinder not included unless specified.
See Quick Codes, page 18.

Warranty
Seven-year limited.

Certification/Compliance
› UL/cUL Listed:
FVSR/FVSR7 - Panic Hardware
GXHX/GXHX7 - Fire Exit Hardware,
up to and including 3 hr. (A)
ZHLA - Windstorm Rated Assemblies
(4' x 8' single, 8' x 8' pairs)
› Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
› ANSI/BHMA Certified: A156.3 Type 9,
Grade 1
› FEMA 361
› ICC 500
› Fully integrated - FE5400S is part of
a complete ASSA ABLOY tornado and
hurricane shelter solution utilizing Ceco
StormPro® 361, Curries StormPro® 361,
Fleming F-5 doors and frames and
McKinney® SP hinges.

FE5400S.3

Features
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
5/8" stainless steel latch housing
Through-hardened steel latchbolt,
7/8" projection, 1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome® mounting screws

Top Latch
5/8" stainless steel
housings, 3/4" projection
with 1/8" door gap
1/2" O.D. tubular brass, bronze or
stainless steel with rod guides.

Center Bolt
Full 3/4" (19mm)
projection, 1" (25mm)
wide, positive deadlocking
by auxiliary bolt

Full 3/4" (19mm) projection, 1"
(25mm) wide, positive deadlocking by
auxiliary bolt

Bottom Bolt
7/8" square stainless steel
bolt with 5/8" projection

Center Bolt Roller Strike

7/8" square stainless steel bolt with
5/8" projection
Black nylon coated
stainless steel strike

FE5400S.4

Surface-mounted 3/8"
(10mm) diameter roller
strike, complete with
positive locking plate
and shims, assuring low
friction relocking for a long,
trouble-free life.

Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Trim
FE5400S
Outside | Inside

Series/
Function

ANSI No.

Function Description

Exit Only

Exit only; no trim.

Dummy

Entrance by trim when actuating bar is dogged down.

Classroom*

Entrance by thumbpiece. Key locks or unlocks
thumbpiece.

Passage

Entrance by trim when latch is retracted by
thumbpiece. Thumbpiece is always active, no cylinder.

Storeroom
(Thumbpiece Active)

Entrance by thumbpiece only when released by key.
Key removable only when locked.

Classroom*

Entrance by knob or lever. Key locks or unlocks knob
or lever.

Passage

Entrance by trim when latchbolt is retracted by knob
or lever. Knob or lever always active, no cylinder.

Storeroom
(Grip Active)

Entrance by knob or lever only when released by key.
Key removable only when locked.

*Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.

FE5400S.5

Heavy-Duty Trim Designs and Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges

• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 7-year limited warranty

Trim Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
08

Storeroom
ANSI No.
09

Armstrong
A9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

A910

A950

A9551

A959

Citation
C9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

C910

C950

C9551

C959

Dirke
D9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

D910

D950

D9551

D959

Essex*
E9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

E910

E950

E9551

E959

Lustra*
L9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

L910

L950

L9551

L959

Pull Trim Design

1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
* Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

FE5400S.6

Heavy-Duty Designs and Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges

• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 7-year limited warranty

Trim Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
08

Storeroom
ANSI No.
09

Newport*
N9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

N910

N950

N9551

N959

Regis
R9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

R910

R950

R9551

R959

Princeton*
PR9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

PR910

PR950

PR9551

PR959

Pull Trim Design

1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
* Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

FE5400S.7

Heavy-Duty Designs & Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges

• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 7-year limited warranty

Trim Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
08

Storeroom
ANSI No.
09

Frascati
FR9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

FR910

FR950

FR9551

FR959

Merlot
M9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

M910

M950

M9551

M959

Tuscany
TS9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

TS910

TS950

TS9551

TS959

Zinfandel
Z9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

Z910

Z950

Z9551

Z959

Pull Trim Design

Available with Muséo Collection levers.

1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.

FE5400S.8

Utility Trim Designs & Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges

• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 7-year limited warranty

Trim Function
Pull Trim Design

Passage
ANSI No.
14/15

Dummy
ANSI No.
02

Classroom
ANSI No.
05/08

Storeroom
ANSI No.
09

G910

G950

G9551

G959

TH910

TH950

TH9551

TH959

N/A

P950

N/A

G900 Trim
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

10-1/4"

3-1/2"

TH900 Trim
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim

10-1/4"
16-1/2"

2-1/2"
1-5/8"

Offset Pull
P9
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Specify Hand. Field
Reversible.

10-1/4"

3-3/16"

1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.

FE5400S.9

Electrified Trim
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Electrically Controlled
Heavy-Duty Trim
Electrically controlled trim provides electric locking and unlocking
of the 900 Series heavy-duty lever trim. It easily retrofits into
existing applications and is ideal for door control.

Advantages
•
•
•
•
•
•

Available in Fail Safe or Fail Secure operation
24VAC/VDC
Internal rectifier accepts AC or DC voltage
Free Wheeling lever when locked
Key override (specify cylinder)
Plug connector with 4’ wire lead (Exit device can be used
as the wire raceway)

Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2” (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4” (57mm); specify D214.

Cylinder
Cylinder not included unless specified. See Quick Codes, page 18.

How to Order
See page 21 for how to order.

Trim
Utilizes all 900 series trim lever designs including the Vineyard™
Collection

Electrical Specifications
• Solenoid: 330 mA @ 24 Volts
• Security Monitor Switch (M98): 4 AMP @ 250VAC

Electrically Controlled
Heavy-Duty Trim

FE5400S.10

Electrified Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Functions
Fail Secure
The x9905 trim is locked when power is off and unlocked when power is on.
Description

x9905
(Fail Secure)

• Lever is locked when power is on (Free Wheeling)
• Power off allows entry from trim
• Inside device is always active for egress
• Mechanical key override (09 Function – Key allows lever
to retract latch bolt. Key can only be removed in locked position.)

Fail Safe
The x9903 trim is locked when power is on and unlocked when power is off.
Description

x9903
(Fail Safe)

• Lever is locked when power is off (Free Wheeling)
• Power on allows lever activation for entry
• Inside device is always active for egress
• Mechanical key override (09 Function – Key allows lever
to retract latch bolt. Key can only be removed in locked position.)

x = Lever trim design - Standard, Vineyard™ and Muséo®

Options
M92

Touchbar Monitor

M93

Trim Monitor

FE5400S.11

Electrified Options
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Monitors - M92, M93
Operation
Monitors are used to indicate the authorized and unauthorized use of an opening or to signal and control other opening hardware,
such as magnetic locks. Each monitoring device is equipped with one internal single-pole double-throw (SPDT) switch per monitor.

Touchbar Monitoring - M92
Request to Exit - REX

Outside Monitoring or Signaling - M93

Provides indication of the pushpad
being depressed. Used as a request to
exit to shunt alarm systems, release
electromagnetic locks or monitor egress.

Provides indication of the device being
operated from the outside. Used as a
request to enter signal switch to shunt
alarms; also used to monitor entry.

Listings

Listings
UL listed for both Panic and Fire Exit
Hardware.

UL listed for both Panic and Fire Exit
Hardware.

Electrical Specifications

Electrical Specifications
5 Amps @ 28VDC SPDT contacts

4 Amps @ 250 VAC contacts

Ordering

Specify Quick Code M93.

Specify Quick Code M92.

Yellow
Blue
Brown

FE5400S.12

Tan
Gray

COM
NO

Pink

NC
COM
NO

Electrified Options & Accessories
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
BPS Power Supply
Operation

Electrical Specifications

Power supplies are designed to provide
reliable filtered and regulated power for
long life to a variety of electrified hardware
components. Recommended for electric
trim.

• Inputs: 120VAC
• Outputs: 24 VDC @ 1 Amp, 2 Amp or
4 Amp, Filtered and regulated outputs

Features
• Individual output circuit breakers
• Regulated and filtered fuse protected
outputs
• LEDs monitor zone status (voltage or no
voltage)
• Slide switches connect or disconnect
load from power (Not available on 1
Amp supplies)
• Internal Back-Up battery charging circuit
• Rugged steel enclosure
• Fire alarm interface

Listings
• UL-cUL CLASS 2
- Signal Appliances
- Access Control System Units
- Special Locking Arrangements -
Component
• CE

Applications
• 9903 – Fail Safe
• 9905 – Fail Secure

Note: Batteries are not included with the BPS power supply.
Model

Enclosure

Input

Output

BPS-24-1

12” (304mm) x 9” (229mm) x 4” (102mm)

120VAC

1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-24-2

14” (356mm) x 14” (356mm) x 4” (102mm)

120VAC

2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-24-4

15” (381mm) x 18” (457mm) x 6” (152mm)

120VAC

4.0 Amp @ 24 VDC

FE5400S.13

Electrified Options & Accessories
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Requirements for Electrical and Data Transfer
To answer the demand for “smart” electronic access control and locking solutions that require fast, easy, and cost-effective installation,
ASSA ABLOY Group brands use the ElectroLynx® standardized plug-in connectors and color-coded wiring system.
With ElectroLynx, doorway components come pre-wired for easy hookup to the power source. Key to the system is the transfer device
hinge that carries power from the frame to the locking hardware.

Features of ElectroLynx:
• Makes it easy to bring power to the locking hardware
• Wires have connectors that snap together, like plugging a telephone into a jack
To connect FE5400S series Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System hardware to the electronic access control system, the following items
are required:
• FE5400S series Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
• ASSA ABLOY Door Group pre-wired door, or ElectroLynx retrofit cable (order from McKinney)
• Electronic transfer device (ElectroLynx electronic transfer hinge or Electrical Power Transfer with standard hinge, from McKinney)
• ElectroLynx cable from the hinge to above the ceiling (order from McKinney)
Information regarding cable selection, hinge requirements and order strings can be found in the McKinney Transfer Device Solutions
catalog. Consult 800-810-WIRE (9473) with questions on application specifications and requirements.
The McKinney QC8 ElectroLynx Hinge is recommended for the 9903 function, the 9905 function and all options with the exception of
M93. The McKinney QC12 ElectroLynx Hinge is recommended for the M93 option.

FE5400S.14

Mullions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Mullions

Spacer Block

May be quickly and easily removed when
a full double door opening is temporarily
required.

Materials and Finish

Recommended for double rabbeted frames where the
stop face width is less than the mounting hole spacing
and also for door frames 5-3/4" (176mm) or less. To
order with a mullion, specify M95. To order separately,
specify Part No 683F29-8.

Steel mullions, 2" x 3" with malleable iron
top and bottom retainers; furnished with
zinc-plated fasteners for metal frames and
concrete floors. May be cut, drilled and
tapped in the field. Mullion and Mullion
retainers are prime coat red paint.

Options
Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controls the movement of the mullion.
Recommended for openings over 7' high, or
whenever door movement must be minimized. To order with mullion, specify M57. To
order separately, specify Part No. 653F11-1 x
628 (aluminum).

(2) Shims

Angle Bracket
Recommended for any header
configuration with less than 3" (76mm) of
mounting surface. To order with a mullion,
specify M96. To order separately, specify
Part No 655F63-8.

How to Order
Removable Mullions
Door Height

Description

Specify
Quick Code

Up to 7'0"

Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified

FE707A1

Up to 8'0"

Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified

FE708A1

Notes:
1 For use with UL listed door assemblies that comply to FEMA 361 and ICC 500.
For the latest listings on compliant door assemblies visit our website at corbinrusswin.com

FE5400S.15

Options & Accessories/Cylinders
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Surface Vertical Rod Extension Kits
Used to extend the height of standard length rods supplied with vertical rod exit devices. Available in 2”, 6” and 12” sizes. To order
with exit device, see Quick Codes, page 18. To order separately, specify Part No. x Finish.
Rod Extension

Rod Extension Kit
Part No.

2” (50mm)

655F15 x Finish

6” (152mm)

655F16 x Finish

12” (305mm)

655F17 x Finish

Cylinder Dogging
To order Cylinder Dogging with exit device, specify M52. Cylinder not included unless specified. Cylinder dogging not available for
fire-rated devices. See Quick Codes, page 18.
Part Number

Cylinder Ring

6-pin

Description

1000-118-A02

N/A

7-pin

1000-114-A02-7

270F15

6-pin, IC

1080-11 4-A02

270F15

7-pin, IC

1080-112-A02-7

654F07

6-pin, IC, less core

1070-114-A02

270F07

7-pin, IC, less core

1070-112-A02-7

654F07

6-pin, Security

1010-118-A02

N/A

6-pin, Security IC

1090-114-A02

270F15

7-pin, Pyramid Security

1027-114-A02

270F15

7-pin, Pyramid Security IC

1037-114-A02

270F15

7-pin, Pyramid High Security

1020-114-A02

270F15

7-pin, Pyramid IC High Security

1030-114-A02

270F15

Part Number

Cylinder Ring

6-pin

3000-058

None Required

7-pin

3000-058-7

422F88

6-pin, IC

3080-058

422F88

7-pin, IC

3080-058-7

686F98

6-pin, IC, less core

3070-058

422F88

7-pin, IC, less core

3070-058-7

686F98

6-pin, Security

3010-058

None Required

6-pin, Security IC

3090-058

422F88

7-pin, Pyramid

3020-058

422F88

7-pin, Pyramid IC

3030-058

422F88

Pyramid Security

3027-058

422F88

Pyramid Security

3037-058

422F88

Cylinders
900 Series Trim
Rim cylinders

FE5400S.16

Description

Facts & Figures
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S Series
Series

“A”

“B”

FE5400S x W032

28-7/8"
(733mm)

18"
(457mm)

FE5400S

32-7/8"
(835mm)

18"
(457mm)

FE5400S x W042

38-7/8"
(987mm)

24"
(610mm)

FE5400S x W048

44-7/8"
(1140mm)

24"
(610mm)

Cover Detail

“B”

2-1/4"
(57mm)

Pad Depressed

3-1/4"
(83mm)
Pad Extended

2-3/4"
(70mm)

FE5400S.17

Quick Codes
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Cylinder and Keying
Description
Less cylinder(s)

Cylinder and Keying (cont)
Description

Specify
(standard)

Specify

Visual key control (VKC)

No keying data stamped on key or cylinder

VKC0

Conventional 7-pin

Keys only

VKC1

Security

Cylinders and keys (not for HS or CHS)

VKC2

Cylinders only (not for HS or CHS)

VKC3

Conventional 6-pin

Security interchangeable core (IC)
IC 6-pin

CHS
C6

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Red)

CT6R

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Blue)

CT6B

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Green)

CT6G

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
IC 6-Pin with temporary disposable core

CL6

SFIC 6-pin with less core
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary
core
IC 7-pin (rim only)

CLS6

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Red)

CT7R

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Blue)

CT7B

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Green)

CT7G

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core

CT7

7'2"

H0702

7'6”

H0706

8'0"

H0800

CT7D

CT7SD
PS
PCS
PHS
PCHS

Pyramid with temporary construction core

CTP

Pyramid less core

CLP

Blockout function

FE5400S.18

Door Height

Pyramid Fixed Core

Construction master keyed

KY# (e.g., KY6)

CT6SD

Pyramid Security IC

Keyed random

Other than 2 keys

Specify

CLS7

0-bitted with 2 blank keys

(standard with cylinder)

(standard)

SFIC 7-pin with less core

Pyramid IC

CKC3

2 keys per cylinder

7'0"

CL7

Pyramid Security fixed core

CKC2

CKC cylinders only

Door Height

IC 7-pin less core (rim only)
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary
core

CKC cylinders with VKC keys

CT6
CT6D

IC 6-pin less core

IC 7-Pin with temporary disposable core

Concealed key control (CKC)

(standard)
KR
CMK

Door Width
Door Width

Specify

32" (813mm)

W032

36" (914mm)

(standard)

42" (1067mm)

W042

48" (1219mm)

W048

Quick Codes
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Door Thickness

Miscellaneous Options

Door

Specify

1-3/4” (44mm)

(standard)

2” (51mm)

D200

2-1/4” (57mm)

D214

Description

Finish
Description

Specify

US3

Bright Brass

605

US4

Satin Brass

606

US9

Bright Bronze

611

US10

Satin Bronze

612

US10B

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed

613

US14

Bright Nickel Plated

618

US15

Satin Nickel Plated

619

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

625

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

626

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

626C

US32

Bright Stainless Steel

629

US32D

Stain Stainless Steel

630

Stain Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®

630C

—

Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed

Specify

Knurling outside and inside (trim and device)

M20

Knurling outside only (trim side)

M21

Knurling inside only (device side)

M22

Abrasive coat outside and inside (trim and device)

M23

Abrasive coat inside only (device side)

M24

Abrasive coat outside only (trim side)

M25

PathLite™ Photoluminescent Touchbar Cover

M49

Less dogging

M51

Cylinder dogging

M52

Parabolic escutcheon

M60

Handing
Hand

Specify

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

722

Removable Mullion
Description

Specify

Door frame filler block for double rabetted frames

M95

Door frame angle bracket for aluminum frames

M96

Mullion stabilizer

M57

Up to 7’0” Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated,
Windstorm Certified

FE707A1

Up to 8’0” Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated,
Windstorm Certified

FE708A1

1. For use with UL listed door assemblies that comply to FEMA 361 and
ICC 500.
For the latest listings on compliant door assemblies visit our website at
corbinrusswin.com

FE5400S.19

Quick Codes
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Electrified Options
Description

Electrified Accessories
Specify

Description

Part Number

Request to Exit/Touchbar Monitoring or Signaling

M92

Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output

BPS-12-1

Outside Trim Monitoring or Signaling

M93

Power supply 3.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output

BPS-12-3

Security Monitor

M98*

Power Supply 1 Amp @ 24 VDC Output

BPS-24-1

Trim Gasket

M99

Power Supply 2 Amp @ 24 VDC Output

BPS-24-2

Power Supply 4 Amp @ 24 VDC Output

BPS-24-4

*9903/9905 trims only.

SPDT Maintained Switch

MKA

SPDT Momentary Switch

SPDT Momentary NS Switch

MKN

DPDT Momentary Switch

MK2

DPST Maintained (Al. Action) Switch
Sonalert 90lbs. @ 2 ft. 12-24VDC mounted on one
gang stainless steel plate

FE5400S.20

PB3EA
PZ1

LEDs mounted on one gang stainless steel plate
12-24VDC (Red and Green)

ZLP-1

LEDs mounted on narrow gang plate (Red and
Green)

ZLP

Concealed transfer for over 120° swing doors

EPTL

How to Order
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Ordering Examples
Exit Device Only

LHR

Quantity

Series/
Function

Finish

Hand

Misc.
Options

FE5400S

626

RHR

M51

RHR

LHR

Left Hand Reverse

Trim Only

Note: Arrow (

Quantity

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

N955

625

RHR

D214

RHR

Right Hand Reverse

) indicates secure side of door.
Left Hand Reverse

Right Hand Reverse

Exit Device with Trim
Quantity

Exit Device

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Door Width

Misc. Options

FE5400S

N955

605

LHR

D214

W048

M51

Contract/Detailed Order – Exit Device with Trim
Quantity

Keyset

Exit Device

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

AA1

FE5400S

C955

626

LHR

H0800

W048

Door Height Door Width

Misc.
Options

Cylinder
Option

M52

Exit Device with Electrified Trim
Quantity

Exit Device

Trim/
Function

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Door Width

Misc.
Options

FE5400S

N9903

626

RHR

D214

W048

M98

Where to find ordering
information and Quick Codes
Functions and Trims
Removable Mullion
Cylinders and Keying
Door Height
Door Width
Finish
Door Thickness
Handing
Miscellaneous Options
Electrified Options
Electrified Accessories

Page 6
Page 15
Page 18
Page 18
Page 18
Page 19
Page 19
Page 19
Page 19
Page 20
Page 20
FE5400S.21

Architectural Specifications
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S Series
Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Multi-point exit device systems: Multi-point exit device auto deadbolt locking systems are engineered for use on entry door applications at windstorm safe shelter locations. Fortified steel construction secures the door to the frame at top, bottom and center latching
positions. All three latching points shall be automatically activated when the device is closed and retracted with one single motion of
pushbar operation upon exiting.
1. Provide three point locking system as part of an integrated door, frame, and exit hardware assembly UL approved severe windstorm
rating in accordance with FEMA 361 and ICC 500.
2. Units shall be manufactured in compliance with NFPA 80 and NFPA 101 life-safety requirements and approved for usage on up to
3-hour, UL 10b or 10c fire rated openings.
3. Latchbolt construction:
a. Center latch: 3/4"(19mm) throw stainless steel slide action deadbolt with positive deadlocking by auxiliary bolt.
b. Top latch: Through-hardened steel latchbolt with 7/8" projection, and 5/8" stainless steel latch housing secured with ¼-20
Holo-Krome fasteners.
c. Bottom Latch: 7/8" square stainless steel bolt with 5/8" projection.
4. Provide devices with heavy-duty, brass escutcheon trim and solid cast levers matching the design style and architectural finishes as
the balance of the lockset and latches specified.
5. Heavy duty primed steel mullion is required for use with FE5400S when securing paired openings up to 8'0" x 8'0".
6. Cylinders and keying: Refer to separate part 2 Products - “Keying” paragraph sub-section for related keying requirements.
7. Three point locking system devices shall have seven-year limited warranty.

FE5400S.22

Notes
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System

FE5400S.23

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® and SecureBolt® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. PathLite™ and Vineyard™ are trademarks
of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are
mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin Inc., an ASSA
ABLOY Group company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2010, 2011 Corbin
Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is
prohibited.

45167-3/11R

FE6700
Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System

Storm-Resistant Design
Helps Save Lives

Applications
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System

Index
Applications...............................2
Features..................................3-4
Trim Designs...........................5-6
Functions and Options...............7
Ordering Reference/
Quick Codes..............................8

The Corbin Russwin FE6700 is a robust three-point locking system
engineered to help save lives by securing the community shelter
window openings. Extra-heavy duty steel components secure the
shutter to the frame – at the top, bottom and center latch points –
fortifying the opening to withstand extreme wind speeds and flying
debris.
UL approved, the FE6700 is ideal for FEMA 361 and ICC 500.

How to Order............................9
Architectural
Specifications...........................10

Typical applications
include window
openings located in:

Advantages

› C
ommunity Shelters and
Safe Rooms

› T hree-point auto deadlocking when
shutter closes. No manual operation
required

› C
orporate Campuses
› Solid cast lever
› S chools
› H
ealthcare Facilities

› U
L approved as a severe windstormrated assembly in accordance with
FEMA 361 and ICC 500.

› G
overnment Facilities
› T ypical storm shutter applications
use the passage lever x blank plate
function (FE6780).
› Optional classroom function (FE6755)
and passage or closet function
(FE6710) also available.
› T hrough-bolts on shutter for
solid attachment
› H
eavy duty component construction
with easy everyday use design

Features
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System

Certification/
Compliance

Handing

Bottom Bolt

› Device is handed

› 3/4" diameter steel with 3/4"

UL approved:

Mortised Centerbolt

›M
eets FEMA 361 and ICC 500.
for inswing shutters 1'8" w x
3'0" h min to 4'0" w x 6'8" h
max.

› Utilizes a one-piece heavy 13 gage

› F ully integrated – FE6700 is
part of a complete ASSA ABLOY
severe windstorm solution
utilizing Ceco StormPro® 361,
Curries StormPro® 361, Fleming
F-5 shutters and frames and
McKinney® hinges

chrome plated steel lock case,
3/16" thick stainless steel front.
› Center bolt and trim height location
are set during installation allowing
them to always remain in the center
of the shutter, regardless of application
and shutter height.

Deadbolt

› One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" x
1-1/4" x 1" throw

Front

projection with 1/8" steel
reinforcement plate

Strike
› Brass bottom strike with 1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome fasteners

Shutter Thickness
› F E6700 is for use with standard
1-3/4" thick shutters

Optional Cylinders for
FE6755 Classroom Function
› Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted,
1-1/8" standard. Optional cylinders
available; see Quick Codes

› 1-1/8" x 4-7/8" x 3/16" thick stainless
steel, one piece

Backset

Optional Keys

› 2-3/4" standard
Center Bolt Strike
› 1/4" stainless steel strike

› Two nickel silver standard

Top Latch

›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›

› 5/8" stainless steel latch housing.
Through-hardened steel latchbolt,
with 7/8" projection fortified with
1/4-20 steel Holo-Krome®
mounting screws

Latch front
› 1/8" thick, through-hardened
steel front

Shutter Sizes
› 1'8" w x 3'0" h min to 4'0" w x
6'8" h max
› For door or window storm shutter
applications from 6'8" to 8'0", refer
to the FE6800 series catalog.

Optional Keying Features
Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Blockout cylinder

Warranty
› Seven-year limited

Shutter Heights
› 3'0" - 4'6"; specify H0400
› 4'6" - 6'8"; specify H0500

Features
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
5/8" stainless steel latch
housing
Through-hardened steel
latchbolt, 7/8" projection,
1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome® mounting
screws

Top Latch
5/8" stainless steel

1/8" thick,
through-hardened steel front

housings, 3/4" projection
with 1/8" shutter gap

Solid brass lever and heavyduty escutcheon
11 gage steel 12" top
bolt reinforcement

Center Bolt
Stainless steel deadbolt
with 1" projection
Mortised centerbolt utilizes
a one-piece stainless steel,
19/32" x 1-1/4" x 1" throw
bolt, 3/16" thick stainless
steel front, 13 gage steel
case & cap

Bottom Bolt
3/4" diameter steel
with 3/4" projection

Center Bolt Strike
11 gage steel 12" bottom
bolt reinforcement

1/8" steel reinforcement plate
3/4" steel nylon coated lower
bolt, 3/4" projection

Brass bottom strike, 1/4-20
steel Holo-Krome fasteners

1/4" stainless steel strike

Trim Designs
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
Armstrong
ASH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

Citation
CSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

Dirke
DSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

Essex
ESH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

Lustra
LSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

Newport
NSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

REGIS
RSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

Trim Designs
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System

PRINCETON
PSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

FRASCATI
FSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

MERLOT
MSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

TUSCANY
TSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

ZINFANDEL
ZSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged

Functions and Options
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System

For Typical Shutter Applications
Outside | Inside

Series/
Function

Function Description

Type

Three-point auto deadlocking.
Three-point latch retraction by inside grip.
• Lever on one side, blank plate on the other.
• Lever always free.
• For inswing window storm shutters.
•

Passage Lever x
Blank Plate

FE6780

•

Optional Functions
Outside | Inside

Series/
Function

Function Description

Type

Three-point auto deadlocking.
Three-point latch retraction by grip either side,
unless outside grip is locked by key outside.
• Inside grip always free.
•

FE6755

Classroom

FE6710

Passage or Closet

•

T hree-point auto deadlocking.
Three-point latch retraction by grip either side.
• Both grips always free.
•
•

Miscellaneous Options
Description
Torx® head security screws

Specify
M04

Shutter Thickness
Shutter Thickness

Specify

1-3/4"

Standard

Shutter Height - Must be specified
Shutter Height

Specify

3'0" - 4'6"

H0400

4'6" - 6'8"

H0500

Ordering Reference/Quick Codes
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System

Optional Mortise Cylinders

Cylinders and Keying

• Conventional (standard for FE6700)

Description
Conventional 6-pin

• Pyramid (optional)
• IC (optional)

Less Cylinder(s)

Security IC
Pyramid Security

Pyramid

Conventional

Interchangeable Core

(Fixed Core)

(IC)

Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core

PHS

Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core

CTP

Pyramid Less Core

CLP

SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core

C6
CLS6
CT6SD

IC 6-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red

CT6R

Blue

CT6B

Green

CT6G

Mortise Cylinder Type

Cylinder Catalog Number

IC 6-pin Less Core

Pyramid High Security (PHS)

1020-114-A02

IC 7-pin

Pyramid High Security Interchangeable Core (PCHS)

1030-114-A02

SFIC 7-pin with Less Core

Conventional 6-pin

1000-118-A02

SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core

7-pin (7P)

1000-114-A02-7

6-pin IC (C6)

1080-114-A02

IC 7-pin with Temporary
Construction Core

7-pin IC (C7)

1080-112-A02-7

Security IC (CHS)

1090-114-A02

Security (HS)

1010-118-A02

FE6700 H-series escutcheon requires cylinder collars depending on length of
cylinder specified.
To order collars separately, see below:

PS
PCS
PCHS

SFIC 6-pin with Less Core

Cylinder Quick Codes

HS
CHS

Pyramid High Security IC

IC 6-pin

Pyramid
Shown

Conventional 7-pin
Security

• 2 nickel silver keys

Specify

Red

CL6
C7
CLS7
CT7SD

CT7R

Blue

CT7B

Green

CT7G

IC 7-pin Less Core

CL7

Pyramid Disposable Core

CTPD

6-pin Disposable Core

CT6D

7-pin Disposable Core

CT7D

0-bitted with 2 Blank Keys
Keyed Random (Standard)

Construction Master Keyed

CMK

Visual Key Control (VKC)

Specify

Cylinder
Length

721F36

1-1/8"

721F37

1-1/4"

721F38

1-1/2"

-N
o bitting or keyset stamping
on keys

VKC0

- Keys Only

VKC1

- Cylinders and Keys
- (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS)

VKC2

- Cylinders Only (not for
HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)

VKC3

Concealed Key Control (CKC)
- CKC Cylinders with
VKC Keys

CKC2

- CKC Cylinders Only
(not for PHS, PCHS)

CKC3

2 Keys per Lock
More than 2 Keys

standard
KY#
(e.g., KY6)

How to Order
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System

Ordering Examples
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Shutter Height

100

FE6780

FSH

626

H0400

Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Shutter Height

FE6780

NSH

625

H0500

Handing

RH
Frame

Left Hand

Frame

Right Hand

Glass

Note: Arrow indicates secure side of shutter

Finish

Function
FE6755

Trim
Standard

Finish
Vineyard

605

RH
LH

FE6710

ASH

FSH

606

FE6780

CSH

MSH

611

DSH

TSH

612

ESH

ZSH

613

LSH

618

NSH

619

RSH

625

PSH

Hand

Description

Misc.

Polished Brass, Clear Coated
Satin Brass, Clear Coated
Polished Bronze, Clear
Coated
Satin Bronze, Clear Coated
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
Polished Nickel
Satin Nickel
Polished Chrome
Satin Chrome
Satin Chrome
with MicroShield®
Bright Stainless Steel
Satin Stainless Steel
Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
Black Oxidized Bronze,
Oil Rubbed

M04

626
626C
629
630
630C
722

Specify

605
606
611
612
6131
618
619
625
626
626C
6293
6303
630C
7222

New, March 2007
Formerly 613 prior to March 2007
3
Escutcheon finished to match 629, 630 finish
1
2

Architectural Specifications
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System

FE6700 Series
Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
Three-Point Locking System Devices: Three-Point, auto deadbolt locking devices
are engineered for use on inswing shutter applications at windstorm safe shelter
room locations. Concealed, fortified steel construction secures the shutter to the
frame at top, bottom and center latching positions. All three latching points shall
be automatically activated when the device is closed and retracted with one single
lever activation motion.
1. The Multi-Point latching system device is part of an integrated shutter, frame
and hardware assembly UL-approved to FEMA 361 and ICC 500 for inswing
applications.
2. Latchbolt Construction:
a. Mortised Centerbolt: Single piece, 13 gage chrome plated steel lockcase
with 3/16" thick stainless steel front. Stainless steel, 1" throw deadbolt.
2 3/4" backset standard with 1/4" stainless steel centerbolt strike.
b. Top Latch: Through-hardened steel latchbolt with 7/8" projection,
1/8" steel latchbolt front, and 5/8" stainless steel latch housing secured
with 1/4-20 Holo-Krome® fasteners.
c. B
ottom Bolt: 3/4" diameter steel nylon coated bolt with 3/4" projection
and 1/8" steel reinforcement plate. Brass strike housing secured with
1/4-20 Holo-Krome fasteners.
3. Provide devices with heavy-duty, brass escutcheon trim and solid cast levers
matching the design style and architectural finishes as the balance of the
lockset and latches specified.
4. Inswinging storm shutters are furnished as a complete door, frame, and
hardware assembly for openings measuring from 1'8" x 3'0" minimum to 4'0"
x 6'8" maximum.
5. Three-Point locking system devices shall have a seven-year limited warranty.
6. Multi-Point latching system devices shall be FE6700 Series as manufactured by
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware of Berlin, CT.

Notes
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design®is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time
of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. © 2009, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission
of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45151-2/11R

FE6800
Fortified Multi-Point Latching System

Storm-Resistant Design
Helps Save Lives

Applications
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System

Index
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Trim Designs. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Functions, Options
& Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 7

The Corbin Russwin FE6800 is a robust three-point locking system
engineered to help save lives by securing the community shelter entry.
Extra-heavy duty steel components secure the door to the frame –
at the top, bottom and center latch points – fortifying the opening
to withstand extreme wind speeds and flying debris.
UL approved, the FE6800 is ideal for both FEMA 361 and
FEMA 320 applications.

Ordering Reference/
Quick Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
How to Order . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Architectural
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Typical applications include
doors and inswing window
storm shutters located in:

Advantages

› Community Shelters and

› Three-point auto deadlocking as door

Safe Rooms

closes. No manual operation required

› Corporate Campuses

› Solid cast levers

› Schools

› UL approved as a severe windstorm-

› Healthcare Facilities

rated assembly in accordance with

› Government Facilities

FEMA 320 and FEMA 361 guidelines

› UL 3-hour fire rating
› Three functions are available including
window shutter applications

› Through-bolts on door for
solid attachment

› Heavy duty component construction
with easy everyday use design

corbinrusswin.com
2

Features
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
Certification/
Compliance
UL approved:
› Meets FEMA 320 and FEMA
361 Guidelines for both
inswing and outswing doors;
single door 2'6" x 5'6" min
and 4'0" x 8'0" max.
› Fully integrated – FE6800 is
part of a complete ASSA ABLOY
severe windstorm solution
utilizing Ceco StormPro® 361,
Curries StormPro® 361, Fleming
F-5 doors and frames and
McKinney® hinges
UL /ULc:
› All locks listed for 3 hour
single doors
› UL compliant with fire and
windstorm markings
› Any retrofit or other field
modification to a fire-rated
opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening,
and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes
no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation.
When retrofitting any portion of
an existing fire-rated opening, or
specifying and installing a new
fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local
code official (Authority Having
Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance
with all applicable codes and
ratings.

Handing

Bottom Bolt

› Device is handed

› 3/4" diameter steel with 3/4"
projection with 1/8" steel

Mortised Centerbolt

reinforcement plate

› Utilizes a one-piece heavy 13 gage
chrome plated steel lock case,

Strike

3/16" thick stainless steel front.

› Brass bottom strike 1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome fasteners

Deadbolt

› One-piece stainless steel,

19/32" x 1-1/4" x 1" throw

Door Thickness
› FE6800 is for use with standard 1 3/4"
thick doors and frames

Front

› 1 1/8" x 4-7/8" x 3/16" thick
stainless steel, one piece

Cylinder
› Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted,
1 1/8" standard. Optional cylinders

Backset

› 2-3/4" standard

available; see Quick Codes

Keys

Center Bolt Strike
› 1/4" stainless steel strike versus

1/8" standard wrought strike

› Two nickel silver standard

Keying Features Available

steel front

›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›
›

Door Height

Warranty

› Standard for any door or window storm

› Seven-year limited

Top Latch
› 5/8" stainless steel latch housing.
Through-hardened steel latchbolt,
with 7/8" projection fortified with
1/4-20 steel Holo-Krome

mounting screws

Latch front

› 1/8" thick, through-hardened

Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Blockout cylinder

shutter from 6'8" to 8'0" height.
› Optional top rods for 5'6" to 6'8"
door heights.
› For window storm shutter applications,
1'8" x 3'0" to 4'0" x 6'8" height refer
to the FE6700 series catalog.
3

Features
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
5/8" stainless steel latch housing
Through-hardened steel latchbolt,
7/8" projection, 1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome® mounting screws
1/8" thick, through-hardened
steel front

Top Latch
5/8" stainless steel
housings, 3/4" projection
with 1/8" door gap

11 gage steel 12" top
bolt reinforcement

Center Bolt
Stainless steel deadbolt
with 1" projection

Mortised centerbolt utilizes
a one-piece stainless steel,
19/32" x 1-1/4" x 1" throw
bolt, 3/16" thick stainless
steel front, 13 gage steel
case & cap

Bottom Bolt
3/4" diameter steel
with 3/4" projection

Solid brass lever and heavy
duty escutcheon

Center Bolt Strike
1/4" stainless steel strike

1/8" steel reinforcement plate
3/4" steel nylon coated lower
bolt, 3/4" projection

Brass bottom strike, 1/4-20
steel Holo-Krome fasteners

Trim Designs
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
Armstrong
ASH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
Citation
CSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
Dirke
DSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
Essex
ESH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
Lustra
LSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
Newport
NSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
REGIS
RSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
5

Trim Designs
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
PRINCETON
PSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
FRASCATI
FSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
MERLOT
MSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
TUSCANY
TSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
ZINFANDEL
ZSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise

Functions, Options & Accessories
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System

Outside | Inside

Series/
Function

Type

FE6855

Classroom

FE6810

Passage or Closet

FE6880

Passage Lever x
Blank Plate

Function Description

Three-point auto deadlocking.
Three-point latch retraction by grip either side,
unless outside grip is locked by key outside.
• Inside grip always free.
•
•

T hree-point auto deadlocking.
Three-point latch retraction by grip either side.
• Both grips always free.
•
•

Three-point auto deadlocking.
Three-point latch retraction by inside grip.
• Lever on one side, blank plate on the other.
• Lever always free.
•

Mortise Cylinders
• Conventional (standard for FE6800)

•

Pyramid

Conventional

Interchangeable Core

(Fixed Core)

(IC)

• Pyramid (optional)
• IC (optional)
• 2 nickel silver keys
Pyramid
Shown

Cylinder Quick Codes
Mortise Cylinder Type

Cylinder Catalog Number

Pyramid High Security (PHS)

1020-114-A02

Pyramid High Security Interchangeable Core (PCHS)

1030-114-A02

Conventional 6-pin

1000-118-A02

7-pin (7P)

1000-114-A02-7

6-pin IC (C6)

1080-114-A02

7-pin IC (C7)

1080-112-A02-7

Security IC (CHS)

1090-114-A02

Security (HS)

1010-118-A02

FE6800 H-series escutcheon requires cylinder collars depending on length of cylinder specified.
To order collars separately, see below:
Specify

Cylinder
Length

721F36

1-1/8"

721F37

1-1/4"

721F38

1-1/2"

Quick Codes
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System

Miscellaneous Options

Cylinders and Keying

Description

Description
Conventional 6-pin

Torx®

head security screws

Specify
M04

Door Thickness

Conventional 7-pin

7P
LC

- CKC Cylinders with
VKC Keys

CKC2

Less Cylinder(s)
Security

- CKC Cylinders Only
(not for PHS, PCHS)

CKC3

Specify

Security IC

Standard

Pyramid Security

Specify

5'6" - 6'8"

H0600

6'8" - 8'0"

standard

CHS
PS

Pyramid Security IC

PCS

Pyramid High Security
Fixed Core

PHS

Pyramid High Security IC

PCHS

Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core

CTP

Pyramid Less Core

CLP

IC 6-pin

SFIC 6-pin with Less Core

CLS6

SFIC 6-pin with SFIC
disposable temporary core
IC 6-pin with Temporary
Construction Core

CT6SD

Red

CT6R

Blue

CT6B

Green

CT6G

IC 6-pin Less Core
IC 7-pin
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC
disposable temporary core
IC 7-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red

CL6
C7
CLS7
CT7SD

CT7R

Blue

CT7B

Green

CT7G

IC 7-pin Less Core

CL7

Pyramid Disposable Core

CTPD

6-pin Disposable Core

CT6D

7-pin Disposable Core

CT7D

0-bitted with 2 Blank Keys
Keyed Random (Standard)

Construction Master Keyed

CMK

Visual Key Control (VKC)

Specify

Concealed Key Control (CKC)

1-3/4"

Door Height

Description

Door Thickness

Door Height

Cylinders and Keying (cont.)
Specify

- No bitting or keyset
stamping on keys

VKC0

- Keys Only

VKC1

- Cylinders and Keys
- (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS)
- Cylinders Only (not for
HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)

VKC2

VKC3

2 Keys per Lock
More than 2 Keys

standard
KY#
(e.g., KY6)

How to Order
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
Ordering Examples
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

100

FE6855

FSH

626

RHR

Split Trim/Finish Order
Trim

Finish

Quantity

Series/Function

Outside

Inside

Outside

Inside

Hand

FE6855

FSH

NSH

626

625

Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity
24

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

FE6855

NSH

626

RHR

PHS

CKC2

Handing

LHR

Left Hand

RHR

Right Hand

Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door

Finish

Function
FE6855

Trim
Standard

Finish
Vineyard

Hand

605

FE6810

ASH

FSH

606

RHR

FE6880

CSH

MSH

611

DSH

TSH

612

LHR

ESH

ZSH

613

LSH

618

NSH

619

RSH

625

PSH

626

Misc.
M04

Description

Cyl.

See Page
7

626C
629
630
630C
722

Specify

605
606
611
612
6131
618
619
625
626
626C
6293
6303
630C
7222

New, March 2007
Formerly 613 prior to March 2007
3
Escutcheon finished to match 629, 630 finish
1
2

Architectural Specifications
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System

FE6800 Series
Fortified Multi-Point Auto Deadlocking System
Three-Point Locking System Devices: Three-Point, auto deadbolt locking devices
are engineered for use on inswing and outswing door applications at windstorm
safe shelter room locations. Concealed, fortified steel construction secures the
door to the frame at top, bottom and center latching positions. All three latching
points shall be automatically activated when the device is closed and retracted with
one single motion upon exiting.
1. The Three-Point locking system device is part of an integrated door, frame and
hardware assembly UL-approved to both FEMA 361 and FEMA 320 guidelines
for both inswing and outswing doors.
2. Units shall be manufactured in compliance with NFPA 80 and NFPA 101
life-safety requirements and approved for usage on up to 3-hour, UL10b
or 10c fire rated openings.
3. Latchbolt Construction:
a. Mortised Centerbolt: Single piece, 13 gage chrome plated steel lockcase
with 3/16" thick stainless steel front. Stainless steel, 1" throw deadbolt.
2 3/4" backset standard with 1/4" stainless steel centerbolt strike.
b. Top Latch: Through-hardened steel latchbolt with 7/8" projection,
1/8" steel latchbolt front, and 5/8" stainless steel latch housing secured
with 1/4-20 Holo-Krome® fasteners.
c. B
ottom Bolt: 3/4" diameter steel nylon coated bolt with 3/4" projection
and 1/8" steel reinforcement plate. Brass strike housing secured with
1/4-20 Holo-Krome fasteners.
4. Provide devices with heavy-duty, brass escutcheon trim and solid cast levers
matching the design style and architectural finishes as the balance of the
lockset and latches specified.
5. Cylinders and Keying: Refer to separate Part 2 Products - "Keying" paragraph
sub-section for related keying requirements.
6. Three-Point locking system devices shall have a seven-year limited warranty.
7. Three-Point Auto Deadlock Devices shall be FE6800 Series as manufactured by
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware of Berlin, CT.

Notes
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2007, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45067-3/11R

Specialty Hardware

Table of Contents
Specialty Hardware
Table of Contents
ML2000 Mortise Lock with Behavioral Health Trim (BHSS)
Features.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 3
Cylinders............................................................................................................................................................................................. 4
Strikes/Kits.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 5
How to Order..................................................................................................................................................................................... 6
Quick Codes....................................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Options............................................................................................................................................................................................... 7
ML2000 Mortise Lock with Behavioral Health Lever Trim (BLSS)
Features.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 8
Cylinders............................................................................................................................................................................................. 9
Strikes/Kits........................................................................................................................................................................................ 10
How to Order................................................................................................................................................................................... 11
Quick Codes .................................................................................................................................................................................... 12
Options............................................................................................................................................................................................. 12
ML2000 and ML20900 Series Mortise Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
ML2000 Features.............................................................................................................................................................................. 13
ML20900 Features............................................................................................................................................................................ 14
Cylinders........................................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Strikes/Kits........................................................................................................................................................................................ 16
ML20900 Options.......................................................................................................................................................................17-18
How to Order................................................................................................................................................................................... 19
Quick Codes................................................................................................................................................................................20-21
HP3000 Series Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
Features............................................................................................................................................................................................ 22
Functions.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 23
Strikes/Kits........................................................................................................................................................................................ 24
How to Order/Quick Codes.............................................................................................................................................................. 25
Anti-Harm Knob
Features............................................................................................................................................................................................ 26
How to Order/Quick Codes.............................................................................................................................................................. 27
Architectural Specifications.......................................................................................................................................................... 28

Specialty Hardware.2

Features
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BHSS Trim*
Part of the Behavioral Health Series™ of products, the ML2000 mortise lock with BHSS trim has
tapered surfaces and an integrated lever and escutcheon, bringing an elegant style to behavioral
health environments. The ML2000's heavy-duty design and ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 strength help it
to withstand abuse in any environment.

Features
Handing
Handed - Must specify on order.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes, page 7.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7/8" (149mm) x 4"
(102mm) x 15/16" (24mm).
Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x -3/32" (2mm). Accommodates
flat doors and doors beveled 1/8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought stainless steel attached by
machine screws to lockcase front. Utilizes
security Torx® screws. Torx® screws come
standard.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical with anti-friction
insert, 5/8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3/4"
(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and
3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.
Hub
Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm).
Lever
Cast stainless steel.
Escutcheon
Cast stainless steel.
Strike
Wrought stainless steel, ANSI straight
lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 7.

Thumbturn
Cast stainless steel construction. See page 28.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see
Quick Codes, page 4.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Blockout cylinder
Electrical Specifications
(Fail Safe/Fail Secure)
12VAC/VDC @ 800mA
24VAC/VDC @ 390mA
Continuous duty solenoid.
Monitor Switch Rating: 4 amp @ 250 VAC
Note: Operating voltage not to exceed
+/- 10%.
See Quick Codes, page 7.
Functions
Available with all ML20900 electrified
mortise lock functions. Refer to the
ML2000 mortise lock catalog (45300) for
function descriptions.
Available with all ML2000 functions except
ML2050, 2070 and 2080.
Monitor Options
M91 - Latchbolt Monitor
Latchbolt monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the full extension of the
main latch.
M92 - Request to Exit Monitor
Request to Exit monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the activation of the trim.
(Both levers activate switch)

Patent Pending

M105 - Security Monitor
Security Monitor is two switches in series
that monitors lock status (locked or
unlocked) and Auxiliary Latch position.
Note: Monitoring options may only be
ordered together as follows: M91xM92,
M92xM105.
Warranty
Ten-year limited.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13 Series 1000, Operational
and Security Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
UL /ULC-UL10C Positive Pressure
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' (122cm) x 10' (305cm) single or
8' (244cm) x 10' (305cm) pair.
Letter F and UL symbol on armored front
indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.

*Although this product is better designed for behavioral health applications than traditional trim, it
does not eliminate the risk that an object can be affixed to, or around it.

Specialty Hardware.3

Cylinders
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BHSS Trim
Pyramid

Cylinders

Conventional

Conventional (standard for ML2000)
Pyramid (optional)

Interchangeable Core
(IC)

2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: See Key Systems and Pyramid
catalogs.

Mortise
Cylinder Type
Pyramid HS
Pyramid HS IC
Pyramid Security

Pyramid
Shown

Quick Code

Hotel Function

42 (inside) 52, 53, 55, 56,
58, 69 Functions

All Other Keyed and 42
(outside)Functions

PHS

N/A

1020-114-A02

1020-114-A01

PCHS

N/A

1030-114-A02

1030-114-A01

N/A

1027-114-A02

1027-114-A01

Pyramid Security IC

PCS

N/A

1037-114-A02

1037-114-A01

Conventional 6-pin

N/A

1001-114-A01

1000-118-A02

1000-118-A01

Conventional 7-pin

N/A

1000-114-A02-7

1000-114-A01-7

6-pin IC

1081-138-A01

1080-114-A02

1080-114-A01

7-pin IC

N/A

1080-112-A02-7

1080-112-A01-7

Security

1011-114-A01

1010-118-A02

1010-118-A01

Security IC

CHS

1091-138-A01

1090-114-A02

1090-114-A01

Blockout

N/A

1012-114-A02

1012-114-A01

To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 7.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
(e.g., 1000-118-A01 x L4 x 626).

Specialty Hardware.4

Strikes/Kits
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BHSS Trim
Strikes

ANSI Curved Lip

ANSI Straight Lip (standard)
Stainless steel
Non-handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8"
(29mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-1/8" (29mm), 1-1/4"
(32mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4"
(57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm),
3" (76mm)

Note: Only Available with ML2000

Stainless steel
Handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2"
(38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm),
2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm),
2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm)

ANSI Wrought Strike Box
Strike Box
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 7.
To order separately, specify
120F76.

Open Back

Size: 5-1/4" (133mm) x 1/4" (32mm).

Part No.

Description

236L72

Straight Lip

340L60

Curved Lip for RH/LHR

340L61

Curved Lip for LH/RHR

236L73

Straight Lip

340L62

Curved Lip for RH/LHR

340L63

Curved Lip for LH/RHR

236L74

Straight Lip

Hand

Door Thickness

Part

1-3/4" (44mm)

411L63 016

2" (51mm)

411L63 018

2-1/4" (57mm)

411L63 020

1-3/4" (44mm)

411L62 016

2" (51mm)

411L62 018

2-1/4" (57mm)

411L62 020

LHR

LH Shown

Latchbolt x Deadbolt

RHR

Open Back Strike

Latchbolt Only

LH Shown

To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 7. To order
separately, specify Part No. x
Door Thickness x Finish (e.g.,
411L62 x 2" x 626).

Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze
For 1/2" (13mm) rabbet
No optional lip lengths

Deadbolt Only

236L70

Blank Filler Plate

To order strike with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
To order strike separately, specify Part No. x Lip Length x Finish
(e.g., 340L60 x 1-1/2" x 626).

Straight Lip

Part No.

Hand

Latchbolt x
Deadbolt

318F66
318F69

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Latchbolt only

318F64
318F67

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Deadbolt only

318F65
318F68

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Rabbeted Front and Strike

To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 7.
To order separately,
specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 318F66 x 626).

Specialty Hardware.5

How to Order
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BHSS Trim
Ordering Examples - ML2000
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

100

ML2010

BHSS

630

RHR

ML2055

BHSS

630

LHR

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

ML2055

BHSS

630

RHR

D214

SA200

M17-M26

VKC3

Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

ML2051

BHSS

630

LHR

D214

SS200

M07

VKC1

Ordering Examples - ML20900
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Voltage

Misc. Options

Keying

100

ML20901

BHSS

630

RHR

12AD

M105

VKC3

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Voltage

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

ML20904

BHSS

630

RHR

12AD

M20

VKC3

Specialty Hardware.6

Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BHSS Trim
Cylinder and Keying

Finishes

Description
Conventional 6-pin
Conventional 7-pin
Less cylinder(s)
IC 6-pin
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core

Specify
(standard)
7P
LC
C6
Red
Blue
Green

IC 6-pin less core
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core1
IC 7-pin
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
Red
Blue
Green
IC 7-pin less core
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core1
Security
Security IC
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core
Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid IC Less Core
Pyramid with temporary construction core
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid Disposable Core
6-Pin Disposable Core
7-Pin Disposable Core
Blockout function cylinder
Keyed random
Construction master keyed (not available for Pyramid)
Visual key control
- No keying data stamped on key or cylinder
- Keys only
- Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
PCHS)
- Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys
- CKC cylinders only (not for PHS or PCHS)
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys

CT6R
CT6B
CT6G
CL6
CT6SD
CLS6
C7
CT7R
CT7B
CT7G
CL7
CT7SD
CLS7
HS
CHS
PHS
PCHS
CLP
CTP
PS
PCS
CTPD
CT6D
CT7D
BO
KR
CMK
VKC0
VKC1
VKC2
VKC3
CKC2
CKC3
(standard)
KY# (e.g.,
KY6)

1. Not available with ML2029.
2. Not available for ML2017, ML2029 or ML2032 x MR, ML2000HS or ML2000VR.

BHMA 629 (US32)
BHMA 630 (US32D)
630C

Description
Bright Stainless Steel
Satin Stainless Steel
Satin Stainless Steel with
MicroShield®

Specify
629
630
630C

Door Thickness
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)

Sectional
Trim - Specify
(standard)
D200
D214

Escutcheon*
Trim - Specify
(standard)
D200
D214

Strikes

ANSI
Lip to Center
1-1/8" (29mm)
1-1/4" (32mm)
1-3/8" (35mm)
1-1/2" (38mm)
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)
2-1/2" (64mm)
2-3/4" (70mm)
3" (76mm)
Open Back Strike

ANSI
Curved Lip
Straight Lip Specify
Specify
(standard)
SA118
SS114
SA114
SS138
SA138
SS112
SA112
SS134
SA134
SS200
SA200
SS214
SA214
SS212
SA212
SS234
SA234
SS300
SA300
Door Thickness
Specify
SB134
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
SB200
SB214
2-1/4" (57mm)
Rabbeted front and strike
–
Specify SR118

Miscellaneous Options
Description
Torx head screws

Specify
(standard)

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Latch hold back (for ML2042, ML2052, ML2055,
ML2051, ML2057 only)

LHB*

* Must use A02 cam when LHB is specified

Electric Monitor Options
(ML20900 Series Only)
Description

Specify

Latchbolt Monitor

M91

Request to Exit

M92

Security Monitor

M105

These options may be ordered together only as follows: M91xM92, M92xM105.

Handing
Description
Right Hand
Left Hand
Right Hand Reverse
Left Hand Reverse

Specify
RH
LH
RHR
LHR

Voltage
Description
12 volt alternating current/direct current
24 volt alternating current/direct current

Specify
12AD
24AD
Specialty Hardware.7

Features
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BLSS Trim*
Part of the Behavioral Health Series™, the ML2000 mortise lock with BLSS trim offers durability
and strength in behavioral healthcare settings. With a variety of available functions, it is flexible
enough to use in many applications, and the sloped surfaces and overlapping lever and rose
construction address common concerns in behavioral health.

Features
Handing
Non-handed.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes, page 12.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7/8" (149mm) x 4"
(102mm) x 15/16" (24mm).
Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x -3/32" (2mm). Accommodates
flat doors and doors beveled 1/8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought stainless steel attached by
machine screws to lockcase front. Utilizes
security Torx® screws. Torx® screws come
standard.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical with anti-friction
insert, 5/8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3/4"
(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and
3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.
Hub
Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm).
Lever
45°
Cast stainless steel.
Rotation
Outside lever release
feature: lever freely rotates
up to 45°.
Rose
Cast stainless steel.

Strike
Wrought stainless steel, ANSI straight
lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 12.
Thumbturn
Cast stainless steel construction. See page 28.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see
Quick Codes, page 9.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Blockout cylinder
Electrical Specifications
(Fail Safe/Fail Secure)
12VAC/VDC @ 800mA
24VAC/VDC @ 390mA
Continuous duty solenoid.
Monitor Switch Rating: 4 amp @ 250 VAC
Note: Operating voltage not to exceed
+/- 10%.
See Quick Codes, page 12.
Functions
Available with all ML20900 electrified
mortise lock functions. Refer to the
ML2000 mortise lock catalog (45300) for
function descriptions.
Available with the following functions:
2010, 2022, 2024, 2030, 2032, 2042,
2054, 2052, 2055, 2057, 2060, 2062,
2065, 2067, 2069, 20902, 20903, 20905
and 20912.

*Although this product is better designed for behavioral health applications than traditional
trim, it does not eliminate the risk that an object can be affixed to, or around it.
Specialty Hardware.8

Monitor Options
M91 - Latchbolt Monitor
Latchbolt monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the full extension of the
main latch.
M92 - Request to Exit Monitor
Request to Exit monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the activation of the trim.
(Both levers activate switch)
M105 - Security Monitor
Security Monitor is two switches in series
that monitors lock status (locked or
unlocked) and Auxiliary Latch position.
Note: Monitoring options may only be
ordered together as follows: M91xM92,
M92xM105.
Warranty
Ten-year limited.

Cylinders
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BLSS Trim
Pyramid

Cylinders

Conventional

Conventional (standard for ML2000)
Pyramid (optional)

Interchangeable Core
(I.C.)

2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: See Key Systems and Pyramid
catalogs.

Mortise
Cylinder Type
Pyramid HS
Pyramid HS IC
Pyramid Security

Pyramid
Shown

Quick Code

Hotel Function

42 (inside) 52, 53, 55, 56,
58, 69 Functions

All Other Keyed and 42
(outside)Functions

PHS

N/A

1020-114-A02

1020-114-A01

PCHS

N/A

1030-114-A02

1030-114-A01

N/A

1027-114-A02

1027-114-A01

Pyramid Security IC

PCS

N/A

1037-114-A02

1037-114-A01

Conventional 6-pin

N/A

1001-114-A01

1000-118-A02

1000-118-A01

Conventional 7-pin

N/A

1000-114-A02-7

1000-114-A01-7

6-pin IC

1081-138-A01

1080-114-A02

1080-114-A01

7-pin IC

N/A

1080-112-A02-7

1080-112-A01-7

Security

1011-114-A01

1010-118-A02

1010-118-A01

Security IC

CHS

1091-138-A01

1090-114-A02

1090-114-A01

Blockout

N/A

1012-114-A02

1012-114-A01

To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 12.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
(e.g., 1000-118-A01 x L4 x 626).

Specialty Hardware.9

Strikes/Kits
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BLSS Trim
Strikes

ANSI Curved Lip

Note: Only Available with ML2000

ANSI Wrought Strike Box
Strike Box
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 12.
To order separately, specify
120F76.

Open Back

Size: 5-1/4" (133mm) x 1/4" (32mm).

Part No.

Description

236L72

Straight Lip

340L60

Curved Lip for RH/LHR

340L61

Curved Lip for LH/RHR

236L73

Straight Lip

340L62

Curved Lip for RH/LHR

340L63

Curved Lip for LH/RHR

236L74

Straight Lip

Hand

Door Thickness

Part

1-3/4" (44mm)

411L63 016

2" (51mm)

411L63 018

2-1/4" (57mm)

411L63 020

1-3/4" (44mm)

411L62 016

2" (51mm)

411L62 018

2-1/4" (57mm)

411L62 020

LHR

LH Shown

Latchbolt x Deadbolt

RHR

Open Back Strike

Latchbolt Only

LH Shown

To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 12. To order
separately, specify Part No. x
Door Thickness x Finish (e.g.,
411L62 x 2" x 626).

Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze
For 1/2" (13mm) rabbet
No optional lip lengths

Deadbolt Only

236L70

Blank Filler Plate

To order strike with lockset, see How to Order, page 11.
To order strike separately, specify Part No. x Lip Length x Finish
(e.g., 340L60 x 1-1/2" x 626).

Straight Lip

Part No.

Hand

Latchbolt x
Deadbolt

318F66
318F69

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Latchbolt only

318F64
318F67

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Deadbolt only

318F65
318F68

To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 12.
To order separately,
specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 318F66 x 626).

Specialty Hardware.10

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Rabbeted Front and Strike

How to Order
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BLSS Trim
Ordering Examples - ML2000
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

100

ML2010

BLSS

630

RHR

ML2055

BLSS

630

LHR

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

ML2055

BLSS

630

RHR

D214

SA200

M17-M26

VKC3

Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

ML2051

BLSS

630

LHR

D214

SS200

M07

VKC1

Ordering Examples - ML20900
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Voltage

Misc. Options

Keying

100

ML20901

BLSS

630

RHR

12AD

M105

VKC3

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Voltage

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

ML20904

BLSS

630

RHR

12AD

M20

VKC3

Specialty Hardware.11

Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BLSS Trim
Door Thickness

Cylinder and Keying
Description
Conventional 6-pin
Conventional 7-pin
Less cylinder(s)
IC 6-pin
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core

Specify
(standard)
7P
LC
C6
Red
Blue
Green

CT6R
CT6B
CT6G
CL6
CT6SD
CLS6
C7

Red
Blue
Green

CT7R
CT7B
CT7G
CL7
CT7SD
CLS7
HS
CHS
PHS
PCHS
CLP
CTP
PS
PCS
CTPD
CT6D
CT7D
BO
KR
CMK

IC 6-pin less core
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core1
IC 7-pin
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core

IC 7-pin less core
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core1
Security
Security IC
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core
Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid IC Less Core
Pyramid with temporary construction core
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid Disposable Core
6-Pin Disposable Core
7-Pin Disposable Core
Blockout function cylinder
Keyed random
Construction master keyed (not available for Pyramid)
Visual key control
- No keying data stamped on key or cylinder
- Keys only
- Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
PCHS)
- Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys
- CKC cylinders only (not for PHS or PCHS)

VKC0
VKC1

VKC3

Escutcheon*
Trim - Specify
(standard)
D200
D214

Strikes
Available for ML2000HS and ML2000VR

ANSI
Lip to Center
1-1/8" (29mm)
1-1/4" (32mm)
1-3/8" (35mm)
1-1/2" (38mm)
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)
2-1/2" (64mm)
2-3/4" (70mm)
3" (76mm)
Open Back Strike

Miscellaneous Options
Description
Torx head screws

Specify
(standard)

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Working trim only

M31

Latch hold back (for ML2042, ML2052, ML2055,
ML2051, ML2057 only)

LHB*

* Must use A02 cam when LHB is specified

Electric Monitor Options
(ML20900 Series Only)

CKC2
CKC3

Finishes

Specialty Hardware.12

Sectional
Trim - Specify
(standard)
D200
D214

VKC2

1. Not available with ML2029.
2. Not available for ML2017, ML2029 or ML2032 x MR, ML2000HS or ML2000VR.

630C

1-3/4"(44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)

Description
Latchbolt Monitor
Request to Exit
Security Monitor

(standard)
KY# (e.g.,
KY6)

2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys

BHMA 629 (US32)
BHMA 630 (US32D)

Door Thickness

Specify
M91
M92
M105

These options may be ordered together only as follows: M91xM92, M92xM105.

Voltage
Description
Bright Stainless Steel
Satin Stainless Steel
Satin Stainless Steel with
MicroShield®

Specify
629
630
630C

Description

Specify

12 volt alternating current/direct current

12AD

24 volt alternating current/direct current

24AD

Features
ML2000 Mortise Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
The ML2000 mortise lock with push/pull paddle trim provides an aesthetically pleasing alternative
to products with standard push/pull trim. Its heavy-duty design and ANSI/BHMA Grade1 strength
help it to withstand abuse from rigorous environments. Multiple mounting orientations, hands
free operation and a sleek, aesthetic form, make the ML2000 mortise lock ideal for use in
healthcare facilities and educational facilities.

Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can
be re-handed without disassembling the
lock case.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7/8" (149mm) x 4"
(102mm) x 15/16" (24mm).
Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x -3/32" (2mm). Accommodates
flat doors and doors beveled 1/8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
attached by machine screws to lockcase
front.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical with anti-friction
insert, 5/8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3/4"
(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and
3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.
Hub
Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm).
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel,
ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSI wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, pages 20-21.

Thumbturn
Cast stainless steel construction. See page 28.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see
Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Blockout cylinder
Functions
Available with all ML2000 functions except
ML2050, 2070 and 2080.
Covers
Cast stainless steel or bronze.
Paddles
Cast stainless steel or bronze. Non-handed.
Mounting Options
Paddle trim can be mounted as
horizontal (up or down) and vertical
(sideways) orientations in the field.
Cover and Paddle Dimensions
6"
(152mm)

5-1/4"
(134mm)

2-3/4"
(70mm)

U.S. Patent Numbers: D646,548S;
D646,549S

2-4/5"
(71mm)

Warranty
Ten-year limited.

Specialty Hardware.13

Features
ML20900 Electrified Mortise Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can
be re-handed without disassembling the
lockcase.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard. Optional door
thicknesses available; see Quick Codes,
page 15.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge chrome plated steel, 5-7/8"
(149mm) x 4" (102mm) x 15/16" (24mm).
Front
Heavy gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 3/32" (2mm).
Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
attached by machine screws to lockcase
front.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical anti-friction insert,
5/8" (16mm) x l" (25mm) x 3/4" (19mm)
throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and
3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Hub
Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm).

Electrical Specifications
(Fail Safe/Fail Secure)
12VAC/VDC @ 800mA
24VAC/VDC @ 390mA
Continuous duty solenoid.
Monitor Switch Rating: 4 amp @ 250 VAC
Note: Operating voltage not to exceed
+/- 10%.
See Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
Functions
Available with all ML20900 electrified
mortise lock functions. Refer to the
ML2000 mortise lock catalog (45300) for
the available functions and descriptions.
Monitor Options
M91 - Latchbolt Monitor
Latchbolt monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the full extension of the
main latch.
M92 - Request to Exit Monitor
Request to Exit monitoring is a SPDT
switch which monitors the activation of
the trim. (Both levers activate switch)
M105 - Security Monitor
Security Monitor is two switches in series
that monitors lock status (locked or
unlocked) and Auxiliary Latch position.
Note: Monitoring options may only be
ordered together as follows: M91xM92,
M92xM105.
Covers
Cast stainless steel or bronze.
Paddles
Cast stainless steel or bronze.
Non-handed.

Strike
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8'' (29mm) lip to
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSI wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, pages 20-21.

Thumbturn
Cast stainless steel construction

Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see Quick
Codes, page 15.

Cover and Paddle Dimensions

Mounting Options
Paddle trim can be mounted as
horizontal (up or down) and vertical
(sideways) orientations in the field.
6"
(152mm)

Keys
Two nickel silver standard.

5-1/4"
(134mm)

2-4/5"
(71mm)

Specialty Hardware.14

2-3/4"
(70mm)

Warranty
Ten-year limited warranty on ML2000
mortise lockset. Two-year limited warranty
on electronic components.

Cylinders
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Pyramid

Cylinders

Conventional

Conventional (standard for ML2000)
Pyramid (optional)

Interchangeable Core
(I.C.)

2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: See Key Systems and Pyramid
catalogs.

Mortise
Cylinder Type
Pyramid HS
Pyramid HS IC
Pyramid Security

Pyramid
Shown

Quick Code

Hotel Function

42 (inside) 52, 53, 55, 56,
58, 69 Functions

All Other Keyed and 42
(outside)Functions

PHS

N/A

1020-114-A02

1020-114-A01

PCHS

N/A

1030-114-A02

1030-114-A01

N/A

1027-114-A02

1027-114-A01

Pyramid Security IC

PCS

N/A

1037-114-A02

1037-114-A01

Conventional 6-pin

N/A

1001-114-A01

1000-118-A02

1000-118-A01

Conventional 7-pin

N/A

1000-114-A02-7

1000-114-A01-7

6-pin IC

1081-138-A01

1080-114-A02

1080-114-A01

7-pin IC

N/A

1080-112-A02-7

1080-112-A01-7

Security

1011-114-A01

1010-118-A02

1010-118-A01

Security IC

CHS

1091-138-A01

1090-114-A02

1090-114-A01

Blockout

N/A

1012-114-A02

1012-114-A01

To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
(e.g., 1000-118-A01 x L4 x 626).

Specialty Hardware.15

Strikes/Kits
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Strikes

ANSI Curved Lip

ANSI Straight Lip (standard)
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
Non-handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8"
(29mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-1/8" (29mm), 1-1/4"
(32mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4"
(57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm),
3" (76mm)

Note: Only Available with ML2000

Brass, bronze or stainless steel
Handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2"
(38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm),
2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm),
2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm)

ANSI Wrought Strike Box
Strike Box
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
To order separately, specify
120F76.

Open Back

Size: 5-1/4" (133mm) x 1/4" (32mm).

Part No.

Description

236L72

Straight Lip

340L60

Curved Lip for RH/LHR

340L61

Curved Lip for LH/RHR

236L73

Straight Lip

340L62

Curved Lip for RH/LHR

340L63

Curved Lip for LH/RHR

236L74

Straight Lip

Hand

Door Thickness

Part

1-3/4" (44mm)

411L63 016

2" (51mm)

411L63 018

2-1/4" (57mm)

411L63 020

1-3/4" (44mm)

411L62 016

2" (51mm)

411L62 018

2-1/4" (57mm)

411L62 020

LHR

LH Shown

Latchbolt x Deadbolt

RHR

Open Back Strike

Latchbolt Only

LH Shown

To order with lockset, see Quick
Codes, pages 20-21. To order
separately, specify Part No. x
Door Thickness x Finish (e.g.,
411L62 x 2" x 626).

Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze
For 1/2" (13mm) rabbet
No optional lip lengths

Deadbolt Only

236L70

Straight Lip

Blank Filler Plate

To order strike with lockset, see How to Order, page 19.
To order strike separately, specify Part No. x Lip Length x Finish
(e.g., 340L60 x 1-1/2" x 626).

Kits
Positive Pull Stop Kit
Used on openings where weather stripping is installed or
when door closers are not utilized, this kit prevents the
latch from retracting when pulling door closed. Contains 2
wood screws, 2 machine screws and instructions. To order,
specify 813F068.
Specialty Hardware.16

Part No.

Hand

Latchbolt x
Deadbolt

318F66
318F69

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Latchbolt only

318F64
318F67

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Deadbolt only

318F65
318F68

To order with lockset,
see Quick Codes, pages
20-21.
To order separately,
specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 318F66 x 626).

RH/LHR
LH/RHR

Rabbeted Front and Strike

Electrified Options & Accessories
ML20900 Mortise Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
BPS Power Supply
Operation
Power supplies are designed to provide
reliable filtered and regulated power for
long life to a variety of electrified hardware
components. All modular power supplies
are designed to meet UL 1481 Standards.
Recommended for the ML20900, delayed
egress exit devices and electric trim.
Features
• Fire panel emergency release input
• PC Board mounted system LED
indicator
• Regulated and filtered with input
and output protection
• Battery charging is provided from a
separate output terminal

Applications
• D – Delayed Egress
• M97 – Electric Dogging
• SAF – Fail Safe mortise device trim
control
• SEC – Fail Secure mortise device
trim control
• ML20900

Note: Batteries are not included with the BPS power supply
Model

Enclosure

Input

Output

BPS-24-1

12" (304mm) x 9" (229mm) x 4" (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

1 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-24-2

14" (356mm) x 14" (356mm) x 4" (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

2 Amp @ 24 VDC

BPS-24-4

15" (381mm) x 18" (457mm) x 6" (152mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

4 Amp @ 24VDC

BPS-12-1

12" (304mm) x 9" (229mm) x 4" (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

1 Amp @ 12 VDC

BPS-12-3

14" (356mm) x 14" (356mm) x 4" (102mm)

115VAC, 50/60 Hz.

3 Amp @ 12 VDC

To connect a ML20900 electrified mortise lock to the electronic
access control system, the following items are required:
• ML20900 electrified mortise lock
• ASSA ABLOY Door Group pre-wired door, or ElectroLynx
retrofit cable (order from McKinney)

Specialty Hardware.17

Electrified Options & Accessories
ML20900 Mortise Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Exit Controls and Switches
Key Switches

MKA

Push Buttons

PB2

Audible/Visual Annunciators

PB3

PB2 - (1) SPDT Momentary
PB2 - (1) DPST Remote Momentary
PB3 - (1) DPST Momentary
PB3A - (1) DPST Maintained (Alt. Action)
PB3EA - (1) DPST Alternate

Specifications
• Keyswitch for operation using a
standard 1-1/8" mortise cylinder (A02
cam) (cylinder not included).
• Contact Rating 5 Amps @ 12-24VDC
• SPDT 3-position.

Indicator
ZLP - (1) Red and Green LED on narrow
gang plate.

Specialty Hardware.18

Specifications
• 3 Amps @ 12-24 VDC

How to Order
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Ordering Examples - ML2000
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

100

ML2010

HPSK

630

RHR

ML2055

HPSK

630

LHR

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

ML2055

HPSK

630

RHR

D214

SA200

M17-M26

VKC3

Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Door
Thickness

Optional
Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

ML2051

HPSK

630

LHR

D214

SS200

M07

VKC1

Ordering Examples - ML20900
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Voltage

Misc. Options

Keying

100

ML20901

HPSK

630

RHR

12AD

M105

VKC3

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Voltage

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

ML20904

HPSK

630

RHR

12AD

M20

VKC3

Specialty Hardware.19

Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Cylinder and Keying
Description

Specify

Description

Conventional 6-pin

(standard)

Conventional 7-pin

Less cylinder(s)

Construction master keyed (not
available for Pyramid)

IC 6-pin

Visual key control

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
Red

CT6R

Blue

CT6B

Green

CT6G

IC 6-pin less core

CL6

SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core

CT6SD
CLS6

SFIC 6-pin with Less Core1
IC 7-pin

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
Red

CT7R

Blue

CT7B

Green

CT7G

IC 7-pin less core
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core1
Security

CL7

Keyed random

Security IC

CHS

Pyramid High Security Fixed Core

PHS

KR
CMK

- No keying data stamped on key or cylinder

VKC0

- Keys only

VKC1

- Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)

VKC2

- Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)

VKC3

Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys

CKC2

- CKC cylinders only (not for PHS or PCHS)
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys

CKC3
(standard)
KY# (e.g., KY6)

1. Not available with ML2029.
2. Not available for ML2017, ML2029 or ML2032 x MR, ML2000HS or ML2000VR.

Finishes
Description

CT7SD
CLS7

Specify

BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

605

BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

606

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

611

BHMA 612 (US10)

612

Pyramid IC Less Core

CLP

613L

Pyramid with temporary
construction core

CTP

BHMA 618 (US14)

Satin Bronze
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil
Rubbed
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated
Bright Nickel Plated

BHMA 619 (US15)

Satin Nickel Plated

619

BHMA 629 (US32)

Bright Stainless Steel

629

BHMA 630 (US32D)

Satin Stainless Steel
Satin Stainless Steel with
MicroShield®
Black Oxidized Bronze, oil
rubbed

630

Pyramid High Security IC

Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security IC

PCHS

PS
PCS

BHMA 613 (US10B)

Pyramid Disposable Core

CTPD

6-Pin Disposable Core

CT6D

630C

7-Pin Disposable Core

CT7D

BHMA 722 (US10A)

Blockout function cylinder

Specialty Hardware.20

613
613L
618

630C
722

Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Miscellaneous Options
Description

Door Thickness
Specify

Door Thickness

Sectional
Trim - Specify

Escutcheon*
Trim - Specify

Spanner head screws

M02

1-3/4"(44mm)

(standard)

Torx® head screws

M04

1-7/8"(48mm)

D178

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

2" (51mm)

D200

2-1/8" (54mm)

D218

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

Lead Lining

M29

Working trim only

M31

"PUSH & PULL" Identification**

M38

Latch hold back (for ML2042, ML2052, ML2055,
ML2051, ML2057 only)

LHB*

Strikes
Available for ML2000HS and ML2000VR

ANSI
Lip to Center

* Must use A02 cam when LHB is specified
** Non-Handed

Handing
Hand

Specify

Right Hand

Left Hand

Right Hand Reverse

RHR

Left Hand Reverse

LHR

Electric Monitor Options
(ML20900 Series Only)

1-1/8" (29mm)
1-1/4" (32mm)
1-3/8" (35mm)
1-1/2" (38mm)
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)
2-1/2" (64mm)
2-3/4" (70mm)
3" (76mm)
Open Back Strike

ANSI
Straight Lip Specify
(standard)
SS114
SS138
SS112
SS134
SS200
SS214
SS212
SS234
SS300
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)

Rabbeted front and strike

–

Curved Lip
Specify
SA118
SA114
SA138
SA112
SA134
SA200
SA214
SA212
SA234
SA300
Specify
SB134
SB200
SB214
Specify SR118

Description

Specify

Latchbolt Monitor

M91

Request to Exit

M92

Description

Specify

Security Monitor

M105

Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output

BPS-12-1

Power supply 3.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output

BPS-12-3

Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output

BPS-24-1

Power supply 2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output

BPS-24-2

Power supply 4.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output

BPS-24-4

These options may be ordered together only as follows:
M91xM92, M92xM105.

Voltage
Description

Specify

12 volt alternating current/direct current

12AD

24 volt alternating current/direct current

24AD

Electric Accessories

Specialty Hardware.21

Features
HP3000 Series Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
The HP3000 tubular Lock with push/pull paddle trim provides an aesthetically
pleasing alternative to products with standard push/pull trim. Its heavy-duty
design and ANSI/BHMA Grade1 strength help it to withstand abuse from
rigorous environments. Multiple mounting orientations, hands free operation
and a sleek, aesthetic form, make the HP3000 ideal for use in healthcare
facilities and educational facilities.

U.S. Patent Numbers: D646,548S;
D646,549S

Features
Handing
Passage (HP3010) function is nonhanded.
Privacy (HP3020) function is handed.
Specify hand.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available;
see Quick Codes, page 25.

Paddles
Cast stainless steel or bronze
Mounting Options
Paddle trim can be mounted as
horizontal (up or down) and vertical
(sideways) orientations in the field.
Cover and Paddle Dimensions
6"
(152mm)

Backset
5" (127mm) standard.
Optional: 2-3/4" (70mm) and 7"
(177mm); see Quick Codes, page 25.
Latchbolt
Brass, 1/2" (13mm) throw
Strike
ANSI curved lip strike standard,
4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" lip to center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; See
Quick Codes, page 25.
Covers
Cast stainless steel or bronze

Specialty Hardware.22

5-1/4"
(134mm)

2-4/5"
(71mm)

Warranty
One-year limited

2-3/4"
(70mm)

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 1000 Grade 1.
UL/cUL
Listed for use on 3 hour fire doors (4' x
8' single and smaller doors). UL symbol
on front stamped letter F indicates
listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification
to a fire rated opening can potentially
impact the fire rating of the opening,
and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes
no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may
be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing
fire-rated opening, or specifying and
installing a new fire-rated opening,
please consult with a code specialist
or local code official (Authority Having
Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with
all applicable codes and ratings.
ADA
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.

Functions
HP3000 Series Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
Functions
Series/Function

Type

HP3010

Passage Set

• Both paddles retract latch
• Ideal for patient rooms and closets

Privacy Set

•
•
•
•
•
•

HP3020

Function Description

Inside paddle always retracts latch
Outside paddle retracts latch, except when locked by inside push button
Closing door unlocks outside paddle
Includes emergency release
Vertical orientation required
Ideal for bathrooms

Specialty Hardware.23

Strikes/Kits
HP3000 Series Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
Strikes

Square Corners

ANSI Curved Lip
(Standard)
Brass, bronze or stainless steel, 4-7/8"
(124mm) x 1-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/4"
(57mm) lip to center.

Full Lip Strike (SF114)
Brass, 2-1/4" x 1-3/4" x 1-1/4" lip to
center. No optional lip lengths.
To order separately specify 680L50M020
x Finish.
Anti-rattle tab.

To order with push/pull paddle trim,
see Quick Codes, page 25. To order
separately, specify 217L13 x Finish.
Curved Lip Box
(Optional)
Brass, 2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) x
1-1/4" (57mm) lip to center.

Full Lip Strike – 1/4" Radius Corners
(SFR114)

To order with push/pull paddle trim,
see Quick Codes, page 25. To order
separately, specify 586L19 x Finish.

To order separately specify 680L51M020
x Finish.
Anti-rattle tab.

Brass, 2-1/4" x 1-3/4" x 1-1/4" lip to
center. No optional lip lengths.

ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with push/pull paddle trim, see
Quick Codes, page 25.
To order separately, specify 120F76.

Kits
Kit for Retrofitting
HP3000 Push/Pull Paddle
Trim
Use to cover prep from
HL10 series push/pull trim
and other manufacturer's
trim, when retrofitting
HP3000 trim. Contains 2
retrofit plates and 8 screws.
Available in 630 finish only.
To order, specify 791F39.

Specialty Hardware.24

2-1/4"
(57mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)
6-1/2"
(165mm)

6-1/2"
(165mm)

Positive Pull Stop Kit
Used on openings where
weather stripping is installed
or when door closers are
not utilized, this kit prevents
the latch from retracting
when pulling door closed.
Contains 2 wood screws,
2 machine screws and
instructions. To order,
specify 813F068.

1/4" Radius Corners

How to Order/Quick Codes
HP3000 Series Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
Ordering Examples
Stock Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

HP3010

HPSK

630

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand*

Optional Strike

Misc. Options

HP3020

HPSK

630

SA214

M38

* Note: Passage (HP3010) function is non-handed and privacy (HP3020) function is handed.

Miscellaneous Options

Backset (5" - Standard)

Description

Specify

Description

Specify

Spanner head screws

M02

5" (127mm)

(standard)

Torx® head screws

M04

2-3/4" (70mm)

B234

Hex head screws

M05

7" (177mm)

B700

Latch front, rounded corners

M13

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

Lead lining. Specify Push or Pull side.

M28

Description

Specify

“PUSH & PULL” Identification*

M38

1-3/4" (44mm)

(standard)

2" (51mm)

D200

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

Door Thickness

*Non-Handed.

Strikes

Finishes
Description

Specify

Lip to Center

ANSI Curved
Lip, Specify

Curved Lip
Box, Specify

Full Lip,
Specify

BHMA 605 (US3)

Bright Brass

605

1" (25mm)

SA100

SC100

N/A

BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

606

1-1/8" (29mm)

SA118

SC118

N/A

BHMA 611 (US9)

Bright Bronze

611

1-1/4" (32mm)

(standard)

SC114

SF114**

BHMA 612 (US10)

1-3/8" (35mm

SA138

SC138

N/A

BHMA 613 (US10B)

1-1/2" (38mm)

SA112

SC112

N/A

613L

1-3/4" (44mm)

SA134

SC134

N/A

BHMA 618 (US14)

Satin Bronze
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil
Rubbed
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated
Bright Nickel Plated

2" (51mm)

SA200

SC200

N/A

BHMA 619 (US15)

Satin Nickel Plated

619

2-1/4" (57mm)

SA214

SC214

N/A

BHMA 629 (US32)

Bright Stainless Steel

629

2-1/2" (28mm)

SA212

SC212

N/A

BHMA 630 (US32D)

SA234

SC234

N/A

3" (76mm)

SA300

SC300

N/A

Satin Stainless Steel
Satin Stainless Steel with
MicroShield®
Black Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed

630

2-3/4" (70mm)

**Specify SFR114 for rounded corner.

630C
BHMA 722 (US10A)

612
613
613L
618

630C
722

Specialty Hardware.25

Features/Functions
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS)
The anti-harm knob is designed for safety and security by eliminating catch points with a tapered knob recessed
into the rose, a tapered thumbturn (for mortise lock thumbturn functions) with Torx® pin security screws, tapered
cylinder collars and concealed mounting screws. Available as sectional trim, the anti-harm knob features recessed
finger holes for a better grip and the reliability of the ML2000 ANSI/BHMA grade 1 mortise lock. Ideal for
psychiatric or detention facilities.

Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can
be re-handed without disassembling the
lock case.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes, page 27.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel,
5-7/8" (149mm) x 4" (102mm) x 15/16"
(24mm).
Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x -3/32" (2mm). Accommodates
flat doors and doors beveled 1/8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
attached by machine screws to lockcase
front.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical with anti-friction
insert, 5/8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3/4"
(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and
3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.

Specialty Hardware.26

Hub
Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm).
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel,
ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSI wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 27.
Thumbturn
Cast stainless steel construction. See page 28.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Brass, fixed 6-pin conventional fixed
core cylinder, L4 keyway standard for
ML2000HS.
Optional cylinders available; see Quick
Codes, page 27.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Blockout cylinder
Functions
Available with all ML2000 functions except
ML2050, 2070 and 2080
Warranty
Ten-year limited.

Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13 Series 1000, Operational
and Security Grade 1.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
UL /ULC-UL10C Positive Pressure
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' (122cm) x 10' (305cm) single
or 8' (244cm) x 10' (305cm) pair. Letter F
and UL symbol on armored front indicate
listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Windstorm/Hurricane
Certified (refer to local codes).
Finish
BHMA 606 (US4)

Satin Brass

BHMA 626 (US26D)

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®

How to Order/Quick Codes
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS)
How to Order
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS) Trim – HSS Knob x HSS Knob
Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

ML2032

HSS

626

Anti-Harm Knob (HSS) Trim – Lever Trim x HSS Knob
Quantity

Series/Function

Miscellaneous Options
Description

Specify
M17

Working trim only

M31

* Must use A02 cam when LHB is specified

ML2055

Inside

NSA

HSS

Finish

Hand

626C

Door Thickness

ANSI wrought strike box

Latch hold back (for ML2042, ML2052, ML2055,
ML2051, ML2057 only)

Trim
Outside

LHB*

Door Thickness

Sectional
Trim - Specify

Escutcheon*
Trim - Specify

1-3/4"(44mm)

(standard)

1-7/8"(48mm)

D178

2" (51mm)

D200

2-1/8" (54mm)

D218

2-1/4" (57mm)

D214

Strikes
Available for ML2000HS and ML2000VR

ANSI
Lip to Center
1-1/8" (29mm)
1-1/4" (32mm)
1-3/8" (35mm)
1-1/2" (38mm)
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)
2-1/2" (64mm)
2-3/4" (70mm)
3" (76mm)
Open Back Strike

ANSI
Straight Lip Specify
(standard)
SS114
SS138
SS112
SS134
SS200
SS214
SS212
SS234
SS300
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)

Rabbeted front and strike

–

Curved Lip
Specify
SA118
SA114
SA138
SA112
SA134
SA200
SA214
SA212
SA234
SA300
Specify
SB134
SB200
SB214
Specify SR118

Specialty Hardware.27

Thumbturns
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS)

BHSS Thumbturn

Stainless steel. Used on functions utilizing a
thumbturn. Sectional trim only. To order, see table.
Plate Size: 2-1/4" (57mm) diameter

BLSS Thumbturn

Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 1-3/4" (44mm) diameter

HPSK Thumbturn

Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 2-3/4" (70mm) x 2" (50mm)

HSS Thumbturn

Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 1-3/4" (44mm) diameter

Specialty Hardware.28

Door

Packet

1-3/4" (44mm)

813F177 x FIN

2" (51mm)

813F187 x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)

813F097 x FIN

Door

Packet

1-3/4" (44mm)

813F92M x FIN

2" (51mm)

813F93M x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)

813F94M x FIN

Door

Packet

1-3/8" (35mm)

723F72M x FIN

1-3/4" (44mm)

723F78M x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)

723F90M x FIN

Up to 4" (102mm)

723F84M x FIN

Door

Packet

1-3/4" (44mm)

723F04M x FIN

2" (51mm)

723F05M x FIN

2-1/4" (57mm)

723F06M x FIN

Architectural Specifications
ML2000 Series
Mortise Locks with BHSS and BLSS Trim
A. Ligature Resistant, Mortise: ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1 mortise type
manufactured to accepted OMH requirements with ligature-resistant lever and escutcheon trim. Locksets to be

manufactured with a corrosion resistant, formed steel case. Levers and escutcheons are manufactured from

stainless steel material. Provide optional lead-lining (lock body), Torx® fasteners, and Antimicrobial coating as

specified in Hardware Sets.

1. Acceptable Manufacturers:

a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 8200 BHW Series

b. Corbin Russwin (RU) – ML2000 BHSS Series

c. Accurate Lock (AC) – CP Crescent Pull Series (with Teflon pad)
B. Ligature Resistant, Mortise: ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1 mortise type

manufactured to [accepted] [Use with caution] OMH requirements with ligature-resistant lever and rose trim.

Locksets to be manufactured with a corrosion resistant, formed steel case. Levers and roses are manufactured

from stainless steel material. Provide optional lead-lining (lock body), Torx® fasteners, and Antimicrobial coating

as specified in Hardware Sets.

1. Acceptable Manufacturers:

a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 8200 BHL Series

b. Corbin Russwin (RU) – ML2000 BLSS Series

c. Best Lock (BE) – SPSL Series

d. Town Steel (TS) – MRX-L Series
ML2000 and ML20900 Series (HPSK)
Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
1. All locksets shall be ML2000 Series Mortise Locksets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware,
Berlin, CT.
2. Locks shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Series 1000, Operational Grade 1, and Security
Grade 1 with all standard trims.
3. Locks shall be easily re-handed without opening the lock body.
4. Locks required for fire doors shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for ratings of A label (3 hours) and less, for
doors up to 4'0" (1.2m) x 10'0" (3.05m) and pairs of doors 8'0" (2.4m) x 10'0" (3.05m)
5. Construction:
a. Lock functions shall be manufactured in a single-sized case formed from 12 gauge steel minimum.
b. Lock cases shall be closed on all sides and back.
c. Locks shall have field adjustable, beveled, armored front, with a 1/8" (3mm) thickness minimum.
d. Locks shall have a one piece, 3/4" (19mm) throw anti-friction stainless steel latch.
e. Deadbolts, where specified, shall be full one inch (25mm) throw made of one-piece hardened stainless steel.
6. Lockset paddles shall be capable of horizontal or vertical mounting positions.
7. Locks shall have a 2-3/4" (70mm) backset, standard.
8. Strikes shall be non-handed with a curved lip.
9. Locks shall have brass 6-Pin cylinder, standard.
10. Locks shall have a 10 year limited warranty. 2 year limited warranty on electrified locks.
HP3000 Series

Specialty Hardware.29

Architectural Specifications
Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
1. Tubular hospital locks shall be HP3000 series as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware, Berlin, CT.
2. Locks shall meet or exceed requirements of ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 1000 Grade 1.
3. Locks shall be easily re-handed with a non-handed curved lip strike.
4. Locks shall be listed for use on 3 hour fire doors (4' x 8' single and smaller doors).
5. Locks shall comply with UL10C and UBC 7-2 positive pressure requirements.
6. Lockset paddles shall be capable of horizontal or vertical mounting positions.
7. Locks shall have 2-3/4", 5" or 7" backset available.
8. Locks shall have one-year limited warranty.

Specialty Hardware.30

Notes

Specialty Hardware.31

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current
at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction,
and/or its materials. Copyright © 2011, 2013, Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the
express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45205-2/13

TL3700 Series
Tubular Lock

Introduction
TL3700
Table of Contents
Introduction................................. 2
Functions..................................... 3
Muséo® Trim Designs................... 4
Roses........................................... 8
Finishes........................................ 9
How to Order/Quick Codes.......... 9
Architectural Specifications........ 11

TL3700 Series Tubular Lock
Corbin Russwin is pleased to present the TL3700
Series of tubular locks. This series is designed
to work with Corbin Russwin Muséo® levers.
Engineered for ease of installation with the quality
you expect from Corbin Russwin, the TL3700
Series will meet and exceed the expectations
of the most demanding architects and design
professionals. Ideal interior applications include
high-end apartments and condos.
General Information
• For doors 1-3⁄8" (35mm) to 1-3⁄4" (44mm)
thick standard
• 2-3/4" (70mm) backset standard
Optional: 2-3/8" (60mm); see quick codes; page 9
• Curved lip T-Strike
• ANSI Standard 161 Door Prep
• Latchbolt brass 1⁄2" (12.7mm) projection
• Specify hand of lock on order; easily field reversible
• C-UL US - All locks listed for A label and lesser class doors, 4' (122cm) x 10'
(305cm) single or 8' (244cm) x 10' (305cm) pair. Letter F and UL symbol on
armored front indicate listing.
• One-year limited warranty

TL3700 Series Tubular Lock with
Inspire™ Roseless Trim
Corbin Russwin Inspire roseless trim blends the
lever and the door creating an artful apprach
to every opening. Offered with most Muséo®
decorative levers, this exquisite trim will inspire
the creation of beautiful openings.
• Available with all TL3700 tubular lock
functions (except surface mounted trim)
• Compatible with most Muséo Collection levers
(except 104, 111, 113, 121 and Piet levers)
• Selected levers return within 1/2" of the door face
General Information
• For doors 1-3⁄4" (44mm) thick
• 2-3/4" (70mm) backset standard
Optional: 2-3/8" (60mm); see quick codes; page 9
• Latchbolt brass 1⁄2" (12.7mm) projection
• Curved lip T-Strike
• Specify hand of lock on order; easily field reversible
• C-UL US - All locks with 1/2" (13mm) throw latchbolt listed for A label and lesser
class 4' x 10' single doors. Letter F and UL symbol on latch front indicate listing.
• One-year limited warranty
Note: Special door prep templates required. This product is not compatible
with 160/161 cylindrical lock preparations.
On The Cover: TL3720 with 130 lever
TL3700.2

Functions
TL3700
Series/Function

Type

TL3710
TL3710A

Passage Set
Passage Set-3 hour

• Both levers retract latch
• Ideal for closets & bedrooms

Privacy Set
Privacy Set-3 hour

• Inside lever always retracts latch
• Outside lever retracts latch, except when locked by inside push
button
• Closing door unlocks outside lever
• Includes emergency release
• Ideal for bathrooms & home offices

TL3720
TL3720A

Half Dummy TrimThrough Bolted

TL3750

Description

• Lever always rigid
• No latch included
• Ideal for pantries & closets
Note: Handing of door for dummy trim only depends on side of
door lever trim installed.

Half Dummy TrimSurface Mounted

TL3750S*

• Lever always rigid
• No latch included
• Ideal for pantries & closets
Note: Handing of door for dummy trim only depends on side of
door lever trim installed.

Full Dummy TrimThrough Bolted

TL3770

• Levers always rigid
• No latch included
• Ideal for sliding doors
Note: Handing of door for dummy trim only depends on side of
door lever trim installed.

TL3780
TL3780A

Communicating Set
Communicating Set 3 hour

• Blank rose outside
• Lever retracts latch
• Ideal for adjoining rooms
Note: Hand door from outside of door.

*Function not available with Inspire™ roseless trim

TL3700.3

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
TL3700

Pablo

Diminutive, yet distinctive and striking in style.

117

3 7/8"
98.4mm

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

1261

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

2 15/32"
62.47mm

4 3/4"
120.7mm

3/8"
9.5mm

2 7/8"
73.02mm

Jackson

Intuitive shapes, moving with the energetic rhythm of modern life.

119

4 1/2"
114.3mm

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

1212

2 5/16"
58.36mm

4 9/16"
115.89mm

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

122

2 9/16"
65.09mm

4 5/8"
117.5mm

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

1271

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.

TL3700.4

2 3/4"
69.85mm

4 3/4"
120.7mm

3/8"
9.5mm

2 15/16"
74.6mm

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
TL3700

Salvador

Dreamlike beauty manifested in solid, familiar forms.
4 7/8"
123.8mm

106

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

2 1/2"
63.5mm

4 5/16"
109.54mm

107

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

2 9/16"
65.09mm

4"
101.6mm

108

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

1091

2 13/16"
71.44mm

4 3/4"
120.7mm

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

2 15/32"
62.59mm

5"
127.0mm

110

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

123

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

1281

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

129

Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever

2 19/32"
65.79mm

4 1/2"
114.3mm

7/16"
11.11mm

2 1/2"
63.5mm

4-5/8"
117.86mm

3/8"
9.53mm

2-13/16"
71.37mm

4-19/32"
116.90mm

2-15/32"
62.74mm
7/16"
11.02mm

1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

TL3700.5

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
TL3700

Marc

Fluid lyricism expressed through whimsical lines and dynamic contours.

1112

4 3/16"
106.4mm

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

2 1/8"
53.59mm

112

4 21/32"
118.3mm

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

2 3/4"
69.85mm

1132

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

4 5/8"
117.5mm

3"
76.08mm

114

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

115

2 3/4"
69.85mm

4 1/2"
114.30mm

2 21/32"
67.29mm

2 15/32"
62.34mm

4 5/16"
109.54mm

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

116

3 1/16"
78.10mm

4 11/16"
119.06mm

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

1301

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

1311

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible

1321

Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.

TL3700.6

2 7/8"
73.02mm

4 1/2"
114.3mm

3/8"
9.5mm

2 15/16"
74.6mm

4 3/4"
120.7mm

3/8"
9.5mm

2 7/8"
73.02mm

4 15/16"
125.4mm

3/8"
9.5mm

2 7/8"
73.02mm

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
TL3700

Piet

Striking levers with sleek, clean lines.

*Refer to page 10 for how to order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection.

21G

5 1/4"
133.35mm

Grooved Insert
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-Handed Lever

21L

3 3/32"
78.58mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

Leather Insert
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-Handed Lever

21M

3-3/32"
78.58mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

Polished with Satin Insert
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-Handed Lever

21S

3-3/32"
78.58mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

Santoprene™ Insert
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-Handed Lever

21W

3-3/32"
78.58mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

Wood Insert
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-Handed Lever

23M

3-3/32"
78.58mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

With Raised Band
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-Handed Lever

25M

3-3/32"
78.58mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

Plain
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-Handed Lever

27M

Plain with Two Grooves
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-Handed Lever

3-3/32"
78.58mm

5 1/4"
133.35mm

3 3/32"
78.58mm

2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.

TL3700.7

Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
TL3700

Georgia

Timeless elegance in forms inspired by the natural world.
4 29/32"
124.6mm

102

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

2 17/32"
64.52mm

4 3/8"
111.1mm

103

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

2 1/2"
63.5mm

3 29/32"
99.2mm

1042

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

2 3/16"
55.75mm

4 5/8"
117.5mm

1241

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

3/8"
9.5mm

2 3/4"
69.85mm

4 7/8"
123.8mm

1251

Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever

3/8"
9.5mm

2 11/16"
68.3mm

1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.

Inspire™ Roseless Trim

Muséo® Collection Roses

3/4"
19mm

2-3/4"
69.85mm

V Rose
Brass or Stainless Steel
TL3700.8

2-3/4"
69.85mm

U Rose
Brass or Stainless Steel

2-3/4"
69.85mm

T Rose
Brass or Stainless Steel

1-1/2"
38.1mm

J Collar
Brass or Stainless Steel

How to Order/Quick Codes
TL3700
Strikes

Micellaneous Options
ANSI Curved
Lip, Specify

Curved Lip
Box, Specify

1" (25mm)

SA100

SC100

1-1/8" (29mm)

SA118

SC118

1-1/4" (32mm)

SA114

(standard)

1-3/8" (35mm)

SA138

1-1/2" (38mm)

SA112

Lip to Center

Description

Specify

Rounded corners on latch front

M13

1" (25mm) latch front, square corners

M14**

1" (25mm) latch front, rounded corners

M15

SC138

ANSI wrought strike box

M17

SC112*

**Standard for 2-3/8" backset

1-3/4" (44mm)

SA134

SC134

2" (51mm)

SA200

SC200

2-1/4" (57mm)

SA214

SC214

Description

2-1/2" (28mm)

SA212

SC212

BHMA 605

Bright Brass

605

2-3/4" (70mm)

SA234

SC234

BHMA 606

Satin Brass

606

3" (76mm)

SA300

SC300

BHMA 611

Bright Bronze

611

BHMA 612 S

atin Bronze

612

BHMA 613

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, oil
rubbed

613

*Standard for D214

Door Thickness

Finishes
Specify

Measurement

Specify

BHMA 613L

Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear
Coated

613L

1-3/8" (35mm) up to 1-3/4" (44mm)

(D138)

BHMA 618

Bright Nickel Plated

618

1-3/4" (44mm) up to 2-1/4" (57mm)

(standard)

BHMA 619

Satin Nickel Plated

619

2-1/4" (57mm) up to 2-1/2" (64mm)

(D214)

BHMA 625

Bright Chromium Plated

625

BHMA 626

Satin Chromium Plated

626

BHMA 629

Bright Stainless Steel

629

BHMA 630

Satin Stainless Steel

630

BHMA 722

Black Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed

722

(Consult factory if over 2-1/2" (64mm))

Backset
Measurement

Specify

2-3/4" (70mm)

(standard)

2-3/8" (60mm)

B238†

†

1" front supplied standard

Ordering Examples
Stock Order

Stock Order

TL3700 Series

TL3700 with Inspire™ Roseless Trim

Quantity

Series/Function

Trim

Finish

TL3710

102U

626

Quantity

Series/Function

Trim*

Finish

TL3710

102J

626

* Specify J for the rose when ordering Inspire roseless trim.

TL3700.9

How to Order Piet Lever Collection
TL3700
Lever Trim and Finish Options

Leather Insert
21L

Santoprene™ Insert
21S

Wood Insert
21W

Trim

Plain
25M

Plain with Two Grooves
27M

Lever Finish Options

Lever Style

Shank Finish

Specify

Insert Finish

Specify

Grip Finish*

Specify

21L

629 or 630

29 or 30

Black or Brown

BK or BN

629 or 630

29 or 30

21S

629 or 630

29 or 30

Black

629 or 630

29 or 30

21W

629 or 630

29 or 30

Birch

629 or 630

29 or 30

25M

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

27M

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

* Grip finish must match shank finish

Grooved Insert
21G

Polished with Satin Insert
21M

With Raised Band
23M

Trim

Lever Finish Options

Lever Style

Shank Finish

Specify

Insert Finish

Specify

Grip Finish

Specify

21G

629 or 630

29 or 30

629 or 630

29 or 30

629 or 630

29 or 30

21M

629

630

629

23M

629 or 630

29 or 30

N/A

629 or 630

29 or 30

Ordering Examples
5-1/4"
133.35mm

5-1/4"
133.35mm

3-3/32"
78.58mm

21G, 21L, 21M, 21S, 21W

23M

25M, 27M

Rose Options: T, U, V
Quantity

Series/ Function

Trim

Lever Finish

Lock Finish

Hand

TL3710

21LU

29BK29

629

TL3710

25MT

290029

629

TL3700.10

Architectural Specifications
TL3700
TL3700 Series Tubular Lock
1. Locksets shall be TL3700 Series as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware, Berlin, CT.
2. Locks shall be non-handed with bi-directional lever operation.
3. Locks shall mount in a standard ANSI 161 door prep (2-1/8" dia.) without additional throughbolt preps. (Does not
apply to Inspire™ roseless trim)
4. Lockset levers shall be made of solid material with no plastic fillers.
5. Locks shall have a 2-3/4" (70mm) backset standard, with 2-3/8" (60mm) offered as an option.
6. Strikes shall be non-handed with a curved lip.
7. Locks shall have a one year limited warranty.

TL3700 Series Exploded View

TL3700 Series with Inspire™ Roseless Trim Exploded View

TL3700.11

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, ASSA ABLOY Group companies offer the MicroShield® technology, a silver-based
antimicrobial coating designed to stem the spread of germs and bacteria.
MicroShield® is a trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
MicroShield® Coating
• Revolutionary finish coating available on all Corbin Russwin product lines, utilizes a silver-based antimicrobial compound from Agion Technologies
• As an integral part of the finish coating, MicroShield® lasts for the life of the hardware
• MicroShield® coating permanently suppresses the growth of bacteria, algae, fungus, mold and mildew. It is effective against a broad spectrum of bacteria.
• Non-toxic and completely safe. The Agion antimicrobial compound is EPA and NSF approved and FDA listed for use in medical and food preparation equipment.
• Applications: Anywhere there is need for a clean environment (hospitals, laboratories, schools, medical centers, daycare, food processing etc.)
The Agion antimicrobial is not intended as a substitute for good hygiene. Coated products must still be cleaned to insure the surfaces will be free of
destructive microbes. ASSA ABLOY makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, as to the efficacy of the Agion antimicrobial. A copy of
the Agion warranty is available upon request.
Agion is a registered trademark of Agion Technologies, Inc., Wakefield, MA, USA.
Corbin Russwin and Design® and Muséo® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Inspire™ is a trademark of Corbin Russwin,
Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks
of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc. an ASSA ABLOY Group company
reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2007, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY
Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45359-7/11R

UT5200 Series
Pre-Assembled Unit Locksets

Applications
UT5200
Applications

Table of Contents
Applications......................... 2
Features.............................. 3
Functions............................. 4
Trim Designs........................ 5
Options and Accessories...... 6
How to Order....................... 8
Helpful Terms.................... 10
How to Specify.................. 11

www.corbinrusswin.com

UT5200.2

This lock has provided decades
of service in some of the world's
most prestigious buildings. Its
pre-assembled, unitized construction is
ideal for projects where installation costs
are to be minimized. Typical high-traffic
commercial, institutional and industrial
applications include:
• Schools and universities
• Office buildings
• Hospitals
• Municipal buildings
• Historic buildings

Advantages

• Factory pre-assembled for quick,
economical, one-piece installation: no
job site assembly required
• 3/4" radius latchbolt, designed to
wedge more tightly into the strike
when tampered with, while meeting all
ADA force-to-latch requirements.

Features
UT5200
Features

Certification/Compliance

Handing
Specify hand. All functions are handed.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) only.

ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 2000.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code (lever
design only).

Backset
2-3/4" (70mm) only.

Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.

Lock Chassis
One-piece investment cast frame.
Machined internal parts of steel, bronze
and stainless steel. Zinc dichromated for
corrosion resistance.

California State Reference Code

Front
Beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Latchbolt
Brass, chrome plated, 3/4" (19mm) throw
pivoted, swinging type.
Auxiliary Latch
Deadlocks latchbolt, preventing
manipulation when door is closed.
Strike
Wrought brass or bronze, ANSI strike
with nylon adjusting screw, standard.
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) lip to center.
Optional strikes and lip lengths available;
see pages 6 and 9.

(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)

All levers with return comply; levers return
to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.

Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security (IC)
Pyramid High Security
Pyramid High Security (IC)
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security (IC)
Master ring

Finishes
612

US10

Satin Bronze

613

US10B

Oxidized Bronze, oil
rubbed, available lacquered

625

US26

Bright Chromium Plated

626

US26D

Satin Chromium Plated

626C

—

UL /ULC
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, single or pair, maximum door size
3'8" (111.7cm) x 7'2"(218.4cm)
All locksets also listed for B label doors,
single or pair, maximum door size 4' x
8'. Letter F and UL symbol on lock frame
indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or

Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.

warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing firerated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.

Satin Chromium
Plated with
MicroShield®

Installation of preassembled lockset
requires only tightening three through
bolts, significantly reducing costs and
potential for error
Precision machined internal
parts ensure smooth operation
and long life

Warranty
One-year limited.

3/4" throw latchbolt provides
security and meets all force-tolatch requirements

Conventional, high security,
interchangeable core and
master ring cylinders available
for keying flexibility

UT5200.3

Functions
UT5200
Outside

Inside

Series/Function

Type

UT5210

Passage or Closet

UT5220

Privacy Bedroom or
Bathroom

UT5251

Entrance
or Office

UT5255

Classroom

UT5257

Storeroom
or Closet

UT5282

Store
Door

Indicates optional interchangeable core available; see How to Order, page 9.
Indicates rigid grip.

UT5200.4

ANSI No.

Series 2000

Function Description

F36

• Latchbolt by grip either side.
• Both grips always free.

F37

• Latchbolt by grip either side.
• Outside grip locked by push button.
• Outside grip unlocked by emergency release
tool outside, by rotating inside grip or by
closing door.
• Inside grip always free.

F40

• Deadlocking latchbolt by grip either side,
except when turn button locks outside grip.
• Key outside retracts latchbolt.
• Outside grip unlocked by turn button.
• Inside grip always free.

F42

• Deadlocking latchbolt by grip either side,
except when key outside locks outside grip.
• Outside grip unlocked by key outside.
• Inside grip always free.

F44

• Deadlocking latchbolt by key in outside grip
or by rotating inside lever.
• Outside grip always rigid.
• Inside grip always free.

F46

• Deadlocking latchbolt by grip either side,
except when key either side locks both
grips.
• Keyed alike unless specified otherwise.

Trim Designs
UT5200

Essex

Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2"
(13mm) of door face.
Brass.
4-1/8”
(105)

ESE

Lever: Forged
Escutcheon: Forged

5-5/16”
(135)

3-1/8”
(79)
2-7/16”
(62)

4-1/8”
(105)

2-1/4”
(57)

3-1/8”
(79)
2-3/4”
(70)

4-1/8”
(105)

2-1/4”
(57)

3-1/8”
(79)
2-3/4”
(70)

UT5200.5

Options and Accessories
UT5200
*Lip length for ANSI strikes
measured from lip to center

Strikes
Lip
Length*

ANSI Curved Lip
Brass or bronze.
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to
center.
Nylon set screw to adjust
clearance.
No optional lip lengths.
Wrought box not available.
To order with lockset, see How
to Order, pages 8 and 9. To
order separately, specify 236L75
x Finish.

ANSI Straight Lip
for Extended Lip
Escutcheon
Brass or bronze.
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 15/16" (24mm) lip to
center.
Nylon set screw to adjust
clearance.
Furnished standard with
extended lip escutcheon option.
To order separately, specify
610L43 x Finish.

ANSI Straight Lip for
Pairs of Doors
Brass or bronze.
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 1" (25mm) lip to
center.
Non-adjustable.
To order with lockset, see How
to Order, pages 8 and 9.
To order separately, specify
610L44 x Finish.

UT5200.6

Lip
Length*

*Lip length for non ANSI
strikes measured from back
of the strike to the lip.

Curved Lip Box
Brass or bronze.
3-1/4" (83mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm)
x 2-1/8" (54mm).
Nylon set screw to adjust
clearance.
Optional lip lengths (measured
from back of strike to edge of
lip): 2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm),
2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm),
3" (76mm).
To order with lockset, see How
to Order, page 9.
To order separately, specify
083L96 x Lip Length x Finish.

For Extended Lip
Escutcheon
Brass or bronze.
3-1/4" (83mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm)
x 1-13/16" (46mm) lip length.
Nylon set screw to adjust
clearance. Lip not curved.
To order with lockset, see How
to Order, page 9.
To order separately, specify
293L14 x Finish.

For Pairs of Doors
Brass or bronze. Non-adjustable
3-1/4" (83mm) x 1-1/16"
(27mm) x 1-13/16" (46mm).
To order with lockset, see How
to Order, page 9.
To order separately, specify
82L67 x Finish.

Options and Accessories
UT5200
Cylinders

Standard Cylinder

Interchangeable Core

Master Ring Cylinder

.552" plug diameter
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626
.496" plug diameter Pyramid

.509" plug diameter conventional
.552" plug diameter high security
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 612, 613, 625, 626
.496" plug diameter Pyramid

.552" plug diameter
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626

Conventional 6-Pin

2000-052

8000

2060-052

Conventional 7-Pin

N/A

8000-7

N/A

Security

2010-052

8010

N/A

Pyramid High Security

2020-052

8020

N/A

Pyramid Security

2027-052

8027

N/A

To order optional cylinder with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish) (e.g., 2000-052 x L4 x 626).

UT5200.7

How to Order
UT5200
Where to find
ordering
information and
Quick Codes

Ordering Examples
Stock Order
Quantity
100

Series/Function
UT5251

Trim
ESE

Finish

Hand

626

Series/Function
Trim Designs
Finish
Handing
Strikes
Miscellaneous Options
Cylinder and Keying

Split Finish Order
Quantity

Page 4
Page 5
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9
Page 9

Finish

Series/
Function

Trim

UT5251

ESE

Hand
Outside

Inside

626

625

Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity

Keyset

Series/
Function

Trim

Finish

Hand

Optional Strike

Misc.
Options

Optional
Cylinder

Keying

AA1

UT5251

ESE

626

RHR

SC200

M21

VKC3

UT5200.8

How to Order
UT5200
Cylinder and Keying
Description
Conventional 6-pin

Strikes
Specify
(standard)

1-1/4" (32mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/8" (54mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)
2-1/2" (64mm)
2-3/4" (70mm)
3" (76mm)

Less cylinder(s)

IC 6-pin

IC 6-pin with temporary construction core

CT6

IC 6-pin less core

CL6

IC 7-pin (ESE trim only)

IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(ESE trim only)

CT7

Lip Length

IC 7-pin less core (ESE trim only)

CL7

1-13/16" (46mm)

High Security
High Security IC
Master ring
0-bitted with 2 blank keys
Keyed random
Construction master keyed
Pyramid Security Fixed Core
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core
Pyramid High Security IC
Pyramid IC with Temporary Construction
Core
Pyramid IC with Temporary
Disposable Core
Pyramid IC Less Core
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Red)
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue)
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green)
IC 6-pin with Temporary Disposable Core
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Red)
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue)
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green)

HS
CHS

Lip Length

MR
(standard)

15/16" (24mm)

KR
CMK
PS
PCS
PHS
PCHS
CTP
CTPD
CLP
CT6R
CT6B
CT6G
CT6D
CT7R
CT7B

Extended lip escutcheon (for single door reverse bevel;
630 finish to match 626 only)

M11

Knurling outside and inside
Knurling outside only
Knurling inside only
Abrasive coat outside and inside
Abrasive coat inside only
Abrasive coat outside only
Lead-lined escutcheon (inside only)
Unstaked lever retainer
MicroShield Coating (626C only)

M20
M21
M22
M23
M24
M25
M28
M33
C

Finish
Description
US10B

Cylinders and keys (not for HS or CHS)

VKC2

US26
US26D

Cylinders only (not for HS or CHS)

VKC3

More than 2 keys

(standard)
KY# (e.g., KY6)

Specify

M08
M10

VKC0

2 keys per lock

SX156

Lever to accept Best®-type core
Knob to accept Best®-type core

VKC1

CKC3

Standard when
extended lip
escutcheon option
is specified

M01
M02

Keys only

CKC cylinders only

For Extended Lip
Escutcheon

Description

No Stamping

CKC2

SP136

ANSI Straight Lip
for Extended Lip
Escutcheon

Delrin insert
Spanner head screws

US10

CKC cylinders with VKC keys

For Door Pair*
Specify

Miscellaneous Options

CT7G

Concealed key control (CKC)

Curved Lip Box*
Specify
N/A
SC200
SC218
SC214
SC212
SC234
SC300

*Lip is measured from back of strike

CT7D

IC 7-pin with temporary Disposable Core

ANSI
Curved Lip Specify
(standard)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
ANSI* Straight Lip
for Door Pair
Specify
SA136

Lip Length

Specify

Satin Bronze
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed
Bright Chromium Plated
Satin Chromium Plated
Satin Chromium Plated with MicroShield

612
613
625
626
626C

Handing
Hand

Specify

Right Hand
Left Hand
Right Hand Reverse
Left Hand Reverse

RH
LH
RHR
LHR
UT5200.9

Helpful Terms
UT5200
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to a
knob or lever to provide a non-slip
tactile surface for the visually impaired.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
A supplementary latch which, when
the door is closed, automatically
deadlocks the latchbolt. Protects the
latchbolt from forced retraction or
"credit carding."
Backset
The distance from the front of the
lock to the centerline of the cylinder
or knob/lever hub.
Bevel
The angle of the edge of a door in
relation to the inside and outside
surfaces of the stile. The most
common bevel for commercial doors is
1/8" in 2".
Box Strike
A strike equipped with an enclosure
behind the hole(s) for the latchbolt
and/or deadbolt. Protects the strike
area from mortar and cement.
Chassis
The housing of a lockset, containing
most of the working parts.
Curved Lip Strike
A strike with the lip curved to conform
to the detail of the door frame.
Front
The part of a lock visible on the edge
of a door.
Hand
The direction a door swings.
Knurling
A permanently applied tactile warning
engraved in the metal of a knob or
lever to warn the visually impaired of
dangerous conditions on the other
side of the door.
UT5200.10

Latchbolt
A lock component having a beveled
end that projects from the lock front
but may be forced back into the
lockcase by end pressure or drawn
back by action of the retractor. When
the door is closed, the latchbolt
projects into a hole provided in the
strike, holding the door in the closed
position.
Lead Lined
Pertains to a lockset whose trim has a
lining of lead to prevent the passage
of radiation. Generally used in hospital
applications.
Lip of Strike
The projecting part of a strike which
first engages the latch; may be curved
or straight.
Return
The part of a lever handle which
angles or turns back toward the
face of the door. Also, the distance
between the end of the return of the
lever and the surface of the door.
Strike
A metal plate that is pierced or
recessed to receive the deadbolt or
latchbolt of a lock (sometimes called a
keeper).
Throw
The distance that a lock's deadbolt or
latchbolt projects when in the locked
position. The effective throw is the
distance that a latchbolt projects when
deadlocked.
Wrought Strike Box
A metal box mounted behind the
strike to protect the strike opening
from mortar or cement.

Keying and Cylinder Terms
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on a cylinder in a location which is not
visible once the cylinder is installed.
Construction Core
An interchangeable core for
temporary use during construction.
It is replaced by the permanent core
when construction personnel no
longer need access.
Construction Master Keying (CMK)
A cylinder preparation which allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.
Control Key
A key used to remove and install
interchangeable cores.
Cylinder
A lock component containing the
combination which determines which
keys will operate.
Interchangeable Core (IC)
A cylinder which can be removed and
installed quickly with a control key by
non-skilled personnel when rekeying is
required.
Key Section
The cross-section of a key blade, as
viewed from bow to tip.
Key Symbol
A letter/number combination in standard
industry format (e.g., 1AA, AA1, etc)
which indicates exactly how a key or
cylinder fits into a keying system.
Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug
through which the key enters.
Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate
with keys of different levels of access.
Master Ring Cylinder
A cylinder which offers a wider range
of keying.
Visual Key Control (VCK)
The marking of standard key symbols
on keys and on the visible portion of
the front of a cylinder.

How to Specify
UT5200
Suggested Specification

All locksets shall be UT5200 Series Pre-Assembled Unit Locksets, as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural
Hardware, Berlin, Connecticut, USA.
Locksets shall be the unit type, completely pre-assembled at the factory, requiring no dis-assembly to install on the door.
Knobs/levers and escutcheons shall be part of the pre-assembled lockset.
The lock frame, levers, escutcheons and bolts shall be made from non-ferrous metals. Escutcheons shall be forged brass,
5/16" thick, and when installed on specified reverse bevel doors shall be the extended lip type to provide additional
security. The latchbolt shall be extruded brass, pivoted swinging type with 3/4" throw. The cylinder shall be universal
with a horizontal keyway to assure correct orientation. Conventional, high security, interchangeable core and master ring
cylinders shall be available.
Lever handle designs shall return to within 1/2" of door surface.
All locksets shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for A label and lesser class doors, single or pair, maximum door
size 3'8" x 7'2". All locksets shall also be UL listed for B label doors, single or pair, maximum door size 4' x 8'.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
ANSI A156.2 Series 2000
ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code (lever handle trim)
California State Reference Code, 1989 (formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal Standard) (lever handle trim)
All locks, trim and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a one-year limited warranty.

UT5200.11

For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.

MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a silver-based antimicrobial coating
designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria. MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA
ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2000, 2012 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY
Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.

45090-11/12

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Author                          : Jenna Schwartz
Create Date                     : 2013:04:08 15:40:44-04:00
Modify Date                     : 2013:04:08 15:40:44-04:00
Title                           : 
Has XFA                         : No
Tagged PDF                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Metadata Date                   : 2013:04:08 15:40:44-04:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe Acrobat Pro 10.1.3
Format                          : application/pdf
Creator                         : Jenna Schwartz
Document ID                     : uuid:04ff12e8-2319-40b6-83fa-8ec401be94ae
Instance ID                     : uuid:f2e1a604-e09d-40b9-848c-f0e6abc861b3
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat Pro 10.1.3
Page Count                      : 742

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Corbin Russwin Product Catalog Corbincatalog

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation